Return to LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY WOODS HOLE. MASS. Loaned by American Museum of Natural History No Y. Academy OF Sciences PROCEEDINGS OF THB ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1882. publication committee: Joseph Leidy, M. D., Geo. H. Horn, M. D., Edward J. Nolan, M. D., Thomas Meehan, John H. Redfield. Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D. PHILADELPIILV : ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, S.W. Corner Nineteenth and Race Streets, 188 3. Academy op Natural Sciences op Philadelphia, February 28, 1883. I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1882 have been presented at the meetings of the Academy, as follows:— Pages 9 " 25 " 41 " 57 89 105 137 185 217 233 251 267 283 315 331 347 363 to 24 to 40 to 56 to 88 to 104 to 136 to 184 to 216 to 232 to 250 to 266 to 282 to 314 to 330 to 346 to 362 to 378 April 18, 1882. April 25, 1882. May 2, 1882. ]\Iay 9, 1882. June 6, 1882. June 27, 1882. July 25, 1882. August 29, 1882. October 17, 1882. October 24, 1883. December 12, 1882. January 2, 1883. Jaiuiary 16, 1883. February 6, 18S3. Jamuiry 30, 18.^3. February 13, 1883. February 20, 1883. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary i A o PHILAOILPHlAi W. P. KiLOARI, PRINTIR LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. With reference to the several articles contributed by each. For "Verbal Communications see General Index. Allen, Harrison. The Muscles of the Limbs of the Raccoon (Procyon lotor) 115 Arango, Rafael. Descriptions of new species of Terrestrial Mollusca of Cuba 105 Cope, E. D. On Uintatheriura Bathmodou and Triisodon 294 Day, L. T, The species of Odontomya found in the United States 74 Eastlake, T. W. Conchologia Hongkongensis 331 Heilprin, Angelo. On the Relative Ages and Classification of the Post- Eocene Tertiary Deposits of the Atlantic Slope 150 On the Occurrence of Nummulitic Deposits in Florida and the Association of Nuramulites with a Fresh-water Fauna 189 On the Age of the Tejon Rocks of California and the occurrence of Ammonitic Remains in Tertiary Deposits 196 On the Value of the "Nearctic" as one of the Primary Zoological Regions 316 Julien. Alexis A. The Genesis of the Crystalline Iron Ores 335 ^ Uer, H. A. Titaniferous Garnet 54 Leidy, Joseph. Rotifera without Rotary Organs 243 Lewis, H. Carvill. Some Enclosures in Muscovite 311 McCook, Rev. Henry C. Snares of Orb-weaving Spiders 254 Ants as Beneficial Insecticides . . 263 Mohr, Charles. Rhus cotinoides Nutt . . 217 Newberry, J. S. On the supposed Tertiary Ammonites 194 Rand, Theo. D. Notes on the Geology of Radnor and vicinity 42 Notes on the Geology of Lower Merion and vicinity .'. 61 Reinhold, Eli S. On Diorite 59 Ruschenberger, W. S. W. Notice of Dr. Robert Bridges 226 Smith, Aubrey H. A new Station for Corema Conradii Torr 35 Stearns, Robert E. ('. Verification of the Habitat of Conrad's Mytilus bifurcatus 241 Swain, Josei^h, A Review of Swainson's Genera of Fishes 272 An Identification of the Sj^ecies of Fishes described in Shaw's General Zoology 303 Williams, Henry S. New Crinoids from the rocks of the Chemung Period of New York State 17 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 188Q. January 3, 1882. The President, Dr. Jos. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-six persons present. Fruiting of Ginko biloha. — Mr. Thomas Meehan referred to some specimens of this plant (Saliahuria adiantifolia of Smith and other authors subsequent to Linnaeus) which had been borne by a tree On the grounds of Mr. Chas. J. Wister, of Gerraantown. The tree was far removed from any other flowering tree, which afforded good grounds for the belief that tliis specimen was hermaphrodite. In botanical classification tlie genus was accepted as of dioecious character. Sexual characters were, however, among the most unreliable. There would be nothing improbable in a tree bearing wholly male or wholly female flowers as a general rule, changing so far as to have both on one tree. Cases of this kind were not uncommon in Acer dasycarpiim, and other decid- uous trees, and, he believed, probable in the red cedar, Juniperus virginiana, an ally of the Ginko. In this cedar there were often trees met with which were wholly male in most seasons, but on which occasional berries might be seen; while other ti-ees, usually so abundantly fertile as to be almost covered with blue berries, would occasionally have many more male flowers than usual. In Rubiaceous plants, where dimorphic flowers were so common — the short-styled ones and the short-stamened ones being on distinct plants, and practically dioecious — there were cases of change at times. The white-berried Mitchella repens which were growing on his grounds, apart from the red-berried variety, had not produced a 10 PB0CEEDIN08 OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. berry until last year, when a few were produced; and the short-^ styk'il Jiouvardia, so common in greenhouses, and with short styles, had produced a branch on one plant under his observation the i)ast winter, which had the styles projecting beyond the corolla. In annual plants the variation in sexual characters ^^as well known to vary, even with external conditions. Ambrosia arteviisiaefoHa, the common rag-weed, i)roduces mostly male flowers in poor soil, or when growing thickly together in wheat fields after the grain is cut ; but wiien growing in the richer soil of potato or Indian- corn fields, the iiicrease of female flowers is very marked. Sometimes i)lants under these conditions are found wholly female. Indian-corn also varies through some innate law. Male flowers are not uncommon on the spikes which bear the grain, wiiile crrain amona: the males, or ''tassels ,'' showed the occasional presence of female flowers there. It is more than likely that complete dia>cism, claimed for some Asiatic conifers?, does not really exist. Prof. Angelo ITeilprin remarked that fruit had been found on this tree recently in the Central Park, New York ; and that bees might carr}' the pollen long distances, and fertilize female flowers. It did not follow that the presence of fruit on isolated trees involved monwcism. Mr. Kedfield observed that pollen from the large male tree, three-quarters of a century old, at the old Hamilton homestead, now Woodlands Cemetery, and but six miles away in a direct line, might be wafted b}' winds to Mr. Wister's tree in Germantown. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, remarked that pollen from coniferous trees was known to be carried by winds to enormous distances. Remarks on some Hock Specimens Prof. Leidy remarked in relation to the rock specimens presented by him this evening, that most of them he had collected last summer on South Mountain, ten miles from Wernersville, Berks Co., Pa. The ridge consists of azoic rocks, mainly compact gneiss, often obscurely stratified and regular or not folded or contorted. With this is associated granite with little or no mica, and black syenite mostly composed of hornblende with feldsi)ar and quartz in fine grains. The rocks in two localities of the vicinity are traversed by dykes of basaltic trap. Potsdam sandstone flanks the mountain on the eastern side, and this at the base is overlaid by the lower Silurian limestone of the Lebanon Valley. The specimens collected from exposures of the Potsdam sandstone consist of quartzite, remarkalile for their sharply defined character, resembling in a manner cleavage fragments of orthoclase. The form is due to Jointing, which is rhomboidal, usually in two directions crossing the planes of stratification, but also frequently parallel with the latter. Occasionally the jointing presents other 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 planes ; thus one of the specimens, the size of an ordinary brick exhibits planes due to jointing in five different directions. Incidentally to the foregoing. Prof Leidj' said that it would be an interesting subject of investigation to trace the source of the materials of the gravel on which our city is built. Everywhere of a red color due to the peroxidizing of the iron of the I'ocks from which the gravel has been derived, the basis of this latter is mainly siliceous. Many of the siliceous pebbles, from a small size to boulders approximating a ton in weight, appear to have l)een derived from the Potsdam sandstone, north of the city. They commonly have the same quartzite constitution ; and in their irregularly rectangular and rhomboidal form, with borders and angles rounded by attrition, they exhibit the jointed condition of the Potsdam rocks. In earlier days when he learned that quartz belonged to the rhomboidal sj^stem, but exhibited no disposition to cleavage, he thought that the rhomboidal quartz jiebbles of our gravel were examples showing a tendency to crystalline cleavage. Some of the quartzite pebbles, like portions of the Potsdam rocks, are of so compact a charactel", and banded in structure, that when polished they look like chalcedony, as exemplified by a specimen picked up on the Delaware shore. Other pebbles of milky, smoky, and other quartz appear to have been derived from quartz veins of our neighboring gneiss rocks. Black pebbles found in the gravel used in the construction of the bed of the junction railroad just north of the city, and collected as s])ecimens of basanite or touchstone, apj^ear to be hornstone or chert, like that in the lower Silurian limestone at Easton. Numerous pebbles of the same kind are found on the Delaware shore at the latter place. Limestone itself appears to form no conspicuous element of our gravels. Though abundant in the same sources of supply of the common ingredients of the gravels, its fragments have been comyjletely dissolved away. Occasionally he had seen in the interior ot^ a freshly broken pebble of black hornstone, such as one presented this evening, minute rhombohedrons of ealcite, while on the exterior minute caAaties of the same form show where similar crystals have been dissolved. Pebbles of red sandstones and shales are frequent elements of our gravel, and have evidently been derived from the triassic rocks, so abundantly exhibited north of the city. Pebbles of compact quartz conglomerate are less frequent, and may probably have bfeen derived from the satne source, or perhaps from the coal measures farther north. Irregular pebbles of various sizes, of a variety of granite, consist- ing of quartz with conspicuoush^ large crystals of muscovite mica, occur in some localities, as in West Philadelphia, but a similar rock in place is unknown to him. The exposed sides of the mica crystals, worn into hollows of the quartz, appear so compact. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. that one would hard!}' suspect their character without seeing the cleava<;e surfaces. Fossils of any kind are extremely rare in the gravel of our immediate vicinity, and in the course of a lifetime he had picked up less than iialf "a dozen quartzose pebbles pseudomorphic of a coral like Faroxitt's^nnd with some obscure brachiopod impressions. In the locality, from which the jointed specimens of quartzite of the Potsdam sandstone presented this evening were collected, he looked in vain for ScolithuH lineariii, viewed as a characteristic fossil of this formation. Some miles further otf, near Sheridan Station, where an exposure of the same rock was less metamor. phosed, and in part consisted of friable sand, he picked up a single specimen which contained the fossil. January 10, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-six persons present. Three more Fresh-water Sponges. — Mr, Edw. Potts had de- scribed in the Proceedings under date of July 20, 1881, a new species of Carterella, C. latitenta ; his later identified findings during that year are here mentioned. Meyenia craterifokma. This sponge, first found during Sep- tember, 1881, in the Brandy wine, near Chadd's Ford, is of very delicate structure. Its framework of skeleton spicules is exceed- ingly meagre and slightly bound together, scarcely amounting to a system of meshes and polyhedral interspaces as in most other sponges ; and as a consequence we find the numerous small white statospheres lying in recesses far larger than themselves, freely exposed to view from the upper or outer side of the sponge. This trait is only seen in the thinnest of encrusting sponges. The skeleton spicules ma}- be described as acerate, gradually 8harp-i»ointed, sparsely and very minutely microspined. With these were mingled smaller and more slender forms, which maybe an earlier stagt' of the same, or perliaps are dermal s})icules; but beside these may be seen upon the undisturbed surfoce of the sponge two other forms— one, cylindrical, slender, with truncate ends — the other similar in all respects to the long birotulates which surround the statosi)heres. The last have most probably been misplaced from their normal position. The birotulate spicides snirounding the statospheres, as com- pared witli those of any other described sponges, and with the diam- eter of their own rotules, are relatively very long. The diameter of the completed statosphere is to that of the contained chitinous liody, about as 10 to 7, and the diameter of the rotules, while per- I 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 haps double that of the shaft, is only from one-fifth to one-seventh of their length. A number of long, sharp spines occur near each extremity of tlie shaft. Tliese birotulates are disposed, as is usual, very regularly and densely upon the surface of the chitinousbody ; one end of each being thus supported, the other forming a second or outer coat or surface. One peculiarity , however, of their arrange- ment has suggested the specific name now given. In most other species the length of tlie foraminal tube is fixed, or approximately indicated, by the thickness of the spiculiferous coat, which closes up around and against it. In this, however, on account of the unusual length of the spicules and their necessary radial direction, a space is left about the foramen, in the centre of which the tubule appears as an elongated cone ; the whole having the appearance of a volcanic crater. In mounted specimens, probably as a result of violence in making sections of the statoblasts, these spicules frequently deviate from a direct radial position and cross each other's lines in a curious manner. This sponge has also been found in the Schuylkill River and in some of its smaller branches. Heteromeyenia Ryderii. This beautiful green sponge has, as yet, only been found in a branch of Cobb's Creek, a small stream whose waters reach the Delaware River below Philadelphia. It occupied the upper surface of large stones in the bed of the stream ; some of the patches being four or five inches in diameter and about one-fourth of an inch thick. The surface is somewhat irregular, occasionally rising into rounded lobes. The eflferent canals are deeply channeled in the upper surface of the sponge ; five or six sometimes converging to a common orifice. The skeleton spicules are stout, cylindrical, slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed, conspicuousl}' spined, excepting at the extremities; spines conical, sharp-pointed; when largest often curving foi-ward or towards the adjacent ends of the spicules. As is generally the case with spined skeletcn spicules, they are but slightly fasciculated ; being mostly arranged in a simple series, single spicules meeting or diverging from other spicules, thus forming a delicate network, supporting the sponge flesh. With these are mingled a few, more slender, smooth spicules which may be immature, or the true dermal spicules of the sponge. The statospheres are numerous, rather small, surrounded first by a series of birotulates, short, stout, the rotulaj about equal in diameter to the length of the shaft. The shafts are cylindrical or somewhat wider toward the rotules, having frequently one or more long si)ines near the centre. Margins of the rotuhi? marked with an infinit}^ of shallow cuts not amounting to notches. The second series of birotulates, which, more than in either of the other species of this genus, marks this as a deviation from the familiar Meyenia type, are very different from the first. They are nearly doul)le the' length of the former, much fewer in number, rather regularly interspersed among them ; the rotules are repre- PROCEEDINGS UF THK ACADEMY OF [188-2. seiitt'd by six, eight or more short recurved hooks, at each end of the sliaft, which is cylindrical and studded with numerous spines, equal in length to the hooked rays of the rotuljc, and curving like tiiem from tlie extremities. This species is respectfully dedicated by the discoverer to his friend, Mr. John A. Ryder, in acknowL edgment of much excellent advice, assistance and encouragement. TuHELLA PENN8YLVAN10A. The gcnus Tiibella, as established by Mr. II. .1. Carter, Feb. 1881, was represented by four species, three originally described by Dr. Bowerbank i as Spongillas),and one by ^Ir. Carter— all collected in the Amazon River, South America. It floes not appear that any have been described from other localities. It was therefore with much pleasure and some surprise tiiat while examining material collected at Lehigh Gap, Pa., in November last, Mr. Potts came upon undoubted specimens of the same genus. It differs from Meyenia in the fact that the rotulcC of the spicules surrounding the statospheres are of unequal diameters; the larger one being placed next the chitinous coat. This species, whose peculiarities do not tally with those of any of the four above mentioned, may be thus described : Sponge minute, encrusting, thin ; the skeleton spicuUe arranged in a simple series of single non-fasciculated spicules, in the inter- spaces of wiiich the statospheres are abundant. Skeleton spicules very variable in size and shape, but all entirely and coarsely spiued ; rouuded or abruptly pointed at the extremities. Dermal s[)icules absent or undetermined. Statospheres, numerous, small ; granular coating thin but extending to or somewhat beyond the outer ends of the birotu- lates. Length of the ineciuibirotulates about equal to the diameter of the hirger disk, which is placed against the chitinous coat. Margin of larger disk generally entire, sub-circular ; outer surface flat, table-like, the margin sometimes slightly incurved. This surface is not infrequently warped or twisted into an irregular out- line. The outer disk, in the great rnajorit}' of cases, is about one- lifth the diameter of the inner, but varies from, say, one-sixth to equality-, which is, however, rarel}' observed. Its margin also appears to be generally entire, but it is undoubtedly sometimes divided into six or eight rays. The inner surface of the larger disk is also occasionally marked with rib-like rays and still more rniely tiie margin Ijetween the rays is wanting. Tliesc, as hc'tbrc stated, are all the species whose noveltv has been delinitely determined; but amongst the large amount of material (tollected are doubtless others, belonging to the genera UpontjiUa and Mei/enia, whose distinguishing peculiarities are less obvious, and where close study will be needed to define them. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 January 17, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-six persons present. Tlae following papers were presented for publication : " New Crinoids from the Rocks of the Chemung Period of New York State," by Henry S. Williams, Ph. D. " The Species of Odontomyia found in the United States," by Dr. L. T. Day. " A New Station for Corema Conradii," by Aubrey H. Smith. January 24, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-four persons present. The death of M. Jules Putzeys, a correspondent, was an- nounced. The thanks of the Academy were ordered to be forwarded to Mrs. S. J. Halderaan Haly, for the gift of a portrait in oil of the late Prof. S. S. Haldeman, by Waugh. Notes on Monazite. — Prof. George A. Konig announced the identification of Monazite from the mica mine at Amelia Court House, Va. It has occurred in several large masses, from fifteen to twenty pounds in weight. One in the collection of Mr. C. S. Bement exhibits two crystals, monoclinic combinations of Poo. 00 P . 00 Poo, with sides over 5 inches in length. Such gigantic masses of this rare mineral have not heretofore been reported. It occurs together with equally huge crystals of microlite, fine crystals of columbite, of manganese tantalite, amazonite, albite, apatite, smoky quartz, and beryl ; of the last mineral a crystal was found, 25 inches in diameter and over 12 feet long. This monazite was supposed to be microlite or scheelite. Two varieties have been identified by the speaker ; one possessing an amber or brown color (transparent finely blood-red), and giving a straw-colored powder like microlite. The other variety is gray, with honey-yellow color in thin splinters, and yields a greenish giav powder ; of the former the specific gravity is 5.402 and 5.345 ; of the latter it is 5.138. When finely pulverized and mixed with two to three parts of 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. concentratod sulpliiiric acid, the mineral is decomposed very quickly as soon as the temperature is brouglit to the boiling point of sulphuric acid. The mass becomes a dry paste and dissolves in water. The solution is turbid from a quantit}' of basic phos- phates, varying between two and eighteen per cent., according to the excess of acid present. The acid solution may be boiled without the forming of a precipitate; thorium is therefore not contained in the mineral. Two determinations of the phosphoric acid gave 25.82 and 26.3 per cent., one being by phosphomolybdic acid ; the other in the usual manner, after precipitating the bases first by oxalic acid, ai.d the filtrate b}' amnionic hydrate. Fluorine is not present. The following is given as a preliminary result, pending the tedious separation of the oxides : (Ce, La, Dy, Y), O3 = 78.83 (Y, Fe, Ca)2 O3 =^ 1.00 P. O5 = 26.05 Volatile by ignition -= 0.45 101.32 Supposing the oxides to be all cerous oxide, or in other words having the atomic weight of 92, the highest of the group, then the ratio obtains P. O5 : 3 Ce O = 1 : 3.75, which is not reconcilable with a normal phosphate. The speaker suggests, therefore, the possible presence in the group of a metal with a much higher atomic weight than cerium. He is engaged at work with a large enough quantity of the oxides to decide this question in time. January 31. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Eighteen persons present. Messrs. Wilson Mitchell, Chas. H. Hutchinson, Rev. W. G. Holland, Able F. Price, Alfred C. Harrison and Robt. B. Haines were elected members. Dr. A. Baltzer, of Zurich,. ind Prof. Robt. Collett,of Christiania, wore elected correspondents. The following were ordered to be published : — 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 NEW CaiNOIDS FEOM THE EOCKS OF THE CHEMUNG PERIOD OF NEW YORK STATE. BY HENRY S. WILLIAMS, PH. D. Hitherto the rocks of the Chemung period have furnished onl}^ imperfect traces of crinoids. Joints of the stems are frequently met with, in some places in great numbers, but we find mention of only three crinoids in condition sufiiciently perfect for specific identification. Cyathocrinus oryiatissimus was described by Professor Hall in 1843 (Geol. Rept. of 4th Dist. N. Y. State, p. 247), from the Portage group at Portland, shore of Lake Erie, N. Y., but the description and figures leave the generic and family relat'ons of the species in doubt, and we find no mention of the name in the exhaustive " Revision of Pakeocrinoidea," of Wachsmuth and Springer, 1879-1881. TaxocrimiH (Forbesiocrinus) communis Hall and Whitfield, is recognized in a specimen from the Chemung group at Forest- ville, Chautauqua Co., N. Y. (see Palaiontology of Ohio, vol. ii, p. 170). The original locality for the species is the shales of the Waverly sandstone of Richfield. Summit Co.. Ohio. A third species, Flatijcrinus Bedfordenxi^ Hall and Whitfiell, is described from the upper part of the Erie shales of Ohio, which are regarded by some good authorities as equivalents of the Portage and Chemung rocks of New York. These three are the only crinoids specifically identified from rocks of the Chemung period, or their equivalents, up to the present time. The specimens from which the following species have been determined are mostly in the condition of moulds from which the original substance of the fossil has been entirely removed, and in such cases, casts of wax or gutta percha have been used in the description of the species. In a few cases the material is in such an imperfect condition that a proper specific diagnosis is impossible, and accordingly no specific name has been assigned, although mention is made under the generic name of such new characters as could ])e observed. In other cases a large number of individuals has been found in a single locality, among which certain variations are noted, and IS PROCEEDINGS OF THK ACADEMY OF [1882. 1)V comparison of all the specimens these variations are found to be pure variations and not marks of distinct species. Crinoids are trcnorally so rare in individual specimens that it is believed that any contrilnition to our knowledge of the direction and extent of the variations among the individuals of a common species is of value to paliEOutologists. The author expresses his thanks to Mr. Charles Wachsmuth for valuable susfsestions and assistance in the identification of genera, and to Profs. John M. Clarke and S. G. Williams for the loan of specimens. The ty[)es of the species, not otherwise designated, are from the author's collection, and will be placed on deposit in the museum of Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Poterioorinus Co nelliaaus n. s. PI. I, figs. 1, 2 and 3. Calyx cup-shaped ; arms very long ; stem pentagonal and expanding at the top, under the calyx. Uiulerbasals small, ditlicult to distinguish from the final segment of the stem; junction between the several plates indistinct and in line with ridges of the stem. Basals large, hexagonal, height and breadth subequal. Radials large, broad, longitudinally convex, and incurving toward the vault, the edges of two adjacent radials forming a deep groove which terminates upon the upper part of the basals. The broad convex ridge, which begins on the radials, is continued in the brachials and arras up to the first bifurcation, and is in direct line with the five angular cariuations of the upper part of the stem. The upper margin of the radial, straight, broader than the first brachial. The radial is succeeded by a single series of eight (or nine) plates, of nearly uniform size, and dorsally with no lateral expan- sion, strongly convex, the last plate angular above, and presenting two obliipie faces from which proceed two smaller arms. These arms bifurcate a second time in the course of their length. The general appearance is that these first eight plates above the radial are bracliials. Hut, we observe, from the ventral part of the sides ofea'jh of these plates arise pinnules on alternate sides, beginning with the third or second plate of the series. If, therefore, we regard the presence of pinnules as a mark of the arm-plates, in distinction from brachials proper, we have 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 here two or three brachials followed by a single series of arm- plates, six or seven in number (the number of these plates varies for the rays of a single specimen), with strong pinnules from each plate ; from the last of this series branch otf two subequal rays which again bifurcate. The arms above the bifurcation are long and thickly beset with pinnules, one from each joint ; occasionally a plate is intercalated without a pinnule, but the pinnules retain their alternate order. In the middle and upper part of the arm the joints are some- what produced on the side where the pinnules arise. Anals, three within the calyx ; the lowest touches two basals, the right posterior radial and the second and tiiird anals. The second anal lies upon the left of the first and touches the left posterior radial. The third anal is directly above the first, and touches the radial on the right, the second anal on the left, and is succeeded by a series of plates very similar (on the dorsal view) to the lower arm-plates, but with no pinnule and with straight articular faces. This is the ventral tube. This ventral tube is very long, apparently as long as the arms, but more even in size throughout. In the typical specimen, what is preserved of this tube is one- third the length of the arms ; laterally it is beset on both sides by a fringe, about the width of the plates themselves, of narrow ridges and furrows perpendicular to the axis of the tube. There are four to six of these furrows in the length of each plate, and they continue uninterruptedly the whole length of the tube. In another specimen the tube has been preserved lying mainly out- side the arms, and thirty-one plates can be distinctly seen, making a tube whose length is six times the diameter of the calyx ; the final plate is about half the size of the first one. A study of the specimens at command — although all but one are in the condition of moulds in fine sandstone from which the original material is entirely removed, has enabled us to make out the general external details of structure of this "tube." (PI. I, fig. 3, a, 6, c, d.) The dorsal aspect is that of a cylinder, from a little below the centre of which extend outward and downward lamellae which on each side are continuous; the junction at each joint of the plates is not visible, and transversely they are marked by narrow furrows. A section shows these fringe-like lamellte to be lateral expansions of the axial plates, thickened at the outer margins and on the ventral side terminating at a narrow, medium, longitudinal 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. keel, which appears to be composed of two series of minute plates al:^ernately arranged. The transverse striae do not continue over the outer margin to the ventral side, but reappear in the furrow at the base of the ventral keel. This is all that can be determined from the specimens, which show only the outside cast of the tube. Whether the transverse striie are marks of external furrows, or of narrow perforations, or whether this be the whole of the tube, which was hollow, or an axis upon which softer tissues were engaged, are indeterminate from these specimens. Dimensions. — Stem,diam. at top, 3.0 mm., below, 28 ram.; calyx, diam., 7-0 mm. ; arm at base,diam., 2.0 mm. ; primary radial series, length, 5.1 mm. ; arms, length, 45.0 mm. ; arms, first five joints at base, ().-6.6 mm. Locality. — Ithaca, X. Y. Horizon. — Chemung group, 200 ft. above base. One of the finest specimens of this species was collected b}' Mr. A. H. Cowles (C. U., '82), of Cleveland, Ohio, and presented to the autlior. It is taken as the type of the species. The species is not uncommon, in the condition of stems and fragments, in Cornell University quarry, and in the same stratum at other outcrops, but the heads or even arms are very rare. ' Poteriocrinus xp. jirima). Two nearly perfect arms were found by the author on a fn. i;ment of rock, from cliffs of the npper Portage, whieh differ fiOin any species known, but are not enough for specific diagnosis. Tue size ail 1 general appearance Si.vQ Wxosa o^ Poteriocrinus Cor nel- lianiis, f.ut it differs in the arrangement of pinnules, which appear reguhrly on each side from every fourth joint. Tlie pinnules are shorter and more slender than those of P. Cornell ioniis. Localiltj. — Ithaca, X. Y. Horizon. — Portige group (?) ; from slab not in place but prob- ably from this formation, or just above. ' To avoii^ the necessity of establishinjf new specific, or varietal names upon iiKKlecjuato evidence, use is made of the denominations xperies prima, tp gecunda, etc., under the appropriate genus, and varietm alpha, var. bfta, etc.. under the appropriate species as a means of designatin' sulcate, broader than higli ; articulation with first brachial narrower than the full width of plate ; surface broadly convex. Brachials, two for each ray. First brachial subquadrate, width and height about equal, wider at top than at bottom, upper margin liroadly sulcate. Second brachial, the largest plate of the body, expanding above, subpentagonal, upper margin angular. Primary arm-plates, four (or rarel}^ five) strong, about half the size of brachials ; the arms branch twice (or three ? times) ; each branch of four or five plates. Arm-plates convex, bnt not angular, about as high as wide ; no 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 pinnules seen; each arm-plate deeply sulcate on its upper edge for articulation with the following plate, the upper angle produced ventrally so as to appear subauriculate on a side view. Stem strong, round ; the joints under the calyx thin and crenulate at margins ; the thickness increases gradually for half an inch downwards, then there appear two sets, one thick, one thin ; the thick plates increase in thickness and become strongly convex ; the thin disks finally appear to drop out, and the main part of the stem consists of long nearly cylindrical joints, only slightly convex, and united by finely serrate margins. The root is a simple, low, conical expansion of the end of the stem, and is found attached to the shell of Spirifer Isevis, in several cases. Dimensioy\K. — Stem (just below calyx), diara., 2.9 mm.; width of calyx, 5. mm.; primary radial series, height, 4. ram.; second brachial, width, 2.8 mm.; first four arm-plates, length, 4. mm.; total length of bodj^ and arms, 20. mm. Locality. — Ithaca, N. Y. Horizon. — Portage group, Spirifer Isevis beds. Tazocrinas Ithacensis. var. alpha n \ . This variety is about half the size of the typical form of the species occurring three or four hundred feet below. The arms are shorter, and attain only the second bifurcation. The stem, at the top, has but a few of the uniformly thin disks, the alternate sizes beginning to appear much nearer the base of the calyx (within a quarter inch) than in the typical form. Other- wise, the calyx — the shape and number of plates in the calyx and in the primary radials — the first series of arm-joints, four (rarely five) — the second series, four or five— their convexity, and all other characters observed (except the smaller, and slightly shorter, stunted form), are precisely as in the type specimens of the species. In some specimens of this variety, one of the arms is observed to have but two primary radials, the other rays have three. This I can look upon only as a varietal character, as in the secondary series we generally see variation in each specimen from four to six joints. Locality. — Ithaca, N. Y. Horizon.- — Chemung group, about three hundred feet above the Spiriff.r l^vis beds of the Portage group. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [188-2. Taxocrinns ourtus n. s. In general appearance this species resembles variety alpha of T. Ifhacensis, but is still shorter, and the calyx is very low and widely expanded. The underbasals do not appear on the surface. The plates of the primary radial series are striate, or subcari- nate along the centre, with faint parallel striations each side, and the surface indistinctly granular ; total length of the three is once and a quarter the width of the second brachial. Basals relatively smaller, about the height of the radial. Radial ver^' short, broad, sublunate. First brachial subquadrate, height less than the width, which is less than the width of the radial. The second brachial is the largest plate of the body, wide, pentagonal, with two broad, oblique edges for attachment of arms. The arm-plates are less deeply sulcate at the upper margin than in T. Ithacensis or in the variety alpha. Primary arm-plates, four, or three, convex, subcarinate. The central stria?, or earinations, are continuous from the brachials to the end of the ra^-s, diverging at each axillary plate. The stem is composed of two sets of joints, the one thick, the other thin, from the base downwaixl and it does not expand at the top as in T. Ithacensis. The very thin plates with crenulate edges, occur- ring inider the calj'x in that species, are wanting, as are also the extra large joints occasionally appearing along the upper part of tlie stem. At first sight the types of this species appeared like extreme varieties of T. Ithacensis, in the line of var. alpha^ but upon close comparison it is observed that not only are the arms shorter and of fewer joints, but the whole body is more stunted, and the primary radials, as a whole, and the individual plates composing them are proportionately shorter and wider than in that species, and the striation of the plates is not observed in any of the specimens referred to T. Ithacensis. As fossils are defined, this is doubtless a distinct species, but it would not be surprising if a larger series of specimens should reveal the fact that the characters upon which it is fou|ided are of no more than varietal value. Locality. — Ithaca, N. Y. Horizon. — Portage group, Spinf'er Iffris beds. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADET-PHTA. 31 Melocrinus Clarkei n s. The shape of the calyx cannot be determined on account of the crushed condition of the specimens, but the sliape and number of the plates agree so well with those of M. Bainhridgensis, H. and W., that it is probable that the shape was the same, i. e.. broadly turbinate. In size, also, the calyx agrees well with that species. No underbasals appear. The basals are low, wide and pentagonal. The radials are more than double the size of the basals, height and width equal, or wider than high. The variation in the shape of this plate, in the several specimens upon the one slab, covers the extremes met with in the two species M. Bainbridgensis and M. breviradiatiis. The radial is followed by two brachials of smaller size, the first hexagonal, the second pentagonal and angular above, and each is about equal in height and width. The second brachial supports two arm-plates (still within the calyx), nearlj' as large as the brachials, irregularly pentagonal and meeting at their inner edges. Of the secondary radials, three are within the calyx, the second is about half as high as wide, the third is very short. The third pair of secondary radials together bear a strong arm, graduall}^ tapering to a point, about three times the length of the calyx. It is broad, flattened on the back and longitudinally depressed along the centre, and is composed of a double series of very short plates, meeting at the centre and arranged in opposite (not alternate) order. On the outer and ventral side the arm bears long, slender, cord-like branchlets, which appear to have fine thread-like appen- dages along their sides. In the central part of the arm these branchlets are as long as the arm itself. The}' proceed from every third arm-plate, instead of every fourth, as in 31. Bain- bridgensis, and the plates from which they appear are opposite each other, and their outer sides are lengthened slightly. The interradials are apparently like those of 3f. Bainbridgensis, beginning with a large plate between the upper parts of two adjacent radials, followed above by two smaller plates, and these by more still smaller plates, the number or arrangement of which is not uniform. The calyx-plates are marked by granulations over the central 32 PROCEEDINUS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. portion, are rounded at the margins, which in some cases are elevated slightly above the central part of the plate, causing a depression, as in M. Bainbridgensia ; other plates (even on the same specimen) are convex, as in M. hreviradiatus. The rows of fine ridges, connecting the calyx-plates at their juncture, are very distinct in some cases, and do not appear in others. The former is a character of M. hreviradiatus. The stems are composed of alternately thin and thick ])late8, the relative order, or proportions of which, are not constant, even varying on the same stem when preserved for long distance. This species is closely related to Melocrinus Bainbridgensis, Hall and Whitfield, 18T5,from the Huron shale, Bainbridge, Ohio, and to M. hreviradiatus, Hall (figured on a plate of " New Crinoidea, PI. 1," which was published, with explanation of plates, in 1872), from the Hamilton group. The study of the speciujens (all on a single slab), from which the above diagnosis is made out, has revealed the fact that apparently all the characters distinguishing the two species just named are variable in those specimens. The arms must be excepted ; none are known for 31. hreviradiatus, and those described for M. Bainhridgensis were not found attached to any calyx. While, therefore, we retain a distinct specific name for the specimens under consideration, we are led to believe that exami- nation of a larger series of specimens may make it necessary to unite these three species in one. Locality. — Ontario County, N. Y, Horizon. — Genesee slate (? Portage group).' This species was discovered several years ago, and by Prof. N. T. Clarke, of Canandaigua, N. Y., was brought to the notice of Prof. James Hall, who gave it the name " Ctenocrinus Glarkei,''^ in honor of Prof. Clarke, But as no description or figure was made of the species we publish it as new undpr the specific name proposed by Prof. Hall. Among the material collected by Prof. John M. Clarke from * [The specimen above described belongs to the fauna of the Hamilton (not Chemung) period. A second specimen, which I have not seen, came from Portage rocks; and this second specimen, Prof. J. M. Clarke infonns me, is apparently the same species but has nevar been scientifically identified-] — H- S. W. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHlLABELPril A. 33 the Chemung rocks at Haskinsville, Steuben Co., X. Y., are two species of Poteriocrinus^ belonging to the type of P. Cornellianus^ but evidently distinct. The specimens are so imperfect that a satisfactor}' specific diagnosis cannot be made out, but we will record the characters which can be distinguished. '&" Poteriocrinus (n)>. to-ciiiiflu). Stem at the top stronglj^ pentagonal, carinate and expanding. Calyx small, rapidly expanding. Arms large, and arm-plates convex. Underbasals small, low, broad, arched above, subpentagonal. Basals a little higher than underbasals, and twice as wide as high. Radial twice as lai'ge as basal, broad, sublunate,with the points turned upwards. ■ Primary radials very large, nearly as wide as the calyx below the radials, composed of short plates with straight sutures and of at least seven plates ; the specimen is imperfect just before the bifurcation. There are small, deep pits in the calyx at the lateral and upper angles of the basal-plates as if their corners had been abruptly bent in toward the centre. The upper part of the stem and the numerous primary radials are features resembling P. Cornellianns ; but the specimen is full}- twice as large ; the calyx is much smaller and expands more rapidly, and the pittings of the calyx are peculiar. . Poteriocrinus {x}>. tpi-thi). Stem roundish, subpentagonal near the top, with cirri standing out obliquely and straight from the stem, of which several appear within an inch below the base of the calyx. Calyx low, small. Underbasals cannot be distinguished, but evidently present and small. Basals about as high as wide and nearly as large as the radials. Anals unknown. Radials subpentagonal ; the insertion of the first brachial occupies the full width of the plate. There are six plates in the primar}' radial series ; pinnules appear from the plates above the third. The sixth primary radial (the fifth brachial) is angular 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. above and from it the ray bifurcates. On eacliside pinnules start from every alternate plate. Pinnnles short. This resembles Pot. CorneUianvH, but it is considerably larger, the stem is less strongly pentagonal at the top, and the primary radials aresix, instead of eight or nine, as in that species. The specimen is on a slab with Dictyophyton. Locality. — Haskinsville, Steuben Co., N. Y, Horizon. — Chemnng group. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. PAOB. Figs. 1, 2 and 3. Poteriocrinus Corneluanus 18 1. Anterior view; showing calyx and lower part of arms. 2. Anal view; showing anal plates and ventral tube. 3 a. Another specimen; showing long ventral tube, a part of the calyx and one of the arms running under the ventral tube. 3 b. Section of ventral tube, dorsal view enlarged. 3 e. View of transverse section of the ventral tube. 3 d. Ventral view of same; showing the short furrows or lamellae extend- ing from the ventral longitudinal axis only part way toward the edge of the lateral fringe-plates. Fig. 4. Poteriocrinus Clarkei 31 The three arms proceeding from one of the distal brachial plates is exceptional; generally only two are seen for each i"ay. Fig. 5. Poteriocrinus Clarkei var. alpha 22 Figs. 6, 7 and 8. Poteriocrinus gregarius 22 Fig. 9. Poteriocrinbs Zethub 27 Fig. 10. Taxocrinus Ithacensis , 29 a. Head and upper part of stem. h. A few joints from the central portion of the stem. This is the general character of the fragments of stems, c. Base of the stem, with the disk by which it is attached; in this case to the surface of a Spirifer Icevis. Figs. 1, 6, 7 and 10 are enlarged about once and one-half, and figs. 3 b, c, d and 8 are twice natural size. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 A NEW STATION FOR COREMA CONUADII, TORR BY AUBREY H. SMITH. This rare plant was formerly collected in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey, by Torrey and Knieskern. It is now lost from the places indicated by them, thongh diligent search has been made for it there by Messrs. Redtield and Parker. It was at one time found on Long Island, but not of late years. It is probably extinct both in New Jersey and on Long Island. It has been found on Cape Cod and on the Kennebec, New Bath, Maine, and in Newfoundland. Whether it is now to be found in these places or not I am not informed. The specimens which I exhibit to-night were collected in the Palmaghatt Glen or Pass of the Swawangunk Mountains, by Mr. Edward A. Smiley, at m>- request, in October of the present year. His father, A. H, Smiley, the proprietor of the Minnewaska House, informed me in the preceding month of August, that there was a singular little plant, with the aspect of a very small cedar, growing on a ledge of rocks on the Palmaghatt, some two and a-half miles from his house. Prom the rather inaccurate description of it given me by him and his son, Avhose intelligent curiosity had also been directed to the plant, I surmised that it might be Gorema. I therefore engaged Mr. Smiley at the first opportunity to collect, and send me by mail, specimens of it. It grows, Mr. E. A. Smiley writes me, on the edge of a precipice of upper Silurian rocks of Ulster County, iu a very thin soil. In May next I hope to have from him specimens in flower and fruit. The plant appears to be one of those which are verging to extinction, the conditions of its environment seeming to be against its prolonged life, 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. PROCBEDINGS OF THE MiNKKALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION OF THE ACADEMY OF Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1 R S O - 1 8 8 a . January 26, 1880. Some Neiij Pennsylvania 3Iineral Localities. — Mr. Chas. M. Whe.\tley reported, through Mr. Lewis, the following localities not mentioned in Dr. Genth's Report on the Mineralogy of Penn- sylvania : Jones Mine, Berks Co., Pa. ; Aurichalcite, Melaconite, Byssolite. Upper Salford Mine, Montgomery Co. ; Azurite. Fseudomorphs of Serpentine after Dolomite. — Mr. H. Carvill Lewis drew attention to some specimens of associated serpentine and dolomite which he had found within tiie citj- limits, and which appeared to be pseudomorphs. He had found them in the Twenty- second Ward, on Paul's Mill Road, near the Wissahickon Creek. A range of serpentine and steatite here crosses the creek, being the same which crosses the Schuylkill at Lafayette and continues through Montgomery County in a southwestwardly direction. It here appears to conform closely, both as to strike and dip, with the adjoining gneiss, whatever its origin. All along its northern edge the steatite is filled with hard nodules of dark serpentine, which Mr. T. D. Rand has shown to be pseudoraorphous after staurolite.' At the localit}' mentioned, this j)eculiar rock contains veins or lenticular beds of massive, cleavable dolomite. This dolomite is freipiently traversed in the three directions of its cleavage-planes by tiiin seams of serpentine, while irregular masses of steatite or serpentine also run through it or protrude into it from without. When tlie interpenetrating serpentine is in a thin seam it may frequently be observed to assume a pseudomorphic character. It may assume the shape and external characters of dolomite, while retaining the color and composition of serpentine. It then possesses both the rhombic cleavage-planes and the jointed structure of the dolomite, and often, also, its characteristic trans- verse stria?. In some of the specimens collected the seri)entine presents a step-like appearance, and when it coats successivel}' ' Proc. Acad. Nat, Science<», 1871, p. 803. 1882] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 3T alternate blocks of dolomite, rising one above the other, it might be compared to a flight of tiny white marble steps, covered by a green carpet. At times, whole blocks of dolomite are replaced by serpentine. Transverse strije have been noticed only on very thin seams, yet here the}' are quite as distinct as upon the adjacent dolomite. Rhombic cleavage-planes, however, are very common throughout the serpentine, although, unlike the dolomite, these markings are generally only superficial. In very exceptional cases the eminent rhombohedral cleavage of the dolomite is retained by the serpentine. While the serpentine has thus acquired the external form of dolo- mite, it possesses its identity as serpentine. When broken it shows the irregular or conchoidal fracture characteristic of true serpentine. When a fragment is immersed in warm acid, a momentary effervescence often takes place, owing to the adherence of thin scales of dolomite, as proven by the microscope. No actml passage of dolomite into serpentine has been observed on the specimens collected. The two minerals are distinct. The line of demarkation between them is always sharp ; pure serpentine lying in juxtaposition with pui'e dolomite. The dolom- ite is the white, glass}", cleavable variety, containing about one and one-half per cent, of carbonate of iron, as determined b}' volumetric analysis. From the description which Professor Dana has given of the serpentine pseudoniorphs found at the Tilly-Foster iron-mine, • it appears that in several particulars those of the Wissahickon are quite similar. In the use of the term pseudomorph, it must not be understood that it implies an actual alteration. The specimens here described may be classed as pseudoniorphs by substitution. It appears that the dolomite has not been altered into serpentine, but has been replaced by it. As is probably the case with all pseudoraorphs by substitution, the original material is more soluble than that which is substituted. AVhole rhombs of dolomite appear to have been dissolved and simultaneously replaced by the deposition of serpentine. That this is a case of pseudomorphism by infiltration and replacement, is indicated by the fact that in one specimen a rhomb of dolomite is replaced by magnetic chromite. The chro- mite occupies the full width of the narrow seam of serpentine for a short distance, and was evidently deposited from the same solution which held the serpentine. In discussing the origin of these and similar pseudomorphs, it is important to bear in mind the fact of the sharp juxtaposition of the two substances, and the consequent possibility of their having been formed contemporaneously. It must also be remembered that the dolomite, which contains the pseudomorphs of serpentine, ' Atner. Jour. Science, vol. viii, 1874, p. 371. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. lies itself in a bed of serpentine, and that it is therefore possible tliat the pseudomorphs were formed at the very time of the original crystallization of the dolomite. If we grant that the dolomite, and the bed of serpentine which contains it, were formed sinml- taneonsly, it may readily follow that the minute psendomorplious seams of serpentine within this dolomite were enclosed during the very act of crystallization of the dolomite. With this view, we might regard these pseudomorphs by substitution as having been deposited, not b}' an infiltrating solution from without, but by a solution which was being expelled from the interior of the dolomite by the crystallizing power Of the latter. If such were the case, the serpentine would readily assume the hahitna of the dolomite, and the same crystallizing force which caused the cleavage-planes and the transverse stri;^ upon the dolomite would superinduce them upon the enclosed serpentine. Contemporaneous pseudomorphism implies a pseudomorphism by association. True pseudomorphism by substitution, like epigenesis, is subsequent. While not attempting in the present case to determine the relative time and, therefore, the kind of pseudomorphism, the foregoing remarks are offered merely as suggestions in reference to a subject already' so fully discussed by eminent writers. Neic Locahtiesfor Barite. — Mr. Lewis contributed the following- new Pennsylvania localities for barite : 1. Bridgeport, Bedford Co. It occurs here in small tabular crystals in red Catskill sandstone (No. IX). 2. Broad Top Mountain, Huntington Co. Thin transparent coatings of barite frequently cover the fossil ferns and calamites which occur in the carboniferous shales and fire-cla}' adjoining the semibiturainous coal-seams of Broad Top Mountain. 3. Lancaster Station, Franklin Co. It occurs here in large white cleavable masses. February 23, 1880. Neui Localities for Chabazite. — Mr. Lewis Palmer announced two new localities for chabazite. It occurs in red crystals in a hornblendic gneiss at Waterville, near Chester, and also at Upland, Delaware Co. On (I New Ore of Aniimoni/. — Mr. 11. C. Lewis described an oxide of antimony found at Senora, Mexico, which he had been unable to identify completely with any known mineral. Under the supposition that it was a tin ore, it was sent to him by Mr. T. II. Shoemaker for examination. Tiio mineral generally occurs as a massive, compact, hard sub- 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELl'HIA. 39 stance, with an imperfectly conclioidal cleavage and of a pale grayish yellow color. It also occurs as minute colorless octa- hedral crystals of glassy lustre. The crystals often occur in druses in the massive mineral, and are sometimes modified. Their form can only be distinguished with the microscope. Neither the crystals nor the massive substance show any colors in polar- ized light, and the mineral is therefore isometric. Special care has been taken to prove the identity of the octahedral crystals with the massive mineral. So far as could be determined with such minute crystals, their hardness and their behavior in the open tube were identical with the massive mineral. The mineral here described has the following physical characters: Isometric. Habit octahedral. Generally massive. Hardness, 6.5-7. Specific gravity, 4.9. Lustre of the crystals glassy ; of the massive mineral sub-resinous or sub-vitreous. Color, pale grayish yellow. Streak uncolored. Transparent in crystals, opaque when massive. Fracture sub-conchoidal. A thin section of the purest mineral examined under the microscope shows an entire absence of any foreign admixture. The structure is banded, the bands consisting of more or less opaque material, and the general appearance of the section recall- ing a section of muscular fibre. It has the following blowpipe characters : On charcoal before the blowpipe, it is fusible with difficulty and decrepitates strongly. It gives a white coating of oxide of antimony, and fuses "to a gray or bluish gray slag and is partially reduced to metal. With carbonate of soda on charcoal it is more readily reduced. In the borax and salt of phosphorous bead the slag dissolves and gives it generally a blue color, due to a trace of cobalt. In the closed tube it gives oft" water, decrepitates with violence, turns deep yellow when hot and becomes white wiien cold. It does not fuse or give a i^ublimate in either open or closed tube. When the slag formed by fusion on charcoal is moistened and placed on turmeric i)aper, it forms a brown stain. The following are its chemical characters : It is partially dissolved by digestion in concentrated hydro- chloric acid, and by the addition of water to the yellow solution thus obtained white oxychloride of antimony is precipitated. It is decomposed with great diflficulty, even after tusion with sodic carbonate and sulphur. On account of the difficulty of getting it into complete solution, no quantitative analysis has as yet been made. It has been found to consist mainly of oxide of antimony and to contain small percentages of lime, iron and water, and traces of arsenic cobalt, and lead. It has 3.1 per cent, of water. Until an exact analysis is made it will not be possible to determine its mineralogical equivalent. Several tests indicate that the antimony exists mainly in the state of antimonious oxide. It differs from senarmontite and 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. valentiniti* in hardness, in fusibility and in solubility ; from stibic- onite in greater hardness, in its decrepitation, and in its occurring in crystals ; from cervantite in its fusibility and in its behavior in the open tube ; and from volgerite in the amount of water. Tlie massive mineral frequently contains crystals and small veins of quartz, and sometimes contains also small seams of a soft reddish yellow mineral which is probably stibiconite, a product of alteration. Men accanite from Fairmount Park. — Mr. John Ford exhibited a fine specimen of menaccanite (ilmenite), found by Mr. G. Howard Parker in mica schist that had been quarried from the tunnel near Girard Avenue Bridge, Fairmount Park. Though associated with many others of like character, this specimen is probably the largest and most beautiful of any found in or near the locality named. It is quite lustrous in appearance, and measures about one-third of an inch in thickness by one inch in width. Its general form is that of an almost perfect half-circle, the whole being partly imbedded edgewise in a matrix of quartz. It seems prdbable that the circular form of the crystal is due to its having been bent bv the curving of the bed of schist in its earlier stages ; but, of course, this can be little more than a sup- position. The entire length of the cr3'stal, measured around the curve, is about four inches. March 22, 1880. On a Fault in the Trias near Yardleyn'Ue, Pa. — Mr. H. C. Lewis remarked that it was not often that a section of a well- defined fault was exposed for study. Frequently- a fault starts a line of erosion which obliterates all trace of it, and the actual junction of the faulted measures is either occupied by a stream or is so covered b}' talus that it can dnl3- be inferred from adjoin- ing outcrops. He therefore thought that it might be of interest to describe a finely exposed fault which he had recently observed on the line of the Bound Brook Railroad. Less than half a mile west of Yardley Station on the Bound Brook Railroad, a deep cut exposes a fine section of lower triassic shales and conglomerates. Tlie fault occurs in about the middle of this cut. It ma}- be seen on both sides of the railroad, but is finest on the north side. It is a fault between the lower white conglomerate and the overlying, but here adjacent, rod shale. The fault runs north and south, or nearly at right-angles to the strike of the strata. The east end of the cut exposes conglom- erate and sandstone, and the west end red shale, both of which are more or less decomposed and dip gently to the north. These formations are separated from one another by the nearly perpen- dicular walls of a trap-dyke, which occupies the line of fault. 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 The trap is entirely decomposed into a soft, clayey material of a black color, with specks of white, and is about 5i feet in width. Yellow sandstone. Red shale. S. W. S Surface drift. White conglom- erate. N. E. Trap. DiAGBAM OF Fault near Yardleytille. The contact of the two differently colored formations with the black trap-dyke is very distinct, and is an instructive example of geological structure. There has been apparently a downthrow of red shale and an upthrow of conglomerate, while an outburst of eruptive trap has forced its way along the line of fracture. It is of interest to observe that some strata of shaly yellow sandstone, overljang the red shale, have their edges turned up where adjacent to the trap, as though the fault had been caused by the pressure from below of the molten trap. That trap frequently exercises great mechani- cal force in its effort to break through to the surface, is shown by the fact that at several localities in Pennsylvania, the triassic shales in the neighborhood of a trap-dyke have their dip altered or even completely reversed. Near Taylorsville, for example, the writer has observed the dip of the red shales changed in the vicinity of a trap-dyke, from 20° N. 10° E., the normal dip, to 18° S. 80° W. Near Harlej^sville, also, a dyke below the surface has metamorphosed the strata into black argillite and reversed the dip to the south. It is probable, therefore, that the trap has been the direct cause of the fault which encloses it in the case here described. 42 proceedings of the academy of [1882, May 24, 1880. NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF RADNOH AND VICINITY. BY THEO. D. RAND, There has recently been publislied in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society (Januar}- to March, 1880; vol. xviii, No. 105) a pai)er read before the Society-, January 2, 1880, by Charles E. Hall, on the Relations of the Crystalline Rocks of Eastern Pennsylvania, some of the conclusions in which so differ from my own observations that a statement of the latter may not be without interest, especially as regards the middle serpentine belt in Radnor, which I have been studying for some time. Mr. Hall describes seven series of rocks and two serpentine horizons. Of these I have carefully examined but the second, fifth and seventh series and the serpentines. The second, he describes as " A series of syenitic, hornblendic and quartzose rocks, extending westward from Chestnut Hill, and covering a greater part of the northern portion of Delaware County." These rocks, locally known in Delaware County as " Radnor Rocks," from their prevalence in that township, are in abundant outcrops in very many places, perhaps the most remarkaljle of which is a hill in the form of a truncated cone, perhaps 400 X 800 feet on the summit, with steep but not precipitous sides, 80 to 100 feet in height, situated in Chester County nearly south from Reeseville, and a prominent object in the landscajjc. North of these rocks occur those called by Prof. Rogers in the Geology of Pennsylvania, vol. 2. p. 72, primal older slates, and well described by him as follows : •' Metamori)hoscd with characteristic white streaks ol" imper- Ic'ctly crystallized feldspar, and dark hornblendic material, with roundish specks of semicrystallized feldspar." They are in fact gneiss, composed generally of thin layers of most varied character, feldspar being abundant, mica, hornblende and quartz varying in the layers from almost nothing to great abundance of one or the other ; and man}' of these layers often appearing in an inch, giving at times a schistose character to the rock, but tlie niira or hornblende never so abundant that it can 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 properly be called schist. The minerals composing this rock closely resemble those of the gneiss on the south ; so close is the resemblance of certain strata in the one, to some of the other, the (lirterence being chiefly in mode of aggregation, that it seems to me not improbable that the northern are but upper strata of the southern gneiss. The fifth group of Mr. Hall is described as " Hydromica schists, quartzose schists, chloritic schists and occasional beds of quartzite and sandy beds, and serpentines," of which he says, page 436 : " These are the Hudson River shales and flank the Chester Valley on tlie south * * ^ the entire length of the Valley. They extend south to the syenitic rocks of the second group." Mr. Hall does not mention the schistose gneiss, nor is it possible to include it under his description of either the second or fifth groups which he places in contact. On page 441 he says : " The serpentines of Radnor Township, Delaware County, and those of eastern Willistown, east and west Goshen, are undoubtedly' altered beds of the South Valley Hill slates or Hudson River slates. They lie unconformabl}- upon the syenitic rocks of the second group." There are, as I have heretofore shown (Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philada., Nov., 18*18), three approximately parallel beds of serpentine in Radnor Township. Presuming, as seems from the connection with the Chester Count}' outcrops, that the middle and most conspicuous belt is intended, I cannot agree with Mr. Hall in his conclusions. This middle belt is the largest of the three, and north of the s^'enite hill appears first on the Mattson's Ford or township line road, on the westerly side of a small affluent of the Gulf Creek, one-quarter mile northeast of Radnor Station, with a strike nearly E. and W. The serpentine forms a large hill, which begins abruptly and closely resembles in lithological character that of the Lafayette or Rose's quarry belt. The next or second outcrop is nearly west of this and is inconspicuous. The third, northwest of Radnor Station, is about 1000 feet in length. Its centre is nearly due west from the first ; the strike is not far from N. 60 E. This outcrop ends abruptl3^ About 400 feet north is a small outcrop appearing as if the end of the ridge had been removed 400 feet northward. Beyond this I believe no outcrops have been described until we reach those near Paoli, but several exist: the fifth, nearly S. from Eagle Station, small and the strike indistinct ; 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the sixth, S.W. of Eagle, is S. 70^ W. from the fifth, with a strike S. 40° W., clip about 75° to 80° S.; the seventh is nearly due W. from the fourth, its strike N. 50° to 60° E.; the eighth is a little S. of W. of the seventh, strike and dip not distinct ; the ninth, that crossing the road running S. E. from Berwyn, and about a mile from that station, is at its eastern end S. 10° W. from the eighth, its strike is S. 40° W. The outcrop near Paoli is nearly W. from this, and extends thence as the wide and well-known belt passing one mile north of West Chester. Now, examining the first outcrop, that on the Mattson's Ford road, w^e find on the S. the rocks of group one without doubt, but on the N. w^e find almost identical rocks— hornblendic gneiss, porphyritic gneiss and feldspathic gneiss. It is difficult to con- ceive that these are altered Hudson River shales. Beyond them are the primal older slates of Prof. Rogers, before referred to, then the northerly belt of serpentine, then gneiss, and occasionally (to the westward frequently) garnetiferous mica schist, then limestone, then trap, and then, fully one-quarter of a mile from the serpen- tine, the schistose rocks of the South Valley Hill, agreeing accurately with Mr. Hall's description of the fifth group. These intermediate beds thin out westwardly, until the serpentine, the trap and the hydromica schists of the South Valley Hill appear to come in contact. The strike of the trap and of the southerly border of the schists, with which, in Radnor, it appears in contact, separating them from the primal older slates, being about S. 70° W., the serpentine and the schists are much closer at the western end of the Radnor Station outcrops, the intermediate strata thinning out as stated, and the serpentine perhaps crossing them in part ; l)ut even here, there is at least 800 feet of the schistose gneiss between them, with some garnetiferous mica schist, which seems to con- tinue in a narrow belt close to the trap to near Paoli. It will be noticed on the map accompanying Prof. Hall's paper, that this serpentine belt is made continuous from near West Chester into Delaware County in a straight line, except at the eastern end, where a marked southerly curve occurs near the line of Montgomery County, carrying the serpentine well into the rocks of group one. If my observations are correct, this line should be a series of disjointed lines, the easterly end of each more northerly than the westerly end of the succeeding ; but, in 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 any event, if the map is coi'rect as to the eastern extremity, the text is not so. Mr. Hall's seventh series, page 436, is " The mica schists of Philadelphia * * * talcose schists, with soapstone and serpentine. They rest unconformably upon the first, second, third and fourth groups. * * * There are, besides these groups, probably two serpentine horizons, which are undoubtedly unconformable deposits above the second group. I think the northern belt of serpentine may be considered as altered Hudson River rock, while the southern belts are doubtful." Page 441-442 : " Dr. T. Sterry Hunt insists that the serpen- tines of the Schuylkill are below the Philadelphia schists. * * * At present I am inclined to place these serpentines above the Philadelphia rocks, and by so doing assign the Philadelphia series to a higher group than the Hudson River. * * * To all appearances the serpentine belts which are visible on the Schuyl- kill River at Lafayette Station, Montgomery County, and at a point just north of them, are above the mica schists of Philadel- phia. The southern belt extends in an almost unbroken line from Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia, to Bryn Mawr, Montgomery County. A less prominent belt extends from the Schuylkill River to the neighborhood of Rosemont Station, on the Pennsylvania Rail- road, in a parallel line to the first belt." The meaning of the author in the two opinions first quoted, from pages 441-442, is not altogether clear. If there is depend- ence to be placed on lithological characteristics, the southern or soapstone belt continues far to the southwestward ; as to it, I believe, belong the outcrops on Meadow Run, on both sides of Darby Creek, near Moro Phillips' chrome-mine, in Radnor Town- ship; thence south westwardly continuously through Newtown and Marple Townships. In this belt there is one rock described by me many years ago characteristic of it, and, so far as my knowl- edge extends, confined to it (except outcrop at Rosemont here- after referred to) a steatite filled with crystals of serpentine pseudomorphous after staurolite. This rock is very abundant and prominent from Chestnut Hill to a point a short distance west of Mill Creek, and is found also, but not abundantly, west of Darby Creek. The northeasterly portion of this belt contains very little serpentine ; steatite and chlorite constitute the greater part of its mass. Its strike is about S. 52° W., its bounding 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. rock is the well-known wood-like garnetiferous schist ; partially altered rocks found at the soapstone quarry on the Schuylkill seem to show that it has arisen from the pseudomorphism or metamorphism of interstratified liornblendic and micaceous gneiss and schists. It contains quite a number of minerals. The northerly belt, on the contrary, is little else than a very dark, almost black serpentine ; except chrysotile and asbestos, and some talc and chlorite, it is almost destitute of minerals, and at Rose's quarry has undoubtedly been formed, not from Hudson River shales, but from a iiard, compact enstatitic rock visible tliere in place, and this rock appears to be unstratilied. It extends from the Schuylkill S. 59° W. 1^ miles to a point on Barr's farm, where, as a hill, it suddenly ends, but it ma}^ be traced b^^ fragments to an outcrop in the Conshohocken road, near the house of William Schalliol, and to the south of the former line of strike. Thence it crosses the road to Bryn Mawr east of a small stream, with a course about S. 35° to 40 W., and after crossing seems to curve even more southwardly, but this is on a hillside and is probably due to creep. About 400 yards beyond, in the same direction, fragments are abundant in a field. Through this portion the rock on the north appears to be a very thin bedded compact gneiss, with two, and often three, easy cleavages, together with a peculiar schistose feldspathic gneiss, in which the mica is in small masses or isolated crystals, generally with curved surfaces, remaining brilliant on exposure. On the south the rock is a scliist, micaceous or chlor- itic,but garnets are almost and perhaps wholly absent. North of this about 250 feet, just at the crossing of two roads, is an out- crop of serpentinous rock, or a hornblendic rock partially altered to serpentine, very different from that in the southerly outcrop, and about 1 400 feet S. fiO° W. a similar rock appears in quantity forming a small hill. East of the Gulf road, and about S. 43"^ W. from the last, fragments are found in the soil. West of the Gulf road is a conspicuous blufl' of serpentine dipping south- wardly, and S. 45° W. an outcrop at Rosemont Station, where it has been quarried. At this point the rock resembles that of the soapstone belt, and is wholly unlike that of an}- other part of this, which elsewhere closely resembles that near Radnor Station. Mr. Hall ninkes no mention of the Potsdam sandstone on the south side of the Chester Valley, further than in his lifth group mentioning sandy beds. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 Finding, as we do, as has been described by Mr. H. C Lewis and myself, extensive deposits along the base of the South Valley Hill, not only of a remarkably white sand, but of large masses of •compact sandstone, xevy closely resembling that of the North Valley Hill, and the same rock, much decomposed, being found in the valley south of the South Valley Hill, accompanied by iron •ore as at other places, and finding it nowhere else in the very great exposure of the hydromica schist rock of the South Valle}' Hill, it would seem more likely to be the Potsdam found in the same position east of the Schuylkill than mere accidental beds of sandstone, intercalated in the schists just at those points. A trap-dyke has been referred to as lying between the hjdro- mica schists of the South Valley Hill and the rocks on the south of it. This is prominent from the Schuylkill for about three and one-half miles to the farm of Mr. Frank Fennimore, near Wayne Station. Here it appears to widen out, and perhaps to divide into two branches, one crossing the railroad and turnpike between Wayne and Eagle, and being ver}^ prominent south and southwest of Eagle store, with a strike approximating S. 60° W. and com- pletely within the gneiss ; the other branch, or a distinct d^'ke, accompanying the serpentine in a more nearly due west direction. A mile southeast of Berwyn, the latter can be seen almost if not quite in contact with the serpentine, the trap, however, being on the south of the serpentine. The same is true south of Paoli, except that the trap appears to be on the north side. Prof. Rogers, page 168, speaks of this trap as " occurring along and •outside the northern edge of the serpentine, in a succession of narrow elongated dykes, ranging more N. E. and S. W. than the serpentine." These I have not examined, but such structure agrees precisely with what I have observed of the serpentine further east. South of the serpentine, perhaps from a bed in the Radnor gneiss, occur in the fields, often abundantly, a white quartz, weathering yellow on the surface, except certain portions which remain white. The form of manj^ of these seems to forbid the idea of mere accident, and to suggest that they may be due to the remains of organic material which have deoxidized the contained iron, and thus facilitated its removal. Note on D amour ite from Berks Co., Penna. — Mr. F. A. Genth, Jr., remarked that a short time ago Mr. H. W. Hollenbush, of 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882, Reading, Pa., gave him a specimen of a shaly mineral having a talcosc to serpentine-like appearance, but which, when examined chemically, proved to have the composition of a damourite or mica. It is found at Rockland Forges, Rockland Township, Berks Co., about three miles northeast from Friedensburg,and occurs as a massive pale grayish-green to light brown mineral with a more or less pearly lustre. Prof. Prime has also sent it from a locality about two and one-half miles south of Blandon ; this specimen is of a pale green color with a somewhat silky lustre, H = 2 — 2.5. G = 2.85, streak white; feel smooth, sometimes slightly greasy; odor argillaceous ; massive, lamellar ; translucent in thin fragments. An analysis of the Blandon specimen by Dr. Genth gave him r Ignition, ....... 4.8(5 K,0, 9.53 NasO, 0.36 FeA, 2.94 AlA, 32.11 MgO, tr. 99.40 An alkali determination of the specimen from Rockland Forges, gave H,0 = 5.60, K^O -= 10.32, Na^O — 0.36, which proves the mineral to be a variety of mica or muscovite. Associated with it is found a grayish to reddish white opaque mass of quartz, in the Rockland, and rounded grains of quartz in the Blandon specimen, the latter having a somewhat conglomerate- like appearance. June 28, 1880. 0» the Stalactites of Luray Cave. — Dr. A. E. Foote gave a description in detail of a cavern near Luray, Va. He gaA'c a sketch of the geology of that region and described his visit to the cavern. A number of remarkably symmetrical white and translucent stalactites were exhibited. The rapid growth of the stalactites and stalagmites, and their enormous size, were men- tioned. Curled and twisted stalactites slightly resembling Flos- ferri were exhibited. It was shown that the curling and twisting was due to the fungi which, in the i-emarkably damp atmosphere of this cave, grew upon the surface of the stalactites and caused the water to deviate from its natural course. Over the surface of the fungus knob-like excrescences and even long lateral branches of carljonatc of lime were formed. New Localities for (liijj)sum. — Mr. Lewis reported two new localities for gypsum : Smith's cpiarry, Kaston, where it occurs in tabular crystals ; and Richmond coal-field, Chestei-field Co., Va., where it occurs in crystals and in snow-white masses in triassic Htrata. 1882.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 49 September 27, 1880. A New Locality for Sphene. — Dr. A. E. Foote described the new locality for sphene and associated minerals at Eganville, Renfrew Co., Canada. The sphene occurs in immense crystals, weighing from 20 to 80 lbs., in a vein of apatite 20 feet wide. Many other veins of smaller size occiir in the same county. The rock is principally Ijaurentian gneiss and granite. A solid mass of sphene, very highly cleavable (5X2X2 feet), was observed in the side of the vein. It yielded several hundred pounds of sphene. Close by it doubly-terminated crystals of scapolite, weighing over 50 lbs., and crystals of pyroxene, weigh- ing from 12 to 30 lbs., were found. Phlogopite and zircons, some of them twinned, occur at the same locality. From the enormous size of all the ciystals found in this county, it must rank as one of the most remarkable mineral localities known. When the vein, 20 feet wide, spoken of above, was discovered, a doubly-termina- ted crystal of apatite, weighing 500 lbs., and bright upon the surface and ends, was said to have been found. October 25, 1880. A New Locality for Hyalite. — Mr. H. C. IjEWIS reported that he had found hyalite forming green, glassy coatings on horn- blendic gneiss at a quarry on Mill Street, Germantown. The mineral has the usual mammillary or botryoidal surface, is perfectly transparent, and has a beautiful liglit green color. The color is due to the presence of copper, as shown by blowpipe tests. Note on Autunite Mr. H. C. Lewis remarked that he had recently investigated the optical character of the Fairmount autunite. His examination confirmed the orthorhombic character of autiuiite. The bissectrix is normal to the main cleavage- plane, and parallel to the secondary erfect twin crystals over four months before, but sufficiently distinct to establish the character of the twinning at that time. As in cassiterite and rutile, the twinning plane is 1 — i. It is doubtful if twins of zircon have ever been seen before. April 25, 1881. Note on the Drift of Lycoming County^ Pa. — Mr. Abraham Meyer contributed some observations on the rocks and drift of Lycoming County, and especially of that portion in the vicinity of Lycoming Creek. He described the exposures on Lycoming- Creek and commented on the various theories proposed to explain the geology of the county. He drew attention to the ridges of drift ("stony batter") on Lycoming Creek and on Hogelan's Run, which he supi)osed were formed by glacial action. He had found pebbles of granite and of hornblendic gneiss with magnetite in several places in Lycoming and Tioga Counties, and hoped that a careful study would be made of that rejjion. "&■ Disca of Quartz between Laininse of Mica. — Mr. Theo. D. Rand exhibited a curious form of cpiartz occurring between the lamiuie of muscovite, from Amelia Co., Va. Part of it was crystallized in the common form, but part was in discs, one-tenth of an inch in diameter and less, which, with polarized light under the microscope, showed a black cross which rotated as the analyzer was rotated. He stated that these disks were much like those from Swaim's quarry, Chester Co., Pa., hitherto undetermined, but much larger than the latter, and that it was probable those from Swaim's were also quartz. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 On Tico New Localities of Columbife. — Prof. II. Cakvill Lewis announced two new localities for the rare mineral, Columbite. Only a single specimen of this mineral has been described from Pennsylvania. An imperfect crystal was found in Nivin's quarry, Chester County, by Mr. Tyson, and noticed by Dr. Genth in his Mineralogy of Pennsylvania (p. 137). Attention is now drawn to a beautiful doubly-terminated crystal which was found at Mineral Hill, Delaware County, and which is now in the cabinet of W. S. Vaux, Esq. The crystal is black, with a slightly iridescent surface, and is of about seven- eighths of an inch in length and half an inch in width. The fol- lowing planes are present and have been determined by a hand goniometer, viz.: the macropinakoids i i, the brach3'pinakoids / «, the prisms /, the brachydiagonal prisms i 3, the basal pinakoids 0, the brachydomes, 2 /, and the brachydiagonal pyramids 1 3. The second locality is the well-known Dixon's quarry, Dela- ware. There is a large fragment of a crystal in the collection of the Academy marked on the authority of T. Fisher as from this locality. The specimen weighs over half a pound. Its nature was determined by its physical and blowpipe characters. The occurrence of columbite at these localities is of some geological interest in connection with the determination of the age of the formation containing it, since the associated minerals are similar to those at the columbite localities of Massachusetts and Connecticut. On the Occurrence of Fahlunife near Philadelphia. — Prof. Lewis stated that he had found Fahlunite at two localities in the belt of hornblendic gneiss which crosses the northern part of the city. This belt of hornblendic gneiss, especially at its exposures at Frankford and near Germantown, has already yielded many minerals of interest, but fahlunite has not hitherto been noticed in Pennsylvania. Fahlunite occurs disseminated in irregular masses in orthoclase at McKinney's quarry, Kittenhouse Street, and at Nester & Shel- mire's quarry, on Wayne Street, Germantown. Only one specimen was found at the latter place. At McKinney's quarry it occurs in small, pale green masses, somewhat after the manner of the apatite of that locality. It has a scaly structure and a felsi)athic cleavage. It has a hardness of about 2.5. Its color is pale apple-green, and when heated it turns dark gray. It fuses at 4.5 to a dark grayish green opaque glass. It is nearl}' insoluble in acids. A rough analysis, made by fusing the mineral with sodic carbonate, showed that it consisted principally of silicaand alumina, while containing small quantities of iron and magnesia and traces of lime and soda. It contains 2.8 per cent, of water. Although less iiydrous, it reseml)les the variety of fahlunite 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. known as chlorophyllitc, and is perhaps intermediate in character between pinite and falilunite. All the specimens as j'et collected have the aspect of pseudo- morphs by alteration. Frequently there is no distinct line of demai'kation between the fahlunite and the surrounding ortho- clase, as though one passed into the other. At the line of junction the orthoclase sometimes becomes dull, while the fahlunite, which lias its normal character in more central portions of the mass, becomes hard and resembles a greenish orthoclase. These features may be seen in the specimen presented to the Academy. May 23, 1881. On the Fossil Ores of Lycoming Counly — Mr. Abraham Meyer described some outcrops of fossil iron ore in Lycoming Comity. He stated that the ore of Larry Creek formed veins having an average width of 2 feet, but occasionally being 4 feet thick. Those veins which are inclined at a high angle (70'^-80°) show slickensides on their surfaces, wdiile the more horizontal veins have an oolitic structure. They yield 40 per cent, of metallic iron, although stated by the Geological Survej'^ (Report F, ]). 235) to contain only 10 })er cent. Nodules of ore from Beatty's Run frequently contain a nucleus of carbonate of iron. September 26, 1881. On a Mineral resembling Dopplerite from a Peat-bed at Scran- ton. Pa. — Prof. H. Carvill Lewis called attention to a very interesting substance recently found in a peat-bog at Scranton. Fn an excavation for the new court-house at that place, below a deposit of peat. '' swamp-muck," and fallen trees, at a depth of some 25 feet from the surface, there occur veins of a black elastic substance which, when first excavated, was a stirt" black jelh'. but which after drying becomes brittle and nearly as hard as coal. The drietl mineral resembles jet, having a brilliant lustre and a eonchoidal cleavage. The peat-bog in wliich this substance was found is said to have been formerly a swamj) or lake, which has been filled up in the extension of the town. The deposit of peat, which is covered by about 10 feet of rubbish, is over 15 feet in thickness and is said to burn well. Near the bottom of the peat, in a carbonaceous clay or " muck," the black jelly-like substance is found. It occurs in irregular veins, sometimes nearly perpen- dicular, throughout the lower portion of the peat, and these veins vary in (liickness from a mere stain to 21 inches. Immediatelj' below this deposit, and iniderlying the whole peat-bog, is a deposit of glacial till or " hardpan." This peat-bog, therefore, like the others so numerous throughout the glaciated region, is of post- glacial age. When the substance here described was first received, last July, J 882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 it was soft, black and elastic, having- a hardness of less than one, and being almost jelly-like in consistency. After partial drying- it was nearly as elastic as india-rubber. When a very thin slice was cut by a knife and examined under the microscope, it appeared brownish red by transmitted light, and was nearly homogeneous in character. It was imbedded in and surrounded by peaty matter, the latter being filled with plant remains. Occa- sional oval seeds are imbedded both in the peat and in the jelly-like substance. After drying for three months in the air the mineral was found to have a hardness of 2.5, and to have become brittle. The dried substance has a brilliant resinous lustre and a con- choidal fracture. It has a specific gravity of about 1.036. It is jet-black in the mass, but its powder has a dark brown color. In the closed tube it yields water and abundance of brown oil and empyreumatic vapors. The air-dried substance burns with a yellow flame while held in the flame of a Bunsen burner. In its natural elastic state it burns slowly without giving a yellow flame. It does not dissolve in ether or alcohol, but is entirely dissolved by caustic potash ; and from the dark brown solution thus formed may be precipitated in reddish brown flocculeut masses by the addition of acid. The filtrate from this precipitate has a pale yellow color. These are the properties of humic acid, and it is probable that this substance is an acid hydrocarbon closely related to that acid. It is evident that this substance is the direct result of the decomposition of the surrounding peat. It maj'^ be of quite recent formation. It is of special interest in that it appears to be an intermediate product between peat and true coal, and it illustrates one method of change from the former into the latter. In many of its characters this substance closely resembles dopplerite. Dopplerite is a black jelly-like substance, occurring in the peat-beds of Austria and Switzerland. In its method of occurrence it is precisely similar to the Scranton mineral. On exposure it hardens to a hard jet-like substance, which, however, unlike the Scranton mineral, does not burn with a flame. Dop- plerite has been regarded as a truly homogeneous peat, and has been shown to have the same composition as that substance. It has never been identified in America. Whether th3 mineral from Scranton is to be regarded as dopplerite can only be determined after analysis. It is worthj^ of careful examination. Q4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. T1TANIFEE0U8 GARNET. BV H. A. KELLER. At Daibv, in an almost horizontal rock-stratum, I found the following very interesting occurrence of what seemed at first sight black garnets. The stratum itself is a veiy much weathered mica schist, 6 to 7 inches in thickness, which contains this often very much decomposed mineral as liarder aggregations. The stratum is enclosed by two layers of milky quartz, each about 2 inches in thickness, to which harder less decomposed crystals of a rhombic dodecahedral shape firmly adhere. These very hard crystals are usually of a jet-black color, with vitreous, sometimes metallic lustre, passing however often into the very characteristic reddish-brown garnet substance. The specimens I found are therefore of two kinds : 1. The very much decomposed aggregations found in the midst of the mica schist. These consist of loose granules of still unaltered garnet mixed with the separated SiOa. Thej^ are only imperfectly held together by cohesion. 2. The hard, jet-black, sometimes parth' ]>rown crystals ( oo 0 ) firmly attached to the quartz Ij'ing above and below the hydromuscovite. Their hardness is 7, sp. gr. 4.25, they have no streak and are not magnetic, but possess a most remarkable cleavage parallel to the dodecahedral faces. Their composition, 0 1 v.^ "i" " • • • ■ * TiO, ....... FeO Fe.O, MnO ....... CaO MgO 100.45 together with their appearance under the microscope, shows that there is a very intimate dissemination of a Ti Fe mineral in the garnet substance. Many of these crystals have from within become partially altered, so much so as to have often formed inside of even the hardest ones small but well-crystallized sphenes, others have changed into asbestos, mica, quartz, and even pyrite. 3().02 1.14 27.36 3.74 2(5.54 .83 2.76 1.66 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 Their outer shape has generally by transformation become par- tially lost in the surrounding h^^dromuscovite. The Ti has probably been furnished by the two quartz strata, as I have observed, only a few feet distant, many other pieces of quartz impregnated with the same black mineral, while the enveloping strata were perfectly free from it, or had it only partly remaining as the more insoluble FeSj. October 24, 1881. Pyrophyllite and Alunogen in Goal-mines. — Mr. Eli S. Rein- hold made the following communication : About two years ago the writer discovered in the coal slates of the- North Mahanoy colliery, near Mahanoy City, Schu^dkill County, an interesting mineral which, in its determination, defied the ordinary tests based on physical characters. A chemical analysis by Dr. F. A. Genth proved it to be an interesting variety of pyrophyllite. His report to the American Philosophical Society gives the results of the analysis, together with information as to occurrence, etc. Attention is here called to that report for two reasons : First, for the purpose of making a correction ; and, second, for a possi- ble connection between pyrophyllite and the recentlj^ discovered alunogen. When the writer furnished Dr. Genth with information regard- ing the pyrophyllite, he stated that it was found in but one vein., of only one mine. He has since found it at four different collieries, and coming from, at least, three different coal-veins. Alunogen. — In a valley extending northeast from Mahanoy City, a distance of about a mile, are a number of collieries. A stream of water flows throueh it, receiving the mine-water from several of these collieries. During heavy rains the stream overflows its banks and covers a large area with the sulphur-water. The writer noticed, last spring, after the water had subsided, a white mineral coating the surface recently inundated. This mineral proves to be alunogen. In this efflorescent form it has been more abundant this summer than before. As foreign mineralogists have noted the occurrence of this min- eral in the coal -slates of Bohemia, Bavaria and England, and as the same mineral is common in our own State, as an efflorescence where iron-sulphide comes in contact with clay, its discovery here in the anthracite coal region may be regarded quite natural rather than surprising. However, there is a hint at a different origin of the alunogen found here from that ordinarily given. Instead of it being the result of the sulphur contained in the mine-water uniting with the alumina of the slate, the writer is inclined to think that the latter constituent is furnished by the 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. rapidly decomposing pyrophyllite, which contains fully 27 per cent, of alumina. This*^ opinion is based on two facts : 1. Only since pyrophyllite has become abundant has this efflor- escence been noticed. 2. Only at collieries where pyrophyllite is found, can traces be found of the alum deposit. I propose to make some experiments that may throw further light on the subject; but facts, as far as observed, point to this orio-in of a mineral not heretofore credited to this locality. It adds one more to the extremely limited list of minerals found in the anthracite coal-field. New Locality for Mountain Cork. — Theo. D. Rand announced a new locality for moimtain cork, about one-third of a mile north- west of Radnor Station, P. R. R., DelaAvare Co., Pa., where it was found by him in the soil overlying the serpentine belt. A Neiv Locality for Aquacreptite. — Mr. G. Howard Parker announced a new locality for aquacreptite. He had found ifc as a seam or vein in partially decomposed micaceous gneiss on Lans- downe Avenue, 1^ miles west of Hestonville, Philadelphia. Note on Aquacreptite. — Prof. Lewis remarked that as bearing upon the genesis of aquacreptite, it was of interest to observe that at each of the three localities where that mineral had been dis- covered the rock enclosing it was different from that at either of the other localities. Aquacreptite was first found at Strode's Mill, Chester County, by Mr. Jefferis, as long ago as 1832. It was known by local mineralogists under various names until described by Prof. Shepard, in 1868, as a new mineral. At this, the original locality, it occurred in serpentine. The second locality, near Marble Hall, Montgomery Counts', was discovered by the speaker in 1872, and is mentioned in Dr. Genth's Report on the Mineralogy of Pennsylvania. It here occurs in a pocket in limestone. At the third locality. West Philadelphia, now reported by Mr. Parker, it occurs in gneiss. From the existence of aquacreptite in these diverse rocks, it seems probable that its origin cannot be ascribed to any direct alteration, but that, as in clays, it is in part mechanical. Aquacreptite is a variety of bole, differing from other varieties in the greater degree of decrepitation which it undergoes when placed in water. Some time ago the speaker had made some experiments to determine the cause of this remarkable decrepita- tion. He had found that it was a purely mechanical action due to capillary attraction. When the porous mineral is suddenly immersed in water or any other liquid, tlie liquid enters its pores so rapidly as to split it open. If, however, it is gradually moistenecl and the enclosed air is replaced slowly by liquid, no decrepitation takes place upon subsequent immersion. That no 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 chemical action takes place is shown by the fact that if, after the decrepitation of the mineral, the fragments are dried, these frag- ments will again decrepitate when immersed in liquid, and this operation can be repeated as long as any fragments of sutHcient size remain. Decrepitation takes place, whatever liquid is used, varying in degree with the mobility of the liquid employed. While A^ery energetic in boiling water, it takes place with great slowness in sweet oil. The decrepitation of the aquacrcptite of the three different localities varies also with the density of the specimens. The West Philadelphia mineral decrepitates and gives out bubbles the most rapidly, and the Chester County mineral the most slowly of the three. In some of the Cliester County specimens decrepitation takes place very slowly in cold water, being most slow in the most compact specimens. The aquacrcptite from Marble Hall falls to the smallest fragments. The hardness varies in diff'erent specimens from the same locality, the most variable, being however, at the Chester County locality. In general, the aquacrcptite of the three localities has the follow- ing hardness, viz. : Chester County, > 2 ; Marble Hall, = 2 ; W. Piiila., < 2. The emission of air-bubbles, and the phenomenon of decrepita- tion when immersed, may be obserA'cd in a less degree in several of the varieties of bole ; and it is questionable whether a greater amount of a purely mechanical action entitles a substance of probably mechanical origin to a special mineralogical name. Quartz GrystaU from Newark^ Del — Mr. W. W. Jefferis stated that he had found a number of doubl^'-terrainated quartz cry totals lying loose in the soil at a new locality, near Newark, Delaware. November 27, 1881. Some Ochreous Deposits of Kentucky and Indiana. — Prof. R. B. Warder made the following communication : At the village of Francisville, Boone Co., Ky., a ferruginous mass crops out in the road ; and a specimen of it is herewith exliibited. It consists chiefly of sand, clay and ferric hydrate, with smaller quantities of manganese and lime. A few rods north of this outcrop are many drift pebbles and some boulders ; but the largest grain of sand observed in the ochreous mass was less than four millimetres in diameter. The whole bed seems to consist of rather finely pulverized siliceous drift materials, cemented with a considerable amount of iron ; it resembles bog iron ore in appear- ance, but it pi'obably contains too small a percentage of iron to rank as an ore, and the bed is of ver^^ limited extent. In the neighboring parts of Indiana, very similar deposits occur at several points in Dearborn, Ohio and SM'itzerland Counties, 58 PROCKEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [188'2. which I described in 1872.' These outcrops resemble that at Francisville. not only in the character of the materials, but also in their topographical situation and in the character of the neigh- boring soils, being found in most cases in the portions designated as " broken upland, "^ about 300 to 400 feet above the level of the Ohio River. The question naturally arises whether these various beds are of separate origin, or whether they are detached remnants of exten- sive bog deposits, stretching across the area now occupied by the river and its bottom. The beds just described may be compared with certain masses of sand and pebbles, firmly cemented with ferric oxide, which occur in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, and are known as '' Bryn Mawr gravel." These beds (as I was told bv Prof. H. C Lewis) occur on both sides of the Delaware, at an elevation, of at least 400 feet above that river. The Bryn Mawr gravel, then, resembles the ochi'eous deposits described in this paper in the general character of the materials, the topographical situation. and the mode of occurrence ; but differs in containing much coarser drift, more firmly cemented, and probably contains a less percentage of iron. Some Pliiladelphia geologists, regard these scattered deposits of cemented gravel as tVagments of one extensive bed. Further study of the ochreous deposits described above, may yield an interesting chapter of recent geological history. A Ncir Mineral from Canada. — Dr. A. E. Footk called atten- tion to some very peculiar olive-green crystals which he had noticed associated with the remarkable white garnet found bv liim in Hull, Province of Quebec, Canada. From the few tests he had applied he thouoht it miaht be new, and had sent the material to Mr. E. S. Dana for examination. A Peculiar Twumed Garnet. — Mr. W. W. Jefferts exhibited a curious twinned garnet, in which the smaller crystal fitted looselj' into a cavitj' in the larger. The smaller crystal was of lenticular shape, and could be detached from the larger one. whose dodecahedral outline it seemed to complete. He had found it at Avondale, Chester County, a locality which has furnished several hundred good crystals of garnet, from one to three inches in diameter. ' Geol. Survey of Ind., 18T2, pp. 419, 420. ■' Geol. Survey of Ind., 1872, pp. 38fl and 423. 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES*5f'*"PtnLAI)ELPHIA. 59 December 23, 1881. ON riORITE. BY ELI S. REINHOLD. Several years ago I received a box of minerals from Placer County, California, which contained a sp«:>ciraen marked " Horn- blende," so peculiar in appearance, that I laid it aside for special examination. I herewith send the specimen, which proved to be diorite, a rock of volcanic origin. The arrangement of the hornblende and feldspar is different from that of any trap-rocks of same com- position in the Eastern States, with which I am familiar. The centre of each nodule is composed of crystalline granules of the two minerals, hornblende and feldspar ; this is enveloped by a zone of clear white feldspar, followed b}' another of both minerals in which the crj^stals are radiately arranged, at least sufRcientl}' so to make it apparent to the unassisted e^^e. Another band of feldspar, less pure, however, than the first, is followed b}' a zone of hornblende which shades off into the coarse, crystalline, granu- lar matrix of hornblende and feldspar of no defined arrangement. Not having access to any lithological collection, nor even to the books descriptive of all the varieties of greenstone, I may over- estimate the interest of this California rock. A description before me of a diorite found in the Island of Corsica, known as Napoleonite, answers to many points in this specimen. The nodular masses of the Corsican greenstone are described as globular, while in the California rock thc}^ are oblate- spheroidal. It would be a matter of interest to ascertain what member of the feldspar group is represented in this rock. All my books agree in assigning the mineral in diorite (generally) to the triclinic feldspars ; but some give labradorite, otliers oligo- clase and albite ; while another author calls it a mixture of anorthite and albite. Either the feldspar in diorite from difterent localities varies, or else opinions in reference to it are very diverse. Locality is marked on specimen label. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882, A Neio Locality for Allanite. — Dr. Isaac Lea presented a specimen of allanite and zircon, in quartz rock, which he had found at Yellow Springs, Chester Count}' ; this being a new locality for allanite. A New Locality for Copiapite. — Mr. E. S Reinhold presented a specimen of copiapite which he had found at Mahano}- City. It had been identified by Prof. Lewis, and is now announced as from a new localit}'. I 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER MERION AND VICINITY. BY THEO. D. RAND. Of much interest to those interested in mineralogy and geology in Pliiladelphia is the last volume, C", published by the Geological Survey, covering the geology of Philadelphia County, and of the southern parts of Montgomery and Buclcs, by Chas. E. Hall,witii a letter of transmittal by Prof. J. P. Lesley, but I thinlc those acquainted with this region must regret that the publication was not delayed until the adjacent parts of Delaware County were examined, and until more time could be given to the work reported on, that it might be as near perfection as possible. Mr. Hall's conclusions are at variance with all our preconceived opinions ; but that is no reason for their rejection. If his data are correct, his conclusions seem almost necessarily to follow ; but it is impossible for anj' one familiar with the district to examine the map and text without a feeling that longer study migrht have modified the author's views. All will agree with him as to the difficulties to be encountered; but this should have induced the greater care. In Mr. Hall's letter he states (p. xvii), " It has been my object to locate accurately the areas of the differ- ent belts of the metamorphosed rocks." And in Prof. Leslej^'s letter of transmittal (q. v), " Mr. Hall has not only studied every individual exposure at least once, and the more important ones repeatedly, but has obtained from them several thousand hand specimens." If, as a test, we examine upon the map the serpentine outcrops, which are generall}^ so easy of identification, we shall be disap- pointed. For instance, tracing the steatite belt westward from the soapstone quarries on the Schuylkill, the very distinct out- crop at the corner on Hagy's Ford road, at the road crossing, one mile from the Schuylkill, is wholly omitted. The outcrop on the Black Rock road is represented as extending of a width of about 200 feet for about 900 feet eastward of the old Gulf road, 1^ miles from the Schuylkill, while it is, at that point, over 1000 feet in breadth, and extends, though probably narrowing rapidly, fully 2000 feet eastwardly. West of this road, its location on the map is southward of its true position. This portion of the belt is made to end a short distance east of the Roberts road ; whereas, on that road, it appears in place, with the garnetiferous sehivSts 62 PROCEED! NUS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. bounding it on the north, a most distinct outcrop of over a hundred feet in width. Beyond this it is not shown until the Pennsylvania Railroad, at Bryn Mawr, is reached, where a very distinct outcrop 400 feet wide and 1500 feet long is delineated, just below the bridge at Penn Avenue. The outcrop on the Roberts road can be followed by abundant fragments in the soil to a point where the southward course of the Black Rock road changes to W. S. W., just north of which a very distinct outcrop is visible in the side of the road. I am quite familiar with the railroad cut at Bryn Mawr, which is through decomposed mica schists. I have searched in vain for the slightest evidence of steatitic or serpentine rocks in it. Recently the cut was widened. Taking advantage of the fresh exposure, I obtained specimens below Penn Avenue about every ten feet from 150 feet to 400 feet, including a light-colored stratum differing from the bright-colored decomposing schists elsewhere. All, without exception, were unmistakably decomposed mica schist with quartz. I believe, therefore, that serpentine and steatite do not there exist at or near the surface. Examining the more northerly belt, that north of Lafayette Station, we find it represented as ending about 2000 feet west of the Schuylkill. There is, it is true, an apparent break in the belt at tliis point, and, as it were, a fault, throwing the westerly con- tinuation southward ; but the break is small, and the belt can be traced by abundant surface fragments to a point between 3000 and 4 000 feet from the river, where another fault occurs (or a change of direction more northwestward) and an outcrop in place appears east of a road about a mile from the Schuylkill. Thence, on tlie map, the outcrop appears continuous ; whereas, at the next road, where there is a gap through which a stream passes, there appears to be a fault, the westerh^ continuation of the belt being, as it were, shifted northwardly more than its Avidth. show- ing on a small, but ver}' distinct scale, the echelon structure so marked in the belt north of the syenite. The outcrop is repre- sented as ending east of the old Gulf or Conshohocken road ; whereas it can lie traced by fragments, and one outcrop in place, to the new roa T^rui- 08 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. On Phi/tocollite, a New Mineral. — Prof. Lewis reported tliat, having made a fiirtlier examination of the bkclv jelly-like sub- stance from the Scranton peat-bog, to which he had drawn atten- tion at the September meeting, he had found that it had characters dilfering from those of any other mineral heretofore described. Bvdissolvinf; it in a standard solution of alkali he had found that it had an acid reaction, and was, therefore, to be regarded as an organic acid. It is probably related to some of the varying forms of humic acid. The following anal3'sis, kindly made by Mr. J. M. Stinson, of Ilarrisburg, was made upon material which was carefully separated from the surrounding earthy matter, and which, before anal3'sis, was dried at a heat of 212^ F. C 30.971 H 5.526 or without ash, 0 + X 63.503 c 28.989 H 5.172 N 2.456 0 56.983 Ash 6.400 100. 100. This analysis would yield the empirical formula C,nH,.,0|H. In its composition, this substance is remarkable for the low per- centage of carbon which it contains. It ditfers from dopplerite principally in its composition (dop- plerite having the formula C,,H „0,o), and also by its partial solu- bilit}' in alcohol and its burning with flame. Instead, however, of giving this mineral a specific name, it is now suggested to group together, under one generic name, all those jelly-like substances produced by vegetable decomposition which are found in nature. The name Phytocollife {(fonr^ /clUa), signifying plant-jelly^ would include tht mineral from Scranton. the boid particles of which the sjjonges are composed, or even by a fertilization of the ova of one b}- the spermatozoids of the other. Several facts indicative of the probability that such hybridiza- tion may take plaee were adduced, and the further discussion of the subject deferred until an examination of the living sponge in its native locality, or experiments upon those germinated in con- finement, could be made. It is important to notice that the specimens received were col- lected in February, when the sarcode matter had nearly all been washed away, with, probably, accompan3-ing changes in the pres- ence or numl)?is of the smaller spiculae. 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHTLADELPHTA. February 21. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-five persons present. The deaths of John W. Draper and Theo. Schwann, cor- respondents, were announced. The death of Robert Bridges, M. D., having been announced, Dr. W. S. W. Rnschenberger was appointed to prepare a biogi'aph- ical notice for publication in the Proceedings. February 28. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty persons present. Oti Tourmalines. — Prof. Leidy said, in absence of other mat- ters of more importance, he would exhibit a collection of tourmalines which belonged to him, and which he thought from their variet}- would interest the members. He remarked that while black tourmalines are the most common, white ones are rarest. Recently, good-sized crystals of the latter had been found at De Kalb, St. Lawrence Co., New York. From a broken cr^'stal he had obtained a fragment, from which the beautiful gem pre- sented was cut. This is of brilliant form, highly lustrous, transparent, flawless, and nearly colorless,or with only the faintest yellowish tint, like that of a so-called '^off-color" diamond; and weighs 398 millegrammes. Some remarkable black tourmalines . were brought to this city, a couple of years ago, by Lieut. Wm. A. Mintzer, U. S, N., who obtained them at Niantilik, Cumberland Gulf, Arctic America. They are generally three- or six-sided crystals, with a single three- or six-sided pyramidal termination, of various sizes. A large one in Prof. Leidy 's possession is thirteen inches long and one and three-quarter inches at the pyramidal extremity. Perhaps the most beautiful black tourma- lines, recentl}^ discovered in abundance, are those of Pierrepont, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. They are remarkable for their perfec- tion ; occurring as doubly-terminated crystals, of large size and brilliant lustre. Fine brown tourmalines, often of large size and frequently doubly terminated, with one extremity much modified from the usual form, have also been found in abundance in late years, at Gouverneur, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. It may be said that this State is pre-eminent for the beauty of its black, white, and brown tourmalines. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. The chief localities for colored tourmalines, other than the varieties mentioned, are the Urals, Ceylon, P^lba, Brazil and Maine. Of the collection, those from the latter two localities most resemble one another ; crystals of the same ordinary tourma- line green color, others of a green color and garnet red-axis, and some with different parts of the prism colored pink and green, of varied depth. The pink is sometimes as delicate as that usual in Elba tourmalines, and sometimes as deep and l)right as that of the deepest-hued pink topazes of Brazil. The Maine tourmalines exhibit a wonderful A'ariety of shades of green and red, ranging from the darkest hues to the transparent colorless vari^t}' called achroite. The largest and finest achroites seen by Prof. Leidy, have been derived from the Mt. Mica locality. Among the Maine tourmalines in the collection, chiefl}- obtained through Dr. A. C. Hamlin, of Bangor, the following were especially indicated : I. A three-sided prismatic crystal with one end flat, the other a trilateral pyramid, four inches long, and ten lines wide. One half towards the pyramidal end is green, dark and nearly opaque at first, but becoming transparent apple-green; the other half is green on the exterior, but has a garnet-red axis towards the flat end, passing into pale pink towards the middle of the crystal. The specimen is bi'oken into five fragments, a condition quite common in the larger Maine tourmalines, and supposed to be due ■jO the action of frosts. 2. Two fragments of a crystal, an inch and a half in diameter, of a bright, rose-topaz color, becoming nearly colorless and then ending in an apple-green plate, forming a flat termination of the crystal. 3. A fragment of a three-sided cr3'stal, an inch long and an inch and a half wide, consisting of transparent acliroite, with one end covered with Cookeite. 4. A dark green three-sided crystal with trilateral p^'ramid, an inch and a quarter long, and three-fourtiis of an inch in diameter. The base was occupied Avith a spherical nodule of achroite, from which was cut a beautiful gem, of brilliant form, flawless, perfectly transparent, and weighing 400 millegrammes. It is nearly color- less, but has a faint pinkish hue. Among the Brazilian tourmalines were the following: 1. A large, three-sided cr3-stal, with pyramidal termination, rich tourmaline-green, transparent and flawless. It was originally two inches and a half long, and is eight lines wide. From its base a fine l)rilliant was cut, weighing 5980 millegrammes. 2. Two small green crystals with pyramidal termination, one pale red at the terminal end ; tlie other of the same color at the base. 3. Two large six-sided cr3-stals with flat termination, green externall}', with garnet-red axis. One an inch and a half long, and three-fourths of an inch thick ; the other an inch and a quarter long, and an inch thick. 4. A rubellite of garnet-red color ; a three-sided crystal with pyramidal termination, an inch long, and seven-eighths broad. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 73 Brilliant cut specimens of rose-red tourmaline from Maine and Brazil were alike in color. An Elba tourmaline about an inch in length was six-sided with a three-sided pyramid. The base is yellowish green ; the upper extremity pale pink. A Ural rubel- lite, garnet-red, was six-sided with a six-sided pyramid. Frank E. P. Lynde was elected a member. Robert Hai'tmann, of Berlin ; W. Kowalewsky, of Moscow, and K. Martin, of Leiden, were elected correspondents. The following was ordered to be printed : — 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. THE SPECIES OF ODONTOMYIA FOUND IN THE UNITED STATES. BY DR. L. T. DAY. In this paper I have confined myself exclusively to the descrip- tion of the species found in the United States. 0. limbipennis Macq. I have left out entirely, for the following reason : on page 255 of Baron Osten Sacken's valuable catalogue of N. A. Diptera, note 57, he says: "The label in Macquart's handwriting in Mr. Bigot's collection bears America, with a query ; the query is omitted in the Dipt. Exot. I doubt that this is a North American species." Of the Canadian species O. {Straf- iomys) canadensis Walk., and 0. ineqnalis Loew, Hudson Bay Ter., only the latter has been identified ; probably the former never will be. Of the Mexican species none have been identified. Of the Cuban, 0. rufipes and 0. scalaris Loew are marked as being identified. Olivier, in the Encycl. Method, viii, gives the following generic characters, which I insert in the original, as they may be of service to some : Antennes a peine de la longueur de la tete, fili formes, terminees en pointe ; articles courts, presqu'egaux. Trompe courte ; gaine recourbee sendue et renflee a son ex- tremite. Trois soies inegales ; levre superieure courte, eciiancre'e. Antennules courtes, biarticulees, en masse. Ailes avec une cellule centrale, petite, polj'gone. In the following table I have included only those species which are new, and those identified in m,y collection. Those species of Loew not in the table, and of Say, Walker, Wiedemann and Olivier, I have inserted at the end of the descriptions represented in the table. Synopsis of Species. Head black, . . . . . . . . ■ . A. Head with yellow or green markings, . . . . F. A. Dorsum of thorax pubescent, ..... B. Dorsum of thorax pilose, ...... C. B. Face with an eminence lielow the base of the antennre, nigra, sp. n. Face gently arehed without eminence, . plebeja T/oew. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 C. Face of male small, . . , •. . jflava sp. n. Face of male of usual size, ...... D. D. Femora black, pilosus sp. n. Femora not black, ....... E. E. Second joint of antennj» shorter than the first, pubescens, sp. n. Second joint as long or longer than first, americana, sp. n. F. Dorsum of thorax with lateral stripes, . . . H. Dorsum with spots on the posterior angles, . . G. G. Color markings luteous, . . . microstoma Loew. Color markings greenish, .... hicolor sp. n. H. Face with distinct black spots, . . . Willistoni sp. n. Face without black spots, ...... I. I. Dorsum of thorax with two spots on the suture, megacephala Loew. Dorsum of thorax without spots on the suture, extremis sp. n. Odontomy a nigia sp. u. 9 Black. Head black. Occipital disk black. Front shining black, in the central groove a stripe of a golden hue. Antennae ferruginous red, the first two joints of nearh^ equal size, the third longer than both and tipped with brown or black. Fnce promi- nent, black, and sparsely pubescent with golden pile ; a well- defined eminence is situated beneath the antennae. Oral aperture small, proboscis black, so also labii and palpi. Thorax black, covered with golden pubescence. Scutellum concolorous, also clothed with the pile, the terminal bristles brownish 3'ellow. Halteres green. Abdomen dark yellow ; the median stripe black and forms a triangular spot in each segment, the base anterior. Tenter brownish 3'ellow. Legs luteous. Wings hj'aline ; third longitudinal vein simple ; the discal cell emits two veins. Long. Corp. 4 lin., long. al. 8 lin. Hab.—KausRS (E. W. Guild). Note.— In one of the specimens the abdomen is black, with a feeble attempt at markings near the incisures by way of golden pile; the antennae are black, and the terminal joints of the middle and posterior tarsi. Odontomyia plebeja Locw. ^ 9 • 5. Black; the whole liead concolorous; face not prominent, gently arched and clothed with golden yellow pile. Antenna' reddish at the base, the terminal joint being black. Thorax black 74 PRfEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF I THE SPECIES OF'DONTOMYia. FOUND IN THE UNITED S' , BY DR. L. T. DAY. In this paper I ^e confined myself exclusively to tli tion of the species |und in the United States. 0. limbipennia ]!fcq. I have left out entirely, for the reason : on page 2a of Baron Osten Sacken's valuable of N. A. Diptera, pie 57, he says: "The label in handwriting in M Bigot's collection bears Ameri query ; the query ilomitted in the Dipt. Exot. I doul is a North America species.'' Of the Canadian spoci( iomys) canadensis^3i\k., and 0. inequalia Loew. H Ter., only the latl* has been identified ; probably never will be. Of le Mexican species none have bee Of the Cuban, 0. ufipes and 0. scalaris Loew art being identified, livier, in the Encycl. Method, v following generic laracters, which I insert in the they may be of serice to some : Antennes a peinde la longueur de la tete, filiforn en pointe ; articles ourts, presqu'egaux. Trompe courte ; aine recourbee sendue et renfl tremite. Trois soies inega>s ; levre superieure courte, ech; Antennules cou] s, biarticulees, en masse. Ailes avec une ciule centrale, petite, polj-gone. In the following ible I have included only thos< are new, and those^dentified in my collection. T Loew not in the able, and of Say, Walker, V Olivier, I have instted at the end of the descripti in the table. Synopsis of Species. Head black, ....... Head with yel^w or gr( A. Dorsum of thcax Dorsum of thoix^ B. Face with an Face 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAD 'HI* C. Face of male small, . . • Face of male of usual size, . D. Femora black, .... Femora not black, E. Second joint of antennie shorter than Second joint as long or longer than firs F. Dorsum of thorax with lateral stripes. Dorsum with spots on the posterior ani G. Color markinos luteous. Color markings greenish, H. Face with distinct black spots, . Face without black spots, . I. Dorsum of thorax with two spots on tl Dorsum of thorax without spots on tl Odontomy a ni(;ia sp. n. 9 Black. Head black. Occipital disk I black, in the central groove a stripe of a c ferruginous red, the first two joints of near! longer than both and tipped with brown ( nent, black, and sparsely pubescent with defined eminence is situated beneath the an small, proboscis black, so also labii and covered with golden pubescence. Scuti ; clothed with the pile, the terminal \m<- Halteres green. Abdomen dark yellow; and forms a triangular spot in each sewn Venter brownish j^ellow. Legs luteoii^ longitudinal vein simple ; the discal cell Long. Corp. 4 lin., long. al. 3 lin. » ^a6._Kansas (E. W. Guild). W Note. — In one of the specimens the attempt at markings near the incisiires V ai-e black, and th' " *1 OdoQtomyia p genr TP I I 79 Probos- laterally Pleurae ndins; to ellowish. irregular ent. Legs the third S. W. Willis- his extensive tiirr 1 i;r' n k» ■en ; the head Iteing almost inent, receding Thorax black, )OSterior angles ; of the thorax . Pleura? green, v'ish green ; the s green. Abdo- cerior half of the . Legs reddish ; ■d with black, the ith black. Wings pie ; the discoidal nt green, widening black stripes, the orbit to orbit just ds irregularly trans- above the base of the •A joint tipped with 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. brownish spot, anterior to this it is clear, posterior sparsely mottled; oeellar triangle black, and on each side is a brownish spot. Antcnn.ne brownish black ; the first two joints cylindrical, brownish ; the terminal end of the second darker ; the third black, tapering to a point. Face not prominent, moderately convex and clothed with dilute yellow pile. Oral aperture small ; proboscis black; l:il)ii brownish ; palpi yellow. Dorsum of thorax black, subaureous pubescent, posterior angles yellowish. Scutellum yellow, the apical spines tipped with black. Abdomen brownish yellow, the central black stripe is interrupted by median yellowish spots. Venter dihitely yellow, laterally with two dark stripes. Legs dark yellow ; posterior tarsi obscurelj' brown. AVings hj^aline, veins yellowish, third longitudinal simple; the discoidal cell emits two veins. Long. Corp. 5 lin., long. al. 4 lin. //o6.— Mass., N. Y. (Dr. Williston). Note. — "The last two segments of the third joint of the antennae in this species form a sufficiently acute style, as may be shown ; the antennae of this are not dissimilar to those of Clitellaria, but the downward course of the veins in this species demonstrates its place in the Odontomyise." — Loew. Odoniomyia bicolor sp. n. ^ . Black-green. Head large, 3'ellowish green. Occiput yellowish green. Antennse reddish brown, the terminal segment of the third joint tipped with black. Face i)rominent, green, sparseh" pubescent with yellow. I'roboscis brownish black. Thorax black, the posterior angles yellow, the lateral borders clothed with 3'ellow pile. Pleurae green and clothed with yellow i)ile. Base of scutellum black, bordered with yellow; the apical spines yellow, tipi)ed with black, Halteres green. Abdomen green, with a median black irregular strijje. Venter green, immaculate. Legs reddish, tiie femora being yellowish towards the body, the tarsi black. Wings hyaline, veins brownish, the tliird longitudinal simple ; the discal cell emits three veins. Long. Corp. 0 lin., long. al. 4^ lin. Mab—C-dl. (Baron). Odontomyia Willistoni sp. n. 9- Green. Head and occiput green. Front broad, green, with two brownish spots on each side near the orbit, also a central brown spot just anterior to the oeellar triangle. Antenna? black. Face grecnisli. prominent, with an irregular black spot on each 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 side extending from the base of the antennae downward. Probos- cis black. Thorax black, sparsely pubescent, bordered lateral!}'- with 3'ellowish green, extending to the posterior angles. Pleurae 3'ellowish green, with a central narrow black stripe extending to beneath the halteres. Scutellum green, apical spines yellowish. Halteres green. Abdomen green, with a central black irregular stripe, which terminates in the middle of the last segment. Legs yellowish, concolorous. Wings hyaline, veins yellow, the third longitudinal simple ; the discal cell emits three veins. Long. Corp. 4 lin., long. al. 3 lin. Hab.—^evf York (Dr. Williston). The above species is respectfully dedicated to Dr. S. W. Willis- ton, to Avhom I am greatly indebted for the use of his extensive collections in the preparation of this paper. OJontomyia megacepbala Loew. ^ 9 S. Black-green. Head and occiput yellowish green; the head very large. Antennae reddish, the teiminal joint being almost black. Face yellowish green, immaculate, not prominent, receding towards the oral aperture. Proboscis black. Thorax black, pubescent with yellow, the lateral borders and posterior angles green ; there is also a greenish spot on each side of the thorax near the median line crossing the transverse suture. Pleurae gi-een, clothed Avith yellowish pile. Scutellum yellowish green ; the apical spines yellow, tipped with black. Halteres green. Abdo- men green, with a black median stripe ; the posterior half of the terminal segment green. Venter Avholl}^ green. Legs reddish ; the anterior and middle tibia3 markedl}' tipped with black, the posterior obscurely so; all the tarsi tipped with black. Wings hyaline; veins yellow; third longitudinal simple; the discoidal cell emits three valid veins. Long. Corp. 5^ lin. ; long. al. 4 lin. 9. Green. Head and occiput green. Front green, widening anteriorly with two well-marked transverse black strii)es, the superior being the broader, extending from orbit to orbit just beneath the ocellar triangle ; the lower extends irregularly trans- verse across the whole front a short distance above the base of the antenna'. Antennae reddish brown, the third joint tipped with black. Long. corp. 7 lin., long. al. 5 lin. Hab. — Kansas (Guild) ; Cal. (Baron). 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Odontomyi« extremis sp. n. 9 5 ? . Green-black. Head and occiput green. Front green ; on each side, midway between the ocellar triangle and the base of the antennae, is a large round black vspot. Antenna? brownish ; the terminal segments of the third joint black. Face green, prom- inent, pubescent with yellow. Thorax black, subaureous tomen- tose, bordered laterally with green, extending to the posterior angles. Scutellum green ; the apical spines yellow. Halteres green. Abdomen green, with a central black stripe widening posteriorly ; at the incisures the black extends quite to the lateral borders. Legs brownish 3' ellow ; tarsi blackish. Wings hyaline; veins yellow; the third longitudinal simple ; the discal cell emits three veins. $. The only difference from the females is that the male- possess a black occiput. Long corp. 6 lin., long. al. 4^ lin. Hah. — Conn.; Cal. (Baron). Note. — Related to 0. cincta, but differing in the abdominal markings quite strongly. Odontfmyia arcuata Loew. 9 Cent, x, 4. Greenish ^x-llow ; occiput except orbit, vertex, unequal band of the front, base of antenna', dorsum of thorax and abdomen black ; lateral spots in the median line of the abdomen almost united, and venter wholly yellow. Legs luteous ; two submarginal cells ; four posterior. Long. corp. 5^ lin., long. al. 4|-4^ lin. Head pale a'cIIow. Face obtuse, immaculate. Occiput, except the orbit, black. Superior third of the front black ; in posterior margin two obsolete luteous dots ; in front the unequal black band is seen, composed of two large spots running into the sides. Antennae black; base reddish brown. Dorsum of thorax, except the humeri and posterior angles, black, aureous tomentose, toward the borders thickly clothed. Scutellum 3'ellow ; base black; apical teeth small, subapproximate, toward the apex black. Pleuraj wholly immaculate, greenish yellow, in liff without doubt green. Abdomen black ; second, third and fourth segments each with a single yellow triangular spot ; or greenish yellow, concave anteriorly, and the acute angle extending nearly- to the middle of the abdomen ; posterior and lateral margins of the fifth segment yellow, j-et the transverse smearing black and more pronounced ; sixth segment j'ellow. Venter wholly 3'ellowlsh green or green. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 8l ini maculate. Legs luteous ; tarsi, from the apex of the first joint, brownish black. Wings pure hyaline ; veins strongly ochreous ; third longitudinal with braneli ; discal cell emits two veins. Hab. — California (11. Edwards). OdoT'tomyia b'notata Loew. ^ Cent. vi. 22. Green. Dorsum of the thorax, except the lateral borders and two disks, punctate ; metanotum and abdominal stripes black ; only one submarginal cell, five posterior. Long. Corp. 5^ lin , long. al. 4^ lin. Vertical triangle black; base green; frontal triangle minute, black. First two joints of the antenme cylindrical, subequal, of ferruginous red. Pace totally green, not prominent, toward the oral aperture strongly receding. Keel moderately convex and obtuse. Proboscis pale ; palpi concolorous, labelli black. Dorsum of thorax black; two small spots and lateral borders green. Pleurae green ; breast grayish black. Scutellum totally green ; metanotum black. Abdomen green ; the stripe towards the base of the first segment strongly dilated, in the second and third segments profoundly emarginated, and the two points in the angle of the fourth segment black. Venter wholly green. Legs ferruginous red ; the first half of the femora and base of tlie tibiai 3'ellow ; tlie apex of the anterior femora, the apex of the anterior tibia? and all the tarsi black, but the posterior metatarsus except the apex and base of the anterior, ferruginous red. Wings purely hyaline; veins strongly ochreous; tliird longitudinal witli- out branch ; the discal cell emits three equal veins. Hab. — Illinois (Le Baron). Odo-'tomyia bsioplithalma Loew. ^. Cent, vi, 23. Black, varied green, eyes strongly pilose, second joint of the antennte half as short as the first. Legs luteous, femora except the apex black, one submarginal cell of the wings, five posterior. Long. Corp. 4^ lin., long. al. 3^ lin. Hiead black ; face concolorous, shortly conical, two transverse spots constituting narrowly interrupted bands, and two lesser at the anterior margin of the eye pale yellow. Eves clothed with compact long hair. First two joints of the antennae darlv yellow, toward the apex obscure, the second one-half, and the last longer than the first ; the third joint is wanting in this specimen. Dor- sum of thorax with rough sub-luteous black hair, posterior angle yellowish green. Pleurae concolorous, whitish hair, two spots of 82 PROCEKDINGS l)F THE ACADEMY OF [1882. a yellowish green, the larger ones of a broken angular form, the smaller oblong ovate. Scutelhim black, narrowly bordered with yellowish green. Abdomen black, the whole margin and spots both a third part green, in the second segment a spot large and trinngular, not leaching to the anterior margin: the third mod- erate and transverse, the fourth narrow. Venter wholly green. Legs luteous or luteo-ochreous, femora except the apex black. AVings hyaline, veins thickly ochreous, third longitudinal without a branch, the discal cell emits three equal veins. Hah. — New York ; New Jersey. Note. —This species on account of the first joint of the antenna beinjj longer than the second strongly distinguishes between Stratiomyiae and Odontomyite, and as it were intermediate on account of the simple straight third longitudinal vein refers this genus to the Odontomyia rather than Stratiomyiae. Odontom iin gerrima Loew. 9 Cent, x, 6. Jilack, bare, scutelhim toothed, apex of femora and tibiie, and base of tibia* and tarsi testaceous ; second abdominal segment, third and fourth posterior margins near the border and all of the fiftli lutescent ; face protuberant, extraordinarily prominent, first joint of the antennse longer than the second, veins of the wings strongly fuscous, four posterior cells and two submarginal. Long. corp. 4 Iin., long. al. S^ Hn. Black, shining, bare, whitish, short pubescent. Head concolor- ous, longitudinal fossa of the front and both margins testaceous. Face extraordinarih' prominent, protuberant, obtuse, lateral margins of the mouth strongly dilated. Proboscis black, stock drawn out, head long and very thick. AntenuiV drawn out, black, first joint once and a-half as long as the second. • Scutellum wholly black, teeth fusco-testaceous. Posterior margins of the second abdominal segment, third and fourth toward the side of the abdo- men of a lutescent color, thus three narrow bands are seen, broadly interrupted ; the posterior margin of the fiftli segment wholly lutescent. Venter black, a broad disk unequal and darkly lutes- cent. This abdominal picture in living specimens I suspect to be wholly green. Legs black, apex of the femora, base and apex of the tibite and first and last joints of the tarsi except tlie apex fusco- luteo-testaceous. Wings hyaline, veins strongly lu'ownisli black, costal and third longitudinal subfuscous toward the apex, third longitudinal vein with erect branch, discoidal cell emits two veins. Middle States. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 83 Odo'tomyia nigrirostris Loew. ^. Ccnf. vi, 19. Black and j^ellow varied, seiitelluni without teeth, two sub- marginal cells, five posterior. Long. Corp. 5f lin., long. al. 4| lin. Black and j^ellow varied, clothed with pale pubescence. Head yellow ; lateral frontal stripes black, broad, abbreviated anteriorl}^, posteriorly with a black spot cohering with the vertex ; a large black spot on the face. Antenn;vi black, first joint a little longerthan the second. Proboscis wholly black, palpi concolorous. Dorsum of thorax black, margin of the posterior angles pale yellow. Pleurae pale yellow, black maculated ; breast black. Scutellura shortened, pale yellow, toward the base black. Abdomen broad, subplanum, black, from the angle of the first segment, a spot extends laterally from the anterior to the posterior margins, narrow in the third and fourth margins posteriorly and in the abdominal margin, all pale yellow. Venter wholl}^ pale. Legs black, apex of all the femora, first half of anterior tibiae and base of anterior and poste- rior tarsi dilute 3'ellow or whitish. Wings pure hyaline, veins strongly ochreous, third longitudinal with branch, thus is made two marginal cells ; discal cell emits three veins of which the one preceding the last is much shorter. Hub. — North Wisconsin (Kennicot). Note. -The number of posterior cells iu distinguishing Odontomyia causes note, which is greatly relied upou ; less is determined by making out the number of submarginal cells, in those species where there is only one submarginal cell, which does not happen rarely, as the third vein may be with a branch; or where two submarginal eel's are 'found, this branch may be wanting. Odontomyia pilima-a Lopw. ^ 9 Cint, vi, 27. . Black, antennjc red, dorsum of thorax in both sexes aureous tomentose, abdomen green, median stripe black, legs luteous. anterior and posterior tibiae and metatarsus hairy beneath ; four posterior cells, one submarginal. 5. Thoracic pile shorter than in known species. 9 . Front near the ocelli luteous bipunctate. Long. Corp. 4-4/^ lin,, long, al. SyV-SyV lin. $. Head black, face scattered with white hair, obtuse bicarinate, below the antennae pi'ominent, toward the oral aperture receding. AntenniB red, apex of third joint black. Proboscis thick, black. Thorax wholly black ; dorsum more lutescent, thin in real male species and olothed with short aiireons tomentose ; pleursp white 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. pilose. Sc'utellum black, teeth and apical margin greenish. Abdomen green, black median stri[>e, moderatel}' dilated poste- riorly. Legs wholly luteous ; anterior and posterior tibia; and metatarsus clothed beneath with long pallid pile. Wings hyaline, veins strongly lutescent, third longitudinal with branch, discal cell emits two veins. 9. Similar to the male. Front anterior to ocelli luteous bi- jjunctate, and on both sides ornamented with an aureous tomentose spot. Above posterior to the orbit aureous tomentose, below covered with white. Dorsum of thorax closely aureous tomentose, pleunt; white pilose. Black abdominal stripe in third and fourth segments more dilated than in the male. Hah. — Illinois (L. Baron). Odontomyia varipes Loew. ^. Cent, vi, 21 Green, dorsum of tliorax except the posterior angles, triangu- lar spot at the base of the scutellum, and except the large lateral spots of the abdomen and border of the fifth segment black. Legs brownish, first half of the femora and base of tibise yellow, apical h^lf of tibiffi and tai'si brownish black; two submarginal cells, five posterior. Long. Corp. 5.| lin.. long. al. 3^ lin. Related to Odontomiiia megacephaJa, but the head is smaller and diverse other markings 'on the abdomen. Vertical triangle black, yet the base green ; frontal triangle minute black. First two joints of the antennsB cylindrical, equal ; the first brownish black; the second ferruginous red; the third joint in this de- scribed specimen is wanting. Face green, supoi'ior margin black, not prominent ; towards the oral aperture strongly receding, obtuse carinate. Proboscis dilute yellow, pulpi concolorous, labelli black. Dorsum of thorax black, posterior angles green. Scutellum green, black spot of the base broadly triangular. Pleurae green, a moderatelv dilute subfuscous spot. Abdomen black, angle of the first segment, a large lateral spot in the second and third, extending to the anterior and jjosterior margins, sepa- rated fi'om the anterior margin by a black band, a lesser subrotund spot in the fourtii segment, and the posterior and lateral borders of the fil'th segment green. Venter wholly green. Femora dilute 3'ellow, second half of anterior, last third of middle, and apex of posterior ferruginous red ; tibiae ferruginous red ; apical half of anterior, apex of posterior, brownish black; tarsi brownish black; 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 first joint of posterior, except the apex, reddish, and base of the lowest anterior, brown. Wings pure hyaline, valid veins obscurely oclireous, third longitudinal with branch; the discal cell emits three equal veins. Hab. — Carolina. Odontomyia vertebrata Say. $• Mouth deep, black, pale within ; hypostoma with an elevated testaceous knob; antennae deep black, terminal joint beneath dusky, testaceous ; thorax blackish, with hardly perceptible hairs; scutellum dull testaceous, black at base ; tip a little hairy ; spines horizontal, white ; wings white ; poisers white, with a whitish glaucous capitulum; feet yellowish white ; abdomen subquadrate, much depressed, white; tergum with a series of large black spots almost connected too-ether. Length $ rather more than three-tenths of an inch. Hah. — Northwest Territory. Say, Complete Writ. 1, 251 ; Long's Exped., App., 369. Wied. Auss. Zw. ii, 73, 20. Bellardi, Saggio, etc., i. 38. Odontomyia Paron Walker. ^ 9 . (5 . Body black ; head as broad as the chest, blothed in fr6nt witlT short whitish hairs, red about the feelers ; eyes reddish bronze ; facets of the fore-part larger than those elsewhere ; mouth black ; feelers black, red at the base ; chest and breast thickly clothed with tawny hairs ; scutcheon armed with two tawny teeth ; sides and under side of abdomen tawny, sometimes yellow and tinged with green ; legs tawny ; wings whitish ; wing-ribs tawny; veins yellow ; poisers tawny, with apple-green knobs. 9. Head and chest bronzed; head black about the base of the feelers. Length of body .3 lin., long. al. 6 lin. Hah.—TvQnton Falls. Walker. Lit ill, 536. Odontomyia intermedia Wied. 9 . Fiihler schwarz, erstes (ilied nur halb so lang als das dritte. TJntergesicht schwarz, fast silberweisz behaart. Stirn mitten rost- gelblich, an beiden Seiten schwarz, mit zwei fast silber- schimmernden Flucken ; am Scheitel erstreckt sich das Gelbo bis zu den Augen. Riickenschild schwarz, sehr kurz kiesgelb behaart; Brustseiten hingegen silberweisz behaart ; Rand und Darmen des Schildchens gelblische. Hinterleib kaum weiszlich behaart ; an 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. der Spitze der Abschnitte 2-4 an jeden Seite ein linienartiger rost- gelhlischer Fleck odor eiiie breit unterbrochene Binde ; der Hin- terrand des fiinften Abschnittes iiberall lehmgelblich und mit dem Gelbliclien des Seitenrandes zusaminenfliesend. Bauch gelblich. Fliigel wasserklar ; Kippe und die zweite Ader bis zur Spitze des Rippenfeldes lehmgelblich; das Randmal und die mittlere Zelle uuigebenden Adern rein braun ; Schwingen schiin griin. Beine lehmgelblich; Schenkel fast bis zur Spitze pech- schwarz. In melner Sammlung. Liinge 3^ Linien, Aus Xordamerika. Wied. Auss. Zw. ii, 64, 5. Odontomyia Virgo Wied. ^ . Der eiiropaischen Str. viridula auszert jihnlich. Fiihlerwurzel rostgelb, das dritte Glied ist verloren gegangen. Kopf schwarz. Untergesicht schneeweisz behaart. Riickenschild schwarz, mit greiser Behaarung ; Brustseiten schwarz, schneeweisz behaart; Dornen des Schildchens lehmgelb. Hinterleib papageigriin, mit breiter schwarzer, an der Spitze jedes Abschnittes wenig ver- engerler, an der Wurzel des letzten Abschnittes abgebrochener Stfieme. Bauch' griin, an der Spitze jedes Abschnittes ein brann- licher nicht scharf begrantzter FleCk. Fliigel sehr wasserklar, mit lehmgelb Adern; Schwinger lehmgelb mit griinem Knopfe. Beine iiberall lehmgelb. In meiner Sammlung. Lfinge 4 Linien, Von Savannah. AVeid. Auss. Zw. ii, 69, 13. Odon.omyia breviptnais OHv. Odontomyia scutello subbidentato nigra, abdomine maculis lateralibus llavis acutis. EUe ressemble aux pre'c^dentes. Les antennes sont noires avec les deux premiers articles jaunes. La tete et le corcelet sont noiratres, converts d'un le'ger duvet d'un gris nn pen rousseatre. L'ecusson est noir, et arrae de deux petites epines rapprociiees, a peine apparentes, jaunes. L'abdomen est noiratre en dessus, avec une suite de petites taches jaunes sur les cOtds, triangulaires, avec leu r angle interne tresaigu. Le dessous est d'un jaune un pen livide. Les cuisses sont noirs, avec I'extrdmitd jaune. Les jambes et les tarses sont jaunes. Les ailes sont transparentes, avec les nervures le'gerement jaunes; elles sont courtes, et depassent a peine rabdomen. 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 Elle se troiive dans la Carolina, d'ou elle a ete appartie par M. Bose. Encycl. Method, viii, 484, 13. Odontomyia cincta Oliv. 0. scutello bidentato, viridis, thoracis dorso nigra, abdomine nigro, faseiis tribus interruptis, flavis. Elle est presqu'aussi grande que I'odontomyie tburchtie. Les antennes sont jaunatres. Le tete est verte ou jaunatre, avec trois points noirs sur le vertex. Le dos-du coreelet est noiiaU'e. Les cotes et I'ecusson sont verts ou jaunatres; celui-ci est arme de deux petites opines. L'abdomen est noir en dessus, avec trois bandes interronipues et un pen amincies au milieu, d'un jaune plus ou moins vert. Le dessous du corps est jaune ou vert. Les pattes sont jaunes. Les ailes sont transparentes, avec les nervures jaunes. Elle se trouve en Carolina ; Illinois. Encycl. Method, viii, 432, 3. Macquart, Dipt. Exot. i., 2, 189. Odontomyia flavicornis Oliv. O. scutello bidentato, nigra, capite scutelloque flavis, abdomine maculis lateralibus argenteis. Ella a un peu plus de trois lignes de longifeur. Les antennes sont jaunes, avec I'extremite noire. La tete est jaune, avec les 3'eux noirs. Le corcelat est noir, avec quelques raies formees pnr un duvet argente. L'ecusson est grand, jaune, arme de deux fortes epines de la meme couleur. L'abdomen est large, court, un peu aplati, noir, avec quatre taches de chaque cote, forme'es par un duvet argente. Les pattes sont noires, avec les genoux et le premier article des tarses blanchatres. Les ailes sont transpar- entes, avec les nervures d'un jaunne-brun. Les balanciers sont jaunes. Elle se trouve dans TAmerique septentrionale. Encycl. Method, viii, 433, 9. Macquart, Hist. Nat. Dipt., i, 248, 4. Odontomyia hieoroglyphica Oliv, 0. scutello mutico viridi, abdomine nigra, maculis lateralibus viridibus. Elle est de la grandeur de I'odontomyie liydroleon, Les an- tennes sont noires. La tete est verte, marquee d'une tache noii'c, assez grande, a la partie anterieure ; de deux autres un peu au dessus, sinuenses, et d'une triangulaire, anterieurement dentee, sur le vertex. Le corcelet est noiratre avec le cotes et I'ecusson verts ; celui-ci est mutique ou arme de deux epines a peine api)ar- 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. entes. L'abdomen est noir, avec trois petitestaches verdatres sur les cotes, et une sur ranus. Le (lessons du corps est vert ou d'une vert-jaune. Les cuisses soiit noires, avec Textremite jaune. Les jambes et les tarses sont jaunes, taches de noir. Les ailes ont line legere teinte d'lin brun-rousseatre, siirtont vers le bord exterieur. Carolina and "Dist. Columbia. Encycl. Method, viii, 434, 11. Odontomyia interrupta OHv. 0. scutello bidentato. nigra, abdomine fasciis tribiis interruptis. anoque flavis. Elle est de la grandeur de I'odontomjnc tigrine. Les antennes sont noires. La tete est noire avec une petite taclie oblongue, ianne sur le vertex. Le corcelet est noir, couvert d'un leger duvet court, argente. L'ecusson est de la meme conlenr, et est arme de deux petites epines jaunes. L'abdomen est noir, avec trois petites taches sur les cotes, d'une ^gale e'paisseur, et une sur I'anns. d'un janne-verdatre. Les pattes sont jaunes, avec les cuisses presqu'entierement noires. En dessous la poitrine est noire, et l'abdomen est verdatre. Les ailes sont transparentes. avec les nervures d'un brnn-ronsseati-e. Carolina. Encycl. Method, viii, 433, 8. Odontomyia obscura OHv. 0. scutello flavo mutico, nigra, capite Havo pnnctato. Elle est de la grandeur de I'odontomyie tigrine. Les antennes sont noires, avec la base d'un jauneobscur. La tete est noire, avec quelques points et le bord postdrieur jaunes. Le corcelet est noir, couvert d'un leger duvet d'un gris-rousseatre. LVcusson est jaune, sans epines, ou voit seulment quelques cils qui tiennent lieu d'epines. La poitrine est noire avec un pen de jaune sur les cotes. L'al)domen est noir. avec quelques taches triangulaires pen a})par- entes sur les cotes, forme'es par nn leger duvet argente'. Le dessous est noir, avec tache verte k la base. Les cuisses sont noires, avec les genoux jaunes. Les jambes et les tarses sont jaunes. Les ailes sont transparentes, avec les nervures lege'rement jaunes. Carolina. Encycl. Method, viii. 433, 7. Macquart, Dipt. Exot., i, 2, 189. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 March 7, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty-five persons present. The death of Joseph Pancoast, M. D., was announced. The Rela'ion of Heat to the Sexea of Flowers. — Mr. Thomas Meehan observed that the best fields for biological research were to be found amongst objects with which we have already a more or less familiar acquaintance. One fact observed will prove a stepping-stone to higher knowledge. His first new discoveries in Acer dasycarpum^ the common silver raipleof our streets, w I'e communicated to the Academy and published in the Proceedings for 1868, and there had been interesting observations made on this species in the line of those discoveries on man^' occasions since that time. In that paper it was noted that the tree was not polygamous, as stated in the text-books, but strictly monoecious or dioecious. There were no hermaphrodite flowers, but each tree was either male or female, though occasionally the separate sexes were found on the same tree. The male flowers have no trace of a gyn(Bcium,butthe female flowers have well-formed anthers, but never have pollen, or even perfect themselves by lengthening filaments, as in the perfect male flower. Notwithstanding the perfect form of the anther, the stamens in tlie fem de are abortive. But the chief piiysiological fact of importance noted in the paper of 1868, was that a tree which for ye >rs would produce nothing but female flowers would sometimes change the sex, and bear only male flowers; while no instance could be found of a male tree eventu- ally producing female-bearing branches. During the fourteen years since this discovery was recorded, Mr. Meehan said he had found frequent instances of change from female to male as at first observed, but not one instance of change from male to female. There could be no doubt of the order in which the sexual change occurred. While the maple was growing vigorously it followed the rule with all trees and made no attempt to flower. With some check to the vegetative force, the reproductive power asserted itself, and flowering began ; this is the second stage. With a greater check to the vegetative force, only male flowers resulted. This was the third stage. Since that time he had shown to the Academy that when a maple-tree passed from the vegetative to the reproductive condition, and bore at once male flowers only, it was a leap down from the first to the third stage, missing the second or female — for he had found that though the amount of vital power exerted in the production of seeds, and the immense loss of leaves which the production of seed implied (as 7 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. all know who are familiar with the silver maple after bearing a heavy crop of seeds), the female trees of the same age and under the same circumstances, were usually as large as the males which had no such strain on their nutritive powers. He desired the members to pause here a few minutes, while he called their attention to another matter which he had recently brought to the notice of the Academ3^ It was in relation to the influence of heat on flowei-buds. About the time of the fall of the leaf, there is little to distinguish a flower-bud from a leaf-bud. But the flower-bud continues to grow at a comparatively low temperature at which the leaf-bud remains stationary. Even when the thermometer was several degrees below the freezing point, flower-buds would increase in size, though naturall}- much more rapidly when above this line. In the peach, the growth of the flower-bud was very rapid between 32° and 40° Fahr., until by early spring they will have reached often as much as three-fourths larger in size. Indeed, a peach-bud will often have its flowers fully expanded before the leaf-bud has scarcely' begun to grow. We learn from this lesson that it takes less heat to develop a flower-bud than a leaf-bud. In the light of these observations, he had been watch- ing during the past winter the behavior of the buds on the silver maple. These advanced gradually until, by February 28, they commenced to expand — the leaf-buds remaining as they were at the fall of the leaf. They had been expanding continu- all}' as the days were warmer or colder, up to the present date (March 7), but the expanding blossoms have been wholly male flowers. Only to-day, as noted in the specimens exhibited, were the purple tips of the pistils visible through the parting bud-scales. It was obvious that here we had reached another important stage in the life history of the maple-tree. First, it requires less heat to induce growth in a maple flower-bud than a leaf-bud ; secondh', it requires less heat to induce growth in the male flower than in the female. Comparing the male with the female trees, Mr. Meehan noted differences in their habits of growth. Taking a twig of the last season's growtii, in a flowering condition, one or two blossoms might appear alongside of the leaf-bud, in trees of either sex. So far we could find no difference. But in the female tree thv^ central or leaf-bud, when it pushed into growth in the spring, made a shoot of several or many inches in length according to the vigor of the tree or parent branch. In the male tree, on the contrar}', the central growth was not more than perhaps a quarter of an inch, forming a mere tuft of leaves on the top of what was a head of male flowers. In fact these branches were reduced to mere spurs, and weak spurs at that. He had measured these little branches or spurs which had been bearing male flowers for ten successive years, which were not more than from three to five inches in length, and not thicker than wheat straws. It was from these spurs that the great mass of opened flowers appeared. The male 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 flowers on the shoots of last year did not advance as did the flowers on the spurs. It is very important to note this fact. These are only now opening, and are cotemporaneous with the opening of the female flowers which, like them, are sparsely arranged around the axillar}^ bud of the past season. The immense amount of pollen from the early flowers, forming the great bulk of all the pollen produced by the tree, is scattered before the female flowers open, and is absolutely useless for any purpose of fertilization, or useless for any purpose of individual benefit to the tree or to the race, so far as we can see. These later-opening flowers, formed on the wood of last year, are evidently the chief reliance, if not the only reliance, of the female flower for its reproductive energy. Just here an objection may be raised. If it be heat alone which advances the male flowers on the spurs, why does it not advance them on the wood of last year ? If it take less heat to bring forward a male flower than a female flower, why is not this power exhibited when the separate flowers happen to be on branches both apparently alike in vital conditions ? Here we may return to the point we diverged from. We have seen that there are successive stages from a high vegetative, but unproduc- tive condition, to one of fertility ; and again one lower than this, lower in comparison with vegetative power, in which the purely male or sterile condition is reached. In other words, a highly vital condition is more closely allied with those attributes which characterize the female sex than with those characteristic of the male, and we ma}^ therefore reasonabl^^ look for some influence in the female direction on the male flower where these conditions exist. Therefore male flowers on a shoot characterized by a highly vitalized condition, would be likely to resist influences to which they would be otherwise subjected. In short a male flower on a strong branch ought not to yield as readily to the excitement of heat as one growing on a weak branch. At any rate the fact that the whole of the we:ik spurs of the maple-tree produce nothing but male flowers, and that these male flowers expand at a lower temperature than the females do, is conclusive as to the law, whatever answer the objection may receive. This law, thus demonstrated, will be of great practical value to culturists. So ftir as the single point of the advancement of the flowers by a low temperature is concerned, the peach-grower will be interested in keeping the temperature cool so that there shall be no advance of the flower until the temperature is high enough to bring forth the leaf-buds as well. Now we can go further and understand why some amentaceous plants so often produce no fruit or imperfect seeds. It is well known that isolated trees of birch, though producing abundance of male and female flowers, very often have not a perfect seed. We may now see how the catkins may be brought forward by a low temperature not suflR- ejent to excite the , female flowers, and thus lead thtm to mature 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. and shed their pollen before the weather is warm enongh to bring forward the female blossom to receive the necessary pollination. In seasons where the weather is cool till the regular springtime comes, or in climates where there is little very exciting warmth till the regular growing time arrives, there is not likely to be so great a period between the opening of the male and the female flowers. That this is the case with the common European hazel or filbert as grown in this country, an examination to-day clearly- indicates. The catkins have attained their full length, and the anthers are ready to shed their pollen with another daj-'s sun, but there is no sign yet of the little purple stigmas bursting through the scales of the buds which form the female flowers. Should the anthers disperse their pollen to-moirow, as they doubt- less will if the temperature rises to 45^, there certainly can be no fertilization, and consequently no hazel-nuts from the trees in question next year. It was a well-known fact that the European hazel-nut often failed to bear nuts in this part of Pennsylvania, and we have clearly the explanation in the facts now developed. In Europe there were seldom such failures, the climate being prob- ably favorable, more favorable to the simultaneous production of male and female flowers. Mr. Meehan then brieflj' referred to the influence which these new facts must have on questions of dichogamy. There need not necessarily beany constant rule in the production of proterandrous or proterogynous flowers. We might expecfto find proterandry prevailing to a greater extent in plants growing where there was a more constant succession of warm and cool days, than in the same species growing where the climate is not what is called changeable, that is to say, where the temperature was regularly low until the regular spring season had arrived, in which case there would not be much ditterence in time between the advance of stamens or pistils. In conclusion he said, if he might be allowed to generalize from this experience with the maple-tree, the following principles seem proven : — Male flowers do not appear on female maple-trees till some of its vital power has become exhausted. Branch-buds bearing female flowers, have vital power sutRcient to develop into branches. Branch-buds bearing male flowers, have not vital power enough to develop into branches, but remain as spurs, which ever after produce male flowers onl^'. Buds producing male flowers only, are more excited by heat than females, and expand at a low temperature under which the females remain quiescent. A few warm days, succeeded by cooler ones, will therefore make a corresponding difference in time between the opening of the male and the female flowers, and possibly in the i)roportionate advancement of the stamens and pistils in hermaphrodite flowers. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 Professor Heilprin remarked that in the south of France there were often warm days in winter, much as we have here, but he believed there were no failures in the hazel-nut there. Mr. Meehan said that when he used the word Europe, he had England in his mind, as liis own personal experience was chiefly drawn from there. In that countr3% he believed, the catkins were never brought on by warm da3's in winter, so as to mature before there was warmth enough to develop the female flowers. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, inquired whether the Amer- ican species ( Corylus Americana) exhibited the same character- istics as the English species ? Mr. Meehan replied that he believed it would be found to do so, in some degree. On Balanoglossus, etc. — Prof. Letdy stated that in a recent trip to Atlantic City, he had observed the singular worm, Balanoglossus aurantiacus. It occurs in moderate number along the shore of a pond between the beach and the lighthouse. In the same position he had collected Solen ensis, specimens of which were presented this evening. As this occurred in considerable number, he had procured a suflflcient quantity to try it as an article of food, and had found it to make excellent soup. In the vicinity he had picked up a number of specimens of Actinia rapiformis, which had been recently thrown upon the beach. On a former occasion, at Atlantic City, he had observed another Actinia, the Bicidium parasiticum^ which is parasitic on the large jelly-fish, Gyanea arctica, so frequently thrown on shore during the summer. Scolithus in Gravel. — Prof. Leidy remarked, that since making the communication on some rock specimens, he had been led to suppose that if the quartzite pebbles of our gravels were largely derived from the Potsdam sandstone, the characteristic fossil, Scolithus., would be found as an occasional associate. With this view he had recently taken an opportunity of examining a gravel bank on the University ground, and had there picked up the three specimens exhibited, with well-marked Scolithus, which were broken from as many boulders. He also directed attention to specimens presented by Mr. John Ford. These consist of pebbles of a chalky white porous siliceous rock, with impressions of brachipod shells, which were picked up from the gravel of the reservoir at Fairmount Park. March 14. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. S4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. The death of Geo. B. Dixon and that of James Lanman Harmer, members, were announced. On the Occurrence of Ammonites in Deposits of Tertiary Age. — Professor Angelo Hku^prin stated that he desired to place on record the discovery of the remains of nmmonites in deposits of tertinrj' age. Hitherto the members of this group of cephalopod mollusks were considered to have become extinct with the creta- ceous mesozoic) period, no form having thus far been found either in Europe or America, or in any other country whose geology had been worked up, that could with positiveness be stated to have transgressed the limits of this period. The speci- men particularly referi-ed to (now in the possession of the Academy) was found imbedded in a rock fragment belonging to the so-called Tejon group of Fort Tejon, California, a series of rock deposits considered by the late Mr. Gabb and Prof. Whitney, of the Cali- fornia Survey, torepresent the uppermost member of the cretaceous deposits of that State. Mr. Heilprin stated that having recently had occasion to carefully stud}^ the fossil organisms contained in the Tejon rocks, and tlie types of the collection (deposited in the Academy Museum) which form the basis of Gabbs important work on the paleontology of California, he had arrived at the conclusion that these so-called cret.iceous deposits were unques- tionabh' tertiary, a view which had likewise been maintained for some time by the late Mr. Conrad, but which, in the absence of positive evidence, :ip|)ears to have been subsequently abandoned. Mr. Heilprin farther remarked that, with the exception of one solitary fragment of an ammonite, there was, to his knowledge, not a single distinctively cretaceous type of organism to be found in all the rock fragments, but. on the contrar}', several genera, distinctively tertiary, and not known anywhere to have appeared before that period, were characteristic of these fragments. Fur.hermore, these last contained a few species undistinguishable from forms found in tlie tertiary deposits of the eastern United States. In answer to certain remarks made b}- Dr. Horn, as to the stratigraphical position occupied by the rocks whence the specimens were obtained. Prof. Heilprin stated that he was aware that the deposits in question had been described as lying conform- ably with the cretaceous, but that stratigraphical position by itself was no criterion for determining the geological age of a horizon, the only true test being the facies of the contained organic remains. The discovery of ammonitic remains in tertiary strata need not especiall}' surprise the geologist, since recently Prof. Waagen, of Vienna, had announced their discovery in the carboniferous of India, two degrees lower in the geological scale than the deposits they had up to that time been supposed to characterize. 1882.] natural scienoes of philadelphia. 95 March 21. Mr. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty-seven persons present. 0)1 the Gondijlarthra. — Professor Cope made some observations on tlie characters of the newly-discovered group of Perissodactyle ungulates, which he had called the Condylarthra. He defined it as follows, comparing it with the t^ypical Perissodactyla, which he referred to a suborder, under the name Diplarthra : Astragalus with one uniformly convex distal articular face ; humerus with epicondylar foramen. Condylai'thra. Astragalus with two truncate or concave distal articular facets for the cuboid and navicular bones ; no epicondylar foramen of humerus. - Diplarthra. The Condylarthra have as yet been only found in lowest horizon of the Eocene period, the Puerco and VVasatch, and only on the North American Continent. Appropriately to this position in time, its structure indicates that it is the most primitive type of the order of the Perissodactyla. A number of genera and species belong to it, and these fall into two families, which are defined as below. They conform to the definitions of the order, in possess- ing an alternating arrangement of the carpal bones, and a third trochanter of the femur. The approximation to the Hyracoidea is greater than that of any group of the Perissodactyla. That order agrees with the Condylarthra in the simple ai'ticular extremity of the astragalus, which is, however, less convex ; but it has a very peculiar articulation with the anterior face of the distal extremity of the fibula, seen in no other group of ungulates. In the manus the lunar bone is verj' peculiar, not being divided below into two facets as in other ungulates, and articulating with the carpals of the trapezoides series (the intercalate) as well as with the unciform. In these points the Condylarthra agree with other Perissodactyla. In Hyrax there is also no epicondylar foramen. The two families are defined as follows : Dentition bunodont ; toes 5-5 ; premolar teeth different from the molars above and below. Phenacodontidse, Dentition lophodont, with crescents and deep valleys ; pre- molars partly like molars below ; toes ? Meniscotheriidse., The bunodont dentition and five toes on all the feet, give the Phenacodontidse the lowest place in the suborder and order, as the most generalized type known. The Menixcotheriidae have a quite specialized dentition, and until I learned its oondylarthrous character, I was at a loss to account for the presence of such per- fection in so old a type. The number of the toes is yet unknown, but I suspect from th[e large size of those I have seen, that they 99 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. are less nnraerons than in the Phenacodontidse. It appears to have had no descendants, and is a good illustration of Dr. Kowalewsky'sviewsastothepersistenceoftlie'-ad iptive"overthe " non-adai)tive " types of articulation. Kowalewskv observer j.remolar with elevated internal crest, Anisonrhua. Third supeiior premolar a cone without inner c.est. Iliiplocouua. aaa. Superior molars unknown; inferior true molars with anterior lobe ; the tirst with a transver.se heel instead of opposite tubercles. Anterior external lobe of inferior molars forming a cutting edge. Periptychu$. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHrA. 97 The onl}^ genus of the above, in which the structure of the feet is well known, is Phenacodus. It is partially known in Catalhlseus. The only genus of Meniscotheriidae is distinguished as follows : Inferior premolars consisting of two Vs. Meniscotherium. Variation in the Nei^t For-ms of the Furrow Spider^ Epeira strix. — Rev. Dr. H. C. McCuok remarked that he had observed that some of the orbweaving spiders had a marked tendency to vary the forms of their nests. The spinning work of spiders may be classified as (1), the snare, spun for the capture of prey ; (2 ', the enswathment, by which insects are disarmed and prepared for food; (3), the gossamer, used for purposes of aqueous or aerial locomotion ; (4), the cocoon, spun for the propagation and protec- tion of the species ; and i 5), the 7iest, which is a domicile more or less elaborate and permanent, within or under which the ai'anead dwells for protection against enemies and weather changes, Asa rule, the great groups of Orbweavers differ from each other and agree within themselves in the characteristic foim of nest. The form prevailing in each family is substantially the same ; each species appears to adhere quite steadily to one characteristic form ; but there are some marked variations in the habit of certain species, the most decided of which have been observed in the case of Epeiro strix. Some examples of this were given, 1. The ordinary nest of Strix when domiciled in the open field or wood, is a rolled leaf A single leaf is taken, the edge pulled up, drawn under and fastened by adhesive threads into a rude cylinder, within which the spider hides during the day-time. A thread connection with the foundation lines of the snare is main- tained ; but rarely with the centre of the orb by a taut trap- line as is the habit of the Insular spider, Epeira insularis. 2. A second form of nest varies from the rolled leaf nest, in having the edges of two adjacent leaves bent towards each other and lashed together on the exterior at the juncture by silken cords, and on the interior by adhesive tissue-web. An oval opening is left at the united points of the leaves, through which the connect- ing line passes to the snare. The spider domiciles within the leafy cavern thus formed. 3. Again, the spider avails herself of small holes in wood or stone, openings in fences, the interspace between curled bark on the trunk of old trees, or some like cavity, which she ai)proi)riates as a nesting-place. A slight lining will generally be found upon the concave surface. Dr, McCook had noticed that in such cases the snare is sometimes diverted from its normal shape in order to ■give a covenient approach thereto from the den, One such example was found spun between a side of the Peace P'ountain in Fairmount Park (Philadelphia) and the stone wall adjoining, 98 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1882. In order to pitch her tent within a hole in the rock, the spider diverted one of the radii from tlie plane of tlie orb and extended it backward to the hole. The spirals which passed over this radius thus made an elbow or angle, which was indeed nearly a right angle, and gave the orb an odd, broken api)earance. The radius, of course, served as the bridge-line by which Strix passed from her den to her snare. 4. Another variation was due to an accident in the environment of the web. A half-grown Strix had woven a snare in the hollow of a decayed tree (at New Lisbon, Ohio), within two feet of the ground. A colony of the Pennsylvania carpenter ant ( Campo- notus Pennsijlvanicua) had quarters in the tree, a squad of black workers were busy excavating their wooden galleries. These dumped their chippings from openings just above tlie spider's orb, whose viscid spirals retained goodly quantities of the brown saw- dust. In course of time a ball of chippings as big as a walnut had accumulated, or, perhaps had been purposely massed by the spider. However that may be, the ball was utilized as a nest; its centre had been pierced, a si)lierical cavity formed by silk-lining the interior, which was entered by a circular door bound around the edge by spinning-work. This quaint domicile was pendant from one of the strong upper foundation lines, and herein Strix rested, while the emmet carpenters worked away above her, con- tinually dropped chips upon the roof of her den, and the orb beneath, until one side of the snare was quite covered with them. In this case the position of the nest, as well as its form was excep- tional, as the nest site of Strix is well nigh invariably beyond the limits of the web, sometimes, indeed, several feet. In these points the spider was evidently led to an intelligent variation of her nest-building by circumstances. 5. Another variation, or rather a series of variations, was noted upon the side of Brush Mountain at Bellwood, Pennsylvania. Several young pine-trees had been cut away and tossed from the mountain to tlie banks of the Juniata Kiver below. The foliage had withered and fallen from the boughs, whose branches stretched out dry and bare, and among them a colony of young furrow spiders had pitched their tents and spread their snares. One specimen happened to spin her web near the axil of several goodly sized branches, which were formed into a natural shelter by the inverted position of the bough. The sjiider had recognized tliis vantage, and made her nest at the point of juiicture, or rather took shelter there, for there was very little artificial nesting beyond a faint tissue spread over the bark at the point where she sat. A second specimen had lodged at a point near the tip of a small branch whose delicate dry twigs gave no sutticient shelter, and besides, were directed upward. Accordingly a silken tube, funnel- shaped, was spun between the twigs, within which young Strix nested. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 A tliird spider lodged in a similar site, had made a silken sack for a tent, whose month had apparently originally opened directly toward the snare. But a saltigrade spider had fastened a jmrasitie tubular nest upon one side of this sack, and accordingly the mouth was found closed and the door shifted to the opposite side, as though to avoid interference with a troublesome neighbor. A fourth individual had woven a simple silken cover or screen, behind wliich she lodged. A fifth had pitched her tent upon a stray leaf beneath which a similar cover, a small rectangular piece of silk canvas (suggestive of the military bivouac or "dog tent ") was stretched by lines attached to the sides and corners, and fastened to the leaf surfaces and surroundings. Between this sheet and the leaf the spider was ensconced having the usual biidge-line connection with the orb. 6. Two of the above colony had established nests in tufts of a parasitic moss fastened upon the dead limbs. One of these was very ijretty and ingenious. The moss grew in a bunch about the size of a hickory -nut ; this was pieiced at the top, and the filaments pushed aside sufficiently to allow an interior cavit}^ large enough to house a spider. An oval door or opening was formed near the top by bending and binding back the fibres of the plant. A secui-e and tasteful retreat was thus obtained at the only really available spot in the vicinity of the snare. 1. When the furrow spider weaves her orb upon the exposed surfaces of human habitations, as the cornices of porches, out- houses, etc., her nest takes a form quite dilferent from any of the above. A tube of stiff silken fibre is spun against the surface to which it is lashed at all sides. This cylinder is about an inch long and half-MU-inch thick, and at the end toward the orb has a circular opening about a quarter of an inch in diameter. The stifl[" texture of the nest appears to be necessary to make the walls self-supporting, inasmuch as there are no supports like the twigs and leaves found at hand in arboreal sites. Moreover, the open position of the domicile exposes the spider very fieely to the assaults of the mud-daubers who frequent such localities, to birds and other enemies, so that a canvas is needed of touuher texture than that required in sheltered sites. It may be remarked that in old buildings, which present cracks and crannies convenient for nesting, woven nests of this sort will rarely be found. It is thus seen that while there is a general regard to protection of the spider's person, there is a modification over a quite wide degree of variation in the form of the protective nest. Further, that this modification appears to be regulated more or less, by the accidental environment of the domicile, and in sucli wise as to show no small degree of intelligence in adapting the ordinary spinning habit to various circumstances, and to economizing labor and material. 100 proceedings of the academy of [1882, March 28. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Fortj'-one persons present. The death of R, S. Kenderdine, M. D., and that of Solomon W, Roberts, members, were announced. Mr. Isaac C. Martindale offered the following, which was adopted and ordered to be printed : — This Academy having learned with deep regret of the death of its worthy member and curator, Robert S, Kenderdine, M. D., and desiring to place upon record the regret we feel in thus having to part with his valued services as an officer and his agreeable company as a member, a regi-et increased by our recollection of the geniality and open-heartedness which always characterized his association with us, therefore Resolved., That realizing the loss which has been sustained, we tender to liis family our sincere s^mpath}- in this hour of affliction, Bexolved, That a copy of these resolutions, signed by the Presi- dent and Recording Secretary, be forwarded to his familj^ and that they be entered in full upon the minutes and published in the Proceedings, Art. XIV, Chap, V, of the By-Laws, was amended by striking out all of the article after the word " meetings " in the third line, and inserting " and with like approval may change the same." Geo. Taylor Robinson, M. D., Eugene M, Aaron, and John Edscar were elected members. "■b"- An American LocaHhj for Helvif e.—FroL H. Carvtll Lewis remarked tliat among some minerals which he had recently obtained from tlie mica mine near Amelia Court House, Virginia, a localit}' already- well-known for its microlite and other rare minerals, was a yellow crystalline substance, which ui)on exam- ination had proved to be Helvile. The mineral occurs in crystals and friable crystalline masses imbedded in bluish white orthoclase, and is generally' associated with pale red topazolite. While no crystals were found sufficiently i)erfect to allow of measurement, the absence of any action upon polarized light proved their isometric character. The mineral has a hardness of about 6, a specific gravity of 4.300, a sul|)hur-yellow color, a somewhat resinous lustre, and is partially translucent. It fuses at about 4 with intumescence to a 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 brown glass, gives no water in the closed tube, and with the fluxes gives the reactions for manganese. Fused on charcoal with soda, it gives a hepar. It is soluble in hydrochloric acid, evolving suli^huretted hydrogen and leaving a residue of gelatinous silica. Its composition, as kindly ascertained by Mr. Reuben Haines, is as follows : SiO., . Bed . MnO . Fe,03 . AlO, . CaO . K,0 Na,0 S Gangue 23.10 11.47 45.38 2.05 2.68 .Qi .39 .92 4.50 9.22 100.35 In the analysis the glucina and manganese were first separated from alumina and iron b}^ long boiling with ammonium chloride, and were then separated from each other by repeated precipitation bj^ ammonia, the manganese being thrown down by sodium phos- phate and weighed as pyrophosphate. The mineral was separated from the associated impurities by placing upon a filter the total silica, which had been separated by evaporation with acid in the usual manner, and washing it seven or eight times with a hot concentrated solution of sodium carbonate. By this means all the soluble silica of the mineral was separated from any particles of quartz, orthoclase, or other insoluble sili- cates. Regarding a part of the manganese as combined with sulphur, and deducting a proportionate amount of oxygen from the analysis, it will stand : or, without gangue. SiO, . 23.10 BeO . 11.47 MnO . 35.40 AlA . 2.68 Fe.Oa . 2.05 CaO . .64 K.O . .39 Na,0 . .92 Mn . 7.73 S 4.50 Gangue 9.22 SiO, . 25.48 BeO . 12.63 MnO . 39.07 AlO, . 2.95 Fe.03 • 2.26 CaO . .71 K,0 . .43 Na,0 . 1.01 Mn . 8.66 S 4.96 98.10 98.16 102 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1882. This result differs considerably from tlie analyses of Helvite heretofore published, and does not lead to the formula usually given to Helvite. It is desirable that further investigation should be made when more material is discovered. Helvite has not previously been found in America. April 4. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-nine persons present. 0» Sagifta, etc. — Prof. Leidy stated, that in a recent trip to Atlantic City, N. J., he for the first time met with the singular worm Sagitta, It occurred in large number in the same pond in which he had previously noticed Balanotjlossus. Whether it was there at the time of his former visit he was unable to say, as the animnl is as transparent as the water in which it lives, and ma^' easily escape observation. His attention was accidentally" directed to its discovery. Along the edge of the pond theie w-ere numerous' linear white bodies, flaccid and motionless, which he at first took for fragments of a bleached alga. From the uniformity of tlieir size he stooped to examine them more closely, when he noticed others in the water, more transparent, lying on the sand and occasionally moving suddenly and so actively as to send a little spray above the surface. On transferring some of these bodies to a vial he detected their nature. Subsequently the water was seen to swarm with the little creatures. They are exceed- ingly sensitive and quickl}- die after removal. In life they are perfectly transparent and colorless, and move actively at intervals with a sort of spasmodic jerk, bending the tail downwards and darting forward. After death the}' become flaccid, dull and white, and hence the appearance of the multitude of dead ones on shore. The Sagitta is interesting as being one of those peculiar ani- mals which have puzzled naturalists as to its (;xact relative posi- tion. It is now usually regarded as the representative of an order of worms with the name of Cha^tognatha. A species, Sagitta elegans, has been described by Prof Verrill, as occurring at Wood's Holl, Vinej^ard Sound, and (lay Head, on the New England Coast, and he refers to a second undeter- mined species occurring in Vineyard Sound. The Sagitta of Atlantic City appears to differ from the former, and also from all other describt-d species found elsewliere, and may be readily di^tinguished from them by its greater number of mandibular hooks. It may be characterized as follows : Sagitta falcidens. Animal transparent, colorless ; body compressed, elongated fusiform, with two pairs of lateral hemielliptical fins, separated by intervals from each other and the broad obcordate caudal fin, which is truncated posterioi'ly. Head obcordate, about as broad as it is long. Pre- 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 oral series of spines, 6 or 7 in each, minute; postoral series 18 in each, successively decreasing. Mandibular hooks, from 11 to 14 in each series, usually 12, besides an immature one, scythe-shaped, yellowish brown in color. Length, about three- fourths of an inch; width, 1 3^ to 2 mm. Head 1 mm. ; caudal fin 1.5 to 1.75 mm. wide. Mandibular hooks 0.75 mm. long. At the same time, as previously, numerous mounds of the Balanoglossus aurantiacus were observed. There were also noticed in the same pond, many projecting tubes of sand, which were found to contain Clymena torquata. Further, several specimens of Glycera americana were collected. On the shore of the pond in one place Donax fossoi' api)eared to have its residence ; and among Solen ensis, a single living Solecurtus gibbiis was found. April 11. Mr. S. Fisher Corlies in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. A paper entitled " Description of new species of Terrestrial MoUusca of Cuba," by Rafael Arango, was presented for publi- cation. _____ April 18. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger in the chair. Thirty-four persons present. Orthite from Amelia C. H.^ Va. — Prof. George A. Kontg com- municated the discovery of ortliite among the minerals occurring at the mica mine of Amelia Court House, Va. The speaker has seen only two fragmentary crystals, a large one, nearly four inches long by one inch wide and one-fourth of an inch thick. Both ends were broken. It presents the combination of a flat prism with the brachypinakoid. In the position of epidote the ])rism will be equal to a series of brachydomes. There is a pronounced cleavage parallel to the macro- and brachypinakoids and to the basal plane. The crystal is enveloped by a thin reddish brown crust of soft altered material, while the interior is pitch black and hard. Fracture uneven. A plate was cut parallel to the basal plane which only became green translucent at a thickness of y^\-(f of an inch. It was found that a number of opaque small spots were scattered through the leek-green mass on a few spots showing strong polarization, which are probably hydromuscovite. This section behaves like a uniaxial substance; it is dark with crossed prisms, and light when their position is parallel. The plane of the optical axes is therefore parallel to the basal plane. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Specific gravity at 17 C« = 3,368. A thin splinter boils up in the strong flame of a blow-pipe, and fuses to a dark blebby slag. AVith borax in O. Fl. a minganese bead. Decomposed by con- centrated hydrochloric and also by moderately dilute sulphuric acid. Its composition is SiO, = 32.90 Al,03 = 17.80 Fe.O, = 1.20 CeO. = 8.00 14.20 La Oh ) _ I>.vO,J- FeO = '10.04 CaO = 11.32 MnO = 1.00 H,0 = 3.20 99.66 Yttrium and glucinum are not present ; but a trace of uranium was determined. April 25. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty persons present. The death of M. W. Dickeson, M. D., a member, was announced. The death of Chas. R. Darwin, a correspondent of the Academy. having been announced, the following were unanimously adopted: Whereas, The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has heard of the death of Charles R. Darwin, F. R. S., of Down, Kent, England, be it Resolved, That the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia hereby expresses its sense of the great services which have been rendered to science and scientific thought by Mr. Darwin, and of the great loss which it in common with the entire scien- tific world has sustained in his death. Resolved, That the Academy desires to express its sympathy with the family of Mr. Darwin in their bereavement. Resolved^ That a copy of these resolutions be sent to the family of Mr. Darwin. Dr. Chas. R. Schaffer was elected a Curator to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. Robt. S. Kenderdine. Dr. Thos. Moore wos elected a member. The following was ordered to be printed : — PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILADA. 1882. PL. I. s a M 5 9 10 8 WILLIAMS ON NEW CRINOIDS. TV'- 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 105 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF TEKRESTRIAL MOLLUSCA OF CUBA. BY RAFAEL ARANGO. Chondropoma deoeptor Arangu. Testa umbilieata. oblongo-turrita, temiiscula, costls longitudi- nalibus lirisque elevatis confertis decussata, pallide aurantiaca, fasciis interruptis rubris fere, sa?pius obsoletis ornata ; spira regulariter attennata, sublate truncata ; anfractus superstites 5 convex!, ultimus circa umbilicum angustum distiiicte spiraliter striatus ; apertura vertiealis, angulato-ovalis ; peritrema duplex, internum nitidum, externum late patens, concentrice striatum ad anfractum contiguuni angustatum, umbilicum lamina lata fornicata fere tegens. Operculum flavescens. Longitudo testae truncate 22-25 mill, diam. 10 mill., cum peritremata 15 mill.; apertura Y mill, longa et 5 mill. lata. Simile quoad umbilicum et testse formam CJiondr. canalicxdato, sed bene distinctum ab lioc et echinulato atque sinuoso sculptura non asperata. Habitat, — " Mogote de la lagua " prope La Palma in Provincia Pinar del Rio in agris D. Rafael Azcui. Chondropoma Hamlini Arango. Testa umbilieata, oblongo-turrita, tenuis, nitens, liris spiralibus et costulis longitu(linalil)us ?eque distantibus echinatim decussata, rubella, fasciis interruptis rubro-fusciis (in ultimo anfr. 1) ornata; spira regulariter attennata, late truncata; anfr. superstites 4, ultimus circa umbilicum angustum spiraliter substriatum ; apertura A^erticalis, angulato-ovalis; peritrema simplex, nitidum, heve, expansum, sed ante anfractum contiguum angustatum eumque non attingens. Operculum rubellum. Longitudo testst truncata; 15 mill., diam. 11 mill., cum peritre- mate 19 mill. ; apertura 4 mill, longa, 3 mill. lata. Habitat. — " Cerro de Cabras, vega de los Franceces dicta " prope oppitum Pinar del Rio. Cylindrella triplioata A lango. Testa subrimata, cylindraceo-turrita, solidula, remote filoso- striata, straminea ; spira elongata, medio paulo ventrosior, apice plerumque truncata; anfr. 15-1 d planiusculi, ultimus breviter 8 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. solutus, non carinatus ; apertiira subcircularis ; peritrema album, undique ^qualiter reflexum ; sutura profunda, non crenulata. Longitude testai integras 14 mill., diam. 8 mill. Columna interna fortis, lamcllis 3 validis ajqualibus parallelis munita. Differt ab omnibus CyUndreUis cubanis forma columnse internae. Forma testie similis est G. liratae Jim. et mixta Wr. Habitat. — " La Jagua " prope La Palma in Provincia Pinar del Rio in agris D. Rafael Azcui. Cylindrella atropurpnrea Arango. Testa rimata. subcylindrica, tenuiscula saepe breviter truucata, arcuatim costulato-striata, atropurpurea, nitens ; sutura impressa, non crenulata, anfr. testae integral 13 vix convexiusculi, subae- quales,ultiraus breviter solutus,non carinatus; apertura subcircu- laris, intus fusca; peritrema continuum album, tenue, breviter expansum. Longitudo testae integrae 19 mill.; diam. 4 mill. Columna interna simplicissima. Comparata cum C. pruiJiosa Mor. differt magnitudine minori, colore, costulis confertioribus, peritremate magis expanso et prae- cipue columna interna simplici. Habitat. — " La Jagua " prope La Palma in Provincia Pinar del Rio in agris D. Rafael Azcui. Cylindrella colorata Araugo. Testa vix rimata, fusiformi-cylindracea, tenuis, oblique obsolete costulata, fuscula, basi fascia filari rufo-brunuea, in parte inferiori prope suturam in omnibus anfractubus conspicua ornata ; spira elongata, sa^pe breviter truucata, sutura subcrenulata ; anfr. 13-14 planiusciili, ultimus fortius costulatus, solutus ; apertura subovalis, plica columellari coarctata ; . peritrema album, expansum, non flexuosuni. Longitudo testa^ intcgra* 24 mill., diam. 4 mill. Habitat. — '• La Chorrera '' in Provincia Pinar del Rio. Cylindrella infortunata Arango. Testa non rimata, subfusiformi-turrita, tenuis, diapliana,cbordato- costata, albida ; spira breviter truucata, sutura profunda noii crenulata ; anfr. superstitcs 12, planiusculi, ultimus basi obsolete carinata ; apertura et peritrema ? (unicum specimen fractum est). 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. lOt Longitude testae sine anfractu ultimo imperfectse 10 mill.,diam. 3 mill. Columna interna 3-pIicata, plica superiori ampliori. Habitat. — " La Chorrera " in Provincia Pinar del Rio. Cylindrella prima Arango. Testa rimata, cylindraceo-turrita, solidula, subconfertim obso- lete costata, albida ; spira supra medium sensim attenuata (in specimine unico) truncata ; sutura crenulata ; anfractus superstites 13, planiusculi, ultimus basi carinatus, antice breviter solutus ; apertura obliqua, subcircularis ; peritrema breviter expansum antice ob carinam subsinuatum. I Longitudo testae truncatae 17^ mill., diam. 4 mill. Columna interna plicis 2 descendentibus ornata. Habitat. — C uba. Cylindrella confusa Arango. Testa rimata, cylindraceo-turrita, solida, confertim striata, albida ; spira supra medium sensim attenuata, breviter truncata ; sutura non crenulata ; anfractus superstites 13, planiusculi, ultimus basi carinatus, antice breviter solutus ; apertura subcircularis ; peritrema breviter expansum.* Longitudo testte truncatae 16 mill., diam. 4 mill. Columna interna lamellis 2 validis, superiori fortiori, lente descendentibus munita. Habitat. — Cuba. Cylindrella dif&cultosa Arango. Testa rimata, cylindraceo-turrita, solidula, nitens, obsolete costulata, pallido-straminea ; spira breviter truncata, sutura non crenulata; anfr. superstites 10, planiusculi, ultimus basi subcari- natus, non protractus ; apertura ovalis ; peritrema breviter et in margine sinistro minus expansum. Longitudo testae truncata? 11 mill., diam. 2| mill. Columna interna plicis 2 fortioribus ornata. Differt a Gyl. concreta costulis, ultimo anfi-. non soluto, columna internjB forma. Habitat. — C uba. Cylindrella consanguinea Arango. Differt a precedent! testa opaca, ultimo anfractu basi carinato et columna interna laminis 2 debilibus descendentibus munita. 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Numerus anfractuiim et longitudo testas aequalis sunt illis speciei precedentis. Habitat. — Cuba. Cylindrella orassilabris Arango. Testa riinata, subcylindrica, solidula, oblique remote lirata, fuscescens ; spira breviter truncata ; sutura subcrenulata ; anfr. superstites 11, planiusculi, ultimus obsolete carinatus, breviter solutus ; peritrema album, reflexum, praecipue in margine dextro. Longitudo testse truncatae 12^ mill., diam. 3 mill. Columna interna inferne lamina una debili munito. Habitat. — Cuba. Cylindrella oonferta Arango. Testa rimata, subcylindrica, solidula, subconfertim striata, albida ; spira breviter truncata ; sutura impressa, non crenulata ; anfr. superstites 10 planiusculi, ultimus obsolete carinatus, bre- viter solutus ; apertura subcircularis ; peritrema reflexiusculum. Longitudo testae truncatit 10 mill., diam. 2^ mill. Columna interna simplex. Habitat. — C uba. Cylindrella imparata Arango. Testa non rimata, fusiformi-cylindracea, solidula, nitens, sub- confertim obsolete striata, albida; spira regulariter attenuata, Integra; sutura profunda, non crenulata; anfr. IV planiusculi, ultimus subangulatus, breviter solutus ; apertura subcircularis ; peritrema reflexiusculum. Longitudo testie IG mill., diam. 2^ mill. Columna interna lamellis 2 tenuibus circuravoluta. Habitat. — Cuba. Cylindrella propinqua (4undl. Teste subrimata, cylindraceo-turrita, solidula, subbvvigata, albida; spira plerum(i[ue truncata; sutura subcrenulata; anfr. superstites 11-12 planiusculi, ultimus basi non carinatus, antice striatus, breviter solutus, apertura subcircularis ; peritrema reflexiusculum in margine dextro ob plicam interiorem plerumque subsinuatum. Columna interna 3 plicata, plica superior! arapliori. Propinqua Gyl. cristallina testa forma et sculptura, sed columna interiori omnino diversa. Habitat. — Yinales in eodera loco cum Cyl. capillacea. 1882] natural sciences of philadelphia. 109 May 2. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty -three persons present. The death of Edw. Desor, a correspondent, was announced. On Some Entozoa of Birds. — Prof. Leidy directed attention to some specimens presented by Joseph Willcox, recently collected by him in Florida. One of the specimens is the head of a Snake- bird Plotus anhinga^ with a worm in sight, lying upon the brain ; while several other detached worms of the same kind lay at the bottom of the vial. The worm in its singular habitation was discovered by Prof. Wyman, in Florida, in 1861 and 1861, an account of which is given in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, volume 12, 1868. Prof. Wyman had kindl}' presented Pi'of. Leidy with a specimen of the head of the Snake-bird, with the worms lying on the brain. This he had valued as a memento of his friend, but it had, unfortunately, been lost in the fire at Swarthmore College, last autumn. Prof. Wyman states that the parasites were found coiled on the back of the cerebellum between the arachnoid and pia mater. The number varied from two to six or eight, or even more. In nineteen birds they were detected in seventeen. Mr. Wilcox found the parasite in four out of six birds examined. In the present specimen of a head, a single worm is enclosed between the two laminaj of the dura mater over the position of the interval of the cerebrum and cerebellum. As the parasite appears not to have been named, it was suggested that the name of its discoverer should be associated with it under the name Filaria Wymani. The accompanying four vials contain numbers of worms obtained from the stomachs of the Snake-bird, the Cormorant, Graculus dilophus, the White Pelican, Pelecanus trachyrhynchjus and the Brown Pelican, P. fuscus. All prove to be of the same species, the Ascai'is spiculigera. Specimens of these were also formerly obtained by Samuel Ashmead, in Florida, from the White. Pelican, (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. 1858, 112). The same, likewise, have been submitted for examination by Dr. Elliott Coues, who procured them from the White Pelican, on the Red River of the North. See Birds of the North West, 1874, 581, On a Coprolite and a Pebble resembling an Indian Hammer. — Prof. Leidy further exhibited a specimen which he had picked up from a pile of the irregular phosphatic nodules brought from Ashley River, South Carolina, for the manufacture of a fertilizer. The nodule, of several pounds weight, is a flattened oval black 110 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882, mass, which he supposed to be the coprolite of a zeuglodont or cetacean. He also exhibited a quartzite pebble^ from a gravel bank in the University ground, West Philadelphia. It has a near resemblance to the stone hammers, with a groove around the middle, found in the ancient copper mines of Lake Superior. Notwithstanding this resemblance it is evidently a water-rolled pebble, the groove resulting from action on a softer stratum of the quartzite. Historical Notes on the Arbor Vitse. — Mr. Thomas Meehan noted in detail the reasons given by various authors for the name Arhor Vitse in connection with Thuja dccidentalis — reasons unsatisfactory even to the authors who advanced them. He referred to the statement of Ray in his " Historia Plantarnm " that the tree was first introduced from Canada to France and named Arbre de Vie, by King Francis the First. Francis died in 1547. The seeds from which these plants were raised could scarcely have been obtained in anj' other way than through Jacques Cartier's expedition, say in 1534, and we may, therefore, conclude that Thuja occidentalis was among the first, perhaps the first North Ameri- can plant to become known in Euroj^e. Parkman, in his " Pioneers of France,'' graphically describes the sufferings of Cartier's band during the winter of their encampment near the junction of the River Lairet with the St. Charles. Twenty -five died of scurvy and the rest were sick but two. A friendly Indian told ' him of an evergreen which they called " Annedda," a decoction of Avhich was sovereign against the disease. In six days the sufferers had drunk a tree as large as a French oak, Quercus ilex ?, " the distemper relaxed its hold and health and hope began to revisit the hopeless company," (p. 195). This Annedda seems to have been identified with the White Spruce, Abies alba, and is, as I am informed by Dr. W. R. Gerard, the same as the Mohawk " Onnita," and the Onondaga " Onnetta." According to Rafinesque, the spruce beer of the Indians was made of the young tops and young leaves of this tree boiled together with maple sugar, and was one of their famous remedies for scurvy. Rafinesque also says that a decoction of the leaves of the Arbor Vitse was an Indian remedy for scurvy and rheumatism ; besides the leaves with bear's grease being used externally. Rafinesque, however, believes it was the White Spruce which saved the lives of Cartier's band, and if the " Annedda" of the Indians is really the White Spruce, the evidence througli the statement made so soon after Cartier's expedition that the health- giving plant was the " Annedda," is strong. But spruce beer could not have been made in the winter season — the leaves only were used. There is no evidence that the White Spruce was known in Europe till towards the end of the 18th century. It is but natural that whatever the tree might have been, it was a veritable tree of life — an Arbre de Vie, to the voyagers. They would certainly make every effort to take with them to their native land 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill SO valuable a tree. But we have no reason to believe that they attempted to introduce the White Spruce. There is, as we have seen, good reason to lielieve that Cartier took the Thuja occi- dentalis to Europe, and it is on record that his royal patron, a few years afterward, distributed the tree as the Arboi' Vitae, and, notwithstanding the seemingly positive evidence that the tree was the White Spruce, Mr. Meehan thought tlie Thuja had some ground for disputing the claim. At any rate, whatever may have been the real tree, he could not help suspecting that the name Arbor Vitas had some relation to this touching episode in the history of the Cartier expedition. May 9. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the cliair. Twenty-seven persons present. A paper, entitled " The Muscles of the Limbs of the Rac- coon (Procyon lotory by Harrison Allen, M. D., was presented for publication. The death of Chas. M. Wheatley, a member, was announced. The death of Mr. Wm. S. Yaux having been announced. Dr. Ruschenberger read the following resume of his services as an officer and member, and offered the appended resolutions, which were adopted : — I sincerely regret to announce that Mr, William S. Vaux, the senior Vice-President of the Academy, died at his residence in the city. May 5, 1882, very near the close of the seventy-first year of his age. He was born May 19, 1811. Mr. Vaux was elected a member of tlie Academy, March, 1834, and during more than forty-eight years served the Society effectually and generously. He was an Auditor thirt}^ years, from December, 1856; a Curator forty -three years and four months, from December, 1838; a member of the Publication Committee, of which he was treasurer more than forty -one 5^ears, from Decem- ber, 1840, and a Vice-President twenty years and four months, from December, 1860, excepting the year 1875. His annual re-election to these important oMlces duriug all tliis time, implies that he discharged all his ofllcial duties satisfactorily to the Society. During the construction of the hall, at the corner of Broad and 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Saiisom Streets, in which the Societ}' held its first meeting, Feb- ruary 18, 1840, he was an active member of the Building Com- mittee. He served in the same capacity when the building was extended in 1847, and in December, 1851, when it was determined to raise and improve the previously enlarged hall, a work which was completed December, 1855, he was elected a member of the Building Committee, and discharged all his duties efficiently. In December, 1865, he was appointed a member of the Com- mittee of Forty to solicit subscriptions for the erection of the hall now occupied b}' the Society, and in January, 1867, he was elected a member of the Board of Trustees of the Building Fund, and bj^ it Ti-easurer of the Fund, and a member of the Building Committee, positions which he held when he died. In all these building enterprises he was earnestly interested, gave liberally to all of them himself, and by his invitation and example influenced others to give. To the present building fund he contributed seven thousand dollars, the largest sum given by any individual. Besides his gifts to the Building and other Funds, he con- tributed liberal!}' to the museum, especially to the departments of mineralogy and ethnology, in which he was particularly interested, and also to the library. This brief outline of his long and useful services and bounty to the Society is suHicient to indicate that the Academy has sus- tained a heav}' loss by the death of Mr. Vaux. As a token of the Society's estimation of his worth, I submit the following resolu- tions : Besolved, That the members of tlie Academy of Natural Sciences, of Pliiladelphia, deeply regret the death of the senior Vice-President, William S. Yaux, who was an experienced officer, a prudent adviser, and a steadfast and beneficont friend of the Society. That in his death students of the natural sciences have lost a benevolent patron who contributed liberally to the means and facilities of study in possession of the institution. That, as a message of condolence, a copy of these resolutions, attested by the President and Recording Secretary, be trans- mitted to his familv. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 May K). Mr. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty-eight persons present. Influence of Heat on the separate Sexe.^ of Flowers. — Referring- to his former observations, in which it was noted that less heat was required to advance flowers than leaves, and still less for male than for female flowers, Mr. Meehan called attention to a commu- nication in an English scientific periodical, showing that the same facts may exist in the English climate as in our own. It appears that this season, according to the correspondent of Hardwieke's Science Gossip, the male' flowers of the hazel-nut, Gorylus Avel- lana^ had been brought forward and perfected, before an}^ signs of the female flowers appeared. Liquid Exudations in Akebia and Mahonia. — Mr. Wm. M, Canby called attention to the exudation of moisture from the tips of the leaflets in Akebia qainata, a plant twining over a trellis near his porch dripped moisture enough to make the floor look as if sprinkled. An examination of the leaflets by Prof. Rothrock disclosed an ai-rangement of the tissue at the apex of each leaflet, evidentl}" adapted to such an exudation. Mr. Meehan had been led b}^ Mr. Canby 's observations to watch closely a plant growing- over a trellis on his house, confirming Mr. Canby 's experience. The liquid globules on each leaflet were of the size of ordinary pin-heads. Their appearance was not constant, nor did there appear any regular period for the emission of the fluid. It was as likely to appear when the atmosphere was dry as when moist, or at midday as at evenings. The close relationship of Lardiza- halacese to which Akebia, belonged, to Berberidacese, led him to examine Mahonia aquifolia, flowering at the same time, and he found in many flowers just before expansion a small globule at the apex of the pistil, and in the same bud globules pressing- through the divisions of the corolla. These would collect as thev flowed out, and globules as large as peas, and of a quicksilvery hue, were not unfrequently found among the mass of flowers forming the densely fasciculated head. The fluid was of a viscid character. Only a few flowers exhibited the exudation at each examination, and he was led to believe that the flow in each flower was soon oxer. In Thuja there was also this sudden appearance of a small globule at the open mouth of the naked ovule, and which seemed to disappear very soon after its formation. In a large number of flowers examined only a few with globules at the apex were found at each examination. The liquid in this case did not disappear by evaporation, but seemed to be absorbed by 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the nucleus. Sachs suggests a use for the exudation in coniferae. The pollen is brought to the globule by the winds, and, as the moisture sinks within the vesicle, the pollen grain is carried to the nucleus, and fertilization is etfected by actual contact. It would be extremely difficult for the pollen to affect the nucleus in Tfiuja, and some other coniferte, as in ordinary flowers, in the absence of this liquid exudation. Individual Variation in Species. — Mr. Meehan remarked on the prevailing tendenc}' to look on striking variations in species as the result of hybridization. To his mind there were few species that did not exhibit a wide range of individual variation in some par- ticulars, if we had good opportunities to look for them. He exhibited a series of cones taken from different trees of Pinus rigida, all gathered in Atlantic Coimty, Xew Jersey, and pointed out how they each varied. Some double in length of their width, others conoid with a flattish base, others perfectly globular being rounded at both ends. Some had very narrow scales, and some half as broad as long, and again, some reflexed to a wonderful extent in drying, while some with the broad scales would onl}' . open to a very slight degree. Some trees would have cones several inches in length and width, while others had cones barely an inch long, and yet with perfect seeds. The cones were in a regularly graded order, the typical F. rigida at one end, at the other the cone would scarcely be distinguished from P. serotina. The intermediates then taken away from the central one left it to appear as a " hybrid " between the two. Mr. Meehan said there was evidently a law of nature providing for individual variation. Whether this law of individual varia- tion is distinct from that law of variation which resulted in the evolution of distinct species, might well be a question. It was at least well to recognize the two classes of variation for practical purposes. Prof. Heilpiin, Rev. Dr. McCook and Mr. Redfield discussed points suggested b}' Mr. Meehan 's communication. The following was ordered to be printed : — 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ' 115 THE MUSCLES OF THE LIMBS OF THE EACCOON (PKOCYON LOTOR). BY HARRISON ALLEN, M. D. The genus Procyon is known to be one of the most ancient as well as one of the most generalized of the carnivora. The study of such a form when made in comparison with the more recent and more specialized genera, pi*esents many features of interest. The following account of the muscles of the limbs has been undertaken with a view of ascertaining more especially what differences exist between these muscles and those of Felis domesticus, ^ a,ud of man. Occasionally references to Nasua fusca were also made. Many variations in the human subject were found to correspond to the normal arrangement in Procyon, Since the subjects of nerve and muscle are intimately associated, not only anatomically but physiologically, it is stated from which nerve trunk each muscle derived its suppl3^ The material for dissection consisted of two adult females, obtained through the courtesy of Prof. Alexander Agassiz, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, and of Mr. Arthur E. Brown, Superintendent of the Zoological Garden, Philadelphia. The Muscles of the Superior Extremity, (a) Exti'insic Set. The Cephalo-humeral Muscle is a broad, flat, fleshy muscle arising from the occiput at its crest for a distance of eight lines, and from the ligamentum nuchne for one inch and a quarter, that is to say, for a distance equal to one-half the length of the dorsum of the neck. The muscle passes obliquely downward over the front of the shoulder, and is narrowed gradually to l)e inserted by fleshy fibres into the linear ridge on the anterior surface of the humerus. It blends with the tendon of the Pectoralis Secundus — and indeed may be said to be inserted by fleshy fibres %ipon the lower part of the fibrous portion of this muscle. A tendinous inscription passes through the muscle opposite the head of the humerus. Connected with the under surface of this inscription 1 When the domestic cat is referred to in the text the word " Felis" is used. 116 PROCEEDINQS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. is a stout fascia, which passes over the head of the humerus and is lost on the acromion and the metacromion. Tiiis fascia em- braces the lower third of the Levator Anguli Scapula* and appears slighth' at the lateral aspect of the Cephalo-humeral muscle. The rudimentary clavicle is in close relation with this muscle. The under surface of the bone is occupied by a stout membrane which passes downward and forward to the axilla, where it is lost on the fascia covering the Subscapularis muscle. This mem- brane seems to support the Supraspinatus muscle, and separates the nerves of the arm from those of the region of the Scapula. The Trapeziuft. — Tiie up[)er division arises from the occiput at the median third of the superior curved line, and from the liga- mentum nucluv at its lower half. It is inserted upon the border of the spine of the scapula for its anterior three-fourths, and is continuous l)y an aponeurosis with the lower division over the remaining fourth. The lower division arises from the last cervical and the nine upper dorsal si)inous processes, and is inserted directly upon the middle two fourths of the scapular spine, at the lower border, and indirectl}- (by reason of a union with the Infras[)inatus aponeurosis) upon the remaining half of the spine. It is supplied by branches of tlie third and the fourth dorsal nerves. T/ie Levator Glariculse arises from the occiput beneath the origin of the Splenius, passes downward along the side of the neck to be inserted upon the under surface of the tendinous inscription of the Cephalo-humeral muscle for its entire length, as well as njion the clavicle for its entire length. Its nerve-supply is by branches of the first trunk of the brachial plexus. . The Levator Anguli Scapulse arises from the anterior half of the corresponding side of the bod}' of the axis. It passes down the side of the neck to be inserted on the acromion, where its fibres are continuous with tliose of the Trapezius. It is supplied by branches from the first trunk of the brachial plexus. The muscles usually called Trapezius and Levator Clavicuhe, in Froci/on form parts of a single muscle, each of which bears to the whole a relation somewhat analogous to that which the different parts of the Pectoralis muscle bear to one another. As in the Pectoralis, they all inllueiu-e the movement of the humerus, and like it many of the fibres are not inserted directly into the humerus, but indirectl}- through the advent of membranous, fibrous extensions. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 But in addition to this the Levator Scapul;e and at least one part of the Trapezius, are inserted into tlie spine of the scapula, while the Levator Anguli Scapulae, so called, is inserted into the acromion, so that the group is even less specialized than is the Pectoralis group, inasmuch as it is inserted into two bones of the anterior extremity, the scapula and the humerus. The Levator Anguli Scapuhe becomes superficial between the Cephalo-humeral and the scapular fibres of tlie Trapezius, while the Levator Claviculaj lies deep-seated beneath the Cephalo-humeral, and while being inserted at the tendinous inscription of the latter is in close relation to a thin fascial expansion that lies directly over the shoulder-joint. The Levator Anguli Scapulse and the Cephalo-humeral muscles in their turn terminate in part upon an aponeurosis which passes over the Deltoid muscle and is lost on the Infraspinatus, the Teres Major and the Triceps muscles, and with which the epitrochlear slip of the Latissimus Dorsi is in intimate association. This single great muscle, therefore, can draw the scapula and the humerus forward ; through its traction on the clavicle make tense the subscapular fascia ; through the fibres of the Levator Anguli Scapulie make tense the sheath of the muscles of the extensor surface of the arm, and through the agenc^^ of the dorso-epitroch- lear slip of the Latissimus Dorsi, the fascia of the rest of the upper extremity. TJie Rhomhoideus arises tendinously from the occiput seven lines from the median line. It arises, also, from the ligamentum nuchffi its entire length, and from the five upper dorsal spines. It is inserted with the Serratus Magnus at the upper border of the scapula for nine lines. The posterior third of the fibres at the ver- tebi'al border are coarser than the remainder. Some of the fibres pass upward upon the dorsum of the scapula. It is supplied by branches of the cervical plexus at the middle of the lateral border. The Serratus Magnus arises from the transverse processes of the fourth, the fifth, the sixth and the seventh cervical vertebrae and from the first seven ribs. It is inserted into the vertebral border of the scapula its entire length.' Its nerve-supply is from the long thoracic. ' The vertebral border is separable from the anterior by being twice its thickness, and in being limited anteriorly by the triangular base of the spine. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. The Latissimus Dorsi arises from all the dorsal spines, from the vertebral aponeurosis, and from the twelfth, the thirteenth and the fourteenth ribs. It is inserted into a linear rugosity on the shaft of the humerus, placed to the median side of the deltoid ridge, and behind the tendon of the endo-pectoral portion of the Pectoral muscle. The dorso-epitrochlear slip equals in width the Latissimus at its insertion. It arises b}' a broad origin from the Latissimus, just prior to the formation of its tendon, and is tendinously inserted upon the median margin of the olecranon for its entire length. The internal dorso-epitrochlear slip seen in Felis is here absent. A long, slender slip of the ventral border of the Latissimus is inserted upon the central axillary tendon. It is supplied by numerous branches from the intercostal nerves, and at the axilla by a branch of the brachial plexus. The Pectoralis Major muscle is divided into two portions. That portion which is superficial at the ventro-anterior aspect of the thorax (Ecto-pectoral of Wilder) arises from the sternum, a little more than one-half its length, also from an intermuscular septum between it and the muscle of the opposite side, extending thence four lines from the sternum along the median line of the neck. It is inserted into the deltoid ridge of the humerus, and into the triangular space lying between this ridge and the head of the bone. At its distal end this muscle is inserted with the Cephalo- humeral. This portion is fleshy throughout, except at the under surface at its insertion. It represents the F. primus, P. secundus and P. quintus of other mammals. An imperfect attempt is made at the separation of the P. quintus, but none of the P. primus. That portion whicli is deep-seated at the ventro-anterior aspect of the thorax (Endo-pectoral of Wilder) embraces a broad and imperfectly differentiated sheet of fibres pertaining to the Pannic- ulus, and to a sternal mass. The two divisions fuse intimately, so that they need not be separately described. They together represent the P. quartus of other mammals. The usual plan of description of a muscle ma^^ here with propriety be reversed, and the insertion described before the origin. Lying beneath the. fibres of insertion of the superficial portion of the muscle is a thin fibrous sheet that is attached to the deltoid lidge, to the median side of tlie insertion of the superficial portion. It extends from this line upwards over the scapular tendon of the Biceps, and is lost in the capsule of the 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 shoulder-joint and in the fascia over the coracoid process, as well as that beneath the Subscapular muscle. It passes downward beyond the ridge, where it receives a few fibres from the superficial portion and is lost in the antebrachial fascia. It is nearly as broad as long, and in every part is distinct from the superficial portion of the Pectoral. In this description of the Pectoral group the membrane will receive the name of the fibrous membrane of insertion or the central axillary tendon. The pannicular division of the deep mass arises as a broad sheet from the superficial fascia of the trunk, its dorsal portion from the sacrum to over the scapula, and the ventral portion from over the middle line of the thorax. Its fascicles converge toward the axilla, some of them fusing with the lower margin of the sternal sheet, and others ending on the posterior margin of the fibrous mem- brane of insertion. Others yet are inserted about the middle of the under (ventral) border of this membrane of insertion.— The sternal sheet arises from the sternum at the lower border of the superficial portion, which overlaps it, to the base of the ensiform cartilao^e, as well as from the subcutaneous tissue at the pra?cor- dium. It is a ribbon-shaped, fleshy muscle, and ends on the membrane of insertion by distinct fibres, and is continued over it to the deltoid ridge. These fibres are free from the membrane at the upper half of the line of insertion. Placed between the pannicular and the sternal sheets, a third fascicle is received, viz., a marginal slip from the Latissimus Dorsi. Arising from the lower margin of the membrane of insertion, is the median 'dorso-epitrochlear slip. It fuses with the Trapezius at its distal half. It is inserted on the me*dian margin of the ole- cranon, and contributes to the formation of the antebrachial fascia. Muscular fibres thus approach the aponeurosis of insertion of the deep portion of the pectoral from the skin of the back and abdomen, from the sternum and from the Latissimus Dorsi. The lower margin of the membrane receives more fibres tlian the remaining portions, while the proximal parts receive none. The sternal sheet at its upper half tends to be specialized from the membrane, and throughout can be said to adduct the humerus. The pannicular sheet, together with the Latissimus slip, ma}' be described as a tensor of the sheath of the Biceps anil of the capsule of the shoulder-joint. The median dorso-epitrochlear slip protects the nerves of the upi)er arm. 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. The Pectoralis Minor (P. Tertius) arises from the second to the fifth costal cartilages inclusive, to the outer side of the sternum, and is inserted tendinously into the bicipital border of the great tuberosity- of the humerus. It here forms the anterior part of the capsule, and is united with the Supraspinatus muscle. This muscle has been described in human anatomy as being inserted on the Supraspinatus, or as being continuous with it. In Procyon no portion of either the Pectoralis Major or Pecto- ralis Secundus is inserted into the antebrachial fascia. The Pectorals are supplied by branches of the brachial plexus and of the Intercostal nerves. {h) Intrinsic Set. The Supraspinatus and the Infraspinatus Muscles do not present sufficient points of difference as compared with the same muscles in other mammals to deserve special description. The Supraspinatus is, in great part, bilaminated, the interlaminate space tending to open forward. The origin of the Deltoid and the insertion of the Trapezius largel^^ conceal the Infraspinatus. The nerves are received from the suprascapular nerve. The Subscapuldris is composed of three main sub-divisions. The most anterior of these arises from the anterior border of the scapula for its entire length, and the intermuscular septum between it and the Supraspinatus muscle. It is inserted into the humerus. It yields fibres of origin to the Coraco-Brachialis. Its fibres are parallel with those of the last-named muscle, and ma}' be said to be physiologically in continuity with them. The tendons of the remaining subdivisions of the Subscapularis underlie the tendon of the first division. The muscle is entirely free from insertion into the delicate cap- sule of the shoulder-joint. It is supplied by three nerves, each of which is a brancli of the brachial plexus. The 'Teres Major arises from the aponeurosis of the Infraspinatus, from the lower margin of the Subscapularis near the scapular angle, as well as from a small portion of the scapula at the upper end of the vertebral border. The muscle is tendinous where it overlies the luimerus and is inserted beneath the Pectoralis Secundus, on the median side of the bicipital groove. Directly back of the origin of the Teres Major lies the insertion of the Rhomboidens. The muscle is supplied l\v a branch of the brachial plexus. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 Teres Minor This muscle is so intimately fused with the Infraspinatus as not to demand a separate description. Deltoid. — The fascicle from the fascia over the Infraspinatus muscle joins the fascicle from the acromion at the distal half of the latter. The two fascicles thence continue as a single muscle to the humerus. The nerve-supply, which is from the anterior circumflex, is abundant. The most important fascicle would appear to be from the Infraspinatus fascia. The tendon receives the terminal fascicle on its outer surface, and its tendon of insertion lies in contact with the tendon of origin of the outer head of the Triceps. The Triceps possesses four heads. The first arises from the scapula, as in man, by a thin tendon as broad as the muscular belly, and is inserted into the tip of the olecranon. The second, or lateral humeral portion, from the lateral aspect of the neck of the humerus by a flat, thick tendon, one-fourth the greatest width of the bell3\ It is inserted into the tendon of the preceding, and into the olecranon on the lateral border, and into the ulna at its upper fourth, where it becomes continuous with the Profound Flexor as it arises from the posterior edge of the ulna. The second portion receives an accession of mus- cular fibres from the posterior median portion of the neck of the humerus. It joins the belly half way down the liumerus. — The third portion arises by a flat, thin tendon from a median surface upon the luimerus at its upper third. It merges in part with the small Coraco-Brachialis. It also arises from a distinct broad surfoce upon the border of the humerus between the epitrochlea and the upper border of the epitrochlear foramen. This slip is inserted into the olecranon and is merged with the origin of the Flexor Carpi Ulnaris. Tiiis is quite a frequent human anomaly. The scapular head of the Triceps, with the internal humeral fasciculi, form parts of a single ])ilateral laminated sheet. The dorsal portion of this sheet is aponeurotic at and near the olecra- non, and is continuous with the antebrachial fascia. The external humeral head from the proximal end is l)ilaminate one-half its entire lengtli.' ' In Felis the internal humeral head is distinct from the .scapular, uud the bilaminate arrangement is in all parts of the muscle less evident than in Procynn. 9 I 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Nerve-Supply The nerves of the Triceps enter the interlami- nate spaces, there being one nerve for the scapular and the internal humeral heads, and a second for the external humeral head. It is Avorth}- of note that in Procyon the Triceps is inserted not only behind the elbow, but, by an aponeurosis, into the ulna in front of the elbow. Since the ulna cannot move and the insertion is chiefly on the lateral border, the bone, after being extended, is with the humerus rotated inward at the shoulder. In a word, the Triceps is an inwaixi rotator of the entire extreinity. Anconeus arises upon the posterior surface of the humerus from the triangular space at the lower half of the bone. Its firmest attachment is on the lateral border. It also arises from the epicondyle, one line below the tip, directly to the outer side of the Extensor Carpi Ulnaris. Its fibres are inserted into the entire lateral surface of the olecranon, and the whole muscle keeps well to the lateral half of the joint. Nerve-supply : The long nerve to the Anconeus sends a branch to the external humeral head of the Triceps. Biceps Cuhiti arises by a single stout head from the coracoid process of the scapula. The muscle presents on the proximal half of both its anterior and posterior aspects a thin, glistening, fibrous surface, but at the distal half it is free from superficial fibrous tissue. The tendon of insertion is but one-third the length of the tendon of origin. It is inserted into the tubercle of the radius. This entire muscle is composed of a sheet which is so folded upon itself as to produce the effect of a pair of lamina^, joined at the lateral border. Three separate branches from the brachial plexus enter the muscle in the interlaminate space, as well as a fourth, which, indeed, supplies the muscle, but since it lies in the position of the musculo-cutaneous trunk of Felis and most mammals, ma}- be identified with this nerve. It does not, how- ever, pierce either this muscle or the Coraco-Brachialis, as in man. Coraco-Brarhialis arises from thet-oracoid process l)v a narrow tendon which winds across the ventral surface of the tendon of the Subscapularis muscle. The muscle increases in width as it descends, and is inserted b}' fleshy fibres into the humerus distally to the tendon of the Latissimus Dorsi. The lilires of insertion are in close connection with the fibres of origin of the median head of the Tricei)s muscle. It receives a long slender nerve from the 8ubscapiil;ir i>roup of nerves from the l)ra('hial plexus. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 Brachialis Anticus arises by penniform fleshy fasciculi from the entire lateral surface of the humerus. It lies in juxtaposition with the Biceps. No fibres wliatever arise from the front or median surface. The upper fibres are nearly vertical and the lower nearly horizontal. Its tendon passes beneath that of the Biceps, and is inserted upon the median surface of the ulna, below the «lbow-joint. The Brachialis Anticus keeps the ulna in contact with the trochlea, while the Biceps flexes the forearm. It also assists the Biceps in this movement and keeps the ulna within the tract of flexion. The Brachialis does not arise from all the surface of the humerus which it covers ; the muscular fibres are connected with the bone along the margins of the muscle onl}^ The slips extend the entire length of the median, but for a shorter distance on the lateral margin. It is inserted upon a smooth surface on the median aspect of the ulna below the coronoid process. It is thus seen that this is chiefly a lateral muscle as related to the axis of the humerus, and by its insertion on the innermost and posterior portions of the two bones of the forearm, pursues an oblique direction as a whole, from the origin to the insertion. A variation in man consists in the union of this muscle with the Supinator Longus. Pronator Radii Teres. — This muscle arises from the front of the epitrochlea, a surface which it exclusively occupies, the remain- ing flexors lying below it. It is aponeurotic in origin, inferiorly, and is wholly tendinous at its insertion. The distal border of the tendon reaches the middle of the shaft of the bone. The Pronator is to the radius what the Brachialis Anticus is to the ulna. The nerve-supply is derived from a small branch of the median nerve. Flexor Carpi Radialis arises in common with the Flexor Sublimis Digitorum, and with the fine fasciculi with which it is intimately- fused. It is inserted into the base of the second meta- carpal bone, beneath the origin of the Metacarpo-Phalangeal Flexors. It receives its nerve-supply from the median nerve. Flexor Carpi Ulnaris arises by two heads ; the first arises from the depression on the median side of the olecranon, where it is continuous with the aponeurotic slip from the median humeral head of the Triceps, and is inserted by a long and narrow tendon into 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the pisiform bone. The second head arises from the epitrochlea of the humerus, passes down parallel to the foregoing, and is inserted into the pisiform bone to the median side of the first portion. The second head also arises from the epitrochlea in common with the Flexor Snblimis Digitorum. The muscle lies entirel}' upon the Flexor Profundus, and does not touch the ulna. The nerve-supply of the first head is very minute, and confined to the extreme proximal end of the belly. That for the second head is larger, branches being received from the ulnar nerve at three different points along the proximal half of the belly. It is evident that in Procyon the two divisions of the Flexor Carpi Ulnaris usuall}' described are equivalent to distinct muscles. Unlike the arrangement seen in Felis, no attempt at fusion between the ulnar and humeral heads is seen, while the tendency for the humeral head to fuse with the superficial flexor is seen in both forms, though to a much less degree in Proo/on than in Felis.^ Pahnaris Longus. — The Palmaris Longus was double in one specimen, botli portions arising in common with the Flexor Sublimis Digitorum. ^ In the other specimen it was found to be single, and the nerve-supplj' little or none. Flexor Snblimis Digitorum. — This muscle arises from the epitrochlea. It soon divides into two portions. One of these passes without division to the Flexor Profundus Digitorum ; the other, the main muscle, divides into two parts, one of which is inserted into the first and the second toes, and the other on the third and the fourth toes. The slips for the first and the second toes divide into two slips, one for each side of the sheath of the deep flexor at the first phalanx. In one specimen, the first toe received no slip. The nerve-supply is from a small branch of tlu- median nerve. ' The connection between the insertion of the muscle aud the lifth metacarpal bone is much less decided than between the Extensor Carpi Uluaris and the same booe. Such connection has been omitted as part of the essential description of the muscle. ^The Extensors lie successively along a ridge (supracondyloid ridge). The flexors are collected in a "bunch' at a process (not a ridge), the Pronator Radii Teres excepted. This muscle lies by itself above and in front of the "bunch." 1882.] NATURAL SCIE>fCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 The failure of the sapei-fieial flexor to sui)port the sheaths of the third and fourth digits, may occur as an anomaly in man.' TJie Flexor Profundus Digitorum arises in a penniform manner from the ulna, as follows : 1st, from the concavity on the median surface of the olecranon ; 2d, from the posterior border of the ulna at the upper third ; and 3d, from the median surface of the ulna at its middle tliird, near the distal end. The second portion derives some fibres from the membranous expanse of the Triceps on the lateral surface of the olecranon, and the intermuscular septum between it and the Extensor Indicis. Its tendons pass to the four outer toes. The under part of the tendon at the wrist is smooth. Macalister^ does not mention the union with the Triceps tendon. This might be found to vary in man. The nerve-supply of this muscle is from the median nerve. The Flexor Longus Pollicis is composed of two separate por- tions, a superficial and a deep. The superficial portion arises in <30mmon with the Flexor Cari)i Radialis from the epitrochlea. It is fleshy for the upper third of its course, and joins the Flexor Profundus Digitorum at the lower border of the annular ligament. Just prior to the formation of the tendon, muscular slips join the bellies of the Flexor Sublimis Digitorum and the Flexor Pro- fundus Digitorum. Below the annular ligament the tendon for the thumb leaves the Profundus and passes to the second phalanx. From this tendon arises a Lumbrical muscle. A large slip passes from the fleshy portion to the tendon of the deep flexor just above the annular ligament. The deep slip is penniform in character. It arises from the radius at its upper third, and joins the conjoined tendon at the upper border of the annular ligament. The last-named slip is evidentl}' homologous with the anthropodean muscle of the same name. The nerve-supply is from the median. It is interesting to note that the variations of this muscle in the human subject include in essential features the above arrange- ment. Mr. Carver ^ describes as arising parti}' from the Profundus ^ In Nasua fuseus the slips of union between the superlicial and the deep flexor are three in number, and are inserted on the conjoined tendon above the annular ligament. The union of the Sublimis with the Pro- fundus occurs below the tendon. •' Trans. Royal Irish Acad., xv, 1872. " Jour, of Anat. and Phys., iii, 260. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882- and partly from the Sublimis, a small muscle which became tendinous, and, just above the annular ligament, divided into two portions, one for the Flexor Pollicis, and one for the Profundus slip for the index finger. Excepting the slips from the Sublimis, this follows the plan in Frocyon, the division in the latter occurring higher up. The lumbrical slip also is repeated as an anomaly in human mj^ology (Wood and Macalister). The origin of the muscle from the epitrochlea, instead of from the radius, is a common human variation. The origin in common with the Flexor Carpi Radialis is, so far as I know, not repeated in man. The Extensores Carpi Radiales Longior et Brevior^ are as in man ; the Brevior is the stronger of the two, and is confluent above with the Extensor Communis Digitorum. It is supplied by the posterior muscular branch of the musculo- spiral nerve before it pierces the Supinator Brevis. The nerves spread on the under surface by short, single trunks at the prox- imal end. The Supinator Brevis arises from the orbicular ligament by a narrow tendon, and is inserted upon the upper third of the radius. This is the arrangement in Gruber's Tensor Ligamentum Orbicu- laris Anterior of Man. He found it in fifteen cases in one hundred. This muscle is pierced by the posterior muscular branch of the musculo-spiral nerve, and receives from it its nerve- siipply. The Supinator Longus, much narrower than in Felis. arises rauscularly from the upper end of the upper third of the Supra- condyloid ridge, and is inserted tendinously upon tlie distal end of the radius. Its sparse nerve-supply is confined to a single small branch to the proximal end, derived from the posterior muscular branch of the musculo-spiral prior to its piercing the Supinator Brevis muscle. The Extensor Communis Digitorum arises from the supra- condyloid ridge between the Extensor Carpi Radialis Brevior, and the Extensor Minimi Digiti, and is in common therewith. It soon, however, separates from them, and, forming a tendon, divides beneath the annular ligament into four small tendons. These reunite upon the dorsum of the carpus to again separate and pass to the dorsal surface of the first phalanx of each toe. It is supplied from the posterior branch of the musculo-spiral nerve. Extensor Carpi Ulnaris arises from the external condyle of 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHELADELPHIA. 12T the humerus by a relatively broad tendon. The flat, weak belly terminates obliquely on a broad, stout tendon of insertion, which is attached to the lateral border of the pisiform bone at the base of the fifth metacarpal bone. The connection with the pisiform bone is more exact than in Felis^ but in addition to fixing the pisiform the tendon seems to make tense the dorsal aponeurosis. It is largely ligamentous in action, and probably protects both the elbow and the wrist-joints. Nerve- Supjyly. — Nerves are received on the median border by three distinct trunks. They are thus more numerous than those to the flexors of the carpus and of the fingers. The nerves arise from a little close network which also supplies the Extensor Communis Digitorum, and is derived from a branch of the musculo-spiral, which penetrates the Supinator Brevis. Extensor Ossi Metacarpi Pollicia occupies the interval between the ulna and the radius, and arises from the proximal end of the distal half of the latter, and along the shaft of the former from the side of the olecranon to near the distal extremity. The muscle below the oblique ligament is penniform, the long oblique ulnar fibres joining the medianly-placed tendon, which winds around the distal third of the radius, \y'n\g in the pronounced groove at the wrist-joint, and is inserted into the median aspect of the proximal end of the first metacarpal bone. In one specimen the muscle was bi-penniform, the muscular fibres arising from the radius being inserted into the tendon to the median side. The weak nerve- supply of this muscle is derived from the posterior branch of the musculo-spiral, the nerves entering upon its upper free surface. The Extensor Minimi Digiti arises from the supracondyloid ridge to the outer side of the preceding muscle, which it resembles in its general features, also from the orbicular and external lateral ligaments of the elbow-joint, and passes beneath the annular ligament by a distinct sheath, viz., over the distal end of the ulna. The tendons do not reunite after the first separation, but are inserted upon the lateral surfaces of the first phalanges of the three outer toes. The slip to the fifth toe is not distinct from the rest of the muscle as in Felis.^ ' In Nasua fascus the E. M. Digiti tends to unite with the Extensor Communis Digitorum, but subsequently separates therefrom before inser- tion. 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. The Extensor Indicts arises from the lateral aspect of the ulna just below the olecranon, and, for a slight distance, from the septum between it and the Flexor Profundus. Its tendon passes parallel to the ulna, and reaches the manus by running beneath the tendon of the Extensor Communis Digitorum beneath the annular ligament. The tendinous slips are inserted upon the first, the second and third fingers to the lateral side beneath the three tendons of the Extensor Communis. The muscle receives a tendinous slip from the Extensor Minimi Digiti, and is thus an abductor, and assists the Extensor Carpi Ulnaris and the Extensor Minimi Digiti. It leceives two branches from the posterior muscular branch of the musculo-spiral nerve. Pronator Quadratiis extends from the middle of the forearm to the proximal border of the distal epiphysis of the radius and of the ulna. It is broader toward the wrist than toward tht' elbow where its fibres are pale and inconspicuous. The radial fil)res are not concealed by the stout aponeurosis so conspicuous in Felts. The nerve-supply is from a deep branch of the interosseous. Palmaris Brevis arises as a single slip from the annular liga- ment and is lost over the base of the fifth toe. The Intrinsic Muscles of the Manus embrace the foUowinu- : — The Opponens Hallucis. — This insignificant fascicle arises from the fibrous tissue over the sheath of the Flexor Carpi Kadialis, and is inserted into the proximal end of the first metacarpal bone. It is upon the same plane with some of the fibres of origin of the first Metacarpo-Phalangeal Flexor. Tlie Palmar Interossei. — These muscles are three in number. The first and the third, passing respectively to the first phalanx of the hallux and the first phalanx of the annularis, are twice as broad as the second, which goes to the first phalanx of the index finger. These all arise from the fibi'ous tissue over the proximal ends of the metacarpal Itones. Opponens Mininii Digiti arises in common with these muscles to the lateral aspect, and is fused at its proximal third with the third muscle. It is inserted into the distal end of the metacarpal bone. Flexor Brevis Minimi Digiti arises from the annular ligament and is inserted into the sheath of the Flexor Profundus Digitorum by a structure exactly similar to that found in Mic pes. 4 1 t 1^. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 Abductor Minimi Digiti arises from the pisiform bone and ends by a long aponeurotic tendon upon tlie sheath of the first phalanx of the fifth toe in its lateral aspect. The muscle receives an accessor}^ slip from the connective tissue beneath the deep flexor. The Metacar I )()- Phalangeal Flexors. — Each arises from the met- acarpal bone of the corresponding toe and is inserted into the sesamoid bone of the metacarpo-phalangeal joint. The fifth toe alone possesses the Dorsal Interosseus, and even in this instance the muscle is in great part fused with the flexor muscle. For the remaining toes the Dorsal Interosseus is undiflerentiated, 3^et latero-dorsal slips of tendon connect those parts of the flexor muscles seen from above \a the intercarpal spaces, with the sides of the sheaths of the digits. As in the pes, so in the manus the divisions between the two portions of the flexors are more pro- nounced in the hallux and annularis than in the remaining toes.^ The Muscles of the Inferior Extremity. (a) Extrinsic Set. Quadratu.^ Lumborum. — This muscle has not been ditterentiated from the vertebral series in Procyon. On the ventral aspect a flat slip is seen arising from the second lumbar vertebra on a line with the origin of the transverse abdominal muscle. It passes upward ans Flexor Cruris) results in adapting the above description in its several parts to human anatomy. Soramering describes the muscle with a second long head from the tuberosit}- of the ischium ; Meckel with a third head from the upper portion of the linea aspera ; Wood describes a head arising from the fascia beneath the Gluteus Maximus. This is evidently the same as the Tenuis- simus. A slip continuous proximally to the sacrum, has been recorded b}- Theile and Macalister. A slip may be attached to the external condyle of the tibia. A slip ma}- be inserted in the fascia of the leg, or one may join the tendo-Achillis. It is further interesting to note that the muscle is variable in Procyon as well as in the human subject. In one specimen the Tenuissimus, which may be regarded as homologous with the femoral head of the human muscle, was attached to the femur, while it is commonly seen arising from the Gluteus Maximus. The fact last named would indicate that the muscle is of the same relative value as one of the muscular slips passing between a super- ficial and a deep muscle of the same group, as instanced in the fascicle occasionally seen passing between the superficial and the deep flexors of the fingers. It is supplied by a separate branch of the sciatic as well as by branches in common with the Biceps. The nerve-supply of the Biceps consists of great numbers of minute branches from the lesser sciatic and its anastomosis with the obturator nerve. The SemitendinosHs. — This muscle arises from the upper end of the tuberosity of the ischium, and by a fleshy slip from the posterior margin of the aponeurosis of the Biceps, The last- named slip joins the main belly at its upper third. The muscle is inserted on the anterior surface of the tibia at its upper third. Its tendon, as is usual, lies directl}' beneath tlie tendon of insertion of tlie Gracilis. The Semitendinosus, while arising in great measure in common with the Biceps, is inserted on the opposite side of the limb. The nerve-supply is from the sciatic. The Semimembranosus arises from the entire posterior margin of the innominate bone, excepting a portion a few lines in length near the symphysis, which is occupied by the origin of the Adduc- tor Magnus. It fOrms in reality two muscles. The first of these — ischio-tibial — arises as a flat band of tendinous fibres from the 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 tuberosity of the ischium and is inserted into the tibia at the inner tuberosit3^ The second — the ischio-pubio-femoral — arises from the remaining portion of the posterior margin and is inserted into the femur above the external condyle. Uniting the two is a long fusiform slip, which arises from the ischium above and is inserted with the other division into the femur. The nerves of the Semimembranosus are numerous and large. The ischio-tibial is supplied b}' a distinct trunk from the great sciatic nerve. The ischio-pubio-femoral by both this nerve and the obturator. A long branch of the nerve first named runs along the femoral division to its distal third, wliere it anastomosQS with a branch of the anterior crural nerve. Sartorius. — The Sartorius muscle arises from the anterior superior spinous process of the ilium, by a rough angulated border equalling in length one-third of the anterior border of the ilium, and from a fibrous membrane continuous with the External Oblique muscle of the abdomen. The muscle is broad and ribbon-shaped and is inserted into the capsule of the knee-joint toward its median surface, including the median border of the patella, and passing thence downward to the tibia, where it is inserted membranously on the anterior surface, for nearly one-half the length of the shaft. On the same plane, it is in intimate union with the insertion of the Gracilis. Beneath this plane lies the insertion of the Semi- tendinosus. The Sartorius is supplied at its upper third by the anterior crural nerve, and at its lower fifth b}' a deeper-seated branch from the same nerve. Gracilis. — The Gracilis arises tendinously from the entire length of the symphysis, and muscularl}'^ by a thickened border from the descending ramus of the pubis. It is inserted at the median side of the patella, the median tuberosity of the tibia and the corresponding border of the tibia at its proximal third. It is freely supplied both at the proximal and the distal portions by branches of the anterior crural nerve. Adductor 3Iarjnus arises from the lower half of the symphj^seal line, the pubis at the beginning of the descending ramus and the under surface of the Gracilis. It is inserted by fleshy fibres into the entire posterior surface of tlie distal half of the femur. The fibres of insertion form three distinct fasciculi, one, representing the median cord that in the human subject, passes to the minute tubercle above the epiphysis, but which is here fieshy and dis- 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. tributed over the posterior surface. The remaining portions lie nearer the lateral margin, one of them directly- upon it. The nerves are derived from the anterior crural and the obturator. Adductor Longus arises from the symi)hysis and the pubic half of the ilio-pectineal line. It is inserted into the femur bj' an oblique line near the median border. It is supplied by nerves from the anterior crural. The Pectineus and the Adductor Brevis arise from the ilio- pectineal line, but not from the bone between this line and the acetabulum. They are both inserted tendinously on the A. Longus. but nearer the lateral border. Their nerves are derived from the anterior crural. Quadriceps Extensor. — The Rectus arises over the acetabulum by a single head. At its proximal seventh the muscle is tendinous and overlaid hy the Psoas. It is free throughout, except at the lower fourth of the outer side, where it is joined by the Vastus Externus. It is protected by a sheath derived for the most part fi'om the Vastus Internus. On this sheath is inserted the Tensor Vaginffi Femoris. The Vastus Internus and Vastus Externus form a continuous mass at the lower third of the thigh, behind the Rectus. The}- are free from the femur at its upper half ; the V. Internus arises for the most part from the front of the shaft of the femur at the base of the trochanter minor, and by a continuous small tlesliy line from the entire length of the front of the bone, it is continuous with the Crureus. The V. Externus, V. Internus and Crureus form a muscular bed which is fibrous at its lower half The nerve- supply of the Quadriceps Extensor is derived from the anterior crural nerve. In addition the Vastus Externus receives four or five branches from the lesser sciatic nerve. QuadratuH Femoris. — The (^uadratus Femoris is a stout muscle arising from the tuberosity and the ramus of the ischium, and inserted into the posterior surface of the femur by a rugose cres- centic line. It is supi)lied by a distinct nerve from the great sciatic, which in proportion to the size of tiie muscle is unusually large. Obturator Externus. — The Obturator Externus arises from the border of the oliturator foramen externally, the descending ramus of the pubis and the ramus of the ischium, and passes forward to be inserted b}' a tendon which is superficial at its distal half 1882,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13T into the anterior lialf of the digital fossa. In the anterior part of the muscle is seen an imperfect attempt at the formation of two laminge. The tendon is here concealed to a greater degree than elsewhere. The muscle receives its nerve-suppl}^ from the obturator nerve. Obturator Internus. — The Obturator Internus arises from the entire inner surface of the innominate bone for a distance equalling the extent of the symphysis pubis. Save at its extreme anterior margin and the trochlear surface as it winds round the border of the ischium, the muscle is fleshy throughout. Both Gemelli muscles are well developed and are fused in front of the main tendon. The muscle is intimately connected with the capsule of the hip-joint and is fused at the insertion with the tendon of the Obturator Externus. The Obturator Internus receives nerves within the pelvis from the internal pudic, and the Gremelli from a separate trunk destined for the Quadratus Femoris. The Gemelli form a deep lamina of cleavage from the main mass of the Internal Obturator which represents a superficial layer of the same muscle. Gastrocnemius This muscle arises from the femur b}' two heads. The outer head bears a sesamoid bone. — The fibrous tissue between the femur and this bone are exceedingly stout and coarsely fasciculated. A thin fascia-like membrane extends from the lateral surface of the capsule of the knee-joint to the superficies of the sesamoid. This is continuous with the Vastus Externus muscle, so that when traction is made upon the muscle last named the sesamoid can be moved slightly upward. This muscle, therefore, can aid in fixing the bone at times when the Gastrocnemius and the Plantaris contract. The bone is also supported by bands extending to it from the posterior surface of the capsule. — The outer head of the Gastrocnemius is pierced by a branch of the sciatic nerve to supply the Soleus on its superior surface. Fusing with the under surface of the outer head is the origin of the Plantaris muscle. The inner head is of muscular origin and ribbon-shaped, and is attached directly to the femur without the intervention of a sesamoid bone. The two heads of the muscle fuse at the upper third of the leg, forming a flat, triangular surface which gradually becomes tendinous toward the apex of the triangle to form the tendo-Achillis.^ An unusually large bursa ^ There is no slip of origin from the fascia over the head of the fibula as in Felis. 10 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. intervenes between the concave tuber calcis and tlie tendon. Under the head of the Biceps muscle it has alread^^ been men- tioned that the Gastrocnemius ma}^ be reinforced by the lower part of this muscle. — The Soleus arises from the head of the fibula only, b^' a musculo-tendinous origin. It is fusiform, much thicker, and in every way more robust than the Gasti'ocnemius, and joins the tendo-Achillis six lines above the tuber calcis. The Soleus is flesh}' throughout and does not receive any slip of the Biceps Flexor. — The nerve supply of the Gastrocnemius is from the sciatic. The Soleus also is supplied by a branch of the sciatic, passing between the Plantaris and the external head. Plantaris. — Fusing as it does with the onter head of the Gastroc- nemius, the Plantaris can be traced with scarcely any artificial dissection to the Sesamoid bone in the outer head of the Gastroc- nemius. The surface of contact between the Plantaris and the Gastrocnemius is fibrous throughout. This is seen to be different from the arrangement in Felis, in which animal the Plantaris arises in part from the fascia of the leg. The Plantaris tendon becomes superficial to the outer side of the tendo-Achillis, passes over the calcaneum as a broad aponeurosis, from the distal end of which, on the plantar surface of the foot, the Flexor Brevis Digitorum arises. The motion between the Plantaris and the Flexor Brevis Digitorum is pronounced medianly but absent laterally. The Plantaris may thus be said to be inserted into the calcaneum on its lateral surface, and the Flexor Brevis Digitorum to arise from the same surface. On the median aspect, however, the two muscles are continuous with one another through inter- mediate fibrous tissue. It is supplied by the sciatic nerve. Popliteus arises from a shallow pit on the lateral surface of the external condyle by a ligament-like tendon, that passes in a groove horizontally backward to the tibia. The muscular fibres are arranged in a thin sheet and are inserted into tlie tibia for its upper third. The proximal edge of the muscle is horizontal and in the same line with the tendon of origin. The distal edge is oblique and slightly overlaps the fascia covering the Flexor Longus Pollicis. The nerve supply is from the sciatic. Flexor Lom/us Digitorum arises from the proximal half of the posterior surface of the tibia, and from the stout fascia lying on the posterior aspect of the muscle. The very stout, broad tendon formed at the middle of the leg, lies in a groove behind the inter- 1882,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 nal malleolus in company with the small Tibialis Posticus, and is inserted on the median side of the conjoined tendon at the tarso-metatarsal line. It receives all the fibres of the Musculus Accessorius. Musculus Accessorius arises from the lateral aspect of the cal- caneum, and is inserted on the median half of the conjoined tendon. Flexor Long us Pollicis arises from the proximal two-thirds of the posterior surface of the shaft of the fibula, and by nearlj* as long a surface from the tibia. The fibres of the tendon can be traced nearl}' to the head of the fibula but become free only at the level of the ankle. The tendon lies in the deep recess between the tibia and the fibula, in the pronounced groove on the posterior border of the astragalus, as well as in the depres- sion beneath the sustentaculum tali to unite with the conjoined tendon at its lateral half. The conjoined tendon splits into five phalangeal slips, one for each of the five toes — each tendon being inserted into the plantar tubercle of the terminal phalanx. Lumhricales. — These are three in number and are supplied to the second, third and fourth toes. The muscle for the first toe arises from the tendon of the long flexor of the second, that for the second from the tendon of the third toe, and that for the third from the tendon of the fourth toe. These slips are inserted on the sheath of the flexor tendons, which cannot be separated from the tendon of insertion of the Extensor Longus Digitorum. Tibialis Posticus arises from the proximal ends of both the tibia and the fibula. It passes downward parallel to and in part concealed by the Flexor Longus Digitorum, in company with the tendon of which it enters a sheath behind the internal malleolus. It is inserted into the scaphoid bone. The posterior tibial group of muscles receives its nerves from the internal popliteal nerve as it passes between the two heads of the Gastrocnemius. Peroneus Longus arises tendinously from the lateral surface of the head of the fibula, by a head that is slightly narrower than the belly. It becomes tendinous at the middle third of the leg, thence passes through a separate sheath over the external malleolus, it lies in a groove on the calcaneum beneath the sustentaculum tali and is inserted into the base of the fifth metatarsal bone. Peroneus Brevis arises broad and fleshy from the posterior 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. surface of the fibula at its middle third. Its muscular fibres pass down as far as the external malleolus with the tendon, which is twice as broad as that of the Peroneus Longus and is inserted into the base of the dorsal surface of the fifth metatarsal bone. A slip from the tendon just before the insertion is continuous with the dorsal aponeurosis lying beneath the Flexor Brevis Digitorum. Traction on this sheet slightly extends the toes, a function best seen along the lateral border of the foot, — The nerve-supplj' is by a branch of the anterior tibial which extends nearly the entire length of this muscle. Peroneus Tertius arises at the proximal third of the fibula by oblique, delicate, fleshy fibres. The tendon lies in the same groove on the posterior aspect of the external malleolus with that of the Peroneus Brevis. It is inserted with the Extensor Brevis Digito- rum at the base of the fifth metatarsal bone. Tibialis Anticus arises from the outer tibial tuberosity and the tibial tubercle from the anterior tibial crest at its upper third, and from the fascia of the leg. The muscle becomes tendinous at the lower fourth of the shaft of the tibia, and is inserted into the base of the first metatarsal bone. In some subjects a slip arises separately from the interosseous membrane. The muscle receives its nerve-supply from the anterior tibial. Extensor Longus Digitorum, arises by a small narrow tendon from a pit on the external condyle of the femur above that for the Popliteus. The tendon passes downward parallel with the external lateral ligament, and beneath the fascial insertion of the Biceps Flexor Cruris, thence lying in a smooth groove between the head of the fibula and the outer tibial tuberosity' it is con- tinuous with the narrow thong of muscular fibre constituting the body of the muscle. The tendons of insertion are formed at the lower third of the tibia, and form a close bundle of rounded cords, that descend to the ankle, at which point they pass through a special loop of the annular ligament to be displa^'ed in a tendon-centre as flat, mutually-supporting bands on the medio-dorsal aspect of the foot. From the distal border of this centre, flat tendons pass to the second and to the fifth toes. The muscle receives it-s nerves from the anterior tibial at the proximal end. Extensor Brevis Digitorum arises from the outer surface of the calcaneum and the loop of annular ligament for the last-named muscle. A broad, tendinous expanse, aponeurotic in structure, 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 furnishes the short, broad tendons of insertion (lying beneatli those of the long flexor) into the toes from the second to tlie fourth. It is joined by the Peroneus Tertius. Extensor Longus PolUcis. — This was found in one subject only. It arises from the fibula at its upper third. The intrinsic muscles of the pes embrace the following : — Flexor Brevis Digitorum. — This flat, muscular sheet arises from the intersection between it and the Plantaris, as this structure underlies the calcaneum. (See the account of the Plantaris.) At the proximal half the muscle is uniformly fleshy. It splits into four slender fascicles. In some specimens the fascicle to the second toe is given off" a little higher than the others at the distal half Opposite to the metatarso-phalangeal joints, from the second to the fifth, each of the four delicate tendons enters the sheath in common with the corresponding tendons of the Flexor Longus Dio"itorum and by splitting embraces the last-named tendons. The ends of each split tendon are inserted on the second phalanx. Passing between the tendons of the short and the long flexors are three muscular slips. The}- arise from the plantar surface of the conjoined tendon. They are inserted respectively into the tendon of the first, second, and third toes.^ The Flexor Brevis Pollicis is represented by two distinct muscles each ending in a sesamoid. The Adductor Pollicis is inserted half waj'- up the lateral border of the second phalanx. According to the terminolog}' of human anatomy, the following would be the arrangement of the Dorsal and Plantar Interossei muscles : — The first and second Dorsal Interossei are united at the middle by two stout fasciculi. The third Dorsal Interosseous unites with the first Palmar at the distal half of the third metatarsal bone. The fourth Dorsal Interosseous is similarly fused with the second Palmar Interosseous. The third Palmar Interosseous is absent. A small oblique muscle having relations to the second toe similar to those entertained by the Adductor Pollicis to the first, is inserted upon the first phalanx of the second toe. ^ The arrangement of fibres passing from the short to the long flexor of the toes has received special attention from E. Schulze, (Zeitschr. fiir wissen. Zool., xvii, 1867, 1) who has figured them as they exist in the dog. H2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Studying these muscles without reference to human anatomy, the arrangement is simple, and the terminology herewith employed much preferable, in my judgment, to that in the foregoing section. Five Metatarso-Phalangeal Flexors are present in the foot of the Procyon. The least differentiated of these is seen in the third muscle of the series. This muscle remains unspecialized as far as the proximal third of the third metatarsal bone. It then divides into two stout fasciculi, each of which goes to the sesamoid bone of its own side, Procyon, as Felis, possesses a pair of sesamoid bones to each metatarso-phalangeal joint. — The fourth Metatarso-Phalangeal Flexor is essentially the same in plan as is the third. — That of the second toe, however, exhibits almost com- plete longitudinal cleavage, two short oblique bands alone uniting the now almost distinct muscles. The lateral half of the muscle arises from the sheath of the Peroneus Longus muscle, the median half arising from the under surface of the first cuneiform in common with the lateral half of the first Metatarso-Phalangeal Flexor. The muscle last named is highly specialized, the two halves being distinct throughout, but for a small oblique fascicle at the proximal end of the two muscles, the median arising as above indicated and the lateral from a supernumerary ossicle lying on the plantar aspect of the third cuneiform bone. The fifth Metatarso-Phalangeal Flexor is, like the first, highly specialized and composed of two non-communicating slips, both of which arise from a supernumerary ossicle in the sheath of the Peroneus Longus. The median portion of the same sheath sends distally three radiated fasciculi. The median is homologous with the Adductor Pollicis, the remaining two are functionally adductors to the second and fifth toes respectively. Ox>ponens Pollicis — Under this heading is appropriate!}' in- cluded a stout muscular fasciculus passing from the under surface of the astragalus and inserted into the base of the first metatarsal bone. According to the classification of the intrinsic muscles of the foot, proposed by D. L. Cunningham ( Journ. Anat. and Physiol., xiii, 18V9, 1), by which palmar adductors, dorsal adductors and intermediate flexors are identified, the muscles in Procyon exhibit well-develoi)ed palmar adductors and intermediate flexors, while the dorsal adductors are rudimentary or absent. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 143 Concluding Remarks. — The tendency for certain muscles, as the Gluteus Meclius, the Semimembranosus, the Biceps Cubiti, the Triceps, and the Masseter to undergo partial planal cleavage, i. e., to form distinct laminae at one pai't, while but a single lamina, embracing the entire thickness of the muscle, at another, indicates that such muscles are imperfectly diflferentiated, but are yet sufflcientl3'- differentiated to receive nerve-supply from separate sources. In the process by' which a muscle-sheet is changed into a muscle- thong or " cord " (premising such a process ever to take place), the sheet is folded once upon itself. The two halves of the sheet constitute the laminte. The space between becomes the inter- laminate space, and receives the nerves. This retention of a muscle-thong with the laminaj and interlaminate space as seen in many muscles of Proeyon would indicate a lower type of muscle than any seen in Felis, in which genus the tendency exists for the interlaminate space to become obliterated by the fusion of the lamin*. The nerve, however, alwa^ s enters the muscle at the position of the lines of fusion. While the changes witnessed in a sheet of muscle undergoing longitudinal cleavage are included under the head of progressive development (as is witnessed in the evolution of special slips from the Panuiculus Carnosus in the formation of the muscles of the auricle and of the face ; and while similar changes are knowi to occur b}' which the great vertebro-costal masses send oft'pari^ially distinct fascicles to various portions of the trunk), those witnessed in the limbs by which distinct laminae in an early form rndergo fusion, and thereb3' become complex in a later form, ar3 to be included under the same general head. In that variety cf devel- opment by which a single muscle is converted into many muscles by a process of splitting, the portions thereby formed caa reunite by a process of splicing. The splitting is carried as far in Felis as in Proeyon, but the splicing process is carried farther in Felis. The number of nerves was found to be subject to considerable variation. Muscles of low degree of specialization such as the Latissimns Dorsi, Biceps Flexor and Semimembranosus were found richer in nerves than highly specialized muscles such as the Tibialis Anticus and the Supinator Longus. Between Felis and Proeyon marked contrasts were presented between muscles of the same name — the lowly specialized muscles in all instances 144 BROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. receiving more nerves in Procijon than in Felis. Tlic number of nerves diminisli as a laminated muscle in Procyon becomes highly fused in Felis. This was well exhibited in the instance of the Biceps Cubiti. Under the liead of muscle-variations it has been seen that many muscles in Procyon correspond to abnormal muscles in man. Some of these have been noted in the text. It is equally instruc- tive to note many that are identical with the human muscles, such, for example, as the rotators of the femur. Other muscles in Procyon appear to be beyond the limits of variation of human myolog3^ Among the latter group may be named the continuity of the Plantaris and the Flexor Brevis Digitorum, the accession from the Panniculus to the Pectoralis,and the fusion between the Flexor Longus Pollicis Pedis and the Flexor Longus Digitorum Pedis. 1882. j natural sciences of philadelphia. 145 May 23. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Forty -four persons present. On Bacillus anthracis. — Prof. Leidy stated that Dr. Robert Gladfelter, veterinaiy surgeon, had submitted to his examination a bottle of blood from a cow. The animal, apparentl}- well on Wednesda}', May 10th, and milked the same evening, died the next morning. The cause was not clear but was suspected to be the result of anthrax, charbon, or splenic fever. During the past year a number of cows in the same herd, had died in a similar manner, in Salem Co., N. J. A post-mortem examination was made the following daj^ ; and the abdominal viscera were found much conjested ; especiall}' the spleen, which was gorged with blood. The specimen of blood, obtained from the spleen was examined the next day, Friday. It teemed with Bacteria, the peculiar form, Bacillus anthracis^ which is now viewed b}- most competent authorities as the cause of the frightful affection known as anthrax or splenic fever. The Bacilli were actually more numei-ous than the blood corpuscles, which appeared unchanged. The Bacilli were completely motionless ; straight, bent or zigzag- filaments, in the latter condition in pairs or more segments. They measured from 0.006 to 0.042 mm. in length; usually from 0.012 to 0.03 mm. Kept for some days in the blood the filaments underwent division into little chains in two, three, or more dumb- bells, which measure about 0.005 mm., or into isolated microeocci- like particles about 0.0015 mm. Many however of the filaments did not resolve themselves into these minute particles, but appeared onl}' to grow in length and divide into segments of about 0.012 mm. in length. 'o' Oil Enchytrseus^ Distichopus and their parasites. — Prof. Leidy remarked that occasional!}' in lifting a flower-pot or in stirring the earth within, attention is sometimes attracted by the sudden wriggling of a little white worm disturbed from its rest. In the Archiv fiir Anatomic, 1837, Henle has given an elaborate descrip- tion of the worm and named it Euchi/traeus in reference to its familliar habitation. The little pot worm is common in our vicinity, es,pecially in dam]) forests under decaying leaves and timber. It was first noticed in 1773 from Denmark b}' 0. F. Miiller, and in 1880 from Greenland by Fabricius. It has also been observed in France and Germany; and therefore the little worm appears to extend over the northern parts of Europe and America. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. The same worm I have found in the meadows of Atlantic City, New Jerse}', in the usual haunts of Melampus bidentatus and Orchestia agilis. In mature specimens, about three-fourths of an inch in length, the girdle is well produced, and the body has ten setigerous segments in advance of it and about forty-five behind it. The short pointed setapeds in four longitudinal rows, are in fascicles of three or four to each, in advance of the girdle and two or three to each behind it. In the Enchytrteus of our forests I have repeatedly observed an infusorial parasite, occupying the bod}' cavit}', sometimes in considerable numbers, mingled with the normal discoid corpuscles. I propose to name it Anoplophrya modeata. In the Ench3'troeus of the meadows of Atlantic Cit}^ I observed a different infusorian, occupying the same cavity, remarkable for its great proportionate length. This I propose to name Anojjlophy-ya fiinicidus. Wishing to ascertain whether the latter did not likewise infest the Enchj'traeus of our neighboring forests I recently collected a number of little worms at Media, Del., Co., These I obtained from beneath a stone lying in my path to Swarthmore College. They appeared to be robust specimens of Enchytreeus verniicu- laris, for which I took them to be. Investigation at home proved them to be ditferent and generically distinct from previous known forms. The Avorms possess but two rows of setapeds, instead of four as in most others of the famil}-. Hoffmeister and Gruby described the genus Phreorycfes as having onl}' two rows of setapeds, but Leydig has shown this to be an error. In view of the error I carefully repeated my examination of the little worms from Media, and am convinced that they possess two rows of setapeds, while in Enchytrseus I always found four. So much do the former otherwise resemble the latter that it would appear as if they formed a genus directly evolved from Encliytrseus merely hy the suppression of a pair of the four rows of setapeds. The new genus presents the following characters and may be indicated by the accompanying name. DiSTiCHOPUS. Form and color as in Enchytreeus; with a well produced girdle. Setapeds in a single row on each side ventrally, in divergent fascicles of four in advance of the girdle and of three behind it. Dtstichopis STiiVESTRis. Body cylindrical, white, translucent, with a well produced girdle of whiter color. Upper lip short conical blunt ; anal segment thicker than the penultimate, brownish and punctate; anus (piin(piiradiate. Ten setigerous segments in advance of the girdle, with fascicles of usually three or four seta- peds ; fifty-five setigerous segments behind the girdle, with usually two or three setapeds. Oral and anal segments without setnpeds. Setapeds shorter and stouter than in Enchytreeus vcrmicularis, curved at the root, swollen at the middle, and straight towards the point. Length from nine to fifteen lines. I observed no infusorian in JHstichopus, but in most of those examined there were found witiiin the intestine minute Gregarines 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 14T allied to the Monocystis of the earth worms, Linnbricus. This parasite was perfectly quiescent and was especially remarkable from its frequently containing a variable number of curved elliptical bodies, which I suspect to be spores. Viewing it as a species of Monocystis it may thus be briefly characterized. Monocystis mitis. Gregarina Enchytraei? Kolliker, Body fusiform, tapering posteriorly and usually acute, anteriorly obtuse or produced into a short mammilla; contents of the usual granular protoplasm as in gre- garines, with a central spherical nucleus and nucleolus. Size ranging from .03 mm. to .12 mm. in length. In the smallest individuals the nucleus was indistinct and in some appeared to be absent. The larger ones mostly contained what I supposed to be spores. These are curved elliptical bodies .015 mm. long b}?^ .0045 mm. wide, and were collected in a group of usually two or three to seven or eight, sometimes in advance of the nucleus, and sometimes iDchind it. The two Anoploiihrya above indicated have the follow- Monocystis '■'■'' mitis, 333 ing characters. diam. Anoplophrya modest a. Leucophrys. Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. 1850, 49, pi. 2, fig. n. Elongated elliptical, anteriorly rounded , posteriorly somewhat truncated, usually from three to five times the length of the breath ; nucleus axial, cylindrical, straight, extending about two-thirds the length of the body ; contractile vesicles variable in number and usually in two longitudinal rows. Length from .048 to .12 mm.; breadth .018 to .024 mm. "in state of transverse division, the pairs range from .054 to .15 mm, in length. Common and numerous in the body cavity of Enchytrseus vermicularis. Anoplophrya funiculus. Long, narrow and ulna-like in shape, from twent}' to thirty times the length of the breadth ; anterior extremity slightl}" wider and very obliquely truncated and slightly de- pressed; posterior extremit}^ bluntly rounded. Nucleus axial, bristle-like, appearing as a double continued line reaching from the pos- terior end of the bod}^ and tapering to a single line in the posterior part of the same. Con- tractile vesicles minute, in two rows, variable in size and usually occupying the posterior part of the body. Length 0.42 mm. to 0.6 Anoplophrya modesta, 350 diam. mm. by 0.018 to 0,024 mm. wide. Young individuals 0.15 ram. long by 0.024 wide, were tapering in front and obtuse while they were wider and rounded behind. Inhabiting the body cavity of Enchytrseus vermicularis a. funiculus, i76 diam. from the meadows of the Atlantic coast of New Jerse}-. 148 PROCEEDINGS OF TIlE ACADEMY OF [1882. In an earth worm, Lumhricus^ species undetermined and occurring under logs, in the forests in the vicinity of Philadelphia. I detected another species of the above which may be distinguished as follows. Anoplophyra melo. Oval or ovoid, scarcely- twice the length of the breadth, with the narrower pole mucronate ; nucleus axial, cylindrical, sigmoid, about two-thirds the length of the body ; contractile vesicles usually one, or two, or none, large. Length 0.048 mm. to 0.08 mm., breadth 0.032 to 0.04 mm. Pairs in state of transverse division 0.08 b}' 0.036 mm. to A. meiu, ^^••^^^ ^3' *^-04 "^ni- Inhabiting the*^ body cavity of 250 diam'. Lumbricus ? The Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D.,was elected Vice-President and Jacob Binder was elected Curator to fill vacancies caused b}' the death of Wm. S. Yaux. Thomas A. Robinson was elected a member of the Council, to fill the vacancy caused b}' the election of the Rev. Dr. McCook to the Yice-Presidenc}'. May 80. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-eight persons jiresent. The Yelloic Ant xoith its Jiocks of AjjJiis and Coccus. — Prof. Leidy stated that since he had made a communication, published in the Proceedings of April 10th, 1877, on the habits of the Yellow Ant, from time to time, in seeking for other animals, he had incidentally learned that the species is not only a common one of our vicinity, but also that it was habitual with the ant to care for the same two species of Aphis and Goccks originally noticed in company with it. The ant workers, of the species Lasius interject us. are of a uniform bright amber color, shining and hairy, and measure about 3^ millemetres iong.^ The Aphis* is white or pale yellowish and covered witii a white wax}- secretion, has brownish legs and proboscis, no hone}' tubes, and is about 2^ mm. long and 2 mm. wide. The Coccus is red with some whitish wax}- secre- tion and is from three-fourths to one millemetre and one-half in lengtli. On the third of May, near Swarthmore College, Del. Co., a nest of the yellow ants was -observed beneath a flat stone, about one 'In the original communication the ant was named Formica flava, but the Rev. Dr. McCook has determined it to be as here stated. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 foot by seven inches broad. Collected on the under side of the stone there were six distinct and closely crowded groups of the white aphis and five of the red coccus. The largest aphis group was three inches by one inch ; the smallest one-half inch in diameter. The lai'gest coccus group was an inch and one-half b}' three-fourths of an inch, and the smallest one-half an inch by one-fourth of an inch. The ground beneatli the stone was furrowed by tortuous paths communicating with holes, through which ants were running ; but most of these together with their flocks were adherent to the under side of the stone, and occupied a space of about six inches by four inches. Colorless Garnet and Tourmaline. — Prof. Leidy further exhib- ited several brilliant cut specimens of garnet, from Hull, Quebec, Canada. They are transparent, with a pale yellowish tint like an off-colored diamond, and are flawless. Another specimen was a handsome colorless brilliant of achroite or tourmaline from St. Lawrence Co., New York. June 6. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty-three persons present. A paper entitled " On the relative Ages and Classification of the Post-Eocene Tertiaiy Deposits of the Atlantic Slope," by Angelo Heilprin, was presented for publication. The deaths of Wm. B. Rogers, a Correspondent, and Samuel P. Carpenter and Andrew C Craig, members, were announced. June 13. Mr. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty -nine persons present. The following was ordered to be printed : — 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. ON THE RELATIVE AGES AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE POST-EOCENE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF THE ATLANTIC SLOPE. BY ANOELO HEILPRIN. It may appear surprising that for a period of nearly fiftj' years after the study of the American tertiary formations was first systematical!}^ attempted, there should still ha^-e existed among geologists widel}' varying views, not only relative to the positions occupied b}' a considerable proportion of the deposits in question in the geological scale, but also relative to the positions occupied b}' these deposits in respect of each other. Yet such has been the case, and it may still be said to be the case at the present time. The existence of post-eocene deposits along the Atlantic border of the United States has long since been recognized, and their contained fossil remains investigated and delineated b}' paleon- tologists of more or less ability. While the opinions expressed by certain geologists as to the age of at least some of these deposits may be said to have been substantially correct, j^et in face of the conflicting views of other geologists of no less experi- ence and prominence, which were set forth and maintained with a decisiveness unwarranted by the character of the research upon which the}' were based, it ma}' be stated that the general outcome of our knowledge respecting the stratigraphy of the deposits here referred to is simply, that they hold a position somewhere inter- mediate between the eocene and the post-pliocene series. The post-eocene tertiary deposits have their greatest develop- ment, and have been most carefully investigated in the States of Maryland, Virginia, North and South Carolina. In the frequently expressed opinion of Mr. Conrad they represented over the entire area here indicated one geological formation, which that geologist generally asserted to be the miocene,but which, at the same time, he not imfrequently considered to be the equivalent of the British crag, a formation now universally regarded as being of pliocene age. No attempt appears to have been made to determine whether the deposits were referable to one or several faunal horizons, and the organic remains obtained from them were simply classified as belonging to the miocene or "medial tertiary" period. The circumstance that in North Carolina the proportion of recent to 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 extinct forms among the imbedded remains was greater than in either Virginia or Marjiand did not escape tlie notice of the observer mentioned, bnt 3'et he did not hesitate to conclude (Kerr, Geological Survey of North Carolina, Appendix, p. 25, 18t5) that his miocene strata represented " one contemporaneous sea bottom, holding living individuals of certain species throughout its entire length, and which is characterized by some of its species closely resembling existing ones, but many more having no affinity with American shells." How many of the fossil species were by Mr. Conrad considered to be identical with recent forms, it is impos- sible to determine with any amount of exactitude, since the opinions of that geologist bearing upon this point appear not to have been fixed and to have fluctuated extensively within very brief intervals of time. Thus, while in 1838 (Fossils of the Medial Tertiary Formations, Introduction, p. xvi), it is asserted that of about 200 described species 19 (or less than 10 per cent.) are still among the living fauna, in 1843 (Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sciences, i, p. 328), the number of recent forms is said to be 43 out of a total of 328 described; in 1862, on the other hand, referring to the South Carolina deposits, where the percentage of recent forms had been claimed to be greater than in either of the other three states, Mr. Conrad maintains that " it may be that all the species are extinct " (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, xiv, p. 559). It is further stated {loc. cit.) that of the entire number, 581, of miocene shells of the Atlantic stope, the number of forms that could be con- sidered as doubtfully identical with recent species was not more than 80 (or about 5 per cent). The faunal relations existing between these so-called " medial tertiary " deposits and the deposits of the British crag and the faluns of the Loire, at that time supposed to be of nearl}'- equivalent age, were likewise pointed out by Lyell (Journ. Geol. Society, i, pp. 413 et. seq.), who also did not fail to notice that in North Carolina " the recent species bore a larger proportion than usual to the extinct " {loc. cit., p. 418). But this geologist, with his characteristic acuteness, further remarks : " As, however, it would be very rash to assume that all the miocene deposits of the United States, especially in countries as far apart as Maryland and South Carolina, were of strictly- con- temporaneous origin, the fossil faunas of each region should be carefully distinguished and considered separately " (p. 418). Of 141 species of mollusca gathered by Mr. Lyell himself, and which 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. were subsequently studied with the assistance of Mr. Sowerby, twent^'-three (or 15^ per cent.) were considered to be identical with recent forms (p. 419). In the later editions of the " Elements of Geology " (1811, 1814) the deposits in question are referred to the pliocene and miocene, but no clearh' defined statement is given as to which belonged to the one age, and which to the other. From a more careful examination of the South Carolina region than had previousl}^ been made, Mr. Tuome}' arrived at the con- clusion (Geology of South Carolina, 1848), that the post-eocene tertiary deposits of that State belonged to the pliocene, and not to the miocene period, and that, consequently, they were not contemporaneous with the deposits (in Virginia) which had now been firmly recognized as typically representing the miocene of the eastern United States. Of about ITO species of mollusca contained by them, somewhat more than 80 (or nearl}" 50 per cent.), were considered to l)e still living along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts {op. cit, pp. 206-208). The pliocene age of these deposits was maintained b}- Professors Tuomey and Holmes in their " Pleiocene Fossils of South Carolina " (1857), where, also, the deposits of North Carolina (miocene of Emmons, North Caro- lina Geological Survey, 1858), are referred to the same period. Of 203 species of described invertebrate remains (mollusks, echinoderms, and corals), 85 (or 42 per cent.) were considered to have living analogues (op. cif., Introduction, IX.) The deter- minations of Tuomey and Holmes for both the South and North Carolina deposits are accepted by Dana for the several editions (1863, 18T5, 1880) of his "Manual of Geology," where the " Yorktown '' period is made to include the post-eocene tertiary beds of Virginia, Maryland, New Jersey, and Martha's Vine^-ard, and the " Sumter " period, the similar beds of North and South Carolina. In the " Check List of the Invertebrate Fossils of North America," prepared (doubtless from data furnished by Conrad) in 1864 by Mr. Meek, for the Smithsonian Institution (Miscella- neous Collections, VII.), all the non-eocene or oligocene tertiary fossils of the eastern United States are classed as belonging to the miocene period ; and finally, Prof. C. H. Hitchcock, in the "Geological Map of the United States" (1881), accepts the miocene determination for the age of the North and South Caro- lina deposits, as likewise for the Virginia deposits, and those of the peninsula of Maryland. The deposits of the Maryland east- 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 shore, of Delaware, and the greater portion of those in New Jerse}' which lie to the east and south of the " upper marl bed," and whose age has not yet been satisfactorily made out, are embraced within the pliocene (newer tertiary). In order to facilitate the solution of the stratigraphical problem herein involved, the following faunal lists of the several States (Maryland, Virginia, North and South Carolina) have been prepared, and comparisons between them instituted. The utterly desultory and careless manner in which a very considerable portion of the paleontology of the region referred to has been worked up, has rendered their preparation a matter of great difficulty, and, indeed, if absolute accuracy is concerned, a well nigh impossibilit3^ Not only have species been referred to several distinct genera (and families), and catalogued under their respective generic names independently of each other, but in several instances the identical specimen has been figured and redescribed under two or more forms ; species, again, originally described from the deposits of one State, have been subsequently credited (and to the exclusion of the first-named locality) to the deposits of another State. Defective illustrations, and in very many cases the absence of illustrations altogether, have still further increased the difficulties, especially where the described specimens themselves are wanting, or where through an unsatis- factory diagnosis their specific (or even generic I) identification is rendered hopeless. Many of the forms here included are therefore taken on faith, and many will doubtless have to be excluded when fresh material is gathered in the field and re-studied. Per contra^ many forms, seemingly doubtful, have been excluded, which may possibly have to be reinstated on further examination. Where it has been possible (and this has been the case for most of the forms) the original descriptions of the species have been referred to, and the localities of their occur- rence there indicated have been those which have been noted ; species said to occur in the deposits of several States have been traced back for re-descriptions, or to papers bearing specially on the paleontology of those States, but very little reliance being placed on general enumerations of distribution. By this means it has been hoped to render the lists as complete and free from error as could reasonably be made possible, and while, doubtless, various modifications will eventually have to be introduced, it is 11 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THB ACADEMY OP [1882. confidently' believed by the author that they so far represent the true state of matters as to permit of positive conclusions being drawn from them. The comparisons here instituted between the mollus'can faimas from the deposits of the several States have been made sepa- rately for the lamellibranchiata and the gasteropoda ; and it may be stated at the outset that the results obtained from tlie independent examination of these two groups of organisms have been found singularly confirmative of each other. The letters following the name of a species denote that the form is also found in the State or States indicated by their respective characters ; but it must be noted in the case of the gasteropoda, that compari- sons, as indicated by such initial characters, are made between certain States only, and, therefore, it is not to be concluded from the examination of a single list, that a given form there designated is necessarily wanting in a State whose characters are not indi- cated in that list. Thus, in the South Carolina list onty the North Carolina species are specially indicated, although several of these last, and others, are also found in the Virginia and Maryland deposits ; so, again, in the Virginia list, no special reference is made to the Maryland forms. Tables of the Post-Eocene OF South Carolina South Anomia ephippium, N. C. Placunoniia plicata, Ostrca Virginiana, N. C; Va. ; M. " Ravenelliana, Chama corHcosa, N. C; Va. arcinella, N. C. congregata, N. C; Va. Plicatiila marginata, N. C; Va.; M. Janira hemicycla, " aftinis, Pecten ^Moitoni, N. C. " eboreus, N. C. ; Va. " comfarilis, N.C. " Peedeensis, N. C. " septemuarius, Va. ; M. Mytilus indatus, " incrassatus, N. C. Tertiary Lamellibranchiata AND North Carolina. Carolina. Area hians == A. pi'opatula? Va. incile, N. C; Va. ; M. costata, N. C. centenaria, N. C. ; Va. ; M. nistica, lienosa, N. C. A. Floridana, scalai-is, N. C. ; Va. incongnia, pcxata, plicatura, N. C. ; Va. ; M, (A. improcera,) (A. a^quicostata, ) (A. transversa) Pectunculus sultovatus, N. C; Va.;M. " lentiformis, N. C.;Va.;M. n (( (< <( i( (< 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155 Pectunculus passus, N. V. ; Va . " quinquerugatiis, N. C. " laevis, " aratus, N. C. " transversus, Yoldia limatula, N. C. ; Va. ; M. Leda acuta, N. C; M. Nucula proxima, = N. obliqua, N. C. ; Va. ; M. Lucina contracta, = L. filosa, N. C; Va.;M. anodonta, N. C; Va.; M. Pennsylvanica, N. C. radians, ^ L. Antillarum, N. C. • squamosa, = L. pecteu, N.C.;Va. cribraria, M. divaricata, N. C. ; Va. ; M. costata, creuulata, N. C. ; Va. ; M. multilineata, N. C. tri sulcata, Cai'dium C'arolinense, — C. magnum? N. C. '' muricatvim, N. C. " sublineatnm, N. C. ; Va. Cardita arata, N C; Va. ; M. " granulata, N. C.;Va.;M. '* tridentata, N. C. ? " carinata, N. C. N. C. N. C. Astarte undulata, N. C. ; Va. ; M. " bell a, N. C. Gouldia lunulata, N. C. ; Va. Cx'assatella undulata, N. C; Va.;M. Gibbesii, N. C. Cyreua densata, N. C. ; Va. Rangia clathrodonta, N. C; Va. Venus Rileyi, N. C.;M. " per pi ana, " abbreviata. Venus mercenaria, N. C ; Va.? ; M.? " athleta, N. C. " tridacnoides, N. C; Va.; M. " fermagna, Va.;M. ? Cytherea subnasuta, M. " reposta, N. C.;Va. " Sayana, N.C.;Va.;M. " cribraiia, N. C. = C. punctulata? " caucellata, Circe metastxia, N. C; Va. Artemis intermedia, N. C. Petricola pholadiformis, Tellina biplicata, N. C; M. " alternata, N. C. " lusoria, N. C.;Va. " polita, N. C. Strigilla flexuosa, N. C. Psammocola Pleiocena, Cumingia tellinoides, Va. Amphidesma carinata, M. " equalis, N. C. " orbiculata, " sequata, N. C. Donax variabilis, N. C. ? Standella fragilis, N. C. ? Mactra similis, N. C. - M. solidissima, " lateralis, N. C. " congesta, N. C.;Va.; Pandora trilineata, N. C. ? Va. Panopsea reliexa, N. C; Va.; M. Corbula cuneata, N. C; M. " inequale, Va.; M. Pholadomya abrupta, N.C. ; Va. ; M. Solecurtus Caribajus, N. C. Solen ensis, N. C; M. Pholas costata, N. C; Va.? M.? " oblongata, N. C. " Memraingeri, N. C. North Carolina. Anemia epliippimn, S. C. Ostrea Virginiaiia, S. C; Va.;M. Pecten comparilis, S. C. Pecten eboreus, S. C; Va. " Clintonius, Va.;M. = P. Magellanicus. 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882 Pecten Peedeensis, S. C. " Moi-toni, S. C. " Jeffersonius, Va.; M. Madisonius, Va.; M. viceiiarius. Plicatula marginata, S. C; Va. ; M. Mytilus iucrassatus, S. C. Creuella, sp. ? Cliama arcinella, S. C. " corticosa, 8. C; Va. " congregata, S. C; Va, " striata. Area lienosa, S. C. — A. Floridaiia. " liraula, Va. " scalaris, S. C; Va. " incile, S. C; Va.; M. " ceutenaria, S. C; Va. ; M. " caelata, S. C. " idonea, Va. ; M. " plicatura, S. C: M.; Va. " brevidesma. " subsiuuata. Pectimculus subovatxis, S. C.;Va.;M. " lentiforrai.s, S. C; Va.;M. " aratus, S. C. " triceuaiius. " passus, S. C; Va. " Carolinensis. " quinquerugatu.s, S. C. Led a acuta, S. C. ; M. Yoldia limatula, 8. C; Va. ; M. Nucula proxima, S. C; Va.; M. - N. obliqua. Lucina Pennsylvanica, S. C. " contiacta, S. C. ;Va. ;M. = L. filosa. " cienulata, S. C; Va.; M. " aiiodonta, 8. C.:Va.;M. " radians, S. C. ^ L. Antillanim. " divaricata, S. C; Va. ; M. " multilineata, S. ('. *' squamosa, S. (".; Va. ^^ L. pecten. Loripes elevata. Mysia Americana (acclinis). Cardium Carolinense, 8. C. := C. magnum? " muricatum, S. C'. " sublineatum, S. C'.;Va, Glycocardia granula. Isocardia fracterna, Va. ; il. Cardita arata, 8. C; Va. ; M. " perplana, 8. C " granulata, 8. C".;Va.;M. " abbreviata, S. C. " tridentata, 8. C. " cariuata, S. C. Pleuromeris decemcostata. A\.starte bella, S. C. " clatbra. " undulata, 8. C.;Va.;M. " cui'ta. Gouldia lunulata, S. C; Va. Crassatella undnlata, S.C; Va.; M. «' Gibbsii, 8. C. " Marylandica. M. " melina. Va.;M. Verticordia, sp.? Cyrena densata, 8. C ; Va. Rangia clathrodonta, 8. C; Va. Venus mercenaria, 8. C; Va. ? M. ? " tridaiuoidcs, S. C.;Va.;M. " Rileyi, S. C.;M. " alveata, Va.;M. " latilirata, Va. " athleta, S. C. Cytherca 8ayana, 8. C: Va.; jM. " reposta, 8. C; Va. " cribraria, 8. C. = C. punctulata? Circe metastria, 8. C. ; Va. Artemis transversus. A. intermedia? 8. ('. " acetabulum, Va.; M. Tellina bijilicata, 8. C; M. " lusoria, 8. C; Va. <' altcrnata, 8. C. " polita, S. C. " arctata. Strigilla flexuosa, S. c. Amphidesma sequata, s. c. '* equalis, s, . c. Mvilinia variabilis. Mactra cougesta, S. C; Va. " oblongata, S. ( ?■. ? = Standella fragilis? " lateralis, s. c. " similis, s. c. — M. solidissima. Donax, sp. ? 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 Pandora ti'ilineata '? S. C. ; Va. Panopsea reflexa, S. C. ; Va. ; M. Corbula cuneata, S. C. ; M. Pholadomya abrupta, S. C; Va.;M. Solecurtus Caribaeus, S. C. Solen eusis, S.C.;M. Pholas costata, S. C. ; Va. ? M. ? " oblongata, S. C. " Memmingeri, S. C. An examination of the preceding lists shows that of about 103 forms of lamellibranchiate mollusks found in the South Carolina deposits no less than 74-78 (or about 74 per cent.) are also found in the deposits of North Carolina ; these last being repre- sented by an almost equal number (106) of specific forms, the relative percentages of those common to the two States will necessarily be nearly identical. We have thus prima facie evidence that the deposits characterized by these remains belong very nearly, if not absolutely, to the same geological horizon. On the other hand, of the South Carolina forms at most onl}^ 4.3 (or 42 per cent.) are indicated as being found in Virginia, and a still smaller number, 34 (or 33 per cent.) in Maryland. We have here, therefore, strong evidence tending to prove that the deposits of the last mentioned States represent a horizon different from those indicated by the deposits of South Carolina. Similarly', of the 106 North Carolina species, at most only 48 (or 46 per cent.) are common to Virginia, and 36 (or 34 per cent.) to Maryland, a result that strikinolv confirms the conclusion that has just been drawn. Passing now to the examination of the Virginia lamellibranehi- ates, we find, as is shown in the following table, a totid of about 109 specific forms : Virginia, Anomia Ruffini. Pecten Virginianus. Ostrea sculpturata. n tricenarius. " disparilis. If Jeft'ersouius, N. C.;M •' Virgin! an a, S. C. ;N.C. ;M. (( dispalatiis. " subfalcata. •' septemnarius, S. C; M Pecten fraternns. t< Clintonius, N. C,;M " Rogersi. == P. Magell; micus. " bi form is. l( eboreus, S, , C.;N. C 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Pecten ]Madisouius, N. C. ; M. " decemnarius. Plicatula niarginata, S. C.;N. C.;M. Perua maxillata, M. Crenella aequilateia. Area centenaria, S. C; N. C;M. " iucile, S. C.;N. C.;M. " idonea, N. C.;M. " protracta, S. C? N. C? = A. lienosa? " scalaris, S. C; N. C. " propatula (hians) 8. C. " limula, N. C. " plicatura, S. C.;N. C;M. Pectunculus subovatus, S. C.;N.C.;M. *' tumulus. passus, S. C.;N. C. " lentifoiinis, S, C.;N. C.;M. Yoldia limatula, S. C. ; N. C. ; M. Nucula obliqua, S. C. ; N. C. ; M. (N, proxima). Lucina squamosa, S. C; N. C. — L. pecten. " cremilata, S. C; N. C; M. " divai-icata, S. C; N. C; M. " anodonta, S. C; N. C; M. " contracta, S. C; N. C; M. — L. filosa. " Leana (lens). " edentula. Mysia Americana. N. C. Kellia laevis. " striata. Eryciuella ovalis. Sphajrella subvexa, Chama corticosa, S. C; N. C. " congregata, S. C.;N. C. Cardium Virginiaiuini. *' laqueatum, M. ** sublineatum, S. C; N. C, Isocardia fraterna, N. C; M. Cardita arata, 8. C; N. C; M. " granulata, S. C; N. C; M. Astarte undulata, S?. C; N. C; M. Astarte (Euloxa) latisulcata. " arata ' ' Coheni. " concentrica. " lineolata. * ' symmetrica. C4ouldia lunulata, S. C; N. C. Crassatella undulata, S.C.;N. C.;M. " melina, N. C; M. Cyrena densata, S. C; N. C. Rangia clathrodonta S. C. ; N. C. Venus capax. " latilirata. " mercenaria ? " permagna, " alveata, N. C. S. C.;M.? S.C.;M.? N. C.;M. " Rileyi, S. C.;N. C.;M. *' tridacnoides, S. C.;N. C.;M. Circe metastria, S. C; N. C. Cytherca obovata. reposta, S. C.;N. C. '• Sayana, S. C.;N. C.;M. " densata. " Virginica. " cortinaria. Artemis acetabulum, N. C; M. Petricola centenaria, M. Tellina declivis. " egena. " lusoria, S. C.;N. C. Abra subrellexa. C'umingia tellinoides, S. C. Mactra modicella. " delumbis, M. •' cougesta, S. C; N. C. " triquetra. Thracia transversa. Anatina antiqua. Pandora crassidens, S. C. ; N. C. P. trilineata. " aremosa. P. trilineata? Mya producta, M. " corpulcnta. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 Saxicava pectorosa. Pholas (?) rhomboidea. " acuminata, S. C? N. C? M.? ^ P. costata ? Teredo fistula. Gastrochajna ligula. Poramya subovata. Corbula inequale, S. C; M. Pholadomya abrupta, S. C.;N. C.;M. Panop^a reflexa, S. C; N. C; M. Solan magnodentatus ? Saxicava bilineata, M. := S. rugosa. Note. — The following species described by H. C. Lea (Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. IX, new series), based upon young shells, or upon such as barely admit of characterization, have been omitted from the enumeration : Avicula multangula, Anatina tellinoides, Cytherea elevata, C. spherica, Leda acutidens, L. carinata, Modiola spinigera, Mya reflexa, Nucula dolabella, W. diap?iana, Panopea dubia, Petricola compressa, Pecten micro- pleura, P. tenuis, PUcatula rudis, Psammobia ludnoides. Teredo calamus. Of these 109 species, as has already been stated, at most onh' 43 (or 40 per cent.) are common to South Carolina, and about 48 (or 44 per cent.) to North Carolina. Compared with the Maryland deposits the proportion of forms common to the two states is found to be not very different from the proportions just indicated, or about 38 per cent, (about 41 species). ^ From the so-called " medial tertiary- " of Maryland there have thus far been described about 98 species of acephalous mollusks : — Maryland. — Newer Group. Amphidesma carinata, " subovata, S. C. N. C; Va. Area idonea, " incile, S. C; Va. " centenaria, S. C. ;Va. " improcera, S. C; N. C; Va. Artemis acetabulum, N. C. ; Va. Astarte vicina ? " cuneiformis, " perplana, ' ' obruta, " undulata, S. C; N. C; Va. Cardita arata, 8. C. ; N. C; Va. ** protracta, " granulata, S. C. ; N. C. ; Va. Cardium laqueatum, Va. Corbula cuneata, S. C; N. C; " idonea " inequalis, S. C; Va. Crassatella Marylaudica, N. C. " undulata, S.C.;N.C.;Va. Cytherea Sayana, S. C; N. C; Va. " albaria, " Marylaudica, " staminea, Isocardia fraterna, N. C. ; Va. Leda acuta, S. C; N. C. " concentrica, Yoldia laevis, S. C. ; N. C. ; Va. = Y. limatula, ' The Maryland deposits, in the comparisons thus far, have for convenience been taken to represent one geological horizon ; their division into two groups, and the relations of each of these groups with the deposits of the several other States, are specially considered further on. 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. Nucula proxima, S. C; N. = N, obliqua, Lepton (?) mactroides, Lucina anodonta, S. C; N. " subobliqua, " cribraria, " contracta, S. C; N. =^ L. filosa, " divaricata, S. C; N. Mactra ponderosa. ' ' fragosa, " subcuneata, " delumbis, Mya producta, Ostrea Virginica, S. C.;N. Panopsea Americana, " reflexa, S. C.;N. " porrecta, Pecteu Madisonius, N. '* Jeffersonius, N. " Clintonius, N. " septemnarius, S. c. ;Va. Pectunculus subovatus, S. C.;N. C; Va. Petricola ceiitenaria, Va. c. ;Va. Plicatula marginata, S. C.;N.C.;Va. s. c. Pholadomya abnipta, c. ;Va. S. C.;N. C.;Va. Pholas ovalis. S. C. ? N. C. ? Va. ? c. ,;Va. = P. costata? Saxicava iTigosa, Va. Solenensis, S. C,;N. C. Tellina aequistriata, Va. " biplicata, S. C.;N. C. Va. Venus tetrica, c. ; Va. " pei-magna? S. C.;Va. " alveata, N. C.;Va. c. ;Va. '* inoceriformis, " tridacnoides, S.C.;N.C.; Va. c. ;Va. ' ' mercenaria ? S. C. ; N. C . ; Va.? c. ;Va. " Rileyi, S. C; N. C; Va. c. ; Va. '* cuneata. c. ;Va. Maryland. — Older Group. Area calliplcura, " subrostrata, " Marylandica, ' ' triqiietra, Aitemis acetabulum, N. C. ; Va. Astartc exaltata, ' ' varians, Cardium craticuloides, " leptopleura, Corbula idonea, " elevata, Crassatella melina, Va.;N. C. " turgidula, Cytherea .subnasuta, S. C. Isocardia Markoei, Leda liciata, Lima papyria, Lucina Foremani, Lucina subplana, " crenulata, S. C; N. C; Va. Modiola Ducatellii, Mytilus incurva, Pecten Humphreysianus, " Madisonius, N. C.;Va. Pectunculus parilis, " lentiformis, S. C.;N. C'.;Va. Perna maxillata, Va. Pholas costata ? S. C. ; N. C. ; Va. (P. ovalis.) Panopaea porrecta, Tellina lenis, Venus Mortoni ? (V. cuneata?) •' alveata, N. C; Va. Note. — Several species fonuerly credited to this State have been inten- tionally omitted, there not being sufficient evidence to prove their occun-ence there. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ItU Of these 98 about 34 (35 per cent.) are common to feouth Caro- lina, 36 to North Carolina (31 per cent.), and 41 to Virginia (42 per cent.). It has, however, been shown in a previous paper (Heilprin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1880, pp. 20, et. seq.) that the Maryland deposits actually represent two distinct horizons — respectively designated (temporarily) as the "newer" and "older" groups — and, therefore, in order to have a proper appreciation of the value of these proportions it will be necessary to consider the two divisions in their relations to the several States separately. The deposits of the "newer" group, as will be seen from the preceding enumeration, contain 66 species, and those of the " older" group, 32 species. Of the former about 33 (50 per cent.), and a nearly equal number, 32 (49 per cent.), are common respectively to South and North Carolina, whereas of the latter, onlj^ 4 (13 per cent.) are found in the first named State, and 1 (22 per cent.), in the second.! While the "newer" group shows a considerably higher percentage of forms common to both South and North Carolina than the deposits of the State treated as a whole, this percentage is still less than that which might naturally be expected to exist between formations (removed by about equal distances) representing an equivalent age. The rational inference is, there- fore, that the deposits in question are not of contemporaneous formation. Compared with the deposits of Yirginia the fauna of the "newer" group shows a somewhat more decided relation than to the deposits of the States just mentioned, for we now find the percentage of common forms increased to 56 (31 species). But even with this figure it would be rash to insist upon an equivalency being proved. Nor is the relation of the "older" group to the A^'irginian formation much more pronounced than it is to the North Carolinian, but no special deductions from agreements or difter- ences of percentages can be made in this instance, since the number of both common and restricted forms is ver}' limited. The conclusions reached from the examination thus for of the lamellibranchiate fauna are : That the South and North Carolina formations represent one and the same horizon, and one distinct from the horizon or horizons indicated by the Virginia and Maryland formations. It now remains to be determined what ' These proportions strikingly corroborate the autlior's original assump- tion of two distinct horizons, based upon an examination of Maryland fossils alone. 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. support this conclusion receives from the studj' of the fossil faunas in their relation to the faunas of existing seas, and to ascertain through the same means what relation the various horizons bear toward each other. Species still living found fossil in the South Carolina deposits.' Aiiomia ephippium (A. Com-adi). ? Placviuomia plicata. Ostrea Virginiana. Cliama arcinella. Area lienosa =^ A. Floridana. ' ' incongma. ? " pexata. Yoldia limatula (Leda Isevis). Leda acuta. Nucula proxima = N. obliqua. Lucina contracta = L. filosa. " Pennsylvanica. " radians -~ L. Antillarum. " squamosa (L. speciosa) ^ L. pecteu. " divaricata (L. Conradi). ' ' crenulata. ? Cardiuni Caroliuense C magnum ? " muricatum. ? Cardita tridentata. Gouldia lunulata. Pandora trilineata. Venus mercenaria, ? Cytherea cribraria - C. punctulata 1' Cytherea cancellata (C. cingenda). Petricola pholadiforniis. Tellina alternata. *' polita. " lusoria. Strigilla ttexuosa. Cuniingia tellinoides. Amphidesma (Abra) cqualis. " (Semele) orbiculata. ? Donax variabilis. Standella fragilis (Mactra oblongata). ' The author desires to express his indebtedness to Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr., tluougli whose kind assistance most of the comparisons with recent forms were made. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 Mactra similis. = Hemimactra solidissima. ' ' lateralis. Salecurtus Caribseus (Siliquaria Carolinensis). Solen ensis (S. directus). Pholas costata (P. arcuata). " (Dactylina) oblongata (P. producta). Note. — About ten other species have been considered by various authors to be equivalents of recent forms, but since their identification as such has been at best but very doubtful, and in most cases .strictly erroneous, they have been omitted. Among these are : Luoina anodonta, at one time coiisidered by Mr. Conrad to be identical with a species living along the Florida coast. Al'hough very closely resembling the L. Floridami, it may, nevertheless, he readily distinguii-hed from it by the greater thick- ness of its shell, and the greater profundity of the lunules. Cardita arata. — This species differs, as stated by Conrad (Mioc. Foss., p. 12), from the recent ('. Flortdana of the Florida coast in being proportionately longer and broader behind, and in having the ribs crossed by "crowded subsquamose transverse wrinkles," instead of " thick transverse tubercles." Cardita granulata. — According to Conrad (Mioc. Foss., p. 13), this shell "so nearly resembles <'. Ixirenlix, a recent species of the eastern coast, that I think it will prove to be the same, when more S2)ecimens of the latter shall be obtained for compari- son." This identification, which was subsequently rejected by Conrad himself, has for its support the very similar general appearance presented by the two shells in question, but closer examination shows the *". i/ranulata to be almost invariably a considerably more elevated (less rotund) form than the C. horfulli. Artemis intermedia. — Not readily confoundable with either the .1. conccntrica (Born) or A. F/'>rii/ini.<) (Conr. ). Cytherea Sayana. — More produced (less rounded) than the recent C. roitrt\ra. Bangia clathrodonta. — More elongated than the recent B. cyrcnoidfs. Admitting both the positive and somewhat doubtful forms from the above list to be recent, then we have as a proportion to extinct forms 40 to 103, or 39 per cent. ; or, if the six doubtful ones are omitted, 34 to 103, or 33 per cent. The following recent species ma}- be considered to occur in the North Carolina deposits. Anomia ephippium. Ostrea Virginiana. Pecten Clintonius P. Magellanicus. Area licuosa A. Floridana. Leda acuta. Yoldia limatula CLeda lajvis . Nucula proxima N. obliqua. Chama arcinella. 164 PROCEEDINGS OF TJIE ACADEMY OF [1882. ? Cardita tridentata, Gouldia lunulata. ? Cardium Carolinense C. magnum ? " muricatum. Lucina Pennsylvanica. " contracta L. filosa, " crenulata. " radians = L. Antillarum. ** divaricata (L. Conradi). " squamosa (L. speciosa) = pecten. Venus mercenaria. ? Cytherea cribraria = C. punctulata? Tellina lusoria. " alteinata, " polita. Stiigilla flexuosa. Mactra oblongata = Standella fragilis. " lateralis. Mactra similis = Hemimactra solidissima. Solen ensis. Solecurtus Caribseus (Siliquaria Carolinensis). Pholas costata (P. arcuata). Pholas (Dactylina) oblongata. ? Pandora ti'ilineata. Of the above 32, which constitute 30 per cent, of the lamelli- branchiate fauna of the State, all, with only one exception — Fecten Clintonius (Magellanicus) — also occur in the South Carolina deposits. Although the percentage of recent forms in tlie North Carolina formations is thus shown to be considerabl}' lower than in South Carolina, yet in view of the very strong correspondence — one might, indeed, say identity — existing between the two faunas generally, this variation can scarcely be taken to affect the con- clusion already arrived at as to the contemporaneity of the two formations. In Virginia (of 109 forms) the number of recent species, including several doubtful ons, is reduced to 16, as exhibited in the accompanying enumeration : Ostrea Virginiana. Pecten ("lintonius = P. Magellanicus. ? Area protracta A. lienosa (ct A. Floridana) ? Yoldia limatula. Nucula obliqua N. proxima. Gouldia lunulata. 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 Lucina squamosa (L. speciosa) L. pecten. " crenulata '* divaricata. " contracta L. filosa. ? Venus mercenaria. Tell ilia lusoria. Cumingia tellinoides. . Pandora crassidens P. trilineata. Saxicava bilineata = S. rugosa. ? Pholas acuminata — P. costata ? The percentage (15) is here, therefore, brought down consider- ably lower than in either of the preceding States, a circumstance not only strikingly confirming the assumption of non-contempo- raneity (as has already been drawn from comparisons made between the different faunas themselves) in the deposits in question, but equally proving that the Virginia deposits are anterior (older) in date to those of both South and North Carolina. The number of recent species occuring in the Mar^-land deposits taken as a whole (t. e., as embracing both the "newer" and "older" groups, and comprising consequently 98 specific forms of acephalous mollusks) is somewhat less than in Virginia, namely (including two or three doubtful forms), 13 : Leda acvita. Yoldia limatula (Leda laevis). Nucula proxima N. obliqua. Lucina cieuulata. " contracta L. filosa. " divaricata. Ostrea Virginiana. Pecten Clintonius - P. Magellanicus. Panopea Americana. ' ' I have here provisionally included the PanojxBa Americana among the recent forms, although I am somewhat doubtful as to its right to a place there. The shell certainly very greatly i-esembles that of the recent P. Aldrovandi from the Mediterranean, from which, in fact, it appears to differ only in the form of the posterior truncature, which in the recent species carries up the hinge line to a higher level than in the fossil. "While the form of the American shell is very constant, that of the European is stated to be very varying, and therefore the distinction pointed out may on a closer examination between specimens be found to have no specific value. By Searles Wood ("Monograph of the Crag Mollusca," ii, p. 283, Palteontogr. Soc. Reports ) the P. Americana (and P. reflexa) is considered identical with the /'. Faii.jasli (more properly /*. Menardi), a common 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. ? Venus mercenaria. Solen ensis. Saxicava rugosa (S. bilineata). ? Pholas ovalis - : P. costata ? Of this number 12 are found in the deposits of the "newer" group, and consequently constitute about 18 per cent, of its lamelli- branch fauna; on the other hand, at most, only 2 occur in the deposits of the " older " group. We have here, therefore, not only a further corroboration of the existence in the State of two distinct horizons, but what miglit almost be considered positive proof that the upper Marjdand formation ("newer" group), occupies a horizon A'ery nearh^ identical with that of the (or the great bulk of the ) Vii'ginia formation, and one considerably lower than that indicated by the South and North Carolina deposits, despite the circumstance that the general relations existing between the respective faunas in the two cases are not very different. The following statement summarizes the results obtained from the examination of the lamellibranch fauna : Of about 103 South Carolina species — Y4-78 are found in Xorth Carolina = 74 per cent. 43 are found in Virginia = 42 per cent. 34 are found in Maryland = 33 per cent. 34-40 are recent = 33-39 per cent. Of about 106 Xorth Carolina species — 74-78 are found in South Carolina = 74 per cent. 48 are found in A^irginia = 46 per cent. 36 are found in Maryland ^ 34 per cent. 32 are recent = 30 per cent. Of about 109 Virginia species — 43 are found in South Carolina = 40 per cent. 48 are found in North Carolina = 44 per cent. 41 are found in Maryland = 38 per cent. 16 are recent = 15 per cent. European fossil, and one which liad fretiuently been confounded with the recent P. Aldrovandi ; but the American species appears to be at least as much related, if not more so, to the living form. The P. reflexa is stated by flayer {Ciitalo(j>ic Si/stematiqi/c dcs Foss. dcfi 2\rr. Tcrt., ii, pp. 25 and 42) to be living on the coast of New Zealand, and to be identical with the P. Solandri of Gray ; the angulation on the posterior slope of the latter, however, readily distinguishes the two. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 16T Of about 98 Maryland species — 34 are found in South Carolina = 35 per cent. 36 are found in North Carolina = 3T per cent. 41 are found in Virginia = 42 per cent. 13 are recent = 13 per cent. Of about 66 Maryland " Newer" group species — 33 are found in South Carolina = 50 per cent. 32 are found in North Carolina = 49 per cent. 37 are found in Virginia = 56 per cent. 12 are recent ^18 per cent. Of about 32 Maryland " Older " group species — 4 are found in South Carolina =: 13 per cent. 1 are found in North Carolina = 22 per cent. 8 are found in Virginia = 25 per cent. 2 are recent = 7 per cent. The examination of the gasteropod faunas of the several States, as will be seen from the summary further on, very strongly con- firms the results that have been obtained from the investigation of the acephalous mollusks. The following enumeration exhibits the species that have been described from the deposits of South and North Carolina. South Carolina. Cancellaria reticulata, N. C. Dentalium Pliocenum. " depressa. " thallus, N. C. " venusta. Doliuni galea. Conus adversarius, N. C. Ecphora qiiadricostata, N. c. " diluvianus, N. C. Fasciolax'ia distans, N. c. Crucibulum multilineatum, N. C. = F. tulipa. " costatum, Si. c. " (?) gigantea. " ramosum, N. C. '• Tuomeyi. " dumosuiii, N. C. Fulgur carica, N. c. Cypreea Carolinensis, N. C. " perversus, N. c. Crepidula fornicata, N. C. " canaliculatus, N. €. " spinosa, N. C. " Conradi i^incile). = C. aculeata. " Carolinensis. " plana. N. C. (F. excavatus), N. c. = C. unguiformis " pynun. ** costata. (F. spiratuS', N. c. Columbella avara. Ficus reticulatus, N. c. Dentalium attenuatum, N. C. Fusus exilis, N. c, = D. dentale. Fissurilla rediniicula, N. c i(;8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Galeodia Hodgei, N. C. Purpui-a tridentata. Hipponyx BuUii. Petaloconchus sculpturatus, N. C Infundibulum centialis, N c. Ranella caudata, N. V Littorina irrorata. Scalaria multistriata, N. c Marginella liiuatula, N. c. " clathra, N. c " oliviformis, N. c. = S. angulata. Mitra C'arolinensis, N. c. Solarium perspectivuni. Monodonta Kiawahensis. Terebra C'arolinensis, N. c Murex umbrifer, N. c. " unilineata, N. c Natica heros, N. c. Trivia pediculus. N. c " duplicata, N. c. Tiuritella striata. " canrena, N. c. " exaltata. " Caroliniana. " Burdenii, N. c Nassa vibex, N. c. " Etiwaensis, N. c '' trivittata, N. c. Trochus philantropus. N. c " obsoleta, N. c. " armillatus. " (?) lunata. " gemma. Obeliscus arenosa, N. c. Urosalpinx cinerea. Oliva literata, N. c. Voluta mutabilis, N. c. Pleurotoma lunata, N. c. «' Trenholmii, N. c. Ptychosalpinx porcinura, N. c. Vermetus anguina. " multirugatum.N. c. North Carolina. Cancellaria Carolineusis, Dentalium attenuatum. S c. = C. reticulata. S c. = D. dentale. Caecum annulatum. " thallus, s. c. Cerithium moniliferum. Dolium octocostatus. " (Cerithiopsis) Ecphora quadricostata. s. c. annulatum. Eulima (?) laevigata. Oerithium bicostatvun. Chemnitzia sulmlata. Erato Isevis ? Conus adversarius. S. c. Fasciolaria distans. s. c. " diluvianus, s. c. = F. tulipa. (,'rucibulum multilineatum. s. c. " elegans. '•' costatum, s. c. " SpaiTOwi. *' ramosum, s. c. " alternata. " diunosum, s. c. " nodulosa. Cyprjea ('arolinensi.s, s. c. " acuta. Crepidula fornicata, s. c. Fulgur carica. s. c. " spinosa. s. c. " contrarius. = C. aculeata. — F. perversus, s. c. " plana. s. ('. " canaliculatus. s. c. C. unguifonuis. ? F. rugosus. Carinorbis ( Delphinula) " C'arolinensis. «<-( , o -tj ^°v ■►^ ft S "5ft =*cc p,- S-Sd-S 9j ^^ G Q ^ ® «" s- S w rt y O Soft ft '^ ? 2|2 - ^;^ . - ?g eg %- ^ t> o ^ is a> rH ft CO S^ ID v o . a; 0) , = ^ ■^+^; ^ o o o* ' § g^ CO ft ft »3 o ft - 4) CO a o c3 ^3 3 o o o ^ a> o o ft'"^ CD a g<2 aT a; rp "i -i-i CO o © cS cS ^^ SO 1> — aj ^ 3 3 O O » a: W 2 cf "= S fTH ^ «^ ■J a c« •- s £* CO ® p 13 >»0| a -S S rt S.a rt -w o ft-^ $ ft 3 Cw i '-2 C« » . g « g 2 P5 « 3 o > S -:3 « *H a « o (J M O H w M o !zi 'A •«! M < a » Z 0 0 0 en CO n » ^3 n ■-9 0 •« M o M I o p>q Si!: o a Pk 09 O Oh H O o a H H O o is a O o o 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 Remark. — In the above table, in most instances, only the more prominent localities for the occurrence of the several deposits have been given, and the absence of reference to certain States, therefore, does not indicate that deposits of a given age are there "wanting. The " Jacksonian " beds, which are generally placed at the top of the eocene series, may, on further examination, prove to be oligocene. By some geologists a portion of the post-eocene tertiary deposits of New Jersey, Delaware and Mar^^land has been referred to the pliocene period, but there does not appear to be as 3'et sufficient evidence to support such a conclusion. No precise correlation between the entire series of the Atlantic tertiar}' deposits of the United States and those of Europe can thus far be said to have been determined. There can be no doubt as to the parallelism existing between the Claibornian and the '' Calcaire Grossier " (Parisian) of France ; but as for the imme- diately overlying and underlying eocene deposits, their relations can only be approximately fixed from the positions which they occupy in their own series. The " Buhrstone " appears to repre- sent a portion, or perhaps even a greater part of the " Londonian," and the Marlborough and Piscataway beds of Marj-land (eo-lig- nitic ?), a horizon probably not far removed from that of the Bracheux sands of the Paris basin, or the Thanet sands of England (Thanetian).' The exact equivalents of the "Orbitoitic" have not yet been satisfactorily made out. There can be little or no doubt respecting the position of the " Virginian,'' whose faunal facies places it at about the horizon of the faluns of Touraine, and the " Second Mediterranean " beds of the Vienna basin ; nor can there be much more doubt as to the equivalency, at least in part, of the " Marylandian " and the lower miocene beds of the Vienna basin (" First Mediterranean ").^ ' Heilprin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1881, p. 446. ■^ The proportions which the recent species of mollusca bear to the extinct forms is larger in the older deposits of the Vienna basin than in the newer ; the percentages for the two divisions of the "Mediterranean" are twenty- one for the "First," and fifteen for the "Second" (Fuchs, Qeologische Uebersicht der jungeren Tertiarhilduncjen des Wiener Beckens. Fiihrer zu den Excursionen der D. Geolog. Gesellscbaft, Vienna, 1877, p. 103). The following species of Virginia and Maryland lamellibranchiata may be con- 13 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. The relations of the " Carolinian " have already been fully dis- cussed.^ sidered as occurring, or having their analogous in the deposits of the Vienna basin and the British crag : VIENNA BASIN. Saxicava rugosa (bilineata) ^ S. arctica. Panopaia Americana, represented by P. Menardi. Venus latilirata, represented by V. scalaris ? Isocardia fraterna, represented by I. cor. Cliama corticosa, represented by C. gryphina. Lucina anodonta = L. Miocenica ? " contracta (filosa) = L. borealis. " divaricata, represented by L. ornata. " squamosa (speciosa) = L. pecten (reticulata). Nucula obliqua = N. nucleus ? Area plicatura, represented by A. diluvii. Myoconcha iucurva, represented by Mytilus Haidingeri ? Peina maxillata := P. Soldanii. CRAG. Ostrea Virginiana, represented by O. edulis. Lucina filosa (contracta) = L. borealis. " cienulata (Conrad) = L. crenulata (Wood)? " dentata. Nucula obliqua = N. nucleus ? Erycinella ovalis. Astarte undulata, represented by A. Omalii. Panopaia Americana, represented by P. Menardi. " porrecta = P. gentilis? Pandora arenosa (trilineata pai'S ?), represented by P. pinna. Saxicava rugosa. Isocardia fraterna, represented by I. cor. ' It is not improbable that the age of the beds of this period will be most nearly represented by that of the deposits of the lower ("Black ") Antwerp Crag I Diestian), considered by most Belgian geologists to form the base of the pliocene series of that country i Dewalque, Prodrome d'une Description Qcologirpte de la Belgiquc, 1880, p. 2o4), and by Lyell ("Student's Elements," p. 185), as the "first links of a downward passage from the strata of the pliocene to those of the upper miocene period." The percentage (4G) of recent moUuscan forms characterizing the fauna of these Belgian deposits, as determined by Lyell in 1852 ("On the Tertiary Strata of Belgium and French Flanders," Journ. Geol. Soc. London, VIII., p. 293 ), is, howevei-, considerably higher than that which has been shown to be the case with the Carolinian fauna. 1882.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 187 June 20. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-nine persons present. A paper entitled " On the occnrrence of Nummulitic Deposits in Florida, and the association of Nummulites with a fresh-water Fauna," l\y Angelo Heilprin, was presented for publication. June 27. Rev. Henry C.McCook, D.D., Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty-two persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — " On supposed Tertiary Ammonites," by J. S. Newberr3^ " On the age of the Tejon Rocks of California and the occur- rence of Ammonitic Remains in Tertiary Deposits," by Angelo Heilprin. The death of Mrs. Eleanor P. Long, a member, was announced. Distribution of Nerves. — Dr. Harrison Allen called attention to the nerves as they were found in birds and other animals. He had detected that the arrangement of the follicles for the feathers (pteryls), an account of which Nitzsch has elaborated in his memoir on Pterylography, was associated with iDcculiarities of distribution of the cutaneous nerves, and it was held by the speaker that a careful stud}- of these nerves, in mammals as well as birds, would result in the elucidation of some interesting points in connection with the trophic nerves of the integument. He further spoke of the arrangement of the nerves in the anterior extremity of the mammal. He had found the deeper muscles, such as the Pronator Quadratus and Anconeus, supplied by long- nerves, while the superficial muscles were supplied by much shorter ones. In llenopoma he had detected a branch of the ulnar nerve passing into the natatorial fold of skin present on the ulnar border of the forearm. He had found in this genus the musculo- spiral nerve and the ulnar nerve to arise from the same trunk, and suggested, as probable, that the deep conjunctions of these nerves in the brachial plexus of man would be found to be a constant one. The ulnar nerve is one of the most interesting in the series, and might be called the manal nerve since it is distributed entirely to 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the hand and the muscles influencing it, and is well developed in forms in which the median is undeveloped. The muscles of the forearm, to which the ulnar nerve goes — the Flexor Carpi Ulnaris, and the ulnar portion of the Flexor Profundus Digitorum — are among the most interesting muscles in the limb. Both muscles are singularly constant. The}- are the most effective muscles in the backward movement of the manus in swimming and in walking, and in the case of the Flexor Carpi Ulnaris, in making tense that portion of the wing membrane of the bat lying between the manus and the side of the bod3\ The course of some of the cutaneous nerves of the manus in the bat is indicated b}' raised folds of the integument, which, when present, have systemic significance. Mr. Henry Howson was elected a member. July 4. Mr. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Eleven persons present. The death of Chas. L. Sharpless and that of Joseph Swift, members, were announced. The following were ordered to be published : — I 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 189 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF NUMMULITIC DEPOSITS IN FLORIDA., AND THE ASSOCIATION OF NUMMULITES WITH A FRESH-WATER FAUNA. BY ANGELO HEILPRIN. Beside the so-called NummuHtes Mantelli of Morton (" Synop- sis Org. Rem. Cretac. Group," p. 45, 1834), a species now known to belong to the genus Orbitoides, only one other form of sup- posed Numniulite has been recorded as occurring fossil in any North American formation. Tliis is the Nummulites Floridanus from the " upper Eocene limestone " of Tampa Bay, Florida, described by Conrad in Yol. II (new series) of the American Journal of Science and Arts " (1846). The species is there said to be abundant, and is referred to the subgenus Assilina^ of D'Orbigny. The description given is brief, but at the same time very broad, and no reference of an}^ kind is made to the internal chambers or the partitions of the test ; nor does the figure appended to the description, which resembles a nummulite only in the circumferential outline, give the faintest indication of tliese characters. In fact, if Conrad's figure is at all carefully drawn, it Avould much more nearly indicate a species of the genus Orhi- culina than of Nummulites. In the " Catalogue of the Eocene Annulata, Toraminifera, Echinodermata, and Cirrepedia of the United States," prepared by the same author (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Phila., vol. 17, p. U, 1865) the form in question ( Cristellaria^ Floridana of D'Orbigny, Prodrome de Paleontologie, vol. II, p. 406) is referred to the new genus Nemophora of Con- rad, the characters of which are not stated, and whose relations to Nummulites, if any such exist, are left to the imagination of the reader to determine.^ In numerous specimens of rock frag- ments that have been kindly furnished from different parts of the State of Florida by Dr. Eugene A. Smith, State Geologist of ' By some authors the members of tliis group are considered to have dis- tinctive characters sufficient to separate them as a genus apart from Ntim- muUtes (La Harpe, Etude sur les Nummulites du Gointe de Nice, Bulletin de la Soc. Vaud. des Sc. Nat., vol. XVI, p. 211. 1879). ^ As is the case with a very large proportion of Conrad's genera, no diag- nosis of the "genus" Nemophora appears ever to have been furnished; at least, it has not been the good fortune of the writer to discover any such. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AOADEMY OF [1882. Alabama, and Mr. Joseph Willcox, of this cit}-, the writer has carefull}^ searched for foraminiferal remains that might with an}^ amount of positiveness be identified with the form above referred to, but without success. While the Operculina (Cristellaria !) rotella, stated by Conrad (loc. cit.) to occur with the so-called Nummulite, was found in sufficiently great abundance in some of the rock fragments — in fact, largely entering into the composition of their incoherent masses — no trace of anything answerable to the latter could be detected, unless certain associated disciform bodies, measuring a quarter of an inch or more in diameter, and ornamented on the external surface with regular concentric lines of prominent granules, were actually the objects sought after.' But in these the spiral volutions represented by Conrad could not be detected, nor does that author make reference in his species to any external ornamentation consisting of granules. On the whole, we believe, it may be safely affirmed that the Nemophora had nothing in common with the genus Nummulites beyond a resemblance in outline, and the general community of character that would place all similar organisms in the one class of the foraminifera. The existence, therefore, of any fossil Xorth American Nummulites may be considered to have been thus far at best but very doubtful. But whatever doubt ma}'^ have hitherto existed as to the occurrence of North American Nummulites, none such can any longer remain. From an examination of rock specimens that were recentl}' obtained by Mr. Willcox from the western shore of the peninsula of Florida, the writer has been enabled to determine positively not only the existence there of these organisms, but their occurrence (locally) in such quantities as to constitute by their masses a true nummulitic rock. The rock in question is a white or yellowish-white friable limestone, found in the immediate neighborhood of the Cheeshowiska River, Hernando County, a few miles ( 4) from the coast line. The rock whence the fragments were obtained occupies a level not more than two feet above tide- water of the Gulf. All the specimens of Nummulites appear to belong to a single species, and to the sub-genus Niimmulvia, in which, as distinguished from AssiHna, the individual whorls ' These bodies ai>pcar to represent a new foim of foraminiferal test, but their imperfect preservation precludes the possibility of a satisfactory diagnosis. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 191 completely envelop each other, and to which the most character- istic foreign representatives of the genus — N. laevigatus, N. com- planatus^ N. planulatus^ N. intermedius, / etc., belong. The tests, varying in size up ^^^, ^^ §§ to about ^ inch in diameter, are in an ^^^ ^^ ^ excellent state of preservation, and may e be readil}' sliced open so as to show the /^^^))% internal structure. A central initial cham- fr=-J^^^^^^ ber is distinctly visible. To this species, ^^^^^^^^1 belonging to the group of the plicatse of n^nTv^^^ D'Archiac, I would propose, from the name of its discoverer, the specific designation of N. Willcoxi} As to the age of the formation represented b}^ these nummu- litic deposits, there might appear to be at first sight no question of doubt. The presence alone of Nummulites in any formation is almost positive indication as to the eocene or oligocene age of that formation, and the more especially when the remains of these organisms occur in any abundance.^ Admitting the supposition of this age, we should naturally look to the associated fossils for further confirmatory evidence bearing on this point. Singularly enough in the case of the Florida nummulitic rocks — at least in ^ Nummulites Willcoxi : Test regularly rounded, tumid (more especially In the earlier stage), and measuring in the largest specimen about J inch in diameter ; external surface distinctly marked by the arcuate, and some- what wavy outlines of the septal prolongations ; volutions about 5, completely enveloping ; septa close set, about 35-45 in the last whorl, and well tiexed ; central initial chamber distinctly visible. While on further investigation this species may be found to be identical with one of the numerous forms described from the nummulitic deposits of Eur-Asia, from several of which it scarcely appears to differ, yet in the absence of actual specimens with which to institute direct comparisons, and the difficulty that attaches to the specific determination of this class of organisms, I have preferred to follow the safer course, and to describe it as distinct. According to Carpenter, Kitchen Parker and Rupert Jones, all the various "specifically distinct" forms described as belongiug to the sub- genus (or genus), NummuUna, of which, up to 1853, 55 were recognized by D'Archiac and Haime, are referable to a single species, which is conse- quently coextensive with the genus (Carpenter, "Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera," Roy Soc. Rep., 1862, pp. 373-4). ^ Nummulites are excessively rare in deposits newer (miocene or pliocene) than the oligocene. 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the fragments that have been placed at my disposal — with very few exceptions all the molluscan remains belong to a period much more recent than the eocene, and to species that are still living at the present day. And what may appear still more singular, they are referable in principal part to laud and fresh-water genera — Glandina, Paludina, Ampullaria} From this association, and the circumstance that Nummulites are still met with in existing seas,- it might readily be inferred that there has been here a co-mingling of contemporaneous marine and fresh-water organisms, and that the deposits in question were laid down under such conditions — pi'oximit}' to the mouth of a river — where a co-mingling of this kind could take place. Indeed, it would be ditficult from paleon- tological evidence alone to disprove such an assumption, were it not that almost incontrovertible proof to the contrary in addition to that furnished by the abundance of N ummulites, is afforded in the presence of the remains of Orbitoides^^ a genus which attained its greatest development in the upper eocene (" Nummulitic") and oligocene periods, and which does not appear to have survived the miocene. There can, therefore, be little or no doubt that the rock fragments marked by this admixture of an older and newer (post-pliocene or recent) fauna, and comprising both marine and fresh-water types of organisms, have derived their faunal charac- ters in great part from the deposits of a more ancient formation, which formation represents, and is the equivalent of a portion of the European "Nummulitic" (whether eocene or oligocene). The exact locality or localities which these Florida nummulitic deposits occup3' in situ has not yet been ascertained, but it is fair to assume that the beds lie along the Gulf border (possibly in great part submerged), where, through the disintegrating action of the oceanic surf, their fragments have at a comparatively recent period been washed together with the material that at the same time was being carried out by the fresh-water streams. The ' The recent species Glandina parallela, Paludina ( Vivipara) Waltonii (Ti-yon), and Ampullaria depressa have been identified by Mr. Tryon. 'Very rare ; all the forms are referable to the type N. jylanulatus (Car- penter, op. ciL, p. 275 ; Zittel, Handhuch der Palao7itologie, vol. 1, part 1, p. 100, 1876), of the same grouj) [plicatm ; radiatm of Carpenter) to which N. Willcoxi belongs. ^ Resembling in outline the European 0. ej>hippium. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 193 precise position which the formation holds in the nummulitic scale as fixed by Hantken or La Harpe {Etude sur les Nummulites du Comte de Nice, Bull, de la Soc. Vaud. des Sc. Nat., vol. XVI., pp. 223-4, 1819), cannot be positively determined from our present data, since exceptionally the group of the Nummulites plicatae is represented as well in the oldest as in the newest of the tertiary deposits marked by the members of this class of organisms. Figures. Nummulites Willcoxi. 1, Natural size ; 2, Same, enlarged. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. ON SUPPOSED TERTIARY AMMONITES. BY J. S. NEWBERRY. In the last issue of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences (1882, Part 1, p. 94), Prof. Ileilprin announces the dis- covery of Ammonites in rocks of tertiary age, viz. : the Tejon group of California. Inasmuch as the verification of this statement would abrogate one of the most important distinctions between the cretaceous and tertiary fauna, I would ask Prof. Heilprin to reconsider his conclusion and review carefully the accessible facts bearing on the case. Undoubtedly the succession of living organisms on the earth has been unbroken, and somewhere there are connecting links between the faunas of all the different geological systems. A scheme of geological classification is, however, not only a con- venience, but a necessity, and that at present in general use has been established by such an amount of concurrent testimony that modifications of it should only be accepted on the most undoubted evidence. The question of the age of the Tejon and Chico groups of California is not a new one. In 1855 Dr. Trask made the announcement in the first volume of the Proceedings of the Cali- fornia Academy- of Sciences, now repeated by Prof. Heilprin, that is, the discovery of Ammonites in tertiary rocks. These he con- sidered tertiary because they contained two fossils, pronounced by Mr. Conrad identical with his Mactra albaria and Nucula divaricata. In my report to Lieut. Williamson in the Pac. R. Road Rept., vol. vi, Geol. p. 24, I question the accuracy of the conclusions of Dr. Trask, and the thorough investigation of the subject afterward by Mr. Gabb and Mr. Meek left no doubt whatever that the Chico Creek deposits — those in question — were of cretaceous age, as they were found to contain Ammonites, Bacidites Inoceramus and other indisputable cretaceous fossils. The Tejon group in which Prof. Heilprin now records the existence of Ammonites overlies the Chico beds, and forms, according to Mr. Gabb, the summit of the California cretaceous series. But there are many species common to the Tejon and Chico groups, and where one goes the otlier must follow. After ^-ears of stud}' on the spot and in the light of a greater arra}- of facts than have been 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 195 before any other paleontologist, Mr. Gabb was decided in his reference of the Tejon group to the cretaceous sj-stem. The material which Mr. Conrad had on which to base an opinion was less abundant, but it was sufficient to satisfy him that his original classification of the rocks in question was erroneous, I would therefore ask in the interest of geological truth, that Prof. Heil- prin would give to a question so important as this, very full consideration, and, if possible, make a study of the facts in the field before discarding the conclusions of Prof. Whitney, Mr. Gabb, Mr. Conrad, and Mr. Meek. 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. ON THE AGE OF THE TEJON ROCKS OF CALIFORNIA, AND THE OCCUR- RENCE OF AMMONITIC REMAINS IN TERTIARY DEPOSITS. BY ANGELO HEILPRIN. The controversy which for a long time was maintained between Conrad and Gabb as to the age of the Tejon rocks of California, referred by the former to the eocene series, and by the latter considered to represent the nppermost member of the cretaceous (Division B of the California Report), can scarcely be considered to have settled the question at issue. ^ Both paleontologists appear to have maintained their respective positions to the last, and to have permitted no considerations to outweigh the mass of proof that at the same time was bearing in both directions.- The essence of Conrad's views briefly stated is : That a portion of the rocks, that of Canada de las Uvas, included in the cretaceous, fails " to show one cretaceous fossil," whereas, on the contrar}', it is held to contain at least two representative, and at the same time highly characteric tertiary forms — " Venericardia j^lanicosfa and Aturia zic-zac ;''^ and that, where in other deposits referred to the same horizon, an association between tertiary and creta- ceous species obtains, such an association has been brought about as the result of the breaking up of the materials of an older formation, and the mixing up of their contained remains with those''of a newer period. By Gabb, on the other hand, it is main- tained that man^^ of the forms referred to as tertiary species ai'e in reality not such ; that a repeated admixture between what have been considered to be strictly tertiary forms and cretaceous species manifests itself throughout the entire Californian (so- called) cretaceous series ; and that no such breaking up and re-formation, as has been claimed by Conrad, are anywhere apparent. ' Conrad, Amer. Journ. of Conchology, I (1865\ pp. 362-5 ; II (1866), pp. 97-100; Amer. Journ. of Science, new ser. XLIV (1867), pp. 376-7. Gabb, Amer. Journ. of Conchology, 11 (18G6), pp. 87-93; Amer. Journ. of Science, new ser. XLIV (1867), pp. 236-9 ; Proc. California Acad. Nat. Sciences, III (1867), pp. 301-6. - The writer is informed by one who was intimately acquainted with both parties, that Conrad finally yielded his position, but he has been unable to discover the evidences of such a change of opinion in any of that author's writings. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 The most elaborate defense of Gabb's position is that published in the " Proceedings " of the California Acadeni}- of Natural Sciences for 1867 (pp. 301-6), in a paper entitled " On the Subdi- visions of the Cretaceous Formation in California." In this paper the author essays to show, by means of comparative tables, the close relation that exists between the faunal characters of the upper and lower members of his cretaceous group (Divisions B and A of the California Report), and to prove by this relation- ship the fallaciousness of a classification that would relegate the deposits of the group to two distinct eras in geological chron- ology. The following table of organic remains representing the fauna of the Tejon group (Division B), with the various localities of their occurrence, is there appended :' Imer- UppT Division merli- (B) ate Beds. Lower Divisions and Remarks. Caliaiiassa Stimpsonii, C.T. Chico. Aturia Mathewsonii, M.C.T. Martiiiez. Nautilus Texauus, C. Shasta Co. Ammonites, n. s., CM. Curry's; Benicia; Marti- Typhis antiquus, M.T. [nez. Fusus Martinez, M.T. F. Mathewsonii, M.C. Curry's. F. Diaboli, C. F. aratus. M. F. C'alifornicns, C.T. LL. Hemifusus Hornii, T. H. Cooperii, CD. H. Remondii, M.CT.G. ? Neptunea supraplicata, CD. JST. gracilis, M. Perissolax brevirostris. LL. Many localities. P. Blakei, M.C.T. Turris Claytoneusis, C.T. T. raricostata, C. ( Varicostata by error in Cordiera microptygma, T. [Rep.) Tritonium Hornii, C.T. ^ A few species occui-ring in beds said to be intermediate between B and A, but not properly belonging to the Tejon Group, are here included. In addition to the 107 (112, inclusive of those from the "intermediate" beds) species enumerated in the list, a small number of other forms have been described in vol. II (18G9) of the " Palajontology " of the California Survey. The different localities in the above table are designated by let- ters, as follows : M, Martinez ; C, Clayton to INIarsh's , T, vicinity of Fort Tejon ; G, a locality 10 miles west of Griswold's, near New Idria ; I, New Idria ; D, San Diego ; LL, Lower Lake Village, 1 mile southeast of the town. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. T. Diegoeusis, T. paucivaricatum, T. TVhitneyi, Bucciniim liratum, Nassa cretacea, Pseudoliva liueata, P. volutseforrais, Olivella Mathewsoiiii, Ancillaria elongata, Fasciolaria Iseviuscula, F. siuuata, F. lo, Mitra cretacea, Whitueya ficus, Ficus mamillatus, Natica Uvasana, Lunatia Shumardiana, L. Hornii, L. nucifoniiis, Gyrodes expansa, Neverita secta, N., n. s., Naticina obliqua, Amauropsis alveata, Movio tuberciilatus, Scalaria (Opalia) Matliewsonii Niso polita, Cerithiopsis alternata, Architectouica coguata, A. llornii, Margaritolla crenulata, Conus Remoudii, C. Hoinii, C, sinuatus, Rimella canalifera, R. simplex, Aporrhais angvilata, Cyprsea Baycrquei, Turritella Uvasana, T. Saffordii, T. infiagranulata, Galeius excentricus, Spirocrypta pileum, Gadus pusillus, Dentaliuni Cooperii, 1). stramiueutu, Bulla Hoinii, C'ylichna cosiata, ^Megistostoma striata, Martesia clausa, Solen paiallelus, Solena Diegoensis, Corbula llornii, Upper Division (B). D. T. T.D, M. M.T.G. M. T. M.T CD. C. T.D, T. M. T. T. T. G.C. T. C. T.(D.?) .T.D. T. G.I. M.T. M.C.T.G.D. M.T.C.G.D. M. M. T. M.C. M.C.T. T. D. M.C. T. T. M.T. CD. M. M.C M.CT.G. M. M.CT.D.I. T.I. M.T. M.D. M.D. T. M.C.T. D. M. G. M.C.T. D. T. Inter- medi ate Beds LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. LL. Lower Divisions and Remarks. Mai-tiiiez and elsewhere. Almost everywhere. Curiy's;S. of Mt. Diablo. M. and Solano Co. Curry's; S.of Mt. Diablo. Curry's;S.ofMt. Diablo. M. ; Texas Flat and many [other localities. Pence's; Texas Flat, etc. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 Inter- 1 Uf per Division medi-l (B). ate Lower Divisions and Remarks. G.M.D. Beds. C. pai'ilis, Neaera dolabrajformis, M. Mactra Ashburnerii, M.C.T. Nearly everywhere in Gad texta, M. [both Divisions. Tellina longa, M.C.T. T. Remondii, C.T. T. Hoffmauiana, G. M. ; Pence's, and else-"] T. Hornii, T. [where. T. Californica, C.T. Meretrix Uvasana, M.C.T.I.G. M. Horuii, T. [D. M. ovalis, T. Dosinia elevata, T, D. gyrata, M.C.T.G. Tapes Coniadiana, G.M.T. LL. T. quadrata, M.T. Cardium Cooperii, M.T.D. C. Brewerii, M.C.T.G. '# Cardita Hornii, M.C.T.I.G. Lucina cumulata, T. L. cretacea, C. Mysia polita, M.C.I. Crassatella grandis, M.T. LL. C. Uvasaua, T. Mytilus ascia, T. Modiola ornata, M. C.T.I. Septifer dichotomus, T. Creuella concentrica, M. Avicula pellucida, M.G. LL. S. Louis Gonzaga. Area Hornii, T. Cucullsea Mathewsonii, C. LL. M. Barbatia Morsei, D. Axinaea sagittata, M.T.G. A. Veatchii, LL. M. ; Tuscan Springs, etc. Nucula (Acila) truncata, M.T, Everywhere. Leda protexta. M.C.T.G. M. Placunanomia inornata. D. Flabellum Remondianum, C. Of the total number of 112 species here enumerated, 105 are recorded as being found in Division B (Tejon group), 15 in the so-called "intermediate beds," and 21 in various deposits of the lower group (Division A). The number of forms held in common by Divisions A and B, as is shown by the above table, and the intimate faunal relations which the " intermediate beds " hold to the deposits supposed to lie above and below them, it is claimed demonstrate conclusively tliat the series is a continuous one, and admits of no such separation as had been insisted upon b}^ Conrad. The value of a comparative ta])le, such as is here presented 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. naturally depends upon the accurac}' of its details ; whether in the present instance this accuracy' is such as to entitle the table to special consideration, remains to be seen. On page 302 of the paper last referred to Mr. Gabb states : " Of 280 species of fossils recognized and named in the Californian cretaceous rocks, lOT are found in this upper member. Of these, 84 are peculiar, and 23 are found in common betiveen undoubted members of this group and undoubted members of the older grouj).''^ The inaccuracy of this last assertion will be readil}^ manifest when an appeal is made to the data afforded b}- the preceding table.^ It will be seen that here only 16 species are enumerated whose range comprises the "undoubted members" of both the older and newer groups (A and B), as follows ; Callianassa Stimpsouii, Cylichna costata, Aturia jMatliewsonii, Martesia clausa, Nautilus Texanus, Mactra Asbburnerii, Animouites, n. s., Tellina Hoffmanniana, Fusus Matbewsonii, Avicula peUucida, Amauropsis alveata, Cuculljea Matbewsonii , Deutalium Coopeiii, Nucula (Acila) tiuncata, D, stramineum, Leda protexta. But in glancing over the original descriptions of the species here cited, as given in vol. I of the Pahvontological Report, and the more recent list of distribution published in vol. II, we find — 1. Vol. I, p. 59, that all the specimens (4) of Nautilus Texanus were obtained from Division A (older group), no reference being there made of its occurrence in any deposit of newer date ; nor is an}"^ mention of the species being found in Division B made in the more recent list of distribution (p. 209) contained in vol. II of the Keport (1809). In vol. II of tlic "American Journal of Conchology " (p. 88) the species is quoted from Clayton (B), but Mr. Gabl) has here evidently confounded the name of a finder (" the last was found l)y Mr. Clayton ") with that of the locality. ' Mr. Gabb ba.s here evidently included tbe "intermediate beds" among tbe "undoubted members of tbe older group," and yet to disclaim any intention ou bis part for so doing, be adds (immediately following tbe sentence above quoted) : " Besides tliis, I was fortunate enough to discover a locality near Clear Lake, this fall, where, witbiu a space of two feet, I found au admixture of upper and lower forms, proving tbe existence of a transitionary bed, oi-, perbaps, group of beds." Injustice to Mr. Gabb, it must be stated, that on p. 303 of tbe same paper, only IG species, a figure more nearly tbe correct one, are stated to be common to Divisions A and B. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 201 2. Vol. I, p. 195, no indication is given of the occurrence, of Cucullsea Mathewsonii in deposits belonging to Division B, although the locality Martinez, where beds representing both B and A are to be met with, is given. From this indefinite state- ment it might be inferred that the specimens were obtained from the upper beds, but any doubt on this point is set at rest by the subsequent reference (Amer. Journ. Conchol. II, p. 88 ; Cal. Pal. Kept., II, p. 249) of these Martinez beds to the Martiiiez group (A). The second locality given (for a single specimen) is " Clay- ton, below ^ the coal-veins," which in vol. II of the Report (/oc cit.) is referred to the " intermediate beds." So that deducting these two forms which have not yet beem detected in the deposits of Division B, these last have at the utmost (at least as far as is known), only 14 species common tO' the lower Division (A), instead of 23 as claimed. But while 14 species may actually be held in common by the ui^per and lower members, we are far from satisfied that such really is the case. Thus Mr. Gabb states (Pal. Report, I, p. 153) that Mactra Ashburnerii " is one of the most common fossils in the State," and instances numerous localities of its occurrence in both divisions A and B ; and further (in Am. J. Conchol., 11^ p. 88), that it is found in " almost every locality of both Divis- ions." It would certainly be a difficult matter to disprove such an aflSrmatiou, but it is, to say the least, surprising, that a careful examination of all the specimens of the Gabb collection in the possession of the Academy of Natural Sciences, which have sensed as the basis of the Palseontological Report, and which comprise probably the greater number, if not nearly' all, of the cretaceous '^ types " and figured specimens, we have failed to discover a single fragment from Division A (Martinez, Chico, and Shasta groups) that could with any amount of positiveness, or with any- thing more than considerable doubt, be referred to the form that under the same name is credited to Division B (Tejon group). This is the more singular since the collection embraces a very considerable number of rock fragments, which are crowded with molluscan remains. Two specimens marked in Gabb's hand- writing as coming from Texas Flat (Chico group. A), and con- sidered by that paleontologist to represent the " tj'-pical form " * The italics appearing in the quotations belong to the writer of this article. 14 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. (so marked) of the species, differ very essentially in outline from the Tejon specimens, and are doubtless specifically distinct. Again, in the case of Nucula truncata Mr. Gabb instances (Pal. Rept., I, p. 199) several localities of its occurrence in Division A, and also Martifiez as a localit}^ of Division B, but no mention is made of the last named as a locality- of the first Division. On the other hand, all the Martinez specimens of this species in the Gabb collection are marked as belonging to Division A ! In vol. II (p. 197) of the Reports, however, we are informed that this species is " found at almost every localit}' of the Chico, Martiiiez, and Tajon groups," but we must confess that, after a diligent search, we have failed to discover among the Tejon rock frag- ments anj'thing that could with sufficient evidence be referred to this form. Nor have we been able to find the faintest traces of Leda Gabbii (protexta of Gabb) (or for that matter, of several other forms belonging to group B) in the rock fragments obtained from the older members, but it would perhaps be premature to conclude from this that it ma}' not realh' occur there. On page 199 of vol. I, the only localit}- given for Division A is (near) Mar- tinez (at the same time a locality for Division B), but in the "tabular statement" appended to the same volume (p. 235) the ranch of San Luis Gonzaga is substituted instead. Tellina Hoff- vianniana is not stated in the original description (vol. I, p. 156) to be found in any localit}^ of Division B, nor is it included in the list of" common " species given in 1866 in the American Journal of Conchology (11, p. 88). In vol. II of the Reports, however (p. 182), this species, which could originally " always be dis- tinguished b}' its straight or slighth' convex cardinal margins," but which has now become a " rather variable " form, is reported from two localities (Martiiiez and " Griswold's ") of the Tejon group. An inspection of Mr. Gabb's figures (I, pi. 22, figs. 33, 33a; II, pi. 30, fig. 72) will, we believe, fail to convince one that in both instances the same species is represented, and, indeed, in the Martinez (B) specimens the " straight or slightly convex cardinal margins " characteristic of the species have become both anteriorly and posteriorly decidedly convex. Mr. Gabb invokes the assistance of his " intermediate beds," unknown to him at the time of the publication of the first volume of his Reports, to prove the intimate relation that exists between the upper and lower members of his cretaceous series. An ««- 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 amination of the preceding table will show that 7 species, not found in deposits older than the intermediate beds, are credited as being common to these last and the Tejon group, as follows : — Fusus Californicus, Spirocrypta pileum, Buccinum liratuni, Tapes Conradiana, Fasciolaria laeviuscula, Crassatella grandis. Galerus excentricus, These are said to be associated with a limited number of forms that are found in the lower division, but which do not pass above, and (if we except CucuUsea Mathewsonii^ which has been shown not to belong to the upper member) with only one solitarij form, Avicula peUucida, that is common to both divisions, a circum- stance of suspicious import. But in turning to the original description of Fasciolaria Iseviuscula (vol. I, p. 101) we find no mention of its being found in deposits belonging to Division B, but on the contrary- , it is distinctly stated to have been " found in the strata immediately helow the coal in the Mount Diablo dis- trict " (although it was associated with several species found also at San Diego and Mai'tifiez of Division B), and in vol. II of the Report (p. 220), only the " beds intermediate between the Marti- nez and Tejon groups " are given as the locality of its occurrence. Nor do we find in the lists of distribution contained in vol. 11^ an 3^ mention of the " intermediate beds " in the case either of Buccinum (Brachysphingus) liratuni, Galerus excentricus, or Spi- rocrypta pileum, although it does occur in the case of the remain- ing three (Fusus Californicus, Tapes Conradiana, and Crassa- tella grandis). We believe it may be fairly questioned, from what has already been shown, whether Mr. Gabb's tables afford at all a safe crite- rion upon which to base the solution of the problem at issue. The numerous discrepancies would seem to prove almost conclusively that in their preparation the author was in a measure, or even to considerable part, borrowing from his memory, or, at any rate, not absolutely from the data that were presented in the field. But granting that the tables be entirely trustworthy in the statements that have been called into account, do thej' at all prove his case ? ' Published more than one year after the paper in the "Proceedings of the California Academy, and therefore at a time when Mr. Gabb ought to have been fully cognizant of the value and position of his intermediate beds. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. We belioTe most assuredlj^ not. Surely a geologist would find it diflicult, on the assumption of immediate continuit}' and without the assistance of a change in the general character (whether marine, fluviatile, or terrestrial) of the fauna, to account for the rather anomalous circumstance, that, in a localit}' rich in organic remains, the upper member of a closely connected series should be characterized by a fauna about 80 per cent.' of whose individual forms is peculiar to itself In order to antagonize this difficulty, and, at the same time, to show still more effectively how much more closely the members of this upper group of deposits are linked to the beds below them (and, consequentl}', how indis- putably cretaceous) than to those following (and, therefore, how little tertiar}^), Mr. Gabb submits the argument (Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1867, p. 306 ; A. J. Science, new ser., vol. XLIY, p. 229), that "All of the species are peculiar to this group (B), or to this and underlying ^ rocks ; not one has been found associated either with living forms, or with species known to occur in the recognized tertiaries of California. FIa^c of the genera are pecu- liar to the secondary". An Ammonite ranges entire!}^ through the group to the top of the highest fossiliferous strata. The genera Perissolax^ Gyrodes, Margarilella^ and the sub-genus Anchura, of the genus Aporrliais^ are all recognized as strictl}^ characteristic of the cretaceous ; so much so, that the presence of a single undoubted representative of either of these genera would be strong i)resumptive evidence of the cretaceous age of an}' rocks in which it might be found." But Mr. Gabb omits to emphasize in this connection (although a casual reference to a part of the facts is made), and as directly bearing upon the subject of chrono- logical relationship, the first appearance (in California) in the deposits of this group of the genera (among others) Ancillaria^ Bulla, Conus, Gypreea, Crepidula (Sjnrocrypta), Cassidaria (Morio), Ficiis, Gadus, Mitra, Nassa, iVzso, Olivella (or Oliva), Pseudoliva, Rimella, Triton, Trochita, and Typhis, nmny of them distinctively, and as has been generall}' recognized erclusively tertiary forms. Nor does that paleontologist appear to lay the least stress upon, or even advert to the circumstance that the eminently mesozoic genera Ancyloceras, Hamites, Helicoceras, * The percentage takes into account tlie full number of forms said to be held in common by the upper member and the intenuediate beds. ^ The italics are Gabb's. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA, 205 Turrilites^ Crioceras, ?Ptychoceras (Helicancylus) , Baculites^ Inoceramus, Trigonia, Gryphsea^ and Exogyra^ which are found in one or other, or several of the deposits of the. older group (A), are here completely wanting. Surely the wholesale appearance and disappearance of characteristic genera have at leant as much import in the determination of geological chronology, or in the fixing of systemic relationships, as the casual persistence of a few specific types, and, indeed, a paleontologist or zoologist would be very bold to assert that the distinctive characters of a fauna depend rather upon the features drawn from its specific, than from its generic constituents.' It would appear strange, to say the least, if a geologist were now to unite the Devonian and carboniferous formations, or the Silurian and Devonian, for no other reason than that they comprise in their several faunas a number of " common " forms, when the general facies of these faunas is very distinct.- ' Accepting the generic determinations of Mr. Gabb, we find that of about 77 genera credited as belonging to the Tejon group, no less than 33 (or 43 per cent.) have not been described from the cretaceous deposits underlying this group ; and 3 additional ones do not pass beyond the "intermediate beds !" The faunas are here, then, decidedly very distinct, despite the fact that a limited number of "common" or passage forms (forming at the utmost only about 13 per cent, of the Tejon fauna) may be said to exist. ^ According to Etheridge (Anniversary Address, London Geol. Soc, 1881 — Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, pp. 184-185), of 37 species of brachiopods occurring in the upper British Devonian, 16 pass into the succeeding car- boniferous deposits ; these last also hold 5 species of upper Devonian lamellibranchs, 5 gasteropods, 2 heteropods, and 4 species of the genus Orthoceras. Of the total number of 183 genera and 526 species constituting the British Devonian fauna, 30 genera and 49 species pass into the carbo- niferovis {loc. ciL, p. 197). In California, of about 141 genera described from Division A (Martiiiez, Cliico, and Shasta groups), 44 are also found in Division B (Tejon group), and, therefore, the proportion of generic forms common to what is here claimed to be both cretaceous and tertiary is greater than that which obtains in the case of the British Devonian and carboniferous formations. But if in both instances only the moUuscan fauna (which comprises, with the exception of 5 species, all of Gabb's described forms) is taken into account, a very striking correspondence in the numerical proportions presents itself. Thus, according to Etheridge's tables, 25 out of the 74 Devonian moUuscan genera appear in the carboni- ferous deposits, or nearly 34 per cent. ; in California, 40 of the 133 Division A genera are also represented in Division B, or 30 per cent. According to 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. But it is here maintained, that in addition to a purel}' specific relationship we have one established through generic ties. " An Ammonite ranges entirely through the group to the top of the highest fossiliferous strata. The genera Ferissolax, Gyrodes, Margaritella, and the sub-genus Anclmra^ of the genus Aporrhais, are all recognized as strictl}- characteristic of the cretaceous ; so much so, that the presence of a single undoubted representati^'e of either of these genera would be strong presumptive evidence of the cretaceous age of any rocks in which it might be found " (Proc. Cal. Acad., p. 306). Laying aside for the present the question of the Ammonite, onl\' a few words need be said respect- ing the other genera.^ As Mr. Conrad has already shown (A. J. Science, new ser., xliv, p. 376), no locality in Division B is assigned to the (2) species of Gyrodes in vol. i, of the report, but on the contrary, both are clearl^^ assigned to the Division A ; and Mr. Etheridge \loc. cit, p. 179), 12 genera (of 137), and 20 species (of 392), of Ludlow (upper Sihuian) fossils pass into the Devonian ; and 11 genera (of 61), and 16 species (of 182) from the Cambrian into the Silurian (Arenig) (p. 100).— The circumstance that the faunal break between the cretaceous and tertiary periods is in all, or nearly all, localities thus far studied greater than between the Devonian and carboniferous or the Silurian and Devonian, has no bearing on the point at issue, since a con- nection or passage must exist somewhere, and it is quite immaterial where this i)assage may be found. The assertion that has at various times been repeated that no cretaceous species have been known to pass beyond the limits of that period, has been definitely refuted by comparisons made between the foraminiferal faunas of chalk and the Atlantic ooze, and, doubtless, impartial examination will reveal a number of higher forms in post- cretaceous deposits, undistinguishable from forms which have up till now been considered to characterize strata of moi'e ancient date. It would probably puzzle many paleontologists to determine by what special charac- ters certain cephalopods {Katitih/s) or brachiopods of tertiary, or for that matter, of recent age, are distinguished from their more ancient congeners, and, indeed, even such a high authority as Mr. Davidson I "British Tertiary Brachiopoda," p. 14, Pahuont. Soc. Pepts., 1852), has found it difficult to differ from the opinion expressed by Edward Forbes that at least one existing brachiopod {Terebratulina caput serpentis) is also a cretaceous form. ' Although in the text it is not absolutely stated that these several genera all occur in the rocks of the Tejon group (but "in this and associated rocks"), the connection in which the statement is made would seem to imply that they did so occur ; and ^Ir. Gabb's inference would certainly justify such an interpretation of the statement. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 20T in vol. ii (p. 222) the transition beds are given as the upper limit of the genus. In the case of the genus (or sub-genus) Anchura, the species especially referred to, A. {Aporrhais) angulata, is stated (vol. i, p. 128) to occur very sparingly near Martinez " in a single stratum of greenish-gra}'' limestone," and is credited ex- clusively to Division B ; j'^et, in the same description, a locality in Division A — Cottonwood Creek, Shasta County — is mentioned ! Furthermore, in the " tabular statement " appended to the same volume (p. 227), the Martiiiez locality of the identical species is referred to Division A ! In vol. ii (p. 226), while the localities are given, the group has been wisely omitted. As to the forms that have been referred to Perissolax, it would be very difficult to state why they should be considered as being characteristically cretaceous. It is true that the genus was founded on cretaceous species,' but it would be, indeed, a very comprehensive genus that would embrace such entirely dissimilar forms as the Fyrula (Fusiis) longi7'ostra of D'Orbigny,^ one of the types of the genus, and the P. Blakei (Busycon? Blakei of Conrad) and P.hrevir-o?- tris that are here referred to it (and also the Fusus Durvillei and F. Homhroniana !).^ There is, as far as we are aware, not the faintest reason for considering the California species here indicated as representing cretaceous molluscan types, whatever xna,y be thought of the genus Perissolax as originally founded ; on the contrary, as Conrad has pointed out (A. J. Science, new ser., xliv, p. 376), the}^ more properly belong to his genus Levifusus (sub- genus? oi Fusus), represented in the eocene of Alabama by the Fusus trabeatus (F. hicarinatus of Lea, young). Respecting the forms that have been referred to Ilargaritella, and to their being "strictly characteristic of the cretaceous," it need only be stated that Mr. Meek, the author of the aforesaid 1 Gabb, Proc. Am. PJiilos. Soc, 1861, p. 66. ^ Paleont. de VAmer. mer., p. 119, pi. 12, fig. 13. 3 D'Orbigny, Voyage de V Astrolabe et de la Zelee, pi. 2, fig. 1, and pi. 1, fig. 31. . . . Gabb, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1861, p. 67. It can scarcely be wondei'ed at that neither Conrad nor Stoliczka could grasp the characters of the genus, and that the latter referred the typical form not only to a distinct genus, but to a very different family, the Purpurida (Palseontologia Indica, Cretaceous Fauna, II, p. 149). 208 BROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. genus, distinctly affirms^ that they do not belong where Ihej' have been placed, but in the genus Solariella of Wood, which was founded on a tertiary (pliocene) fossil, S. (Ilargarita?) maculata from the British Coralline Crag.^ So far, therefore, not one of Gabb's characteristic cretaceous genera, with the exception of the Ammonite, of which several specimens are said to have been found in the rocks of the Tejon group ( and of which, or of an allied genus of the Ammonitidse,^ the author of this article was fortunate enough to discover a solitary fragment), carries out the inference that has been drawn from their actual or supposed existence. Having thus, as we believe, satisfactorily shown the erroneous- ness of many or most of the data that have served as a guide in the classification of the rocks in question, and to their reference to the cretaceous period, it now remains to examine in greater detail the reasons wh}' these should be considered as 7iot creta- ceous, but tertiary. Briefly repeating what has already been said, we find that the Tejon fauna (considered solely with respect to the other California faunas ) comprises about (and j^robably considerably more than) 80 per cent, of forms peculiar to itself, or at least that are not found in deposits representing a lower horizon ; that 33 out of its 1 i genera, constituting 43 per cent, of the entire num- ber, are likewise not represented in the older deposits ; that with the exception of a few fragments or specimens (about t in all) of one or two forms o( Ammonitidae, there is a complete absence of distinctively cretaceous organic t3'pes (while the3' are sufiiciently plentiful in the subjacent beds) ; and finall}-, that there is a sudden introduction of new molluscan types, most of which are but barely, if at all represented in the cretaceous deposits of the world (as far as has yet been determined), and several of which are not known to have preceded the tertiar3- period. The api)earance here for the first time of the genera Ancillaria, Bulla, Conus, Crejndula, Cassidaria, Cyprsea, Ficus, Gadus^ Mitra, Nassa, Niso^ Olivella (or Oliva), Ftieudoliva, Bimella, Triton, Trochita, 1 U. S. Geol. Survey of the Territories, ix, Invertebrate Pal.xoutology, pp. 301-2, 1876. 2 Catalogue of Crag MoUusca, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, p. 531 ; "British Crag Mollusca' (Pahuont. Soc. Rep., 1848), 1, p. 134. ■' The fragment was too imperfect to admit of positive generic deter- mination. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 and Typhis^ has already been adverted to. But these are not the ^ The writer is unaware that any unequivocal species of the genera Ficus (S'i/cotypus ; Pyrula, as restricted), Gadus, Nassa, Niso, OUvella (or Oliva), Rimella, or TypMs, have heen described from deposits ant ■ dating tlie tertiary. Pyrula Pondicherriensis of Forbes (Trans. Lond. Geol. Soc, vii, p. 127, 1846 ; Pyrula Carolina of D'Orbigny, Voy. Astrolabe et Zelee, Pal. pi. 11, figs. 34 and 35), a ficuliform species from the cretaceous deposits of India, has been shown by Stoliczka to belong to the Volutidce, and to a new genvis, Ficulopsis (Pal. Indica, Cretac. Fauna, ii, pp. 84-5). Nassa lineata of Sowerby (Fitton's Report, Trans. Lond. Geol. Soc, 2d ser., iv, p. 344, pi. xviii, p. 25), from the Blackdown sands, may be a true member of the genus to which it is referred, but neither the figure nor descrijition of the species permits of such a determination. The second species described in the same report, N. costellata, has been referred by D'Orbigny, Pictet, and Stoliczka to Gerithium. The first of these is the only cretaceous species recognized by Pictet and Campiche {Materiaux p. I. PaUont. Suisse, iii ser., p. 673) as being probably a Ifassa, but the author's conclusions on this point appear to have been based entirely upon Sowerby's original determination. Stoliczka (op. cit., p. 143) places Buc- cinvm Steinitigcri of 'MixWev {Petr. Aach. Kreidef., p. 78, 1851), anunfigured species from the chalk of Aix-la-Chapelle, in Nassa, but on what authority or for what reasons, this reference is made, we have found it impossible to discover. The two species of Nassa described by the last named author from the cretaceous Arrialoor group of India, N. Vylapaudensis and N. Arrialoorensis, and determined from imperfect specimens, are at best but very doubtful, and, indeed, it is stated that the last may possibly be a Mangelia or Defrancia {op. cit., p. 145) ! Niso Nerea of Deslongchamps {Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm., 1860, v. p. 126; Turho Nerea of D'Orbigny, Pal. Franc. Terr. Jur., pi. CCCXXVI, figs. 4 and 5) considered by Stoliczka (op. cit., p. 288) to be possibly referable to one of the subgenera of Niso, does not appear to have much, if any- thing, in common with that genus ; nor can much more be said in favor of the other species {Turbo, TrocJius, etc.) referred by Deslongchamps to the same genus. Olica xetusta of Forbes (Trans. Lond. Geol, Soc, 2d ser., VII, p. 134, pi. 12, fig. 23), from the cretaceous rocks of Southern India, is a Dipsacris according to Stoliczka (Pal. Indica, Cret. Fauna, II, p. 452, pi. XXVIII, fig. 27). The Oliva? p)risca of Binkhorst {Monogr. Gastr. et Ceph. Craie sup. de Limbourg, 1861, p. 71, pi. Va'-, fig. 14) is unrecognizable as a mem- ber of the genus to which it is referred, and, according to the author him- self, may possibly be a fragment of a Gyprma. Of the genera Pseudoliva and Ancillaria it would appear that only a single cretaceous species of each has thus far been recognized ; the P. subcostata of S(oliczka {op. cit., p. 145) (from the Arrialoor group of Southern India), described from a solitary imiierfect specimen, and the A. 210 PROCEEDINGS OF TUE ACADEMY OF [1882. onh' more or less strictly tertiary genera that are here repre- sented. In the Tritonium paucivaricatum (Palaeont. Calif., I, p. 95, figs. 209, 209a, very badly figured) we have a true Cancel- laria! The Megistostoma (r\cw genus ') striata (I, p. 144) is a true Bullsea, a genus represented by a very limited number of fossil forms, and so far not known to have appeared before the tertiary period. Naticina obliqua (I, p. 109) appears more like a Siga7'€tus, the shell (in the specimens examined, all of which are partially imbedded in the matrix) being considerably more depressed than in the genus Naticina. But to whichever of these two genera the species may belong, it is immaterial in the present consideration, since no unequivocal member of either form, as far as the writer is aware, has been described from anj'- formation older than the tertiary. ^ In vol. II of the Report (p. 1.51) we have described a member of the genus Bullia (sub-genus Molopo- cretacea of Miiller (Monogr. Petr. Aach. Kreidef., p. 79, pi. 6, lig. 23), from the chalk of Aix-la-Chapelle, and described from a single imperfect impression. The least equivocal of the several doubtful cretaceous foi-ms that have been referred to the genus Gonus is probably the C. Marticensis of Matheron {Cat. des Corps organises fossiles, Bouchesdu-Rhone, 1842, p. 257. pi. 40, figs. 24-25), from the chalk of Martigues. There seems to be no reason for specially doubting that the imperfect specimen here figured is a true cone, but yet it would be by no means surprising if closer exami- nation would prove it to be a form more closely related to Acteonella or Acteonina. The C. tuberculntus of Dujardin (Mem. Soc. Oeol. de France, 1835, II, p. 232, pi. XVII, fig. 11), from the chalk of Tours, is not unlikely, according to Stoliczka (op. sit., p. 73), to be a member of the cretaceous genus Oosnvia, which it resembles (differing from all other true cones) in its ornamentation. Gonus canalis of Conrad (Journ. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 2d ser., Ill, p. 321, pi. 35, fig. 22), from the ''Ripley" group of Mississippi, scarcely admits of positive generic determination. Gonus gyratus of Morton, (Syn. Org. Remains, Cretac. group, 1834, p. 49, pi. X, fig. 13), from the white limestone of South Carolina, is an eocene species. > The distinctive characters of this supposed new genus, as pointed out by Gabb, are more imaginary than real. "^ Natica dcutimargo of Rojmer ( Versteia. Nordd. Kreidegeb., 1841, p. 83, pi. XII, figs. 14, a, b), from the chalk marl of Quedlinburg and Diilmen, and said to have fine revolving lines, may possibly prove to be a Sigaretus, but the sutural canaliculation would seem to render this point rather sus- picious. Sigaretus Pidduceti of Coquand (Mem. de la Soe. d'emul. du Douhs, 2me ser., VII, p. 4(5, pi. 5, figs. 4 and 5, 1856) is a Natica according to Pictetand Campicho {Mat. Paleoiit, Suisse, 3mo ser., p. 380, pi. LXXVI, fig. 1, a, b, c.) 1882] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 2}horus, doubtfully different from the tertiary and recent genus, or sub-genus, Buccinanops) ; and finally ( Ibid., \x 162), a Tere- bra ( T. Calif ornica), a genus whose range has not yet positively been determined to extend back beyond the limits of the Tertiary period. So that of the IT genera represented in the Tejon group, at the very least 22 are more or less distinctively' tertiary ; and of these 22, 11 are not positively known to have appeared before that epoch of geological time. On the other hand, if we except the six or seven fragments of Ammonitidse (one, or possibly two genera) already referred to, there would seem to be in the entire number not a single distinctively cretaceous generic type ! Evidence Afforded by Specific Forms. The circumstance, considering the deposits here referred to to be eocene, that " not one [species] has been found associated either with living forms, or with species known to occur in the recognized tertiaries [miocene and pliocene] of California" (Gabb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sciences, ISGV, p. 306), is not very sur- prising. The number of species that pass from the deposits of eocene age into the miocene is frequently very limited, or there may not be a single one. This last is, singularly enough, what obtains in the case of the tertiaries of the eastern and southern United Stated, where both the eocene and miocene formations are extensively developed, and where the organic remains are also very abundant.^ Leaving aside the question of identity as existing between the eocene and miocene forms, it will be important to ascertain what correspondence, if any, manifests itself between the specific types of the deposits here discussed, and those of other tertiar}^ (eocene) localities ; for the determination of this point we subjoin the fol- lowing notes on a few of the species : Cardita Hornii and Cardita planicosta. — Wh eiher the species of Carditn described by Conrad from the rock of Caiiadade his Uvas as (J. jjlmiicoxtn (Pacific R. R. Rcjtorts, V, p. ;!2l), and designated by him as the " finger post of the eocene" (/hid., p. olS), is the veritable C. jihmicoHia of Lamarclc, or not, it is impossible to state. The author's intimate acquaintance with that species, from both European and American ^ But sparsely, if at all, indicated in the earlier deposits. '■' It would be, perhaps, going too far to state, that not a single species is held in common by these eocene and miocene deposits ; it would be more proper to say, that none such has yet been recognized. 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. forms, ought certainly to have enabled him, in the presence of fairly preserved speci- mens, to determine this point definitely, but whether the specimens in question were actually in a condition to admit of such positive determination, can, at the present time, only be conjectured. The description accords well with the species (and in a measure, also, the figure), but it is a little too brief to admit of a positive conclusion being drawn therefrom. For a similar reason it would be impossible to affirm conclu- sively whether the species is, or is not the C. Hornii of Gabb (Paljtont. Calif., I, p. 174; II, p. 188), specimens of which were found near the same locality. I believe there can be no doubt that the character pointed out by Gabb (II, p. 188), as distin- guishing the two species here mentioned — namely, the form of the ribs, which are rounded in the one (C. Hornii), and flattened in the other {C. planico8ta)—ha.i' a cer- tain value, but whether sufficient to permit of specific di^tinctions being based upon it in the absence of all other characters, can only be determined when a greater number of perfect specimens will have been brought together for comparison. In all other respects the two species appear to be identical, as will be seen from the following (Gabb's) statement: "I have compared my specimens with shells from the London clay, and from the Alabama eocene, and find that, except in the extreme quadrate forms,! they are absolutely identical in all characters save one. The hinges are so similar that I despair of making an intelligible written description of their minute differences, and should hardly feel willing to trust an artist with their delineation." Granting the specific value of the character claimed by the aforesaid paleontologist, the type ( C. Hornii) still remains distinctively tertiary,^ since what may be considered as analogous forms, are to the knowledge of the writer, completely 'wanting (although the genus is already represented) in the pre-tertiary deposits. Dosinia elevata (I, p. 167) is more likely, as stated by Conrad, to be a Dosini- opsia than Doninin (Am. J. Conchol., II, p. 98j, despite the assurances of Mr. Gabb to the contrary (Ibid., p. 91).3 As much as can be determined from the figured speci- men it appears to be very closely allied to the DoainiopxiM Mee/cii of Conrad {('ytherca Icnticularin ? of Rogers), from the lower eocene of Maryland and Virginia, from which it mainly (or barely) differs in the greater width of the flattened area on the posterior slope. Meretrix Hornii (I, p. 64; II, pi. 30, fig. 78), a form allied to, but not as pro- duced posteriorly as the Cytheren KuJivrjicinoidcH of the Paris basins. Ficopsis (Hemifusus) Remondii (I, p. 87, pi. 18, fig. 36), a form very closely related to, if not identical with the Pijrula penita of Conrad (=. P. nexilis and P. tricariiKiiii of Lamarck), from the eocene of Claiborne, Ala. The occasional tricari- nation observable in that form, as well as in its European representative, is here also apparent. The only ditTerence of any account wo could detect between the two species is that in the Californian form the surface reticulation is somewhat the finer, but since there is no exact constancy in the order of this reticulation, it may be doubted whether the difference here noted is of more than varietal value. * . . . though some specimens, four and four and a half inches across, are as distinctly triangular as the typical planicosta'''' (II, p. 188). '^ The character of tlie ribs, previous to weathering, is very much as in the C. j)cctunculavis or the C. Jouaniieti. ' No perfect hinge is exhibited in any of the specimens of the Gabb col lection, which includes the figured form. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 Tritonium paucivaricatum (I, p. 95, pi. 28, figs. 209, 209a, unrecognizably figured), as has already been stated, is a CanccUdria, and a form so closely related to the C. ecidsd^ of Brander ("Fossilia Hantoniensia," 1766, p. 14, as Buccimtnt ; pi. 1, fig. 14), from the British Bartonian (upper eocene), that it may well be doubted whether it is at all specifically distinct; and the same may be said of its relation to a form^ from the lower eocene deposits of Clarke County, Ala,, which is doubtfully referable to the C. tortipUca of Conrad. Megistostoma striata (I. p. 144, pi. 21, figs. 108a, b). — While, perhaps, from the slightly imperfect condition of the specimen, it would be impossible to affirm positively that this species is identical with the Bnllxa expansa of Dixon, from the eocene of Brackelsham, England, and the Paris basin (Deshayes, Animaux sans Vertehres, Bassin de Paris, II, p. 652, pi. 36, figs. 27-30, Molliisqties Cephales), yet, what there is of it shows absolutely no character by which to distinguish it from that species. Conclusion. We believe it has been satisfactorily shown from what has preceded, that the rocks of the Tejon group (cretaceous Div. B. of the California surve}'), despite their comprising in their con- tained faunas a limited number of forms ^ from the subjacent ' Compared with actual specimens. ^ Kindly transmitted for examination, with other fossils, by Dr. Eugene A. Smith, State Geologist of Alabama. ^The reliance that is to be placed upon Gabb's positive assertions as to the localities or horizons whence certain species have been obtained, may be inferred from the statement (Am. Journ. Conchology, 1866, II, p. 90), that Naticina obliqua and Turritella Uvasana, species claimed to be eocene by Conrad, were "found by Mr. Remond and myself in strata containing A7nmonites and Baculites, and abounding in other cretaceous forms." A reference to the descriptions of these two species, as well as to the various tables of distribution published (before and after the making of the state- ment) by Gabb, clearly shows that the forms in question were not known to that paleontologist to pass beyond the limits of Division B. How then could they be associated with the Baculites, when the only Californian species of that genus, B. Chicoensis, is distinctly stated (I, p. 81) to be "only found in Div. A"? So likewise from the statement (Am. Journ. Conchology, II, p. 89), that ? Ammonites Coo'perli,'''' one o{ the Am7no7iitid(p, whether an Ammonite or not, is from the presumed eocene of Mr. Conrad, from San Diego, and the family is sufficient to establish the age of that deposit, had we no other proof." But singularly enough, in the description of this ammonitic fragment (I, p. 70), the specimen is said to be "of par- ticular interest from the fact that it is one of the oldest fossils found in the southern part of the State, being considerably beloio the newer cretaceous fossils of San Diego !" (The italics belong to the writer of this article). And in vol, II (p. 212) the species is doubtfully referred to the Chico group I 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. (cretaceous) deposits, and a few undoubted representatives of the Ammonitidse, are of tertiarj' (eocene) age, and for the following reasons : I. The lai-ge percentage (about 80, or possibly considerable more) of specific forms that are peculiar to the group, or, at least are not found in the older deposits ; II. The large proportion of generic forms (33 out of 17) that are not represented in the underlying or older strata ; III. The presence of 22 more or less distinctively tertiary genera: Ancillaria, Bulla, Bulldea {Megistostoma), Bullia (s. g. Molopophorus) Conus, Crepidula, Gassidaria, Cancellaria, Cyp- raea, Ficus {Ficopsis), Gadus, Ultra, Nassa, Niso, Olivella (or Oliva), Pseudoliva, Rimella, Sigaretus (or Naticina), Terebra, Triton, Tt'ochita, and Typhis; IV. The marked absence (with the exception of about a half-a- dozen fragments or specimens of Ammonitidae) of distinctively cretaceous organic types ; Y. The identity, or very close analog}'^ existing between several of the specific forms and their representatives from other well determined tertiary (eocene) deposits.^ ^ The eocene age of the Tejon rocks is maintained by Prof. Jules Marcou (Report of the Chief of Engineers, Washington, 1876, p. 387), who made a personal examination of the region. "I was not able to find a single cretaceous fossil, nor even any true cretaceous generic forms, in the entire formation ; and I am altogether of the opinion expressed by Mr. Conrad, many years before Mr. Gabb, in volume 5, of Pacific Railroad Explora- tions, pages 318, 320, et. seq., who, judging from certain fossils found in an isolated block, at the entrance of the Caiiada de las Uvas, has very judi- ciously referred these rocks to the eocene-tertiary formation " .... "The fauna of Tejon reminds one very much of the fauna of the sands of Anvers [?], near Pontoise, and of the sands of Gre[t, ?]gnon, near Versailles." 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 July 11, 1882. Mr. Thos. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Thirteen persons present. A paper was received for publication, through the Botanical Section of the Academj', entitled " On Rhus cotinoides," b}' Dr. Chas. Mohr. July 18, 1882. Mr. Thos. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Nine persons present. Nest of Ghsetura pelasgia. — Mr. Thomas Meehan exhibited a nest of the chimney-swallow, or swift, from a chimney in German- town. It was made of small twigs of the cherry-tree, and fastened together, and to the wall of the chimney by vegetable gum of some kind, indeed, pure gum, undistinguishable in taste and general appearance from the kind which exudes from cherry- trees. He referred to the statement of Audubon, and which has apparentl}' been copied without further question by subsequent authors, that the gum used by the bird in the building of its nest is a salivaceous secretion of its own, and that there are within the mouth of the bird, special organs provided for this secretion. Only for this positive statement of Audubon there would be no question, he thought, that this was cherry-gum, obtained at the same time and place from where the twigs were obtained, namely, the cherry-tree. It was not easy to tell one kind of gum from another in the absence of chemical analysis, but he believed there was no difficulty in distinguishing animal gum from the gum yielded by vegetables. It was inconceivable that an animal should secrete vegetable gum. Still, in view of Audubon's statement, the question was one for anatomists to settle. It was, he said, worthy of remark that other species of swallow used vegetable gum for nest making. A cave-swallow of Cochin China used a gelatinous seaweed, a species of Gelidium not far removed from Chondrus crinjyus, the well-known Irish moss, to make their nests. This formed the so-called edible nests of China. Lamaroux, as quoted by Dr. Peyre Porcher, in his " Medical Properties of Cr3q)togamous Plants," remarks that far inland the birds emplo3^ed other material to build their nests, but secured some of the Gelidium which they employed to stick the materials together, and fasten the nest to its support. The collecting of vegetable gum for this purpose is expressly conceded in the case of this species. 216 PROOEEMNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. In regard to the nest exhibited, Mr. Meehan called attention to the fact that the gum with which the twigs were coated, had evident!}- all been deposited on the wall before the collection of the twigs ; and, as the twigs were placed, the gum was softened perhaps by saliva, or perhaps by water brought in the bird's bill, so that it could be drawn over the twigs. This was evident by the lines of gumni}' threads, which mostly started from the mass on the wall, and decreased in thickness as they were drawn out, terminating in filmy lines. He called attention to the nest exhibited as being obliquely built, and not set regularlj' against the face of the wall. That this appeared to be intentional seemed evident from the fact that the finer ends of the twigs all started from right to left and which, after being fastened there b}' the gum, were bent around to the left, making a greater curve at the right, on account of the less resistance from the slender end of the twigs. This obliquity seemed a great advantage to the bird, as it provides for sitting nearly parallel with the wall. If the bird sat at right angles with the wall, its long wings would be very much in the way of her work. Miss Grace Anna Lewis remarked that she had once had an opportunity of seeing a chimne3'-bird at work repairing the nest ui>on which it was sitting. The bird adjusted a loose stick with ease, and then plastered it with its bill, using the latter in the manner of a trowel. It then waited quietl}', apparently to give time for a further secretion, and worked and rested alternately, until the damage was repaired. All this was distinctly seen through a pipe hole opposite the nest of the bird. Miss Lewis had seen many nests of the chimney-bird and did not thiuk they were usually larger on one side tlian the other, but supposed that the specimen shown by Mr. Meehan, had been warped by rain, and redrying. When first built, the nests are quite s^^mmetrical, and in the form of a quarter of a globe. The particular nest to which she referred had been built by placing two sticks verticalh', and attaching the cross-pieces to these, to form the open basket-woik. She thought the cement used to fasten the sticks was of animal origin and was derived from the bird itself. When fresh and unsmoked, the cement does not lesemble even in color, the gum of the cherry-tree. July 25, 1882. Mr. Thos. Meehan, Yice-President, in the chair. Eight persons present. Dr. Maxwell T. Masters, of London, was elected a corres- pondent. The following was ordered to be printed : — 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 T RHUS COTINOIDES, NUTF. BY CHARLES MOHR. Since its discovery by Nuttall, in the year 1819, in Arkansas, and twenty-three years later by Prof, Buckley, in North Alabama, this tree has not been found by any other botanist, and our knowledge of it remained fragmentary and obscure. After having been lost to the botanical world for fully forty years, its re-discovery and observation in the various stages of its growth was deemed of sufficient interest to be made a special object in my investigation of the forest growth of the Gulf region for the Tenth Census. To this end, several trips were made to the southern declivity of the Cumberland Mountains as they descend upon the valley of the Tennessee River in Madison County, Ala. On the 21st of September, a successful search for the Baily farm was made, where, in the mountains near by, Prof. Buckley found the tree in the beginning of April, 1841.' This place is situated near the base of a bold mountain range risino- to a heioht of 900-1000 feet above the Tennessee River. The sight of my botanizing capsule dimly recalled to the present owner, the Professor's visit at his father's, but he had no conception of its object. He informed me that there is a small tree found in abundance in the low foothills skirting the valley, yielding a yellow wood used for dyeing, which he considered to be the tree I was in search of; and as fine specimens could be obtained nearer by, the trouble of hauling them down the moun- tain could be avoided. Great was my disappointment when the Rhamnus Carolinianus was pointed out to me as the yellow wood. I felt quite relieved by the forthcoming statement that there was another kind of the yellow wood found on the rocky benches near the summit of the mountain, of which his father brought down a stick over 30 years ago, to serve, on account of its strength and durability, as a cross- piece to the rack used in his slaughter-pen. On a closer examination it was found to be a kind of timber I had never seen before, and after an exposure for such a length of time was perfectly solid, sound, and to all appearances as durable as ever. No time was • Proceed. Acad. Nat. Science of Phila., June, 18S1. 15 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. lost now in looking for its source on the mountain. The lower flanks of the range, less steeply inclined, with a rich, deep soil, are almost entirely under cultivation ; the steep incline above the clearings, with its rock-covered ground, supports a fine forest of Mountain Oaks ( QuercuH Prinus), Chestnuts, Black Ash (Fraxinus quadran- gulata),'E\m ( Ulmiis Americana), Maples {Acer saccharinum var. nigrum). Mocker-nuts (Carya tomentosa), interspered with copses of Red Cedar (Juniperus Virginiana), with a dense undergrowth of trees of smaller size; Plums {Primus Americana), Black Haws {Viburnum prunifolium), Hornbeam {Carpinus Americana), and various shrubs, Rhus aromalica, Forestiera ligustrina, etc. The heavy outcrops of this mountain limestone form on the steep declivit}^ extensive ledges, and terrace-like shelves traversed hy shallow ravines — their fragments, which cover the ground, making the access to these woods quite difficult. It was upon this rock}- soil, amongst its varied forest vegetation, that the coveted object of m}' search was found growing. Not more than half a dozen trees of the same kind were found in this locality, scattered along- one of the rock}' ravines, measuring from 25-35 feet in height. The largest one felled measured 35 feet in length and 12 inches in diameter one foot above the ground. Arrived at such dimensions, the tree has evidently long passed the best period of its life, judging from the decay by which, more or less, the trunk was found aftected. Xo sign of a decline, however, could be observed in the vigor of its vegetation. The trunk divides at a height from 12 to 14 feet above its base ; the primary limbs are erect, the secondarj- branches widely spreading, often slightly reclining, smooth and divide into numerous divaricate reddish branchlets rugose from the base of the leaf-stalks of the previous season. The bark is rough, covered with a whitish gra}^ epidermis of a deep chestnut-broT\ni imderneath, and exfoliating in oblong square scales of uniform size. The inner bark is white, exposed to the air turning rapidly to a deep 3'ellow color, and exudes, when bruised, a resinous sap of a heav}', disagreeable terebinthinous odor. The wood is heavy, very compact, of a fine grain ; the white sap wood of small proportion surrounds, as a narrow ring, the deep 3^ellow hard wood, variegated by zones of ditferent shades of brown, imparting to it a beautiful api)earance when polished. The leaves are from 2^ to (i inches long, from 1^ to 3 inches 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 219 wide, broadly ovate, obtuse, slightly emarginate, and attenuate at the base, with a strong mid-rib prominent ; primary veins of a purplish color, sparsely pubescent while 3^oung ; perfectly smooth later in the season ; of a bright green, with a soft, glaucous hue. The panicle is open, 8 to 12 inches long, and almost as wide, with horizontalh'-spreading branches, which, like the common peduncle, are smooth, subtended like its crowded, numerous ultimate divisions by marcescent, finallj' deciduous lanceolate bracts. The flower- bearing pedicels are erect, one inch or over in length, and sparsely hirsute. The shorter, almost capillary abortive divisions, are gracefully received and bent, densely plumose by long spreading jointed hairs of a purplish tint. Flowers perfect, minute ; calyx deeplj^ five-parted, the lanceolate lobes veined and with a mid-rib little over one-half the length of the persistent, greenish white ligulate petals, which are inserted between the sepals and the thin, broad purplish disk. Stamens short. Ovarj^ with 3 short lateral styles. Drupe hard, oblique, semi-obcordate, ^ inch b^'^ its largest diameter ; the coriaceous brownish epicarp prominentl}^ veined and reticulated, investing closely the tough testa. Cot^^ledons accumbent. The inner bark and wood are used for dyeing yellow, and it is said, also, for the production of purple tints. On this point, however, no definite information could be obtained. Large numbers of trees were cut down during the war to pro- cure a dyestuff" much valued at the time, and full-grown ones are now quite scarce near the settlements. On account of the beautj^ of its wood, the tree is called Shittim-wood by the negi-oes, they believing it to be same which was used in the construction of the tabernacle in Solomon's Temple. The wood permits of the finest finish ; the fineness of its grain, beauty of color and its hardness fit it well for inlaid work, veneering, and the manufacture of smaller articles of all kinds of fancy woodwork. As an ornamental tree it far surpasses the European species, and will be found quite as hardy. On the 3d of May it was found almost past blooming, a few belated flowers allowed the examination of its floral organs. On the 29th, it had fully ripened its fruit, the panicle had begun to dry up, and its pedicels were already a pre}^ to wind and weather. In searching for the flowering tree, extensive coppices were found on the southern slope of Mount Sano, east of Huntsville, the second 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. growth from numerous stumps of full-grown trees cut down during the last half centur^^, to serve as kindling-wood. Its resinous wood burning easily with a bright flame, this rare and interesting tree is constantly sacrificed to such low purposes wher- ever found easy of access. Within the narrow limits to which it is confined , it would be doomed to rapid extinction if it were not for the production of numerous rapidly-growing sprouts, giving rise to a copious second growth. It produces seeds but sparingly, all eflEbrts to produce seedlings or j^oung trees for transplanting failed. It seems to be easily propagated by layers, judging from some accidentally prostrated limbs, which, where in contact with the ground, were found rooting. As observed in this state, this tree appears principall}^ confined to the southern declivities of the mountains, from the northern border of the valley of the Tennessee, and strictly to the habitat described. It was never found on the sandstone cliffs which but a short distance higher up overlaj'' the limestone strata, nor lower down the mountain sides, where the soil is deep and rich. According to Prof, Buckley, stunted specimens were first seen by him near Ditto's Landing, on the southern bank of the stream. The writer failed to meet it in his travels through the mountain region bordering south upon the basin of the Tennessee River. It is said to extend northward into the State of Tennessee, following the flanks of the Cumberland Mountains in their northeastern trend. 1882. j natural sciences of philadelphia. 221 August 1, 1882. Mr. Thos. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Fourteen persons present. Summer Migration of the Rohin. — Mr. Thos. Meehan remarked that Audubon, Nuttall, Wilson, and other eminent ornithologists, had suggested that the seasons had evidently not so much to do with the migration of birds, as tlie question of food, though most authors connected this question of food with the autumn or winter season. He said he had recentl^^ observed the migration of the robin (Turdus migratorius) in great numbers during the ten days prior to August 1, or on the evenings of those days^ for the flight was from about sundown to dark. They came from the north- west, and were flying southeast. Some were but a few hundred feet, but others were so high as to be scarcely visible, which would indicate a long journey. Robins had abounded on his projDerty in Germantown during the past spring and early summer. He might say, without exaggeration, there were many hundreds of them. On the day of this communication, August 1, it was rare to meet with one. He considered the question of disappearance wholly one of food. On his grounds there had been no rain of an}' consequence for two months. For two weeks past numerous trees and plants had to be kept alive by artificial watering. Examining the dry earth after the harrow, he found few signs of insect life. The cherry crop had been nearly a failure. The usual berried plants, such as dog-wood, on which they generally fed, were not ripe. There was really little for them to eat, and he had reason to believe that the same conditions prevailed all over northern Pennsylvania. In New Jersey, plants with berries were ripening, as they were also further south, and he concluded this search for food was in this instance the cause of the early migration. Night-closing in the Leaves of Purslane. — Mr. Meehan noted that in the list of plants having diurnal or nocturnal motion, Portulaca oleracea did not appear. At sundown the leaves, at other times at right-angles with the stem, rose and pressed their upper surfaces against it. The morning expansion began with dawn, and soon after sunrise the leaves were fully expanded. Mr. Isaac Burk had also observed it, as also in an allied plant of the West Indies, Talinum jyatens. August 8, 1882. Mr. Thos. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Fourteen persons present. Colored Flowers in the Carrot. — Mr. Thos. Meehan remarked 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. that the uinbellet of colored flowers in the centre of the umbel of the carrot, was represented as usually fertile in Europe and sterile in the United States. He had always found them sterile in the United States until this season, when he discovered that those in the centre of the first umbel of the season were fertile. Those in the umbels from lateral shoots were sterile. This had, no doubt, always been the case — the laterals probably being the only ones examined in former investigations. August 15, 1882. Mr. Thos. Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Fourteen persons present. Heliotropism in Sunjioicers. — Mr. Thos. Meehan exhibited flowers of Helianthus mollis, and remarked on the popular fallacy regarding sunflowers turning with tlie sun. The original " sun- flower," connected with the Ovidian stories of Clytie and Phcebus, was the European heliotrope, and even that did not turn with the sun in the modern popular sense. It simply grew where the sun loved to shine, and the plant did not flower till the sun had reached its summer solstice. The tragical part of the mythological story is founded on the fact that the plant continued to open its flowers as the sun declined, or, as Ovid might say, its att'ection for its beloved was in proportion as the lover fled from lier to his winter quarters. The Helianlhus was named sunflower, simply because the flowers resembled the sun, and there is no relation between it and the sunflower of mythology. Yet there are peculiarities worth noting. Travelers across the American plains, where sun- flowers abound, have often observed a great proportion of flowers facing one direction, but there were always some in other direc- tions, and these exceptions seemed to prevent any generalization as to special points of the compass being favored more than others. He has growing in his garden, plants of Ilelianthus mollis, from seeds gathered by him some years ago from near Odin, in Illinois, and the flowers alwaj's seemed to have, to a great extent, a general southern leaning, but until this season he had not thought to make exact figures early enough to be satisfactory. This season he found the first flowers open on the 7th of August. The upper portion of the flower-stalk is curved, so that when the flower opens, some cpiarter of an inch of stem is at right-angles with the lower portion, and the face of the flower is exactly horizontal. It was subsecpiently found that the flower remained in this horizontal position till the last disk-floret had expanded, occupying about three days, when the whole head commenced to occupy an erect position, taking about three days more to fully accomplish. Commencing to open on the Yth of 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 August, by the lltli there were sixty -eight flowers expanded, all facing exact]}" southeast on opening ; but on the evening of this day, three were found wliich liad changed around to northeast, with a slight tendency up from the horizon. On the 14th, there were seventj^-tliree flowers open, twenty -one of wliich faced northeast. On examining the matter carefull}^, the inclination to the north was found to be due to a slight spiral or uncoiling growth during the advance from the horizontal rest to the erect position. All do not do this, but uncurve rather than uncoil. While this accounted for the northward advance, often as much as ninety degrees in a number of flowers, it still left the reason for the original facing of the flower to the southeast, among the many problems of plant-life yet to be solved. He referred to the several reasons oftered in explanation of polarity in the leaves of the compass-plant, point- ing out the unsatisfactory character of all of them. August 22, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Ten persons present. August 29, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. September 5, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty-two persons present. A paper entitled " Conchologia Hongkongensis," b}^ T. W. Eastlake, was presented for publication. Vitality of Fresh-water Polyps — Dr. H. Allen called attention to tenacity of life as exhibited in a fresh-water polyzoon {Pluma- tella vesicularia, Leidy). The leaf of the lily on which the colonj' had fixed itself, had been, by accident, removed from the water of the aquarium, and had been exposed for sixteen hours to the air. The animals had apparently become dry, and the colony itself barely visible to the unaided eye. Upon being again immersed (in water that chanced to be impiegnated with iron-rust), the animals revived and flourished for two weeks, at the end of which time they perished from the effects of the decay of the leaf on 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. which they were growing. The following facts were thought to be of interest in this connection. First, that in these animals, relatively high in organization, aeration may go on for a number of hours by means of the retracted tentacles in the small amount of water contained within the cells. Second, that the presence of oxide of iron in the water does not interfere with the growth of the animals. And third, that the genus Plumatella may be found to resemble other mollusk-like creatures not only in their plan of organization, but in their habits of sustaining life for long periods after removal of the animals from water. The last-named fact may possibly enter into questions of geographical distribution of this and allied forms. On BaloniiSj etc., at 5as.s Bocks, 3Iass. — Prof. Leidy remarked that the Barnacle, Balanus balanoides, of which he presented a series of specimens from Bass Rocks, Gloucester Co., Mass., is found everj'where in the greatest profusion coAcring the rocks, between tides, on our eastern coast. It is also common on many other more or less fixed objects, such as shells of dead or living mollusks, lobsters and crabs, old wrecks of vessels, etc. The specimens presented are interesting from their exhibiting a remarkable variation in form, mainly due to the ditterence in the extent of room in which they grow. In general when isolated or with ample space, the shells are comparativeh' broad and low, and narrowed from their base of attachment to the aperture ; or they are in the shape of short truncated cones, with the breadth as great or greater than the length. When crowded more or less close together, they assume a longer, narrower, cylindrical form, expanding towards the mouth ; and thus the}' may become three or four times the length of the breadth, with the shape of a tubular corolla of a flower. They ma^ be straight, variably curved and compressed. The series of specimens presented exhibit the following proportionate measurements : — B Bight. readth near the base— -expanding to — and then contracting to the mouth. 27 mm. 3 7 27 4.5 8 2fi 3 8 26 6 9 2(i 6 8 25 2 6 21 7 9 20 5 12 27 6 9 8 24 8 9 8 23 fl 11 9 19 7 10 8 1882.] ^ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 Height. Breadth at base — - and then contracting to the mouth 12 mm. 12 10 11 10 8 10 13 10 8 15 8 The specimens of Littorina litorea and of Purpura lapillus presented were also collected at Bass Rocks where they occurred in great abundance, and appeared to be the commonest gasteropods of the locality. The former is described in the report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, of Gould and Binney, but the only locality given for it is Halifax, while it is not noticed as occurring at Vineyard Sound in the report of the U. S. Com- mission of Fish, Pt. i, 18t3. September 12, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twent3^-seven persons present. The death of Wm. H. Allen, a member, August 29, 1882, was announced. The following were ordered to be published : — 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. NOTICE OF DR. ROBERT BRIDGES. BY W. S. W. RUSCHENBERGER, M. D. Amidst the great population of the cit}', the Academy is com- paratively a very small body ; in fact, a mere company addicted to studies in which our fellow-citizens generally take not much interest ; so little, indeed, that they hardly care to understand the nature of the work done in the institution, or to appreciate its value to the communit}'. General literature, the drama, music, the fine arts, attract and divert the people so satisfactorily that belles-lettres writers, poets, painters and sculptors who are skilful, are almost universally admired, and become celebrated widelj' and attain a higher posi- tion in public estimation than unobtrusive votaries of science, whose real worth is rightly appreciated solely by the few. Onl}- pre-eminently great scientists and naturalists acquire position among the hosts of men distinguished because they have aided in some wa}^ the progress of civilization. The merits of individuals of the rank and file, whose labors contribute largely to the success and fame of the leaders, are too frequently overlooked. The Natural Sciences occupy a boundless field. Its cultivation is endless, and, when a society undertakes it, requires laborers of almost every variety of qualification and degree of intel- ligence. Properly mounting, labeling, classifying specimens in the museum, and cataloguing and arranging books in the library for ready reference may be done by persons not qualified to recognize or describe new species ; yet this comparatively inferior kind of work is of much value in facilitating the labors of those engaged in other parts of the field. The discovery and definition of new genera and species, though of very great importance, are not the sole objects of the society's pursuit. Successful generali- zation demands a different kind of intelligence and more extensive accpiirements than special description of forms. A good name properly earned by an individual in any depart- ment of our little community is in itself a contribution to the fair reputation of the Academy ; and this is worth consideration, because the good name of the institution carries with it an influ- ence which is important to its progress and prosperity. A good 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 22T name, therefore, is among the valuables of the corporation, to be transmitted to future members, as a common inheritance. One who contributes towards the advancement of science, either directly or indirectly ; who leaves the Academy in better condition because he has passed part of his life in it, is surely worthy of remem- brance. Whenever one dies who has attained distinction within our little world, through his services to the common cause, a suitable record of his worth should be made, that his successors may know to whom they are indebted and be reasonably grateful. There have been and there are now members, who, on account of their contributions towards the advancement of science and the progress of the society, are entitled to more than ordinary respect — men whose conduct is worthy of admiration and imitation, at least by all those who have like scientific tastes and tendencies. The records of the society show that among these Dr. Robert Bridges held a prominent place. A sketch of his career in the Academy only is offered here. He was born in Philadelphia, March 5, 1806, and died in this city, February 20, 1882, at the age of very nearly seventy-six years. Dr. Robert Bridges was elected a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, January, 1835. His first work was an Index of the Genera in the Herbarium, prepared by him and Dr. Paul B. Goddard, which he presented to the Academy, August, 1835. He was elected Librarian, June 28, 1836, and served till May 28, 1839 — two years and eleven months — when he resigned. He assisted in preparing and printing the first catalogue of the library. The Academy presented its thanks to him for "the able and efficient discharge of the duties of librarian." In the course of the years 1839-40, he served as Recording Secretary pro tempore, during five months. He was elected Corresponding Secretary, May, 1840, and served till December, 1841, one year and seven months. He was a Vice-President from September, 1850 — succeeding Dr. R. Eglesfield Griffith, who died June 26— till December, 1864, fourteen years and three months, when he was chosen President. He declined re-election, December, 1865. He was an Auditor six years, from December, 1843, till Decem- ber, 1849. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. He was a member of the Publication Committee from December, 1837, till December, 1838; and again from December, 1849, till December, 1872, when hedeclined re-election, having served twenty- three years. He was chairman of the committee from December, 1865, till December, 1872. He was a member of the Library Committee twenty-nine j^ears, from December, 1842, till December, 1871, and chairman of it from December, 1846, till December, 1853. He was a member of the Committee on Proceedings seven years, from January, 1862, till January, 1869; and of the Finance Com- mittee five years, from December, 1869, till December, 1874. He was elected a member of the Botanical Committee, 3 sxinmry, 1836, was chairman of it from December, 1846, and served till December, 1857, twenty -one j^ears, when he declined re-election. For his official services the Academy voted him its thanks, December 28, 1841. On the 23d of May, 1843, he presented a New Index of the Herbarium, and one of Menke's Herbarium, from the Committee, a work whicli was long the main guide to the botanical collections. He was elected a member of the Committee on Entomology and Grustaca, Januar}', 1849, became chairman of it January, 1858, and served till December, 1865, seventeen j^ears. He labeled, cata- logued and arranged anew the collection of Crustaca according to the nomenclature and classification accepted at that time as the best. He was nine years a member of the Committee on Herpetology and Ichthyology, from January, 1857, till January, 1866, and was chairman of it from Januar}', 1860. He was elected, January, 1866, a member of the Committee on Physics; became chairman of it, Januar}^ 1868, and served till May, 1876, ten years and four months. He was a member of the Committee on Chemistry ^ve yea.YS and four months, from December, 1870, till May, 1876, when all the standing committees were abolished. Under the By-Laws adopted May 25, 1869, a Council was created. Dr. Bridges was elected a Councillor, December 28, 1869, and served till May, 1876, six years and four months. A committee was raised, June 30, 1846, to devise means of accommodating the Due de Rivoli's collection of birds, which had been just purchased by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson. Dr. Bridges was 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 appointed a member of the committee, which reported, August 4th, a plan for extending the building thirty feet westward. The report was adopted, and the committee, then made the Building Committee, was instructed to execute the plan. Again, December 30, 1851, Dr. Bridges was appointed a member of a committee to solicit subscriptions to enlarge and improve the hall. The committee reported, January 25, 1853, that the estimated sum required had been subscribed. Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, Dr. Robert Bridges and Mr. Wm. S. Vaux were ap- pointed a Building Committee to execute the plans of improve- ment. In behalf of the committee, Mr. Vaux reported, December, 1855, that the work of raising the previously enlarged building twenty-four feet had been completed at a cost of $12,263, which had been paid. Dr. Bridges was appointed, December 26, 1865, one of a Com- mittee of forty members to solicit subscriptions to erect a fire- proof building for the use of the Academy, and he was elected, January' 8, 186*7, a member of the Board of Trustees of the Building Fund, and by it, January 11, 186*7, a member of the Building Committee, in which he was active till the society was established in its new hall, January, 18*76. Besides serving the society as Librarian, Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Auditor, Vice-President and President, member of numerous Standing Committees, as well as of very many Special Committees, he contributed to its funds, to its library and to its museum. In all the many years of his activity he was rarely absent from the meetings of the Academy, and discharged all duties imposed upon him promptly and efficiently. His numerous official services, presented here in summary^ imply that he had the kindly respect and confidence of his fellow- members ; and it may be said that the record of his labors expresses all the eulogium required. Almost all his time not occupied by his professional avocations was employed, during more than forty years, in working faithfullj^, disinterestedly , to promote the acquire- ment and diffusion of knowledge of natural history which are the chief purposes of the society. He was remarkably courteous to students, and always seemed pleased to assist them in their inquiries and pursuits. His learning was varied and extensive and minutely accurate, but he was so modest, unassuming, that it was necessary to apply to him for information to perceive the 230 PEOCEEDIN(}S OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. wealth of knowledge at his command. He was an expert chemist, a good botanist, and well A'ersed in almost all the natural sciences ; yet he published little, and seldom engaged in debate. But his good sense and independent judgment, his rigid probitj' and loyalty to truth in every aspect, his punctual faithfulness to all obligations, his cheerful and benevolent disposition and tranquil deportment at all times, combined to render his presence in the society a beneficial influence on its progress, an influence which cannot be made manifest by instances or definitely measured. His interest in the Academy was unremitting till the close of his life. After impaired health prevented him from being active in its affairs and from being present at the meetings, he often found recreation during the day in passing hours reading in the library. The Academj^ has had among its members many distinguished, and some wealth}^ and beneficent friends, but none more constant, none who has worked more iudustriouslv and efficiently for its advancement than Dr. Robert Bridges. His givings to it were as generous as his comparatively narrow circumstances justly allowed. No striking invention, no discovery in science is ascribed to him, but laboriousness, sinceritj^ of purpose and faithfulness were so manifest in all his ways that he had the confidence of all. He earned for himself a good name in the society, and is entitled to be long remembered among us, kindl}' and respectfully. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 231 CONCHOLOGIA HONGKONGENSIS. BY T. W. EASTLAKE. The recent publications of Dr. 0. F. von MoUendorfF and Pere Heude, S. J., have thrown a new light on the conchology of the Yangtze-kiang River, and some of the provinces of Southern China, in a very welcome manner. The land, whose couchologj' found its pioneers in Swinhoe and Fortune, is becoming daih' better known to the scientists of Europe. Indomitable energj' and steady perseverance on the one hand, together with the keen eye of the scientific traveler on the other, are establishing the zoology of China — immense as is that country — on a firm scien- tific basis. Still there is a wide field for investigation. The transition stages of the zoology of Central Asia into that of Western China, have yet to be carefully examined. Again, some branches have been almost totally neglected. The entomology of China is only known through the medium of Donovan's " Insects of China," a work which, at present, has but little more scientific value than that of a child's picture-book. Until recently, concho- log}^ was still worse represented. A few remarks in the itineraries of passing scientists, a chapter or two in the chronicles of occasional expeditions, a short paper in the transactions of zoological societies — these were the onl}^ sources from which an}- knowledge of the conchology of China could be gleaned. Under these circumstances, the publication of the " Memoires concernant I'Histoire Naturelle de I'Empire Chinois," is heartily welcome, and great credit is due to Pere Heude for his " Notes sur les Molluscs de la Vallee du Fleuve Bleu." Still one cannot refrain from regretting that the Rev. Father has undertaken such a work without a thorough knowledge of conchology itself — a neglect which is strongly apparent in the occasional confusion of similar genera, and the application of new names to old and well- known species. In this manner, no less than seven of Pere Heude's Glausilias resolve themselves into varieties of Glausilia aculuSj Benson, originall3r found in the Cliusan Islands by Swinhoe, and later at Kiu-kiang by von Mollendorflf. Pere Heude's work adds over one hundred new species to the land shells of the Yangtze-kiang. 232 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Of far greater scientific value are Dr. von Mollendorff's papers, which have appeared in the publications of the " Malakozoolo- gische Gesellschaft," of Germany, and in the Transactions of the Bengal Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Yon Mollendorff is a thorough scientist, and his new work on the '' Conchology of Southern China" (shortly to appear) promises to be indispensable as a text-book. It is remarkable that the Island of Hongkong should have produced so many indigenous species. A British possession for more than thirty years, hardly one scientific expedition has touched the shores of this "barren rock in the ocean," without discovering a new species. Of late jears, Drs. von Mollendorfi', Hungerford, and the writer, have carefully gone over the greater part of the island, not only discovering new species, but rediscovering others which had disappeared since Stimpson's visit to Hongkong — nearly thirty ^ears ago. There are onl}- a veiy few places where shells are to be found, as the larger part of the island consists of naked rocks, or is sparsely covered by Gleichenia dichotoma — a fern which is a sure indication of the absence of terrestrial mollusca. In the valleys, however, vegetation is luxuriant, and it is in these places that most of the shells are to be found. The dense woods of Little Hongkong (a Chinese village about 6 miles from the colony), and the little valley near Sheko (10 miles from the colony), are favorite resorts for collectors. Curiously enough, one of the highest peaks on the island, known as High West (1608') is the only place where some of the rarest species are to be found, in especial Helix pulvinaris, Goiild, and CyclotiiH Chinensis, Pfeiffer. The whole eastern side is covered with a dense growth of small ficus, acanthacese, and orchidaceous plants, and these, protected from the violence of the northeast monsoon, form a favorite shelter for the mollusca. Unluckily, the peak is only accessible from the south, and thus almost the entire eastern side is beyond reach. Still, one can descend safely thirty or forty yards below the peak, although great precaution is necessary, for granite boulders abound, and the slippery, as well as insecure footing these afford, renders a greater descent impossible. The following is a rough list df the land snails found on the island : — 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 Cyolophorus exaltatus, Pfoiffcr Little Hongkong. This is the commonest species of the Cyclostomidte, and is not confined to the island, having been found by the writer some distance in the interior of the Kwang-tung province. Found in Hongkong by Fortune ; later by E. von Martens. Reeve, in his Conchologia Iconica confounds C. exaltatus with G. volvulus (Htuus) from Siam. That they resemble each other is true, but C. exaltatus is always smaller, the shell is thinner and without a ridge about the umbilicus. Closely related to this species is C. 3Iartensianus^ v. Mlldff., found at Kiu-kiang by von Mcillendorff and Pere Heude ; by the writer at the Yung-fu monaster}^, Fukien province. Cf. Jahrb. I, 1874, p. 18; II, 1875, p. 120. E. von Martens, ibid., p. 127. Cyclophorus pellicosta, von Mollendorff. High West. Originally described from the Lo-foo-shan, a range of mountains near Canton Cit}'. Rare. Cyclophorus trichophorus Craspedotropis), v. Mlldff,- Little Hongkong Described originally from the Lo-foo-shan, near the monastery of Washau. Since found by Dr. von Mollendorff at Ding-hu-shan (Kwang-tung province), and at Little Hongkong by the writer. Cyclophorus (Leptopomoides) cuticosta von M Idff. Found first in Hongkong by Drs. von Mollendorff and Hunger- ford, again at Tong-chow, not far from Macao, by Dr. Hungerford and the writer; finally, near the monastery of Yung-fu, in the Fukien province, by the writer. Cyclotus Chinensis, Pfeiffer. High West. Had disappeared since 1850; rediscovered by Dr. von Mollen- dorff. Alycaeus pi"ula, Gould. For many years this shell w-as supposed to have disappeared from Hongkong, but it was the writer's good fortune to find a solitary specimen on High West (July 16, 1882), a description of which will shortly be published by Dr. von Mollendorff. E. von Martens (Jahr. II, 1875, p. 127), writes that the species is not known to him either through an engraving or any specimen. It is closely allied to Alycaeus Kobeltianus, found by von Mollen- dorff at Kin-kiang. 16 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Paxillus tantillus, Gould. This species has never been found since Stimpson's visit to the island. It may, however, exist in the woods near Little Hong- kong. Helicina Hungerfordiana, von Mlldff. Found at nigh West (Hongkong) bj' Dr. Hungerford, Dr. von Mollendorff, and the writer ; at Tung-chow (near Macao) b}' Dr. Hungerford and self. Helicarion imperator, GouKl. Sheko and Little Hongkong. In 1875 only five specimens were known in Europe. Confined to Ilonokono;. Helix similarJs, Ferussac. Common. H. similaris, Fer. Prod., 1821 ; H. Hongkongensis, Desh. ; H. obscura, Desh. There are evidently two varieties of this shell in Hongkong. The larger approaches somewhat H. ravida^ Benson. Deshayes' description of H. Hongkongensis proves that he was unacquainted witli the latter variety. Helix Gerlachi, von Mlldff. Higb West. Originally described from the Lo-foo-shan. Helix xanthoderma, von Mlldff. Sheko. One of the rarest and largest shells of the island. Indigenous to Hongkong. Helix (Gorilla) pulvinaris, Gould. High West. Exception may be taken to the clause of the description " den- tibus extus non conspieuis," as the teeth are distinctly visible through the aperture, as well as through the delicate shell itself One dead specimen picked up on the mainland opposite to the island, considerably exceeded the size indicated by Gould. H lix cicatricosa, Miillcr. Hongkong. Originally from the Lo-foo-shan, now to be found in the Botanical Gardens of Hongkong, whither it has evidently been transplanted. Helix trisinuata, Martens. Sheko. Very rare. On the opposite coast, about seven miles from the island, the writer found a Helix, which, though closely connected with //. trisinuata, yet presented striking peculiarities. Tliis has been named H. Eastlakeana by Dr. von Mollendorff, for a descrip- tion of which see the "Jahrbiicher der Malakozoologischen Ge- wllschaft," 1881. The described Helix is still unique. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 Helix, nova species, undescribed. High West. Helix (ruficrissa, von Mlldff.), nova species, undescribed. Little Hongkong. Microcystis Schmackeriana, von Mlldff. Found in Hongkong (near Aberdeen), by Herr Schinacker ; in the Lo-foo-sban Mountains by Dr. von Mollendorff ; at Low-da on the Yung-fu River, province of Fukien, by the writer. Helix (an Cochlostyla ?) xanthoderma, von Mlldff. A. typus? Diam. maj. 50, min. 43, alt. 45 mm. Habitat ad Montem Ma-on-shan,provinciifi sinensis Kuang-tung. B. forma minor. Diam. maj. 44, min. St, alt. 40 mm. Habitat in insula Hongkong (Slieko). Stenogyra (Opeas) Fortunei, .Pfeiffcr. Common. Fortune found this shell near Shanghai, and Canton, according to Reeve, in Macao (I have not found it there). There is con- siderable doubt whether the Hongkong Sfenogyra is in realit}' Fortunei ; that it closely approximates the typical shell is bej'ond question. Stenogyra (Opeas) chinensis, Pfeiffer. Common. Clausilia lorraini, Meneke. Sheko. Tolerably abundant ; confined to the Sheko Vallej-. Streptaxis sinensis, Gould. High West and Little H. Tolerably rare. Best specimens from Little Hongkong. Found also at the Lo-foo-shan and elsewhere in the province of Kwang- tung. Ennea hicolor, Hutton. This shell is one of the widest-spread of the Gonospirce, having been found in Burmah (Gould), Cochinchina (Michau), Mauritius (Benson), St. Thomas (Bland), and according to Benson, in Ceylon. Hutton first described it from Mirzapoor. In Hongkong this beautiful Ennea is quite rare, and has been found in Sheko by Dr. von Mollendorff". Succinea chinersis, Pt'eiffer. Botanical Gardens. This Succinia seems never to attain any large size in Hongkong. Specimens from Amoy and Swatow in the writer's collection are much better developed, and more characteristic of the species. Macrochlamys su-erlita, Morelet. Sheko. Perfect specimens very rare, as the shell is extremely fragile. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Besides the list given above there are two Microcystis, as j^et unnamed. One Microcystis {Eastlakeana^ v. MIldft\), found by the writer near Little Hongkong ; the other tolerably common on old walls and trees throughout the N. E. portion of the island. Also one Conulus, frera High West, undescribed. Fresh- Water Snails. Limnaea ollula, Benson. Streams near L. Hongkong. Limnaea plicatula, Benson. Streams near L. Hongkong. This latter species is by far the rarer of the two. A variety of L. iMcatula has been found by Dr. v. Mollendorff and the winter on the mainland, some twenty miles from Hongkong. Planorbis compressus, Benson. Streams near Aberdeen. Planorbis Cantori, Benson. Victoria Peak. Corticula lutea, Morelet. Near Sheko. Of slugs there are only two species found on the island. Philomicus bilineatus, Benson. Vaginulus cMnensis, v. Mlldff., nova specie?. Pallium supra confertim minute granulatum, obscure cinereo- fuscum, maculis pallide fusco-flavidis ad margines crebrioribus sparsum, medio striga flavida parum distincta notatum, infra pallide flavogriseum, unicolor, pes flavidus. Tentacula superiora nigra, inferiora pallida. Pallii long. 75, lat. 15 ; pedis lat. 5, tentac. sup. 6, inf. 3 mm. In hortis insulai Hongkong. i 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 September 19, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty -four persons present. A paper entitled "Verification of the Habitat of Conrad's Mytilus bifurcatus," by R. E. C. Stearns, was presented for pub- lication. September 26, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twenty persons present. A paper entitled " Rotifera without Rotary Organs," by Prof Jos. Leidy, was presented for publication. On the Tobacco-iaorm, etc. — Prof Leidy exhibited a collection of tobacco-worms, the larvae of Sphinx Carolina^ which he had obtained two days ago from a tobacco-field, near Columbus, New Jersey, where they were very abundant, and had proved a great pest in the cultivation of tobacco. The worms collected presented a number of well-marked varieties, which were supposed to be all of the same species. The principal ones were indicated as follows : 1. Pea-green or yellowish green, more or less finely hairy, with lateral oblique white bands bordered above with black dots which extend to the dorsal median line ; head bright pea-green, dorso- caudal spine red. This is the most common variety. 2. Pea-green, smooth, with lateral oblique white bands joined in front below by horizontal white bands so as to form a series of t> -like marks, the apex of each joining the lower limb of the one in advance ; head green ; dorso-caudal spine black. 3. Grass-green, smooth, with lateral white Y-like marks as in No. 2 ; the oblique bands bordered above by blackish or brownish ; upper part, especially in front, more or less dotted with white ; head green, with a pair of black bands on each side ; dorso-caudal spine black. 4. Yellowish green, annulated with narrow black lines ; with lateral white Y-like marks, the oblique bands bordered above with black ; head bright pea-green ; dorso-caudal spine red. 5. Dull green, with more or less brown dorsally and dotted with white, the dots more or less tuberculate, but otherwise smooth ; with lateral white Y-like marks, the oblique band bordered above with brown ascending to the dorsal median line ; head green with a lateral pair of black bands ; dorso-caudal spine black. 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. 6. Chocolate-brown to nearly black, smooth, with white dots dorsally and anteriorly, with lateral white Y-like marks ; head shining black on each side ; dorso-caudal spine shining black. 7. The same as No. 6, with lateral red Y-like marks. Among these more marked varieties others were noticed which were more or less of an intermediate character. The most common variety was that which was least distinguishable in color from the animal's location, the tobacco-leaf, so that it was especially favored in its preservation. Prof Leidy further remarked that the past season had appeared to be favorable to many of the Lepidoptera. Our shade-trees had been greatly ravaged by the Orgyia; many of the poplars had suffered from the Clostera inclusa, and he had observed an unusual quantity of the Ailanthus silk-worm, Attacus cynthia, upon the Ailanthus-trees. The latter was introduced here in 1861, by Dr. Thomas Stewardson. Dr. Wm. M. Gra}^ was elected a member. October 3, 1882. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twent^'-seven members present. A23parent Bird Tracks by the Sea-shore — Mr. Thomas Meehan called attention to what appeared to be the track of a three-toed bird in the sand, near low-water mark, at Atlantic City. They were generalh^ regarded by observers as bird tracks. "While looking at them, recentl}", he noted that there were no birds about to make such recent tracks, and also that the tracks would have to be made in every case by a bird facing the water, which, in the nature of tilings, would be improbable. While rellecting on this, he noted on the face of the smooth receding waves, spots where tlie water sparkled in the light, and he found this was caused by little riplets as the wavelet i)assed down over the half exposed bodies of a small crustacean, Hippa talpoidea, and that the water in passing over the bodies, made the triiid marks which had been taken for impressions of bird's feet. This little creature took shelter in the sand near low-water mark, and entered head fore- most in a perpendicular direction downwards, resting just beneath the surface. The returning wave took some of the surface sand with it, and thus the lower portions of the bodies, ui)permost in the sand, were exi)osed. Often the creatures would be entirely washed out, when, recovering themselves, tiiey rapidly advanced in a direction contrary to the retreat of tlie wave, and entered the wet sand again as licfore, their sitlcs being parallel with the sliore. The body terminated in a caruncular point which, with the posi- 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 239 tion of the two hind-legs, made a tridentate obstruction to the sand brought down by the retreating wave, and the water passing around the points made tlie three toe-like grooves which resembled a bird's foot from one and a half to two inches long. The crea- tures in their scrambles for protection beneath the sand, managed to keep at fair distances from each other, and hence there was considerable regularity in the tracks as if they had really been produced by birds. He added that he presented the observation as a mere trifle, but he could not help remarking that if by any means these trifid impressions should get filled with mud, and the deposit become solid rock, it would be very natural for observers, ignorant of their origin, to mistake marks like these for the tracks of birds. Scent Organ of Pajnlio. — Mr. H. Skinner remarked that the larvffi of Papilio turnus and .P. troilus when irritated, project from a slit in the prothoracic segment, an orange-colored bifid organ. The apparatus is a scent organ, and gives out a strong and disagreeable odor perceptible at some distance, and seems to be designed to defend the caterpillar from numerous enemies. The anatomy of the organ seems to have escaped investigation, as most authors merel}^ mention its existence, one describing it simply as flesh3^ It has the appearance of being a solid organ, but it is in reality hollow throughout the entire extent, and of very thin texture, tapering gradually to a point. It is drawn in by invagination, and is protruded after the same method. If the larvae be held so that the sunlight may pass through the extended organ, the process of intussusception may be distinctly seen. Asymmetry of the Turbinated Bones. — Dr. Harrison Allen, in the course of remarks on the asymmetry of paired structures in mammals, invited the attention of the members to asymmetry in the inferior turbinated bones of the human subject. This asj^m- metry may exist independently of the deflection of the nasal septum, and may involve the entire length of the bones. The nasal chamber may also be asymmetrical, and even the choana of one side be much smaller than the space of the opposite side. It was thought that such asymmetr^^ involving the pterygoid pro- cesses of the sphenoid bones, was due to early and probably pre-natal influences, as opposed to the asymmetry due to acquired deflection of the septum. Some peculiarities of the floor of the nose which have not been described, were defined. Among these was mentioned the eleva- tion of the pi'emaxilla as it lies on the floor of the nose above the level of the horizontal plate of the superior maxilla. This eleva- tion tended to conceal the inferior turbinated bone from inspection from the anterior nares. Some forms of obstruction to nasal respiration in man were thought by the speaker to be due to the conformation of the parts as described. A peculiar thickening of 240 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the horizontal plates of the palatal bone, which was thought to be within the range of noi'nial variation, was next mentioned. The erectile character of the mucous membrane of the nasal chambers, while best developed upon the middle and turbinated bones, is also present about the organ of Jacobson. This phase of the erectile tissue, while rudimental in the human subject, is highl}' developed in the lower mammals, and is especially conspic- uous in the domestic cat. Microscopical sections of the organs with their related erectile masses were exhibited, and attention invited to the probable use of the masses in guarding the anterior orifices of the nasal chambers. The erectile tissue may be said to open or close the orifices from within as the adductor and the abductor muscles of the wings of the nostrils may close or open them from without. The following were ordered to be printed ; — \ 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 VERIFICATION OF THE HABITAT OF CONRAD'S MYTILU3 BIFUR^ATUS. BY ROBERT E. C. STEARNS. In the late Dr. Philip Carpenter's Report to the British Asso- ciation (1856)on the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America, paragraph 39, occur these words : " During the yea,YS 1834-5, Thomas Nuttall, Esq., for many 3'ears Professor of Natural History at Harvard University, Cambridge, U. S., visited the then almost unsearched shores of California, by a journey across the Rocky Mountains, under the escort of a trading company. Although his object was principally botanical, his love of natural science induced him to collect all the shells he could meet with; and with such good success, that many of his species have not to this day been again discovered. The peculiar interest attaching to his researches is, that he did not visit any part of the coast north of Oregon or south of San Diego. There is no danger, therefore, of any admixture with the shells of the Gulf district ; and his collections may be regarded as the type of the Californian fauna strictly so-called. Leaving the American shores, Mr. Nuttall visited the Sandwich Islands, whence he only brought one species belonging to the American fauna, viz., Hi2:>poni/x Grayanus, on a Pinna. " On his return to the United States, via Cape Horn, the description of the marine shells was undertaken by Mr. T. A. Conrad, and the land and fresh-water species by Mr. Lea. The latter gentleman communicated his paper to the American Philo- sophical Society, where it will be found in the ' Transactions,' vol. vi ; Mr. Conrad read his paper before the Acadera}^ of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, in January and February, 1837. It is published in the second part of the ' Journal ' of the Societ3^, vol. vii, pp. 227-268. " The work bears the appearance of undue haste, * * * the localities cannot always be depended upon, * * * and the descrip- tions being in English would not have been entitled to claim precedence, were it not that they are accompanied by tolerably recognizable figures." ' 1 Jour. Ac. N. S., V. 7, PI. 18, f. 14. Sp. 2184, Jay's Cat., p. 77, 4th ed., 1852. 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. f On page 109 of the same (1850) report of Carpenter's, he gives Mytilus bifurcatus, Gonr., Jay, 2184, " Sandwich Is." — "on reeks, bare at low water — Conr."; and adds ; " Xo knowledge of the locality of this shell exists, except the statement of Conrad, which alone is not binding, and its appearance among the Mexican War shells, tlie collectors of which brought home nothing from the Sandwich Islands." On page 563, in paragraph 62, of Carpenter's second report (1863), in commenting on the species and figures in Reeve's " Conch. Ic," he prints as follows : "41, Mytilus bifurcatus, Conr., J. A. N, S. Phil., Hab.? [Conr. assigns his Nuttallian species to California ; but it is tlie common Sandwich Is. species, teste Pse. The Californian shell, witli the same sculpture, is a Septife?', and is the S. bifurcatus of Mus, Cum.] " So far as regards the Sandwich Islands form, at this moment I am without specimens for comparison, and am satisfied with Pease's identification as to close resemblance. While Conrad was ver}' often somewhat careless in his work, in the case before us he was correct, and Carpenter's criticism in this instance was not deserved, as both Septifer and Mytilus, that is to say both Reeve's and Conrad's species, are found at San Diego, and an examination of numbers of specimens collected b3' different parties during the past ten years, shows that an examination of the interior of the valves is necessary in order to determine to which group specimens belong. I have been unable, after the most careful inspection, to find an^- external difterences by which I could separate them. The Septifer from the Gulf of California, in the Xantus col- lection No. 118 = 169 of the Mazatlan Catalogue, I am not familiar with, and would suggest its comparison with S. bifurcatus, but Carpenter's 3Iytilus multiformis, No. 117 of the Xantus list = 169 of the Mazatlan Catalogue,! should regard as the southern form of Conrad's Mytilus bifurcatus. Specimens of the two species are contained in my collection, in that of the Philadeliihia Academy, and in the National Museum, Washington. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 EOTIFEKA WITHOUT ROTARY ORGANS. BY PROF. JOSEPH LEIDY, The Rotifera or Wheel-animalcules, form a small class, abundant in kind and found almos.t everywhere in association with Alg?e, and with Infusorians to which they were formerl}^ considered to belong. Later they have been recognized as not having the simple cell structure of the latter, and for a time were regarded as i^ertaining to the Crustacea. They are now commonlj' looked upon as belonging to the group of Worms, but their relative position cannot yet be considered as positively determined. They generally possess a chitinous integument with a more or less annulate disposition or tendency to articulate division ; but they are destitute of limbs. Some are provided with a carapace and recall crustacean forms, but in other points they exhibit but little likeness to them. Their usualh' striking characteristic, the rotary disks, from which tliej^ are named, is not possessed by any well- marked Crustacean. Among the Rotifera, however, there appear to be some which do not possess the rotar}' organs, at least in the mature condition, and yet in all other respects the animals conform in structure with ordinarj^ forms. Dujardin (Infusoires, 1841, 653, PI. 22, fig. 2) was the first to describe a Rotifer destitute of rotary organs, to which he gave the name of Lindia torulosa. It is a free, swimming, worm-like, telescopic form, common in the class. Gosse (Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 1851, viii, 199) described an allied form, without rotary organs, under the name of Taphro- campa annulosa. Cohn (Zeits. f. wissens. Zoologie, 1858, 28t, Taf. xiii, fig. 1, 2) described a Rotifer resembling Lindia^ but possessing rotary organs He supposes it to be the same ; and suspects that in the animal observed by Dujardin, the rotary disks had been withdrawn, in a manner common to the class. He remarks that the existence of a Rotifer, without vibratile cilia, would be a rude abnormity in the class, the more so because the possession of cilia is the most important character which separates the Rotifers from the Crus- taceans. . In a marginal note I find that some j^ears ago, at Newport, 244 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. R. I., I observed a Rotifer apparently devoid of rotary organs, which I took to be the Lindia of Dujardin. However, even jDreviously to Cohn's communication (see these Proceedings, 1«5T, 204), I described an animal which I regarded as a. Rotifer, without doubt entirely destitute of the characteristic rotary organs or an}' trace whatever of vibratile cilia. It was named Dictyophora vorax ; and it is quite different in form from the preceding animals. It is spheroidal, inarticulate, without carapace, or jointed tail ; and possesses a large protractile and retractile pouch or cup, as a substitute for the ordinary rotary disks. It is attached to fixed objects, and has been observed on several occasions adherent to stones and the glass of an aquarium. The description of the animal, unaccompanied b}^ illustration, seems never to have attracted attention. Some 3'ears subsequently, Meczinchow (Zeits. f. wis. Zoologie, 186f5. 346, Taf. xix) described a similar Rotifer to mine, under the name of Apsilus lentiformis. It was found, at Giessen, attached to the leaves of Nymphsea lutea. It is larger than Dictyopliora, and differs mainly in the possession of bristled tentacles (" Gefiihlorgane ") and a ganglion to the pouch, neither of which were observed hy me in Dictyophora. The following j^ear, Claparede (An. d. Sc. Nat., 1867, viii, 12, PI. 4, figs. 3, 4) described another Rotifer, without the ciiarac- teristic organs, under the name of Balatro calvus. It resembles the earlier described forms, and was observed to be parasitic on worms, in the River Seime, Canton of Geneva. A short time since, Mr. S. A. Forbes (Am. Month. Micros. Jour., 1882, 102, 151), of Normal, Illinois, described a Rotifer, destitute of rotary disks, with the name of Gupelopagus hucinedax. It was found attached to the glass of an aquarium, and it appears to me to be so nearly like Dictyophora vorax, that I suspect it to be the same. More recently, while examining some Phimatella diffusa from the Schuylkill River, below Fairmount dam, my attention was attracted to several groups of Megalotrocha alba, attached to the tubes of the former, and surrounding another animal of strange and novel character. This on examination proved to be another remarkable Rotifer, without rotary organs, and it is the interest which attaches to this discovery which has led to the present communication. As with many analagous things, I had not the 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 leisure to give it due study, and 3^et I felt that if I reserved it for future investigation, I might never meet with a more favorable opportunity for the purpose. The new Rotifer I propose to name Acyclus inqiiiefus, from its being destitute of wheels, or ciliated disks, and from its apparently restless habit. It is considerably larger than Megalotrocha^ measures nearl^^ a half line long, and can readily be distinguished, in groups of the latter, with the naked eye. It was observed in eight instances, in each, alone and always enclosed in a group of the 3Iegalotrocha, above which, from its greater size, it towered like a giant in a crowd. In its constitution, for the most part it resembles Megalotrocha, and is attached in the same manner. In its movements it bends rather abruptly in different directions and curves downward so as to bring its prehensile mouth on a level with the currents produced by the rotary disks of the surrounding Megalotrochae. Sometimes alone or in compan}- with the latter, it suddenly contracts and then more slowlj' elongates and resumes its bending motions, scarcely for a moment appearing in an erect attitude. Occasionally it will even double on itself to such a degree that the extremities are approximated, or as the motion is commonly expressed, the head nearly- touches the end of the tail or point of attachment. The movements of the creature recalled to me those of the avicularia of some of the marine Polyzoa, or of the pedicellaria of Echini. At one time I had the opportunity of seeing an individual of Plvmatella with outspread arms, and in its immediate vicinity a group of Megalotrochffi with open disks and an Aci/clus in its midst, together with two worms of the genus Dero, with extended and expanded branchial tails, all acting together in concert, apparently perfectly regardless of the presence of one another — messmates partaking of the same repast. ■ Acyclus is translucent whitish with the thicker part of the body yellowish or brownish, due to the color of the capacious intestine shining through the integument. It was difficult to obtain a clear and accurate view of the exact mode of attachment and the internal structure of the animal, from its incessant motions, its becoming wrinkled in contraction, and from its being obscured by the surrounding bunch of Megalotrocha3. In the attempt to remove these, the'Acyclus was detached and then would contract to such a degree, that nothing could be determined as to the arrangement 246 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. of its organs. Undex" the circurastaiices the accompanying figure 1, Plate II, of the animal, is to be regarded as only approx- -imatfcl}' correct. Most of the individuals seen were naked, like MegaJijtrocha^ but had adlierent a profusion of eggs. In two instances the animal was included in a copious colorless gelatinous sheath, as rei)resented in the figure, but had also adherent a large bunch of eggs, in one of which bunches I counted upwards of fifty. The head of Acijclus substitutes the rotary disk of the Megal- otrocha and other Rotifers provided with this organ. It is in the form of a cup prolonged at the mouth into an incurved beak, as rep- resented in figures 1-4. It is retractile and protrusile, contractile and expansile. When protruded and expanded the mouth gapes widely, and the beak becomes more extended, but alwaj's remains incurved. The mouth is bordered by a delicate membrane extending to the rounded end of the beak and presenting a festooned appeajjance. In contraction of the mouth the marginal membrane becomes inflected, the orifice constricted, and the beak more incurved. In contraction of the head or oral cup, it is reduced to half the bulk of its expanded condition, while the mouth is constricted and the beak is rolled in a single spiral inwardly as seen in figures 2, 3. The extension of the head below forms a narrowed and trans- versely wrinkled neck which expands into the body. The expansion and contraction of the head api)ear to be due to the flow of a milky liquid between the coelum or bod^'^-cavit}' and intervals in the walls of the oral cup or head. The retraction of the latter is produced b}' longitudinal muscles, which may be seen in the wall of the cup extending from the wall of the bod}' just below the neck to the festooned membrane bordering the mouth. The movements of the mouth with the partial extension and involution of the beak, together with the general movement of the animal, were strongly suggestiA'c of those of the proboscis of an elephant. The oral cavity converges in a funnel-like manner to a pouch occupying the neck. The pouch is seen to contract and expand from time to time, but it was indistinctly defined. At the bottom of the pouch there is a small mastax or muscular phar^-nx provided with minute jaws. These parts were but indistinctly' seen, and indeed the jaws could be detected only after compressing the animal and examining it with the jV objective glass of the micro- 1882. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 scope. The jaws are composed of a parallel series of about twenty teeth. The body of the animal is fusiform or elliptical and narrows into a long tail, attached by the end. In contraction, the body and tail become more or less wrinkled transversel}^, as in llegalo- troclia. The tail is occupied b}^ retractor muscles extending from the walls of the body. The cavity of the latter is occupied by a capacious stomach, elliptical in shape and extending from the mastax to the root of the tail, but its mode of termination I did not detect. The anal aperture occupies a position near the latter, but its exact character I also failed to determine. The interval of the stomach and wall of the body is occupied by tlie ovaries and ova. In the vicinity of the lower extremity of the stomach there were several yellow spherical balls ; a large one with concentric laj'ers, and several small ones apparently of the same nature. The character of these I could not make out. An ovum was observed to be discharged in the vicinity of the anal aperture, but its outlet was not distinguished. The ova are large and oval, and exhibit no signs of segmentation at the ^ime of extrusion. The embryo, figs. 5, 6, developed in the egg exterior to the parent, at the time of its escape is a soft worm-like body, with a blunt head end and tapering behind to a rounded tail end in the dorsal view. The head end, not distinct from the body, is retractile ; and the terminal mouth is furnished with vibratile cilia, which are also retractile. The posterior part of the bodj^ is indistinctly divided and is retractile in a telescopic manner. In the lateral view the tail end appears slightl}^ notched or furcate, with one branch longer than the other. The head exhibits a pair of minute red eye-points, and a short distance l)ehind, it presents a minute pointed papilla, with a still more minute bristle at the summit. The embryo swims and moves about very much in the manner of the common Rotifer, often adhering by the tail end, retracting head or tail and successivelv elono-atina'. The chief distinctive characters of the animal thus described are as follows : Acyclus inquietus. Body fusiform, tapering behind into a long narrow tail-like appendage, by which it is attached, not distinctly annulated, but becoming* transversely wrinkled in contraction. A non-ciliated cup-like head prolonged into an incurved digitiform appendage 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. (as a substitute for the usual trochal disk), contractile and retractile. Length of the animal from 1*2 to 1*5 mm. ; breadth of body 0'15 to 0*21 mm. Length of head, with moderate extension of the digitiform appendage, 0"216 to 0'2T mm.; breadth, 0"15 to 0-18 mm. Ova, 0-1 to 0-133 long, by 0-06 to 0*09 mm. broad. Embryo, 0-3(5 mm. long by 0-06 wide at the head end. With the figures of Acyclus, for comparison with this and other Rotifers devoid of trochal disks which have been described, I have given one, fig. 7, of Dictyophora^ drawn from observation of the animal some years subsequent to its discover3\ The creature was attached to objects in, and to the inner surface of, an aquarium and could not be examined advantageously ; and I had deferred mj'^ investigation of the animal to a more favorable opportunity. Under the circumstances the drawing must be viewed as only approximatel}' correct. As previously' indicated, the original description of Dictyophora vorax occurs in these Proceedings for 1857. Since then I have had several opportunities of observing it, and it appears readily' to be introduced and reproduced in an aquarium with water and aquatic plants from the rivers of our vicinity. Dictyophora is oval or ovoid, with the narrower pole, corre- sponding with the position of the mouth, truncated, and it adheres by a small disk or sucker to one side of the broader pole. The animal has the power of turning on its point of attachment, but whether it lias the i)ower of detaching itself at any time I did not ascertain, though the same individual appeared after some days not to have changed its position. The body is transparent, colorless, and even, and exhibits no signs of annulation, nor does it become transversely wrinkled by contraction. The external chitinous wall presents an appearance of scattered granules or minute tubercles. The interior exhibits the digestive apparatus and other organs, mostly more or less obscured bj' an accumulation of eggs in various stages of devel- opment. From the truncated extremit}' of the body, the animal projects a capacious delicate membranous cup, forming more than half a sphere and more than half the size of the body. At will the cup is entirely withdrawn into the body and the orifice of this becomes contracted and puckered into folds radiating from a central point 1SS2.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rirTLADFLPFTTA. 249 or orilice. When protruded the cup expands outwardly lilJiora, sometimes in such numbers as to obscure every- thing else from view. Various specimens of. Dictyophora with extended cup measured from OM; to 1 mm. in length. Closed specimens from 0-.3a to ()•() mm. long by 0*28 to 0*5 mm. broad. Ordinarily the body measured from ()•+.') to O-C) mm. long by O-Sf) to 0-5 mm. broad. The cup in several ranged from 0-26 to 0-.5 mm. both in height and breadth. The animal is exceedingly sensitive, and with the slightest distur))ance withdraws its net. It feeds especially on smaller animalcules, and in one instance upwards of fifty of these were squeezed frum the stomach. From ^p.siZws leniiformis^ which Dirtyoiihoni closely resembles, 250 PROCEKI)IN(iS OK TIIK ACADKMY UF [1882. it differs especially iu the absence of the lateral antenna', and tiie conspicuons ganglion of the cephalic cnp. While Lindia^ Tapli rocampn and Balatro may be open to the suspicion of possessing ciliary rotiform disks, which perhaps were concealed when the animals Avere observed, the same cannot be the case with Dictyophora^ Apsilii.-< and Acyclns. As remarked 1)y Mr. Forbes, the former name had been i)re- occiipied ; and thus if the Cupelopagus sliould prove to be the same, this name ma}^ properl}' supplj' its place. REFERENCES TO PLA.TE II. Figs. 1-6. Acyclus inquietus. Fig. 1. The animal extended, enclosed with eggs, in a gelatinous sheath. Magnilied 96 diameters. Figs. 2, 3. Different degrees of contraction of the liead-cnp. Magnified 96 diameters. Fig. 4. Anterior view of the head cixp. Magnified 166 diameters. Figs. 5, 6. Front and side view of the embryo. Magnified 80 diameters. Fig. 7. Birfj/ophora vorax. Animal with its head-cup extended. ^lag- nified 75 diameters. n PROC OF ACAD OF NAT SCI. . '.'oS?- PL fi .^-r-rCiJ^ .I^^I?r>., I V ; 1 'VVk^ f^^J^W^'M}. H I-6.ACYCLUS INQUIETUS . 7 DICTYOPHORA VORAX 6-9 PYXICOLA ANNULATA. I I 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 October 10. i^ ' © R A H y The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. *iv '^ o'""' - ^c a-' 1 went3'-three persons present. ^^y^^,^vvri^^^ A paper entitled " Snares of Orb-Weaving Spiders," by the Rev. Heniy C. MeCook, was presented for publication. October 17. Tlie President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Twent3'-six persons present. On the 3Iode of Entrance of the Sporidia of Parasitic Fungi. — Mr. Thomas Meehan exhibited specimens of Panicum sanguinale L., the " Crab-grass " or " Fall-grass " of the Northern States, which were infested with a species of smut, according to Mr. Ellis allied to Udilago juncei,^ but which were of interest chiefl}^ for the light they might throw on the still disputed question, whether the sporidia of the lower forms of fungi were introduced to the infested plant from the outside, or in some way through the circulatory system. There seemed to be some difficulties in the way of the belief that the introduction could be throuoh the roots, and the spores find their wa}^ through the plant-structure to the surface — and yet there were some positive facts on record, which, unless controverted, showed, impossible as it might seem from a phj'siological and structural point of view, that there were good reasons for that belief. He referred to papers by Dr. E. Queckett, in the " Transactions of the Linn^ean Society," especiall3' the one published in vol. xix, p. 137, detailing experiments with potted plants of rj^e and other grains watered with water in which the sporidia of the ergot had been infused. The plants so watered in every case reproduced the ergot in the grain of the .growing- plants — and in no case did ergot appear in the plants which had ordinary water applied to them. The case now exhibited tended to strengthen the observations of Queckett. Usually specimens of affected grass might be found where the herbage was growing in a mass, and a person coidd not tell whether the specimens were all from one plant or not. In this case the specimens of Panicum were all growing in a cultivated field, and in tufts distinct from one another. The plant from ' Since this communication was made, Mr. Ellis identified the fungus with Ustilago Rahenhoratiana. 17 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. which these specimens were gathered, was surrounded by others, the culms of these surrounding ones interlacing those of the plant exhibited, but only this one plant was iufected. He did not count the number of culms, but felt safe in saying there were over fifty. In walking through this field among many h\indreds of plants of this Payncum, he saw only one other plant, which in like manner was infested. This had one perfect panicle only among the numerous infested ones — the interlacing branches of surrounding plants of the same species being free, as in the other instance. It was scarcely credible that sporidia of the TJstilago, floating through the atmosphere, settled on fifty separate culms of one plant, and not one on the culms of adjacent plants which were gi'owing in and among them. Again, the leaves of the Pauiciim have a large spathaceous sheath, two or three inches long. The Ustilago attacked the panicle while closeh' swathed in this sheath, and fully perfected its growth entirely therein. He had indeed to unfold the sheath in order to *letect the mass of " smut " to which the embryonic panicle was reduced, in order to detect its presence. Only the peculiar appearance of the grassy tuft having no inflorescence as in the case of its neighbors, drew attention to the plant in the first instance. If it seemed incredible that fifty culms interlocked with as many from other plants, should each receive a germinating spore alone, it was still more incredible that the spores should have found their way from the outside to the interior of these tightly twisted sheaths. These observations did not prove that the sporidia entered the plant by the roots, and made their way in some incomprehensible manner through the structure to the inflorescence: but they did render the external-entrance hypothesis.doubtful,and,in coiuu-ction with Qneckett's experiments, are possibly of some Avorth. Dr. TiEiDY made some remarks on ]\[r. Meehan's communication, showing that the tendency of modern ol)servations rather favored the view that the entrance of the sporidia of microscopic fungi was from the outside. Sexital Characters in ('cp/Ki/old.fus. — Mr. Meehan exhibited some fruit of Cc/phalota.riifi Fortiniu\ a Chinese tree, this plant growing on tli(> grounds of P. J. llerckmans, at Augusta, Georgia. This tree had lor many years protluced male flowers only. During 1882, it produced abundance of fruit. It showed that the genus was not truly dia'cious, and further it afforded an illustration now not uncommon, that trees a long time of one sex only, would sometimes change to another. Sex is not an invarialde char- acteristic in an individual tree. .1 Nrifi fnfusoridn hrhmginii lo llir (lenim I'lj.iicola. — Prof. IjEidy exhibitetl drawings of an infusorian, a species of Fyxicola, which appeared to be diflerent from those previously described. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 It is of frequent occurrence, attached to the tubes'of Plumatella, UrnateUa and Cordyhrphora, on stones, in the Schuylkill River, below Fairraount dam. In shape it resembles Pyj-icola pitailla and P. affinis, fresh-water forms of England, but is annulate as in P. socialis, a salt-water form. It is represented in figs. 8 and 9, PI. II, and presents the following characters : — Pyxigola annulata. Lorica urceolate, slightlj^ curved, inflated towards the middle, tapering below, c^dindrical" and feebly con- tracted at the neck, and with the aperture oblique and circular ; variably annulate, mostly at the neck, often at the middle ; color chestnvit-brown, but colorless when young ; pedick short, always colorless. The contained animalcule is of the usual shape ; with an attached operculum, which is of the same color as the lorica, and is protruded beyond this when the animal is fully extended. Length of lorica, 0.52 to 0.792 mm. ; breadth, 0.02 to 6.0264 mm. ; length of pedicle, .004 to .008 mm. The following was ordered to be printed : — 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. SNARES OF ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS. By Rev. Henry C. ]McCook, D. D. The cbaracteiistics upon which the true spiders should be chissified into principal groups have not been agreed upon by araneologists. .Without entering upon the discussion I have accepted the arrangement of Prof. Thorell of Upsala, which is sub- stantially that of Latreille, and is based upon the spinning habits of the animal. That it is open to objection, can readil}- be shown ; but on the whole it appears more satisfactory- than any other. In accordance witii this arrangemeut we have two great groups or divisions ; first ^ the Sedentary Spiders, whose habit is to remain (for the most part) upon or in their web and capture theii- prey by means of snares ; second, the Wandering Spiders, who hunt their food upon the ground, the water or trees. The first division is subdivided into sections according to the general character of the web; the second, according to tlie chief peculiarity of the spider's action or gait. The following tabulated statement will present this arrange- ment : — CLASS ARACHNIDA. OEDER ARAIJEA. I. First Division. Sedentary Spiders. Section 1. Orbitelarine, Orb- weavers. " 2. Retitelariiv, Line-weavers. " 8. Tubitolariiv. Tulje-weavers. '• 4. Terrilelariic, Tunnel-weavers. IT. Second Division. Wandeiing Spiders. Section 5. Citigrada',' Citigrades. " 6. Laterigradiv, Laterigrades. " 7. Saltigrada\ Saltigrades, ' Prof. Thorell assi};ns the Laterigrades to the 5th section, the Citi- grades to the Gth. I have ventured to so far change this arrangement as to reverse the positions of the Laterigrades and Citigrades. The CUtigrades appear to me to approach the Tubeweaver.s, both in structure and economy, more nearly than the Laterigrades. So also the step from the Citigrades to the Laterigrades though the genus Dolomedes appears more natural 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 This arrangemeut, based in the main upon the economy of the animal, will be found to harmonize closely with the classiftcation into families, genera and species based upon structural character- istics. I propose in this paper to apply this principle of arrangement according to economy to the first section of the Sedentary Spiders — the Orb-weavers. It should be understood that the classification proposed is simply tentative, and in its present form is incomplete. It is given with the hope that it may lead to something better by fixing the attention of the very few students of our spider-fauna, among whom no such grouping has hitherto been proposed. Moreover, it is hoped that the arrangement may have some interest to naturalists generally as bearing upon the correspondence between structure and economj" and the value of habit as a factor in classification. An orb-web may be defined as a series of right lines radiating from a common centre, and ci'ossed at intervals by other right lines attached at the points of contact and covered by viscid beads. Orb-webs are divided generally into Vertical snares and Horizontal snares, according as the}^ are perpendicular to, or parallel with, the plane of the horizon. The Vertical snares I have subdivided into (1) Full Orb, (2) Sectoral Orb, (3) Actinic Orb, (4) Orb Sector; the Horizontal Snares into (5) Plane Orb, ifi) Domed Orb. I present the following table : — ORB- WE A. VERS' SNARES. I. VERTICAL SNARES. Snare spun vertically ; spider hanging at the centre of the converged radii, or in a silken or silk-lined den. 1. Full Orbs. Lines crossing all the radii spirally. (Forming complete circles.) i. Simple Snares. — Simple orb of radiating straight lines and concentric circles. a. The hub meshed. Epeira insularis, E. slrix.^ h. The hub open ; central space ribboned or tufted. Acrosoma rugosa, A. xpinea, A. mitrata^ GasleracaiUha cancer. than the reverse, as Thorell has it ; and the step to the Saltigradcs from the Laterigrades is quite as, if not more, natural than from the Citigrades. From the standpoint of economy alone the passage is certainly easier. ' These are representative species of a large group. 256 PROCEEDINGS OV THE ACADEMY QF [1882. c. The central space ribboned, cocoons and debris attached to the ribbon. Ci/j-tophora caudata. ii. Compound Snarex. — Orb partly' surruiinded b}' an irregular mass of crossed lines. a. Central space sheeted or ribboned ; wings or guards of crossed lines. Argiope riparia, A. fasciata. b. Hub meshed ; mass of line-weaving above containing the spider's home and cocoons. Epeira lahiirinthea. 2. Sectoral Orb. Radii crossed by lines forming nearly complete circles, i. Simple Snares. a. Hub meshed (? ) ; the beaded spirals divided into bands by an unbeaded line and space. Nephila jilumipes. ii. Compound Snares. a. Hub meshed ; tubular den or tent in the retitelarian web. Epeira globosa. E. thoddeus.^ 3. Actinic Orb. .Snare composed of several rays or oib-sectors bound together into an orb. i. Simple Snat'es. a. Hub wanting ; a large, irregular, open central space. The radii prolonged into a trap-line. Epeira radiosa. 4. Orb Sector. Snare, a sector of an orl). i. Simple Snarei<. a. Sector composed of four radii converging upon a single trap-line; radii crossed b}-^ notched lines. Ili/ptiotes cavafa. II. HOKIZONTAL SNARES. Snare spun horizontally : spider usiuiUy hanging beneath. 5. Plane Orb. Snare, a circular plane, i. Simple Snarc.'<. a. Hub open. Tetragnatha exiensa ; T. grallalor. b. Hub finely notched ; central space ribboned. Uloborus riparia. ii. Compound Snares. — A maze of crossed lines spun below the orl). a. Hub open. Epeira hurt arum ; E. gibber osa.^ ' The generic classification of Ilentz is here retained. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OB" PHILADELPHIA. 257 6. Domed Orb. Snare elevated into a dome by a p\'ramidal mass of crossed right lines. i. Concentric lines all notched ; si)idei' hanging beneath the centre. Epeira basilica. Several technical terms in this table, which I have been com- pelled to invent, require explanation. I have divided an orb-web into three parts. First, beginning at the outer margin, the Foundation Space, the open space between the foundation lines or frame, and the beaded spirals ; second, the Spiral Space, that part covered by the spiral lines ; third, the Central Space, the central circle enclosed b}^ the spiral space. The central space is subdivided into three parts, first the hub, the small open or meshed circle upon which the radii meet ; second, the Notched Zone, a series of un- beaded spirals l^'ing next to the hub which do not cross the radii directly, but a little above the point of contact ; and third, the Free Zone, a part free from crossed lines between the notched zone and the spiral space. FS=Foundation space. SS=Spiral space. CS=Centr having attempted to remove these in the usual manner, and failed, proceeded in this wise: It backed, up to a pebble, and placed the posterior of the abdomen against, and a little beneath it, so that the sand readily dropped over the apex of the abdomen and lay between that and ' Rennie, Insect Architecture, p. 202. " We may be pardoned for pausing before giving full credence to these details." 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the stone. A little adjustment was required to balance the pebble by getting its middle i)art against the end of the bod}-, and then the animal began to back out of the pit, so pushing the pebble before, or rather behind it, up the side, and to a point a short way beyond the margin, where it was abandoned, A small furrow — two to three inches long — was described in the sand by the moving stone, which furrow was curved from the point of departure. The stone was kept perfectly balanced during the entire progress, which was quite rapid. Each of the three pebbles was thus removed, the grub returning each time and backing it out of the pit. The experiment was repeated a number of times and always with the same result. Some well-rounded stones were selected in order to make the difliculty of balancing greater, but this made no difterence in the action of the larva, a round pebble being balanced and removed quite as readily as a flat one. It was a curious and amusing spectacle to witness the odd little creature thus backing the accurately poised impediments out of its domicile, and then returning to put its house in order once more. The correctness of the early observations of M. Bonet is thus fully confirmed by Dr. McCook's experiments. October 31. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Tiiirty-six persons present. The resignation of Dr. Chas. Schaetfer as Curator was received and accepted. Actiiiosphscriuni Eichhornii. — Prof. Leidy remarked that he had noticed in an aquarium what appeared to be eggs, adherent to the edges of the leaves of Vallisneria ^h'om. the Schuylkill River. On examining the egg-like bodies with a lens, they were ol)served to be covi'red with delicate rays. On tiansferring some of the bodies to the field of the microscope, they proved to be giant specimens of the larger sun-animalcule, Act inois]>hscrium appears to be tenacious of life ; several specimens having been retained alive and in good condition for three days, in a drop of water in an animalcule cage. They had discharged the Dai)hnias, but retained their original size. One of oval form measured 1 mm. long by 0.75 mm. broad. The smaller ones measured 0.75 mm. in diameter. After another diy they ai)peared in good condi- 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2G1 tion, but the rays were contracted so as to be al)Out half the original length, and many had a minute granular ball at the end, apparently effete matter thrown off from them. At this time the animalcules were returned to the aquarium. November 7. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirt}' persons present. The following were presented for publication : — " A review of Swainson's Genera of Fishes," by Joseph Swain. "Ants as Beneficial Insecticides," by the Rev. Henrv C. McCook, D. D. The deaths of Benjamin V. Marsh and Isaac Comly, M. D., members, were announced. On Topaz and Biotite.—Frot Leidy exhibited several interest- ing minerals. One of these was a large crystal of topaz, of dark and decided amethystine hue from Brazil! The yellow topaz is the common kind and this by heating assumes a pink or rose color. He had never seen or read of another of the same color. The crystal is about 2| inches in length. The other mineral con- sisted of plates of muscovite containing hexagonal plates of biotite remarkable for their regularity and beauty. The crystals ofbiotite ranged from a millimetre to .50 mm. in breadth.' The specimens are from Macon Co., N. C. Similar specimens are found in West Philadelphia, but he had seen none from this loealitv in which the crystals of biotite were so resfular. November 14. The President, Dr. Leidy, in the chair. Thirty-two persons present. The death of J. Norris Emlen, a member, was announced. On Actinosphaerium'^ etc. — Prof. Leidy stated that Actino- sphserhnn Eichliornii, on which he had made some remarks a few weeks ago, still existed in large numbers in an aquarium in his possession. The animals though in active condition appeared to be habitually sedentary, remaining adherent to the edges of leaves of VaUisneria and other aquatic plants, and often, as on a pedicle 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. to the ends of minute tilamentous algae growing from the former. The last few claj^s he had observed a number apparently in conju- gation, conspicuous for their larger size and elongated form. One apparently- of two individuals was biscuit-sliaped. 1.875 mm. long and 0.625 wide. Later, it assumed an oval shape and measured 1 mm. long and 0.875 wide. Another specimen, apparently of three individuals in a trefoil-like group measured 1.5 mm. long and 1.125 broad. Shortly after it assumed a biscuit form, with one lobe larger than the other and then measured the same length, with the same breadth on one side and 1 mm. on the other. Both of the above were transferred to an animalcule cage, and after twenty-four hours, three appeared in their place. One of these of lozenge shape with rounded angles measured 1.625 mm. long by 0.875 broad ; a second was irregularly half-oval and 1.125 mm. long by 0.875 broad ; and the third was oval and 0.75 mm. long by 0.625 broad. In the later observation they had discharged all conspicuous food. Prof. Leidy further stated that on tul)es of Fluinatella ditt'asa, attached to a stone collected in the same locality as the above, he had noticed man}- specimens of the following forms of infusoria and rotifers. Vaginicola cnjstaUina. — Tube 0.1 mm. long, 0.028 broad; often containing two individuals. Vaginicola tincta. — Tube 0.1 mm. long; at mouth 0.048 wide; just below 0.04 wide. Limnias annulatu^. — Tube 0.6 to 0.625 mm. long ; 0.05 to 0.0625 wide ; rotary disks together 0.2 wide. On Tubularia, etc., from Atlantic City. — Prof Lkidv exhibited specimens of the hydroid Tuhularia crocea {Pari/pJtacrocea Ag.), which he had observed in great profusion attached to the bottom of a wreck at Athvntic City, N. J. With it lie had noticed a multitude of the little sea-slug Eolispihita Gould, and the skeleton- shrimp, Caprella geometrica Say. He further exhibited specimens of AJcyonidivm ramoHuw Yerrill, presented by Mr. Edward Potts, and obtained by hiin from stones at the inlet of Atlantic City. The following were ordered to be published : — 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 ANTS AS BENEFICAL INSECTICIDES. By Rev. Dr. H. C. :\[cCook. Through the eourtes}' of Rev. H. Corbett, a missionaiy of the American Presbyterian Board, at Cheefoo, China, I received a copy of the " North-Chinn Herald," of April 4, 1882, containing- an article by Dr. Magowan, of Wenchow, on the " Utilization of Ants as Grub-Destroyers in China." From this paper I quote the following sentences : "Accounts of the depredations of the coccids on the orange- trees of Florida, induce me to publish a brief account of the employment by the Chinese of ants as insecticides. In many parts of the province of Canton, where, says a Chinese writer, cereals cannot be profltabl}' cultivated, the land is devoted to the cultivation of orange-trees, which, being subject to devastation from worms, require to be protected in a peculiar manner, that is, b}'' importing ants from neighboring hills for the destruction of the dreaded parasite. The orangeries themselves suppl}' ants which prey upon the eneraj- of the orange, but not in sufflcient numbers ; and resort is had to hill-people, who, throughout the summer and winter find the nests suspended from branches of bamboo and various trees. There are two varieties of ants, red and 3^ellow, whose nests resemble cotton-bags. The ' orange-ant feeders ' are provided with pig or goat bladders, whicli are baited inside with lard. The orifices of these they apply to the entrance of nests, when the ants enter the bags and become a marketable commodity at the orangeries. Orange-trees are colonized by depositing the ants on their upper branches, and to enable them to pass from tree to tree, all the trees of an orchard are connected by bamboo rods. " Is the orange the onl}' plant thus susceptible of protection from parasitic pests? Are these the only species of ants that ai*e capable of utilization as insecticides ? Indubitabl^'^ not ; and certainly entomologists and agriculturalists would do well to institute experiments with a view to further discovery in this line of research/' I propose to consider whether the suggestion here raised is entitled to serious attention bj^ economic entomologists in the United States, as likely to lead to A'aluable practical results. 264 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882, I. Ill the first place it might be asked, Are the domicile habits of ants favorable? Ants possessing the habit of the China emmets referred to by Dr. Magowan are comparatively rare, certainl}^ not many are known to science. Mr. F. Smith, in his Catalogue of Ilymenopterous Insects in the British Musenm,^ gives figures of several fibrous nests made by arboreal species of ants, Crfmatof/aster (^Pachycoidi/la) montezumia, from Mexico, Foh/rhachis textor, from Malacca, Formica gibbosa, India, and Crematocj aster arboreus, from Port Natal. One of these, it will be observed, is a North American speeies, the only one indeed of which I have any knowledge. An Australian species, Cremato- gaster laeviceps,^ builds a pensile nest somewhat in the fashion of our hornet, upon trees. It contains a labyrinth of curved galleries and cells centering upon the interior. Formica bispinosa^ of Cayenne, forms a nest of cottony matter from the capsules of Bombax.^ In Brazil, this species, the Polyrluichis bispinosus, is popularly known as the " Negro-head Ant," the globular nest, covered on the exterior with little projections, being suggestive of close wooly hair. Smith says that the material of which it forms its nest, furnishes an article of commerce used as tinder, for lighting cigars, etc.^ Myrmica kirbii, an India species described hy Lieut. Col. W. H. S3'kes,-^ which is apparently a species of Crrmatogasler, makes a formicary in the branches of trees out of the droppings of cows. These it spreads in thin, fiaky, overlapping folia, like shingles or tiles. A dome-like roof covers the summit in an unbroken sheet, like a skull-cap on a man's head. The interior consists of a multitude of irregular cells, formed of the same material as the exterior. The "Green Ant," (Ecophylla virescens, ')nilds an arboreal nest of dead leaves, from which it often drops down in bevies upon travelers, ver}' much to their discomfort. The nest is about eight inches in diameter, and is made of a leaf- pulp — as the hornet's nest is of a pulp of wood-fibre — and is hung among tlie thickest foliage, being sustained not only by the branches, but by the leaves which are wrought into the nest, and in parts project from the outer wall. Mr. Foxcroft discovered an ' Part vi, Formicidae, Plates I, II, XIV. '^ Smith, Catal. Brit. Mus., vol. 15, Formicidai, p. 138. ^ Lubbock, 1882, "Ants, Bees and Wasps," p. 24. ^ Trans. Entomol. Soc., Lond., Ser. ill, vol. i, p. 32, 1802. '■ Trans. Entomol. Soc, Lond., id., p. 101. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 African species of (EcophijUa, which, when distnrbed, swarmed in excited legions upon the outside of their papery domicile, against which they pattered so vigorously, as they moved, that the observer thought the rain was falling upon the leaves above.^ These are all exotic species, and I know of no American (U. S.) arboreal ants except those, like the varions species of Camponotus, for example — the Carpenter ant — that live within the excavated wood. Any protection to the fruit wrought by these would be neutralized by the injury done the tree itself. Certain species of ants have also been reported as dwelling in the hollow interior of the spines that grow upon some of our thorny trees, like those referred to by M. Ernest Andre in his admirable work now going- through press. ^ Mr. W. H. Patton has described an indigenous species, Stenamma gallarum, as inhabiting a gall upon a dead but unbroken stock of golden rod.-' Ants are indeed often seen in great numbers upon trees, and moving in columns up and down the trunk and along the branches ; but such are engaged in seeking food from aphides, coccids, galls, etc., and usuall}^ have their domiciles elsewhere, for the most part underground. Mr. Smith describes a species (Pseudomyrma modesta), collected in Panama, which nests in the spines of a species of Acacia. The spines are three inches long, and the entrance to the formicar}^ is a small hole gnawed near the point. There are no cells within, and this is probably (as the similar cases alluded to may be), simply an example of ''squatter sovereignty-."* We do have indigenous ants with the habit of constructing nests of leaf-pulp, in the manner of the China species, as for example Atta fervens Say, and Aita septentrionalis McCook, heretofore described in these Proceedings. Atta fervens,^ the Leaf-cutting or Parasol ant strips the leaves of various trees, reduces them to pulp, and forms nests rudely resembling those of the hornet. These nests, however, are underground, and not upon trees. As I have seen them in Texas hanging to the roots of an immense 1 Wood, "Homes without Hands," p. 270-3. - "Species des Formicides d' Europe," p. 52. 3 Amer. Naturalist, Feb., 1879, p. 126. * Trans. Ento. Soc. London, vol. 1, ser. 3, p. 33. ' Proceed, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1879, p. 33. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. live oak-tree, or built u}) from the floor, or attached to the roof of their large subterranean caves, they quite resembled the pensile nests of the tree-ants as described b}' various writers. Atto septentrionalis ^ is a New Jersey species, and builds out of the leaves of pine nests which are little models — almost to3^-like in their minute mimicry — of the Texas species. Tliese, too, are underground, and although tliey have the requisite abilitj'^ as to nest-making, the i)roblem of domesticating them in the tree-tops could hardl}' Ije solved, even ])y an economic entomologist. It may be concluded, therefore, that if a domicile in the trees, as witli the China species, be a necessary' condition, we have no indigenous species upon which to experiment, either to utilize or develop a habit that will make ants so highly beneficial as insecticides as to justify any dependence upon thera as protectors of fruits. II. In the second place we may ask : 7s the food-habit of ants farorat)Ie? I'ndoubtedly ants are insectivorous, or carnivorous, rather. Their food-supply is largely drawn from insects yielding sweet excretions or secretions ; from tlie nectar and sugary \ exudations of plants, from fruits, from the oils of nuts, seeds, etc. They are also largely scavengers. Dead insects and animals of all kinds, refuse of many sorts aftbrd them nutrition, but they do not limit tlieir insectivorous tastes to mere scavenger work: they also prey upcui living insects. This is true of our indigenous ant-fauna, although we have no such wholesale insecticides as the famous Eciton or Driver ant of Africa and South America, whose raiding columns clear out every living insect within their broad sweep.^ I have seen the Mound-making ants of the Alleghenies (Formica exsectoides) preying upon our native I'ermite or While ant, Termes flavipes,^ when the nests of this insect had been uncovered by turning up stones upon tlie mountains in search of specimens. It was surprising to note how quickly the Formicas appeared on the scene, seeming to dart out from behind every blade of grass, stick and stone, and leaping into the galleries that threaded the flat pit of the stone, seized with avidity the soft white Termes and made off' with their prey. These ants and many ' Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phihida, 1880, p. ;559. ''■ See a full account in Belt's "Naturalist in Nicaragua," p. 17, seq., and " Naturalist on the Amazons," vol. ii, p. 350. • Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1879, p. 154. I 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 2Q1 others have been seen capturing flies, ^ even on the wing, and fre- quently bringing home to their nests various insects, still living or recently killed. So also the Agricultural ants of Texas,^ have been seen after a shower to break suddenly out of their formicary, scatter throughout the foliage and return with immense numbers of living insects beaten down by the hard rain. Forel ^ sa3^s that throughout the bounds of an ant-city of Formica exsecta, in Switzerland, covering many acres, he was not able to discover any other species of ant except a few nests of Tetra- morium coespitum^ who owed their exemption to their superior agility. This is true in some measure of the allied F. exsecto'ides, in our mountains and the New Jersey barrens. In addition, it may be stated that ants are veritable cannibals, destroying and feeding upon not only individuals of their own familj'-, but those of their own species. In the same connection may be mentioned a custom of American Indians to put furs and blankets infested by insects near the mounds of the Occident ant, m order to have them cleaned out by the insectivorous emmets.^ So far, there- fore, as the mere food habit is concerned, it is favorable to the idea of utilizing certain species of ants as insecticides. III. A third question may be raised, viz.: Do our ants exhibit ill nature any special insectivoroxis habits that ivould make them natural protectors of crops ? This question has been considered at some length by the Agricultural Department of the United States Government in the matter of the cotton crops. In a report on Ants, prepared at the request of that department,^ the writer reviewed the testimony gathered from many and widely separated sections as to the friendly offices of ants in destroying the eggs and larva of the cotton-worm. My opinion then was that, on the whole, those offices would hardly have an important commercial value, although to a certain extent beneficial. Many of the practical observers from whom information was collected, spoke highly of the services of the ants, especially of one, " the Cotton ' Mound making Ants of the Alleghenies, p. 259. - Agricultural Ants of Texas, p. 108. •' Les Founnes de la Suisse, p. 207. * Honey Ants of the Garden of the gods, and Occident Ants of the American Plains, p. 151. ^ Comstock's Report upon Cotton Insects, 1879, p. 181, seq. 18 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Ant," Sulenoj)Sis xyloni McCook. These ants weve particularly effective against the eggs, but attacked tlie larva also. So good an observer as Mr. Trelease ventures the opinion that ants are probal^l}^ among the most important enemies of the cotton- caterpillar. One observer went so far as to think that the ants would ultimately desti'oy the cotton-worm, should it prove to be indigenous rather than of foreign origin. All the ants considered in the above-named report are mining ants, and Avould tlierefore not be available for such uses as the species of the Chinese orangeries. There appears to be no good reason, however, wh}'^ the}' might not be useful on the orange-trees of Florida, to which State some of them are native. But it would be a necessary condition, I think, that the ants should exist in such vast numbers as to compel, under the stimulus of hunger, a thorough canvassing of every neighboring object that might shelter available prey. The value of the Chinese Orange ants appears to turn upon such conditions, viz. : their limitation to tree surfaces as a foraging field, and their vast numbers. In short, a limited supply of food and an immense demand for it, constrain the ants to the most diligent garnering and careful gleaning. On the whole there is little hope that these conditions can be met by artificial domestication of American ant faiuia. IV. Would it he practicable to domesticate the Chinese species in America ? In answering this question I can venture no opinion as to whether it would repa}'^ orange-growers, but as a matter of experiment, merely, I think it might be practicable. Certainly some of our species are widely distributed, and probably imported. That universal pest of the housekeeper, the little red ant, Mono- morium pharaoyiis, is probably a foreigner ; at all CAcnts is a cosmopolite, being found in houses all over the world. Mr. Frederick Smith had reason to believe that it is a native of Brazil, whence it has been distributed in merchandise.^ Formica rufa, of the Rocky Mountains, and F. exsecto'ides, of the AUeghenies, differ little from the European F. rufa and F. exsecta. F. sangidnea, the Red Slavemaker, is common to both continents, and our Shining Slavemaker, I'oli/ergus lucidns, differs very little from the European 7'. riifesceiis. Tiie Pavement ant, Tetra- tnorium ccvsjntum, inhabits both hemisj)heres. Phcidole mega- ccphala, which I have found in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, ' Trans. Ento. Soc, London, vol. i, 1803, p. 33. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILAL>£LPHIA. 269 is distributed throughout the tropical and sub-tropical regions of the entire world. ^ In view of these facts, there is a probability, at least, that the tree-ants of China might be introduced and domesticated. Whether such " Chinese migration " would be encouraged by an American Congress might have to be considered ! And perhaps it would require the patience and skill of the Chinese men to successfully domesticate Chinese ants — could that be done at all. In the same connection it ma^^ be said that some of our indige- nous species have a remarkable elasticit}' of organism by which they are adapted to the widely varying climatic and geographical conditions of our country. For example, both the Red and Shining Slavemakers which inhalnt the Atlantic coast, I have found in the Garden of the gods, Colorado. ^ Several species of the Car- penter ants are distributed throughout our forests from Maine to California, notably Camponotus pennsylvanicus, which I have found not only in our Eastern mountains, but in sub-tropical Texas. Prof Aug. Forel^ has examined specimens from New Orleans, and California, as well as from China, Japan and Siberia. Throughout all these regions it has precisely the same habits as described by the writer.* Formica fusca^ which so often appears as a domestic ally or " slave " of the kidnapping species, is widely distributed over our continent, and is substantially identical with the species of the same name found nearly everywhere in Europe. On the other hand, some ants have well-marked geographical limits which have not yet been overcome by natural movements. The Occident ant (Pogonomyrmex occidentalis), I have traced^ approximately within a range of 13° latitude, say from 45° N. to 32° N.; and of 21° longitude, that is, from Brookville, Kansas, to Reno, at the base of the Sierra Nevada, 1622 miles west of the ' Catalogue des Formicides d' Europe, by Forel & Emory. Mitthei- lungen der Schweiz. Entom. Gesellsch., Bd. 5, Heft 8. Schaft'hausen, Alexander Gelser, 1879. ^McCook, "The Shimng Slavemakers," Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1880, p. 376, seq. •^ Forel, "Etudes Myrmecologiques En.," 1879. P>ull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat. xvi, 81, p. 858. * Trans. American Entom. Soc, vol. v, 1874-76, p. 277, seq. ^McCook, "Honey and Occident Ants," p. 125. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Mississippi River. There appears to be no satisfactory reason (from a human standpoint) why these insects should not have pushed eastward mucli further; but some cause (quite satisfactory from an emmet standpoint) seems to have marked their bounds in the very midst of the great plains. So also the Cutting ants are— fortunately for the agriculturists — even more sharply limited to the southwest ; and within the same geographical province, but with a little more elastic margin, to which the Honey ants {Myrmecocystus melUger) are confined. Not to multiply examples it thus appears that the question of importing and domesticating beneficial emmet insecticides is conditioned and may be prevented by the creatures' peculiar organism. The Chinese tree-ants are apparently natives of the South, the province of Canton, and it does not appear from Dr. Magowan's paper whether they have been also utilized in the northern provinces. Their domestication in our Southern States would, therefore, be favored by similar climatic conditions. Independent of such considerations, there are always natural checks and helps to the increase of insects, often of a nature so extremely complicated with other species of animal-life and the plant-world, either hostile or friendly, that experiment alone can positively determine such a result. In answer to the question, " Could ants be transported so far "with a view to trying the experiment?" I would say that I think the matter practicable. I brought several artificial colonies of Honey ants from Colorado to Philadelphia, carrying them in glass jars, feeding them a little water and sugar. These were kept during the fall and winter, but as the purpose was only to observe their habits, no effort was made to domesticate them. Large numbers of workers of the Agricultural ants were sent to me from Texas through the mails, arriving in good condition, and living throughout the winter. They were not permitted to live longer, as I did not consider myself at liberty to introduce, for other than mere experimental purposes, any insect that might possibly become injurious. Similar attempts to obtain colonies of the Cutting ants, all failed, these insects evidently not having the same vital power, at least for such conditions as a tin box and a mail-bag, as the agricultural s. Shipments of ants from China T believe could be made, by placing workers, larvie, eggs, and, if possible, a queen, in roomy boxes containing portions of their nests, perhaps also a little soil, J 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 271 and covered with close wire-cloth. The^' should be fed, not too freely, with animal fats and sugar, and given water in a sponge, soaked cork, or cloth. With care there seems to be no reason why such artificial formicaries should not be safely transported from China. In conclusion I wish to say that whatever benefits the ant may be led by domestication to confer upon man, she already is en- titled to consideration as a valuable, if not valued, friend of the race. I have elsewhere shown ^ that ants fill an important place in the economy of Nature by contributing to the fertilization of the earth. In the paper referred to it appears from measurements of the amount of soil actually excavated, that insignificant in size as these insects are, the labors of countless hosts through many years are by no means insignificant in the shifting of the soil. They pulverize the ground and bring it in great quantities to the surface, thus making good topsoil for the growth of vegetation. In addition to this it is shown that the ants bring about the aeration of the soil, so needful for its productiveness. Moreover, the system of " pores" established by the galleries which every- where perforate the ground, affords, on the one hand, free entrance for the rains into the earth, and on the other hand a series of tubes through which, by capillar}' attraction, the moisture may ascend to the roots of the plants. The last work of Dr. Charles Darwin ^ is devoted largel}^ to similar habits on the part of the earth-worm ; and in view of the interest which that subject has elicited, I ven- ture to again call attention to the distinguished service wrought for the benefit of agriculture by the industrious ant. Even if that insect should not be as tractable for domestication as her Hymenopterous all3^,the bee, and in spite of her occasional foraj'^s upon our cupboards and crops, the ant is worthy to stand at the head of insects beneficial to man. N. B. — Since the above was in press I have observed that Dr. Forel, in his "Etudes Myrmucologiques " for 1879, speaks of a Mexican species of Camponotns ( C. senex), in the collection of Saussure, as bearing a label inscribed "Nids de papier dans les branches" — Nests of paper in the branches. This and Pachijcondyla montezumia make two known North American species of Tree-ants. ^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1879, p. 158, seq. '^ The Formation of Vegetable Mould through the Action of Earth- worms, 1882. 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1883. A KEVIEW OF SWAINSON'S GENERA OF FISHES. BY JOSEPH SWAIN. In the year 1839, William Swainson published a general scheme of the classification of Reptiles, Amphibians and Fishes/ in which all the accepted genera of tliese groups are defined and a list of typical, or illustrative species is appended. Many new generic names are here introduced, the consideration of which forms the object of the present paper. I give a list of the new generic names proposed for Fishes by Swainson, with their equivalence in modern nomenclature, as I understand them. The list of species referred by Swainson to each genus is here repeated verbatim, the species considered by me as the type of each group being indicated by an asterisk (*). The whole work is singularly worthless as a contribution to science, and of interest only from the fiict that the law of priority requires the adoption of many of these names. It may be observed that Swainson possessed a very limited knowledge of Fishes. His definitions are seldom apt and very often incorrect, and but a small proportion of his genera can be received into the system. Of these few, scarcely any retain their original definition. All ditlicult questions, involved in this paper, have been referred to Prof. D. S. Jordan, and to whom I am also indebted for other valuable suggestions, and for the use of his librar}'. I am like- wise indebted to Prof. C. H. Gilbert for kiudlj'^ aid. Cromileptes,- ji. 201 = Epinephelus Bloch (ahout 1790). C. altivelis Sw. Cuv., pi. -35. rayriaster Riip. (necCuv.), i, pi. 27, f.l. gigas,* lb., pi. 33. C. miniatus, Riip. 1, pi. 26, f. 3. fuscoguttatus, lb. f. 3, hemistictos, lb. f. 3. ' The Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians & Reptiles, or Mouocardian animals. By William Swainson, F. R. & F. L. S. * * * In two volumes. Vol. II. London. Printed for Longman, Orme, Brown, (4ieen & Longmans, Paternoster Row, and John Taylor, Upper Gower Street, 1839. ^ The name Gromile/ptes has been lately revived by Dr. Bleeker (Sys. Perca. Revis. Pars 1 a, 11, 1875), in place of his own Serrnnichthys, the type of which is alticelis. As, however, this species does not agree with the 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 Cynichthys, p. 201 =. Plectorhynchusi Lacept-de ( 1800.) C. riavo-purpuratus.* Frey, Atl. pi. 57, f. 3. Bennet, Ceyl. Fihhes, pi. 19 (fig. 43 c). Variola, p. 202 = Variola Sw. (1839). V. longipinna* Sw. Riip. i, pi. 36, f. 3 (8. louti Riip.). Elastoma, p. 202 = Etelis, C. & V. (1828). E. oculatus* Sw. Cuv., pi. 33. Uriphaeton,- p. 202 = Variola Sw. (ISP.O). U. microleptes* Sw. (Serranus phaeton, Cuv. pi. 34). Rabdophorus, p. 211 = Chaetodon L. (1758), subg. Rabdophoras Sw. Ephippium* Sw. Cuv. pi. 174. Genicanthus, p. 212 = Holacanthus Lac. f 1803). Lamarckii,*Cuv. pi. 184. tricolor, Bloch, pi. 436. Microcantlius, p. 215 = Chaetodon, L. (1758). G. strigatus,* Cuv. pi. 170. Microgaster, p. 216 = Etroplus C. & V. 18;iO . maculata,* Cuv. pi. 136, Chrysiptera, p. 216 =^ GlypbidodoD, Lacepede (1802). azurea,* Frey, Atl. pi. 64, fig. 3. Gamai'dii, lb., fig. 4. Chaetolabru?, p. 21G = Etroplus, C. .t V. (18;i0). Surateusis,* Bloch., 317. maculatus, lb., 437. Chrysoblephus, p. 221 = Sparus, L. (1758.) C. gibbiceps,* Cuv. pi. 147. Argyrops, p. 221 = Sparus. L. (HSS). Spiuifer,*Forsk. Russ. pi. 101. Calamus, p. 221 = Calamus Sw. (1839). E. megacephalus,* Sw. Cuv., pi. 153. Lithognatbus, p. 222 = Lithognatbus Sw. (1839). L. capensis,* Sw. Cuv., pi. 151. Nemipterus, p. 223 = Dentex Cuv. (1817), N. filamentosus, * Cuv., pi. 155. diagnosis (not having a strong canine tooth on each side of lower jaw), and the other five species, which do so agree, belong to the prior genera Epinephelus and Bodianus, we should consider Cromileptes a synonym of Ejtinephelus. ' Bicuirnmma Cuv., 1817. '^ Plmthonichtliys Bleeker. As has been shown by Dr. Vaillant, the Serranus phceton Cuv. and Val. was a made-up specimen, with the tail of a Fistulariu skilfully fastened to the body of a Serranoid (probably a species of Variola). 2T4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Thalassoma, \i. 224 = Thalassoma Sw. ( - Julis Auct. uec typus). T. purpurea,* Nob. Riipp., Atl. pi. 6, fig. 1, Urichthys, p. 224 = Chilinus Lac, (1802). • U. lunulatus,* Nob. Riipp., Atl. pi. 6, fig. 1. quinque-ciuctus, lb., li, pi. 5, fig. 1. Crassilabrus, ]>. 225 = Chilinus Lac, (1S02). C uiidulatas,* Riipp., Atl. pi. 6, fig. 2. Leptoscarus, p. 226 = Calliodon Gronov. (1801). L. vargiensis,* Quoy and Gaim, p. 288. Hemistoma, p. 226 = Scarus Forskwl,' 1775. II. reticulata, Sw. (Scarus pepo'* Benn. Ceylon, pi. 28). Petronason, p. 226 = Scarus. P. psittacus% Riipp. pi. 20, 1. flammiceps Bennett, Ceylon, Riippellii, lb., pi. 21, 1. Fish, pi. 24. bicolor, lb., pi. 21, 3. niger Riipp. Atl. ii, pi. 8, 1. longicauda, lb., pi. 21, 2. collaua, lb., fig. 2. viridis, Bl., pi. 222. pulchellus, Ib.^ lig. 3. Erychthys, i<. 226 = Calliodon liloeh and Schneider (1801). E. croicensis,* Bl., pi. 221. viridescens, Riipp., ii, 7, quinque-fasciatus, Benn. fig. 2. Ceylon, pi. 23, (fig. GO). cseruleo-punctatus, lb., 3. Chlorurus, p. 227 = Scarus Foi-skiol (1775). C. gibbus, Riipp., Atl. pi. 20, fig. 2. Sparisoma, p. 227 = Scarus Forskivl. sui.g. Sparisoma- Swainson. S. Abildgardii,* Bloch, pi. 259. Amphiscarus, p. 227 = ? Teuthis L. (1766). A. fuscus, • Griff., Cuv., pi. 35. Hemiulis, p. 228 = Chilio Lac. (1802). II. vittatus, Griff., Cuv., pi. 0, 1. auratus,* Frey, Atl. pi. 54, 2. guttatus, Bloch, pi. 357, 1. melapterus, Bloch, pi. 29G, 2. Cynaeflus,' p. 229 ^ Cynaedus Sw. (18:i9). C. Tinea,* Yarr., i, 293. rupestris, Bloch, pi. 250, fig. 1. cornubicus, lb., 29{i. virens? lb., 251, fig. 2. gibbus, lb., 298. notatus, lb., 251, fig. 2. luscus, lb., 300. ' Pseudoscarvs Bleeker, 18G1. * =:; Scarus Bleeker. * = Crenilabrus (not of Cuvier). Swainson observes : " >I. Cuvier havintr expressly stated that the type of his genus Crenilabrus is the Lutianus verres of Bloch, I have so retained it, placing all the others, * * under the subgenus Ci/ntcdus." If this statement (which I am unable to verify) is correct, Cynmdus Sw. must supersede 'Crenilabrus, which becomes a synonym of Uarpe, Lac. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 Astronotus,' p. 229 = Astronotus Sw. (18;{9). A. ocellatus,* Spix, pi. 68. Thalliurus,'-' p. 230 = Thalliurus Sw. (18:;9). C. Blochii,* Bloch, pi. 260 (pi. ? 290). Labristomar p.2?>0 = Pseudochromis Riipp. (18;55). L. olivacea,* Riipp., ii, pi. 2, fig. 3. flavivertex, ii, pi. 2, fig. 4. Cichlasoma,* p. 230 = Cichlasoma Sw. (1839). Labrus punctata.* Bloch, pi. 295, fig. 1. Eupemis, p. 232 = Chilio Lae. (1802). E. fusiformis,* Sw., Riipp., Atl. ii, i)l. 1, fig. 4. Chloricthys,'' p. 232 ^ Thalassoma Sw. (1839). bifasciatus,* Bl., pi. 283. Grayii, Sw., Ind. Zool., ii, pi. 92, 1. ornatus, lb., pi. 280. Hardwickii, Bemi., pi. 12. Braziliensis, lb., pi. 280. quadricolor. Less., Atl. pi. 32, 1. lunaris, lb., pi. 281. semicaemleus, Riipp., Atl. ii, pi. 3, fig. 1. cseruleocepbalus, Frey., Atl. aygula, Riipp., Atl. i, pi. 6, 2. pi. 56, fig. 2. Icthycallus,^ p. 232 = Coris Lac. (1800). dimidiatus, Spix, pi. 53. umbrostygma, Riipp., Atl. ii, pi. 3, cMoropterus, BL, pi. 288. fig. 2. trimaculatvis. Griff., pi. 45, fig. 2. semipunctatus,"' lb., pi. 3, fig. 3. decussatus, Benu., pi. 14. cyanocephalus, lb., pi. 286. auromaculatus, lb., 20. julis, lb., pi. 287, fig. 1. semidecorata. Less., Atl. pi. 35, bivittatus, lb., pi. 284, fig. 1. fig. 2. macrolei)idatus, lb., fig. 2. geoff'royii, Frey., Atl. pi. 56, fig. 3. ornatus, Linn., Tr. xii, pi. 27. Zyphothyca, p. 239 = Gempylus Cuv. (1829). Z. coluber * Sw. Cuv. and Val., pi. 221. Zanclurus, p. 239 = Histiophorus Lac (1S02). Z. indicus* Nob. Cuv. and Val., pi. 229. Bloch, 343. Polycanthus, p. 242 = Spinachia Fleming (1828). P. spinachia* Sw. Yarrell, i, 87. Bloch, pi. 53, fig. 1. ^ =: Hygrogonus, Giinther, 1862. ^ = Hemigymnus, Giinther, 1862. ^ "The name of Paeudo-chxorai?, is so objectionable, that I hope the learned naturalist who proposed it, will excuse me for offering another." (Swainson.) * = Acara, Heck, 1840 (in part). ^ Chloriclithys and IctJiy callus, confused jumbles of species, may well be disposed of as synonyms of Thalassoma and Coris, respectively, although several other genera are represented in each. I 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Leiurus, p. 242 = Gasterosteus L. (1758). aculeatus.* Yarr. i, 81. brachycentrus. Yarr. i, 82. spinulosus. lb. i, 83. pun<;itius. lb. i, 85. Chirostoma, j). 24;i = Menidia Bonaparte (1836), subg, Chirostoma^ Sw. (1839). ■ A. Humboldtiana.* Cuv. and Val., pi. 300,* (fig. 07). Meladerma, p. 24;; = Elacate Cuv. (1829). M. nigerrima.* Russ., pi. 153. (Pedda. mottah.). Platylepes, p. 247 = Lactarius Cuv. (183:!). P, lactaria.* Cuv., pi. 201. Argylepes, p. 247 = ? A. Indica. Russ., pi. 158. (Mitta Parah.). TracMnus,2 p. 247 = Trachurus Raf. (1810). Alepes, p. 248 = ? A. raelanoptera * Sw. Russel, pi. 155. (Evori Parah.). Zoniclithys, p. 248 = Seriola Cuv. (1829), subg. Zonichthys Sw. (1839). Z. fasciatus.* Bloch, pi. 341. subcarinata. Russ., pi. 149. Hamiltonia, p. 250 = Hamiltonia Sw., 1839 (= Bogoda Bleck.). H. ovata.* Sw. Ham., fig. 37. lata. Sw. lb., fig. 37. Platysomus, p. 250 = Caranx Lac. (1802), subg. Vomer Cuv. (1S17). Brownii.* Cuv., pi. 250. Micropteryx Sw. App. Spixii Sic. Spix., pi. 57. Ctenodon, p. 255 = Acantliiirus Forsk. (1775). C. Ruppelii* Sw. Riipp. 10 (fig. 74). rubropunctatus. Riipp. 15, 1. lineatus Sio. Benn., pi. 3. Cuvicrii. C. V., pi. 289. erythromelas. Less. Atl. 27, 1. fuliginosus. Lesson 27, 2. Zebrasoma, p. 256 — Acanthurus Forsk. (1775). velifer*Sw. Riipp. Atlas, pi. 15, fig. 2. Bl., pi. 427. Callicantliua, p. 256 = Monoceros 151. .'i: Schn. (1801). C. elegaiis.* (Aspisuius elegans.) Ki'ipp. Atl. 16, fig. 2 (fig. 75). Xiphichthys, p. 259 = Trichiurus L. (1766). Z. Russclii* Sw. Russ. i, p. 40 (p. ? 41). Xiphasia,' p. 259 = Xiphasia Sw. Z. setifer* Sw. Russ., pi. 39. ' = Heterognathits, Girard, 1854. - Evidently a misprint for Truchnrus. ■■' = NemopUs, Kaup., 1858 ; - Xiphogadus, Giiutlier, 1862. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 Ornichthys, p. 262 = Prionotus Lac. (1802), subg. Ornichthys Sw. (18:i9). Carolinensis (Carolinus). Bl. 353. punctatus* lb., pi. 353. Macrochyrus, p. 264 = Pterois Cuv. (1817). miles.* Benn. Ceyl., pi. 9. Pteroleptus, p. 264 = Pterois Cuv. (1817). P. longicauda.* Russ. ii, pi. 133. Pteropterus, p. 264 = Pterois Cuv. (1817). T. radiatus.* Cuv. and Val. Brachyrus, p. 264 = Pterois Cuv. (1817). zebra.* Cuv. iv, p. 367. brachypterus, lb. iv, p. 368. Pterichthys, p. 265 = Apistus Cuv. (1829). P. carinatus.* Cuv. iv., p. 395. Israelitorum Cuv., iv, p. 396. alatus. Russ. No. 160, B. Platypterus.i p. 266 = Tetraroge Giinther. (1860). tsenianotus.* Cuv. Lac. iv., pi. 3, fig. 2. longispinis. lb. iv, 408» Bourgomvillii. lb. iv, 411. fusco-virens. lb. iv, 409. Trichosomus,^ p. 265, = Prosopodasys Cant. (1850). trachinoides.* Cuv. pi. 92, 1. dracsena. Cuv. iv. p. 403. Gymnapistes,'^ p. 265 = Gymnapistes Sw. (1839). mai'moratus, * Grift'. Cuv., pi. 22, fig. 3. australis, White's Voy., pi. 52, fig, 1. Belangei'ii Cuv., iv., p. 413. barbatus, lb, 413. niger, lb, 415. Bufichthys,* p. 268 = Synancia Bl. & Schn. (1801). horrida.* Lac. ii, pi. 17 2. grossa. Gray. In. Zool., i, pi. 97. Trachicephalus,'' p. 268 == Polycaulus Giinther. (1860). elongatus* Griff". Cuv., pi. 8, f. 3. ' Preoccupied by several genera. ^Preoccupied by Trichosoma Rud. Verm., 1819. » = Pentarofje Giinther, 1860. (See Bleeker, Mem. Scorpeu, 7, 1876). As founded by Swainson, Oymnapistes contains species of Pcntaroge, Centropogon, Tetraroge and Prosopadasys, all genera posterior to Swainson. Gymnapistes, may therefore, be properly substituted for Pentaroge. * = Synancidium, Miiller, 1843. ^ Preoccupied by Trachycephalus Tsch. 1838 (a genus of Reptiles). 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. Ichthyscopus, p. 269 = Ichthyoscopus' Sw. (18:i9.) U. iuernis.* Cuv. iii, pi. 6o. i Fosteri, lb. 318. cirrhosus. Cuv., lb. 314. Isevis. lb. 319. Enophrys, p. 271 =Enoplirys2 Sw. (1839). E. claviger,* Cuv. and Val., pi. 79, fig. 2. Gymnocanthus, p. 271 = Gymnacanthus^ Sw. (18.'59). G. veutralis.* Cuv. and Val., iv, pi. 79, fig. 1. Hippocephalus,^ p. 272 = Hippocephalus Sw. (1839). superciliosus* Pall. Sp. Zool. vii, pi. 5. decagonus Schn., pi. 27. quadricoruus. Cuv. pi. 80. Canthirynchus, p. 272 = Aspidophoroides Lac. (1802). C. monopterygius,* Cuv. and Val., pi. 169. Blenitrachus,^ p. 274 = 0. Erpicthys, p. 275 = Salarias, Cuv. (1817). subg. ? Erpicthys Sw. (1839). Atlanticus, Cuv., ix, 322. niger, Cuv., xi. quadripinnis,* Rupp., 28,2. frontalis, lb., 328. Sebaj, lb., p. 323. ruficauda, lb., 328. castaneus, lb., 324. quadricornis, lb., 329. fasciatus, lb,, 324. variolatus? lb., 346. Cyclops, lb., 32. fi-jenatus, lb., 342. Rupiscartes, p. 275 = Salarias Cuv. (1817). R. alticus,* C. V. xi, 337. Cirripectes, p. 275 = Salarias Cuv. (1817). C. variolosus,* C. V., xi, 317. Chirolophis, p. 275 = Cairolophus" Sw. (18;!9). C. yarrellii,* C. V., xi, 218. Clinetrachus, p. 276 = Clinus Cuv. (1817). superciliosus,* Bl., pi 1G8. perspicillatus, C. V., xi, 372. Blennophis, p. 276 = Clinus^ Cuv. (1317), subg. Blennophis Sw. (1819). anguillaris,* (Clinus, do. C. V., xi, 390). variabilis, Raff. (1810). (Clinus argentatus, C. V., xi, 354.) ^ = Anema Giinther, 1860, as restricted by Gill, Proc. Ac Nat. Sci., Phila.. 1861, 114. ' -^ Aspicottus Grd. (1854) = Elaphocottus Sauvage. ' = Pkob(ftor Krciyer, 1844. ^Restricted by Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Pliila., 1861, pp. 167, 259. '■' No species mentioned, and apparently none known at the time. "= Blenniops Nilsson, 1855 ; altered to Carelophi.is hj Kriiyer. ' Not Blennophis Val. of later date (about 1840) : Ophioblennius, Gill, 1860. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 Labrisomus, p. 277 = Clinus Cuv. (1817), subg. Labrisomus Sw. (1839). L. gobio, C. v., xi, 395. Peruvianus, C. V., xi, 383. pectinifer,* lb., 374. microcirrhis, lb., 384. capillatus, lb., 377. ? geniguttatus, lb., 86. Delalaudii, lb., 378. elegans, lb., 388, linearis, lb., 371. ?littoreus, lb., 389. variolosus, lb., 381. latipennis, lb., 394. Ophisomus,' p. 277 = Muraenoides Lac. (1800). O. gunnellus,* (Blennius gunnellus, Linn.), Yarrell, i, 239. Ogr.ichodes, p. 278 = Gobioides, Lac. (1800). G. Broussonetii,* Griff., Cuv., pi. 38, fig. 3. Scartelaos, p. 279 = Scartelaus^ Sw. (18:i9). Sc. viridis.* Ham., pi. 33, fig. 13. crysophthalmus. lb., pi. 37, fig. 10. calliurus. lb., pi. 5, fig. 10. Rupellia, p. 281 = Gobius L. (1758). R. ecbinocephala.* JUipp. Atl., i, pi. 34, fig. 3. Amphichthys, p. 282 = Batrachus L. (1758). rubigenes.* Sw. Appendix. Salmophasia, p. 284 = Chela Buch. (1822). oblonga. Sw. Ham., fig. 76. (Gyp. bacaila *). elongata. Gray, Ind. Zool. (Cyp. cora.). ChedruB, p. 285= Chedrus Sw. (1839). C. Grayii* Sw. Gray, Ind. Zool., pi. 3, f. 3. Esomus, p. 285 = Esomus Sw. (= Nuria C. . 292 = Setipinna Hw. (18.S9). truucata Ham., p. 241, f. 72. megalura Sw., lb., p. 240. {Gl. phasa.*) Platygaster,'-' p. 294 = Pellona Cuv. (1817). PI. Africanus.* Bl. 407. parva, Gray, Ind. Zool., ii. megalopterus, Russ., pi. 191. pi. f. 3. affinis. Gray, Ind. Zool. Indicus, Russ., pi. 192. Cypsilurus, p. 296 = Cypselurus Sw. (1839). C. Nuttalii * Le Sueur. Am. Tr. ii, pi. 4, fig. 1. appendiculatus. Wood. lb., iv, p. 283. Leptodes, p. 298 = Chauliodus Bl. Schn. (1801). L. sloanii.* Sch., pi. 85. L. Siculus. Sw. App. Tilesia, p. ."JOO = Gadus L. (1758), subg. T'lesia Sw. (18:!9). T. gracilis.* Til. Piscium, i, tab. 18. Lepidioii,''p. .".00 — Halopo'pliyrttS Giinther (1862). L. rubescens * (Gadus lepidiou Risso), xi, fig. 40, p. 118. Cephas, p. MOO = Gadus Linn. (1758). C. macrocepbalus.* Til. Pise, i, tab. 19. Psetta,' p. :'.02 = Bothus Raf. (1810) subg. Psetta Sw. P. maximus* Bloch, pi. 49. Plat'-phrys, p. .".02 = PlatophrysS Sw (1839). P. ocellatus,* Spix and Agassiz, pi. 46. • Preoccupied by Trichosomus Sw., p. 265, as well as Trkhosomvs Rud. Verm., 1817. 2 Preoccupied by Platygaster Latr., Ilym., 1809. ■' Preoccupied by Lepidea Sav., Verm., 1817. * The generic names Bothus, Raf. (1810), Scophthalmus, Raf. (1810), and EJiombus, Cuvier (1817, not of Lac. 1802), were alike based on Pleuronectes rhombus, L., and PL mnximus, L., in all cases more particularly on the former, which may be taken as the type of each. If the PL maximus, be distinguished as the type of a genus or subgenus, it may stJind as Psetta, Sw. Lophopsetta, Gill, is strictly synonymous with Bothus, its type being extremely closely allied to Bothus rhombus. 6 = Rhomhoidichtliys Bleeker (1856). 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 Brachirus, p. ;;n:; = Euryglossa^ Kamp. plagiusa, Linn. Comraersoni, Russ., No. 70. orientalis,* Sch., 157. jerreus, Russ., No. 71. zebra, Bloch, pi. 187. Pan, Hamil., i)l. 14, fig. 42. Hoplisoma, p. .104 = Corydoras Lac. (1803). H. punctata,* Bloch, 377, fig. 3. Sturisoma, p. :;04 = Loricaria L. (1766), subg. Sturisoma, Sw. S. rostrata,* Spix and Agassiz, pi. 3. Felichthys,2 p. 305 = Felichthys Sw. (1839). F. filameutosus, Bl., pi. 365. nodosus,* Bl. 368, fig. 1. Cyclopium, p. 305 = Cyclopium-^ Sw. (1839). C. humboldtii, Sw. (Pimelodus cyclopium,* Auet.) Silonia* p. 305 = Silondia Sw. (1839). S. lui-ida,* Ham., p. 160, 7, fig. 50. diaphina, lb., p. 162. Pacliypterus,5 p. 306 = Pseudeutropius Blkr. (1863). P. Atherinoides,* Bl. 371, f. 1. punctatus, Ham., p. 196, f. 64. luridus, Ham., p. 163, f. 62. melanurus, lb., {Murms, Ham), p. trifasciatus, lb., p. 180, f. 59. 195. Clupisoma, p. 306 = Clupisoma'^ Sw. (1839). C. argenata,* Ham., 156, pi. 21, fig. 50. Pusichthys, p. 307 = Schilba Cuv. (1817). P. uranoscopus,* Riipp., Egypt., pi. 1, fig. 1, a, h. Coty'ephorus, p. 308 = Aspredo" L. (1758). C. Blochii,* Sw. (Platys. eotylephorus, Bl. 372). Pteronotus, p. 309 = Pimelodus Lac. (1803). P. 5— tentaculatus,* Sp. and Agassiz, pi. 11. Acoura, p. 310 = NemacMlus Von Hasselt. (1823). C. obscura,* Hamilt., p. 357. argentata, lb., 358, No. 10. No. 9 (aberrant). cinerea, lb., 359, No. 12. 1 = Euryglossa, Kamp.; •plagiusa, the first species mentioned, does not agree with the diagnosis, not having "f;oo pectoral fins." Brachirns is preoccupied by Brachyrus, Swainson, both names being abridgments of Brachychirus. ^ = Auchenij)terus, Cuv. 1840. 3 = Stycjogenes, Gthr. (1864). * Misprint foi- Silondia = (Silundia, C. & V., 1840). ^ Preoccupied by Pachypterus, Sol., Col. 1833. ^ = ScMlbeichthys, Bleeker, 1858. I = Platystacus, Bloch, 1801. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Canthophrys, p. 310= Botia Gray (1831). C. albescens,* Ham., Cob. No. 3. olivaceus, lb., No. 8. rubiginosus, lb., No. n, vittatus, lb., No. 4(aberr. ). Diacantha, p. :!10 = Botia (iray (18:U). C. zebra,* Hamilt., pi. 11, f. 96. ttavicauda, pi. 29, f. 95. Somileptes, p. ■ill = Cobitis 1^. (1758). S. bispinosa,* Hamilt., p. 351. unispina, lb., No. 1, p. 350. . Platysqualus, p. 318 = Sphyrna Raf. (1810). S. tiburo,* Limi., Russ.,' pi. 12, fig. 2. Pterocephala, p. 321 = Dicerobatis Blainville (1828). P. Giorna,* Lac, v, pi. 20, 3. Tetrosomus, p. .323 = Ostracion L. (1758). T. tixrritus,* Bl., pi. 136. Lactopbrys, p. 324 = Ostracion L. (1758), subg. Lactophrys Sw. (1839). L. trigomis,* Bl., pi. 35 (? 135). cornutus, Bl., 133. bicaudalis, lb., 132. quadricornus, lb., 134. Rhinesomus, p. 324 = Ostracion L. (1758). R. triqueter,* Bloch, pi. 130. concatinatus, lb., pi. 131. Platycanthus, p. 324 = Aracana Gray (1838). P. auratus,* Shaw, Nat. Miss., pi. 338. RhinecaBthus, p. 325 = Balistes (1758). ornatissimus,* TiCsson, Atl., 10, 1. conspicullum, lb., pi. 9, 1. lineatus, Benn., Cey., pi. 10. amboynensis, In. Z., 8, 3. Melichthys, p. 325 = Balistes L. (1758), sub ••• (anteroposterior, . 'OlS Diameters base, rm. lu, . ^ ' (transverse, . . -009 Diameters base, Pm. iv, /anteroposterior, . -0145 (transverse, . . "014 Length base of true molars, .... -039 Diameters base of m. ii, ( ^^"teroposterior, . -017:3 (transverse, . . -021 Tk- t 1 ••• f anteroposterior, . . •010 Diameters base, m. iii, . ' ' (transverse, . . . -OltS Elevation of base of zygoma, above base of m. iii, -018 The ramus of the lower jaw is, as usuall}' with the Creodonta, deeper and less robust than that of Carnivora of corresponding size. It is also more compressed than tliat of the Triisodon quivirensis. It retains its depth to below the canine teeth, and does not shallow below the middle of the coronoid process, where also there is no tendency to inflection. The anterior masseteric ridge is not very prominent, and the masseteric fossa is not defined below, nor is the inferior edge of the ramus prominent or ridged at that point. The premolar teeth are lost, but the^' occupied but a short space, and were probably onl}' three in number. The first and second true molars ai*e subequal, while the third is a little smaller than either. Each consists of an anterior higher and a posterior lower portion, the lower region being at the junction of the two. The anterior part has a nearly circular section, and contracts towards the apex. The latter is divided into three cusps, a larger external and two lesser internal. The external and posterior internal soon fuse on wearing, and their combined section is a crescent. The anterior inner is small and stands near the inner edge of the crown, and not at the middle as in T. quivirensis, and is circular in section. The heel of the tooth rises to its posterior border, which is divided into two cusps. Eacli of these sends a 1 1882. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 rido-e forwards towards the base of the anterior cone of the tooth. The external is the hirger, and reaches that base. The internal is smaller, and falls short of it. The posterior inferior molar ditfers from the others in form as well as in size. There is no posterior inner anterior cusp, the large external cusp being supplemented by a small anterior internal only, which sends a little ridge down- wards and posteriorly. The heel is narrowed, and supports the two cusps on its posterior border in contact, and not separate as on the other teeth. The external is the larger, and extends forwards to the base of the anterior cone near its middle. Some remnants of hard matrix leave it uncertain whether there is a small median posterior marginal tubercle on the first and second molars or not. The first inferior true molar has a strong external cingulum ; the second has none ; the third has one, which is most evident between the cusps, is weaker at the base of the posterior lobe, and faint at the anterior lobe. No internal cinoula. 3Ieaiiurements. Length of true molar series, .... Length from m. iii to anterior masseteric ridge, M. Diameters of m. i, - (anteroposterior, (transverse. Diameters of m. ii, - ( anteroposterior, Diameters of m. iii, •052 •013 •017 •0115 •018 •Oil •016 •0105 •047 •013 (transverse, ( anteroposterior, (transverse, Depth of ramus at m. iii, .... Width of ramus at m. iii, inferiorly. The molar teeth of this species are more like those of the 2\ lieilprininnus: than those of the T. quivirensis. This is seen in the more conic character of the anterior lobe of the tooth, and the better development of the anterior inner cusp. The species is a good deal larger than the T. quimrenffi^!. From the Puerco beds of N. W. Ncav Mexico, D. Baldwin. Note. — The superior molar teeth show a resemblance to those of Mesonijx, and also to those of Deltatherium. Among the Me- soni/chidfr^ Triisodon approaches Sarcothraiistes in the form of the inferior molars, in the ex[)anded heel. On the o. her hand, the 20 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. appearance of the anterior cusp of the inferior molars approaches what is seen in Amblyctonus. The small transverse posterior superior molar of Triisodon further distinguishes it from Amblyc- tonus. A series of modifications of the dental characters proceeding from the simple to the more complex, may be constructed as follows : I. Mesonyx ; 2. Dissacus ; 3. Sarcothraustes ; 4. Triisodon; 5. Ambh/ctonus ; 6. Deltatherium. The first three belong to the Jlesonychidx, as distinguished by the form of the tarsal articu- lations. Whether Triisodon must be arranged with Amblyctonus or not, cannot be ascertained until the foot structure is known. J 1882.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 301 December 19. The President, Dr. Leidy, in tlie cliair. Thirty-five persons present. The deaths of Jos. S. Lovering, Jr., and Dr. John Forsytli Meigs, members, were announced. On an extinct Peccary, — Prof. Leidy said lie regarded it as remarkable, that among the miilitude of remains of extinct mam- mals found in this country-, many of which were of genera common to the old world, no well authenticated remains of Hipjiopotamus and of tlie Hog had been discovered. The rei)resentative of the latter in this country is the Peccary, of which there are two known living species, pcitaining to South America, with one of them extending into Mexico and Texas. The remains of a number of extinct species have been found in the United States nnd territo- ries, partly I'eferable to Dicotyles^ and others to a nearly allied genus, described by Dr. Le Conte under the name of Flatjigonua. In this the constituent lobes of the molar teeth are conspicuously prominent, comparatively smooth, and approximate in form those of ruminants, in Dicotyles they are comparative!}^ low, wrinkled, and approximate more those of the hog. Sevei'al fossil specimens exhibited, probably indicate an unde- scribed species of Platygonus, larger and of more robust propor- tions than the P. compressus. They have been submitted for examination by Mr. Wm. B. Henderson, who reports that they were found in cla^^ and gravel, in a limestone quarry, in Mifflin Co., Pa. They consist of two jaw fragments with teeth, the bone being encrustated with a hard ferruginous cement of limestone and gravel. The lower jaw fragment contains the greater part of the last two molars. The jaw below the position of the first molar is thick and shallow ; below the last tootli it abrii[)tly deepens, and a short distance back is nearly double the depth. The upper jaw fragment contains the greater part of the molars and last premolar. The upper teeth exhibit a well produced basal ridge fore and aft, but none laterally, except the feeble elements of it between the lobes of the crowns. Comparative measurements of the two fossil specimens with corresponding parts in the skull of P. compressus are as follows : p. vetus. V. conipressufJ. Depth of lower jaw below first molar, 42 mm. 37 mm. Thickness of lower jaw below first molar, 22 " 17 " Depth of lower jaw back of last molar, 78 " 45 '" Space occupied by the last two molars, 47 " 38 '' 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Fore and aft diameter of second molar, Transverse diameter of second molar, Foi'e and aft diameter of last molar, Transverse diameter of last molar, Breadth of face ontside last premolars. Breadth of face outside last molars, Space occupied by upper molars, Fore and aft diameter of first molar, Transverse diameter of first molar, Fore and aft diameter of second molar. Transverse diameter of second molar, Fore and aft diameter of last molar, Transverse diameter of last molar, Fore and aft diameter of last premolar, Transverse diameter of last premolar, The species maj- be named Platygonus vetus, though it is b}' no means certain that it does not pertain to one of the forms de- scribed by Prof. Marsh, from the western territories. The following was ordered to be printed : — p. > ■etus. p. com pressus. 21 mm. 17 mm. 15 ii, ' 11 28 u 21 16 n 13 56 a 45 68 u 52 62 ii. 50 n • L 13 16 i; 12 20 (( 17 18 11 14 24 a 21 19 a 14 12 u 11 15 u 11 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 AN IDENTIFICATION OF THE SPECIES OF FISHES DESCEIBED IN SHAW'S GENERAL ZOOLOGY. BY JOSEPH SWAIN. In the early part of the present century, Dr. George Sliaw compiled a "General Zoology" or " Systematic Natural History," which was to contain descriptions of all the animals then known. In the two volumes on fishes,^ he introduced a large number of new specific names, most of them arbitrary, and unwarranted alterations of prior names, the rest chiefly for species described by travelers, which had been for one reason or another left without binomial designation. Of all the various compilations of the kind, pertaining to fishes, tliis work of Shaw"'s is probably the least worthy. Some of the names, however, have priority of date. I here give a list of all the new generic and specific names intro- duced by Shaw, with the name which the form in question should bear, so far as I can ascertain it. Cases involving difficulty of identification or doubt as to proper nomenclatuie, have been referred to Prof. Jordan, to whom I am also indebted for numerous suggestions, and for the use of his library. VOL. IV. PAGE. Anguilla vulgaris, . pi. h 15 Muraeiia romana. 26 Muraena africana, 30 Murseiia meleagris, . 32 Muraena^ viridis, 83 Monopterus javanicus, 39 Odontognathus abdomi lie acu- leata, . pi. 8, 74 Triurus* commersonii, , , 78 Genus Sfcylephorus, . , • 87 IDENTIFICATION". Angviilla vulgaris,- Shaw. Muraena hnlena, L. Sidera afra (Bloch , Svvaiii. Sidera meloagris (Shaw), Swain. ? Opliichthys, sp. Monopterus javenensis. La Cepedc. Odontognathus niucronatus, La Cepede. ? Genus Stylephorus. 1 General Zoology of Systematic Natural History, by George Shaw, M. D., F. R. S., etc., with plates from the fiist authorities and most select specimens. Engraved principally by Mr. Heath, L-mdou (vol. iv, 1803 ; vol. V, 1804). '^ Prior to Anguilla vulgaris Turton (1806), and Rafinesque (1810). -^ Muro'na viridis is based on ^* Serpens Mariniis amertcanus, Seb. 3, t. 70, f. 2," apparently not identifiable. * Based on lYiurus hougainnUianus La Cepede, ii, 201. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [188$ NAME PAGE Stylephoius coidatus, pi. 11, 87 Xipbias platypterus, ])!. 15, 101 Xiphias makaira, . pi. 16, 104 Oadus' levoiiaiius, 153 Blennius trifuicatus, 174 Cepola hermanuiiua, 191 GymuetiMS ascanii, pi. 27, 193 Genus Vaiidellius, . 199 Gohius uter, 243 Gobiomorus australis, 249 Cottus' australis, 203 Scorpajua comineisonii, 271 Scoij ajua bicapillata, pi. 40, 273 Scorpsena brachiata, 274 Zeus opah, pi. 42, 287 Pltuionectes loseus, pi. 43, 302 Pleuronectes loudeletii, 307 Pleuionectes' argeuteut >. • 308 I'leuiouectes diaphanus > • 309 Pleuronecl es tuberculatus, 312 Cbsetodon imperialis, pi. 41, .824 Chtetodon bifasciatus, 843 Chajtodon plecturhynchus, pi. 49, 310 Acantliurus na.sus, pi. 51, 37(5 Acantliurus'' militaris, . . JJSO Acantliurus harpurus, . . 381 Acantliurus achilles, . . 383 Acantliurus" umbratus, . . 384 IDE>'TIFlCAT.OJf. Stylepliorus cordatus, Shaw. Xiphias gladius, Linnajus. Histiophorusgladius(Brouss. ^LaC. Raniceps trifurcus (Walb.), Cuv. Tajnioides liermannii,- La Cepede. Regalecus glesno, Ascan. Lej)idopus (Oouaii), Bl. & Schn. Gobius ater,-' Shaw. Eleotris strigata ( Brouss.), C. & V. o Pterois volitans (Ij.), C. &. V. Synaiicia biciirata (La C), Swain. S>nancia verrucosa, Bloch. Lanipiis guttatus (Briiunich), Hetzius. Plevirouectes Hesus, L. Solea ocellata (L.), Giiutber. Arnoglossus laterna (Walb.) Giiut. P.setta maxima (L.), Swaiuson. Holacanthus imperator (Bloch.), LaC. Heniochus maciolepidotus (L.), C. & V. Plectorhynchus chaetodontiiides, LaC. Monoceros tuberosus (LaC), Swain. Acantliurus, sp. Monoceros lituratus (Foist.) Swain. Acantliurus achilles, Shaw. ? ' Described from a specimen in the Leverian iMuseum, which is "sup- posed" to be a native of the Southern Ocean, being placed in a collection of fishes taken during the last voyage of Captain Cook. ^ Not hermannianus. as usually quoted. ' Gohius (iter Shaw, is based on Gohius niycr La C. (not of LinnjeusK If this is a valid species, it seems to have been overlooked by other writers. ' Cottus amtralis >haw, is "a doubtful species ; described by myself in Mr. White's Voyage to Botany Bay" (Shaw). • PleuronecteK urge /it ens is based on a partial description by Petiver, in "Gazoph. 10, t. 20." " "Native of the Lidian and American seas. In the British and Lever- ian Museums." (Shaw.) " "Native of the Indian seas. In the British Musewm." (Shaw.) 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 NAME. PAGE. Acanthuriis' meleagris, . . 385 Trichopus arabicus, . . 390 Trichopus satyrus, . .391 Trichopus pallasii, . . 393 Trichopus monodactylus, . 392 Scarus purpuratus, . . 397 Scarus- rostratus, . . .401 Sparus' bicinctus, . . . 418 Sparus bruunichii, . . 424 Sparus commersonii, . . 428 Sparus melanotus, . . .431 Sparus luna, .... 433 Sparus serran, . . . 439 Sparus* sciurus, . pi. 64. 439 Sparus argyropthalmus, 441 Sparus® reticulatus, , 447 Sparus zonatus, , 452 Sparus hemisphsericus, pi. 66, 554 Sparus brachiatus, pi. 66, 456 Sparus magniticus, 463 Sparus' palpebratus, 464 Sparus tranquebaricus, 471 Sparus semifasciatus, 473 Sparus*^ trilineatus, 472 Sparus'' cepedianus. 473 IDENTIFICATION. ? Thalassoma lunare (L.), Swain. Osphromenus goramy, La Cepede. Osphroniciius trichopterus (Pall.), Giinther. Monodactylus falciformis, La Ce- pede. Thalassoma purpuream (Forsk.;, Bwainson. ? ? Sparus bogaraveo, Briinn. Gerres oyena (Forsk.), Cuv. & Val. Lutjauusargentinaculatus(Foisk.), Swain. Lutjanus chrysurus (Bloch),Vaill. Serranus cabrilla (L.), Risso. Serranus formosus (L.), J. & 6. Priacanthus^ macrophthalmus (Bloch), Swain. Thalliurus fasciatus (Thun.), Swn. Xyrichthys fuscus (LaC), Swain. Xyrichthys fuscus (La C), Swain. Conodou nobilis (L.), J. & G. Lutjanus johnii (Bloch), Vaill. Epinephelus striatus (Bloch), Gill. •> ? Lutjanus, sp. ' "Native of the Indian and American seas. In the British Museum." (Shaw.) - "Slightly described by Ceijede from the MSS. of Commerson." (Shaw.) » Based on " Sp. bicittatm Bloch, t. 263." * Sparus sciurus Shaw, includes Diahnsis elegans (C. & V.) J. & G. and Serranus formosus (L. ) J. & G. S. sciurus may be considered as a syn- onym of S. formosus. '" Not P. macrophthalmus Cuv. and Val. = P. arenatus C. & V- * Based on Sparus eapistratus Gmelin. '' Based on Perca palpebrosa L. ® Based on Anthias lineatus Bloch, t. 326, f. 1. ^ Based on Lutjanus albo-aureus La Cepede, iv, 239. 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. NAMF. PAGE. Sparus' sigillatus, . . . 474 Goinphosus variegatus, pi. 69, 480 Labius albidus, . . . 490 Labius nndulatus, . . . 496 Labius ballanus, . ' pi. 71, 498 Labius ascanii, . . . 512 Labius- caiinatus, . . . 522 Labius' cupreus, . . . 527 Scisena gibbosa, . . . 539 Holocentrus decussatus, . 557 Holoceutrus japonicus, . . 565 Holocentrus testudineus, . 560 Holocentrus marginatus, . 566 Holoceutrus bicolor, . . 568 Bodianus zebra, . . . 574 Bodianus lunulatus, . . 575 Scomber niadagascariensis, pi. 75, 590 Scomber" botl a, . . .591 Scomber leopardus, . .591 Scomber maculosus, , . 592 Scomber" nigricollis, . . 597 Gasterosteus carolinensis, . 608 Gasterosteus canadensis, . 609 Mullus indicus, . . . 614 Mullus bandi, . . . 615 Mullus" radiatus, . . .618 Mullus auieovittatus, . . 618 IDENTIFICATION, p Gompliosus varius, La Cepede. Percis tetracanthus (La C). Swain. Julis lunaris (L.), Cuv. & Val. Labius bergylta, Ascauius. Cynsedus melops (L.), Swain. o Lutjanus gibbus, Bloch. Epiuephelus' decussatus (Shaw), Swain. Epinephelus' ruber, Blocli. Epinephelus brunneus, Bloch. Epinephelus marginalis, Bloch. Epinephelus albofuscus (La C), Swain. Bodianus boonack, Bloch. Bodianus lunaris (Forsk.), Swain. Scombroides lysm (Forsk.), Swn. Scomberomorus guttatus (Bl. and Sell.), Swain. Scomberomorus commersonii (La C), Swain. Teuthis, sp. Trachynotus carolinus (L.), Gill. Elacate canada (L.), Gill. Upeneus indicus (Shaw), Giinther. Upeneoides vittatus, Blecker. Upeneus, sp. Upeneus llavo'.inealus, C. & V. ' Based on Lutjanus elUptico-flnrus La Cepede, iv, 240. - Based on Lahrus aristatus La Cepede, iii, 445. * Based on Johnius ceneus Bloch, vii, 135, taf. 357. * Not identified. Based on Epii)ep7ielus atrintus Bloch, not Auathin» striahis B'och, also ah Epinephelus. •' Not identified by recent writers. " Based on '■^ Dotla PariiJi. Russell's Indian Fishes, p1. 142 and var. ? pl. 137." ' Based on Centrogaster argentatus Gmel., Syst. Nat., 1337. " Not identified by recent writers. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 NAME. PAGE. Triojla' j;ipoiiica. . . . 634 Genus Trachiclitliys, . . 630 Trachichtliys australis, ; . 630 IDENTIPICATI N. ? Cephalacanthus, sp. Genus Trachich':hys, Shaw. Trachichtliys australis, Shaw. vol. V. NAME. Loricaria- arcipense Loriciria dentata, Loricaria flava, Salmo'^ phinoc, Salmo sahnulus, Sahiio fulvus, , Salmo rostratus, Esox barracauda, Esox cepedianus, Esox leverianus, pi. PAGE. 86 37 38 54 55 80 86 105 110, 117 . 118 Esox stomias, Polyptenis nilnticus, pi. Mull us' malabaricus, Polynemus iiiloticus, Polynemus indicus, . Polynemus tetiadactylus, Polynemus commersonii, . Clupea gigantea, Cyprinus"' rondeletii, pi. Cyprinus*' pomt^ranicus, . Cyprinus" fei-rugineus, pi. Cyprinus punctatus, Cypiinus serta, Cyprinus lancastrieusis, . Petromyzou plumbeus, 120 112, 123 137 151 155 155 156 173 123, 194 202 131, 218 220 232 234 263 IDENTIFICATION. Loricaria maculata, Bloch. Loricaria cataphracta, L. Hypostomusp]ecostomus(L.),C&V. ? Salmo trutta, L. Salmo salar, L. Sarcodaces odoe fBloch\ Giinther. Coregonus oxyrhynchus, L. Sphyrsena picuda, Bl. & Sch. Lepidosteus tristsechus (Bl. & Sch.), J. & G. Lepidosteus tristsechus (Bl. & Sch.), J. & G. Chauliodus sloanii, Bl. & Sch. Polypterus bichir, Geoffroy. ? Mugil, sp. Polynemus plebejus, Gmel. Polynemus indicus, Shaw. Polynemus tetiadactylus, Shaw. Polynemus plebejns, Gmel. Megalops cypiinoides (Brouss.), Bleeker. Cyprinus carpio, L. Cyprinus carpio, L. Abramis bipunctatus (Bloch), Giin. Abramis vimba (L. ), C. & V. f^qualius leuciscus (L. ), lleckel. Petromyzou branchial is, L. ' Based on Tri'gla alata, Gmel. Syst. Nat., 1346. '^ Loricaria accipenser Shaw, includes Loricaria maculata Bloch, and Loricaria cataphracta L. •* Based on "White Salmon, Peiin., Brit. Zool." * Based on " Peddarki Sopei-o Russ. pise, t 182." ■' Apparently a monstrosity: based on "Rondel, aquat. 2, p. 155." ^ Based on " Cyprinus huggenhncjii Bloch, t. 95." ^ Apparently a monstrosity ; based on "Cyprin rouge-brun, Cepede, 6, p. 490." 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. NAMB. PAGE. Petromyzou bicolor, . . 2G3 Raja chagriiiea, . . .281 Raja fasciata, . pi. 148, 286 Raja poecilura, . . .291 T^aja' diabolus, . . ,291 Raja- maculata, . . .310 Riija' bicolor, . . . .316 Raja tbouiniana, . pi. 147, 318 Raja cuvieii. Squalus pbilippinus, Squalu.s* denticulatus, Squalus zebra, . Squalus semisagittatus, . Genus Spatularia, . Spatularia reticulata, pi. ir)G, 362 ( 'binitera borealis, pi. 157, 365 Chimajra australis, pi. 158, 368 319 341 351 352 361 362 Lophius europjeus. pi. 161, 379 Lopliius cornubicus, , , 381 Lophius muricatu?, pi. 162, 382 Lophius rostratus, pi. 163, 383 Lophius^ pictus, . pi. 165, 386 Lophius''' marmaratus, pi. 165, 384 Cyclopterus' pyramidatus, pi. 167, 390 Cyclopterus pavoninus, pi. 167, 391 Cyclopterus"* bispinosus, . 396 Cyclopterus cornubicus, . 397 IDBNTIFICATION. Petromyzou brancliialis, L. Raja fullonica, L. Myliobatis nieuhofii (Bl. & Sch.), C. & V. Pteroplatea micrura (Bl. & Sch.), Mull. & Henle. ? Dicerobatis gioruse (LaC.),Gunth. 9 9 Rhinobatus thouiuianus (Shaw), Svvaiu. Raja clavata, L. Cestraciou philippi (Bl. & Schn.), Cuvier. ? Stcgostoma tigrinum (L.), Giinther. Pristis cuspidatus, Latham. Genus Polyodon, La Cepede. Polyodon spathula ( \Valb.),J. & G. Chimaira monstrosa, L. Callorhynchus australis (Shaw), Owen. Lophius piscatorius, L. Ijophlus piscatorius, L. Halieutaia stellata ( Walb. ), C. & V. Malthe vespertilio (L.\ C. & V. Antennariusmultiocellatus(C.&Y.) Giinther, var. leucosoma Blceker. Antennarius, sp. Cyclopterus lumpue, L. Cyclopterus lumpus, L. ? Cotylis, sp. Lepadogaster gouanii. La Cepede. ' Based on "Eereegoodee Tenkoo, Russel iud., t. 9." '^ Based on "Temeree Russ. iud., t. 1." ■' Based on ''Nalla Temeree, Russ. iud., t. 2." * Based on "Squale dentele," La Cepede, i, 281 ; habitat unknown. '■> "Pictus" is preoccupied. « Not identified by recent writers ; ''marmorafi/g^^ is preoccupied. " Evidently a monstrosity. * Based on Cyclopterus nuduis Gmel., Syst. Nat., 1475. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 NAME. PAGB Balistes' liturosus, • 405 Balistes sonneratii, , 40 G Balistes bicolor, pl 168 407 Ealistes viiescens, , 408 Balistes fasciatus, . , 409 Ralistes unimaculatus, . 410 Balistes cinereus, . 4in Balistes signatus, . 41G Balistes capistiatus, 417 Ostracion auritus, pl 173, 439 Ostracion striatus, . 430 Diodon- liturosus, . 436 Cephalus brevis, . pl 175, 437 Cephalus varius, 439 Cephalus pallasianus, 440 Syugnathus foliatus, pl 180, 456 Pegasus draco. pl. 182, 401 IDKNTIPICATION. Monacantlius, sp. Balistes bursa, Bl. & Sell. Balistes conspicillum, Bl. & Sch. Balistes viridescens, Bl. ian, Indian (Oriental of ^Vallace), Australian, Nearctic, and Neotropical (Austro-Columbian of Huxley). ^ Geographical Distribution of Animals, vol. 1, p. 66, 1876. Professor Newton, in the article "Birds," contained in the Encyclopiedia Britannica ('Jth ed., iii, p. 7.^1, 187.")!, thus expresses his views in the present connec- tion : "Thus, regarded simply from an ornithologist's point of view, what we call the Nearctic 'region,' seems to have no right to be considered one of the primary regions of the earth's surface, and to be of less import- ance than some of the subregions of the Neotropical region. * * * It is not, however, intended here to question the validity of the Nearctic region in a zoogeographical sense. If that position could be success- fully disputed, it nui^t be done on more than ornithological grounds, and a consideration of them would be out of place in this article. It is enough to mention that though the mammals would possibly lead to much the same conclusion as the birds do, yet the lower classes of vertebrates — reptiles, amphibians and lishes woidd most likely have acontrary tendency, while the present writer is (piite unable to guess at the result which would be afforded by the invertebrates." 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA, 317 In view of the very divergent positions occupied by the natural- ists above cited as to the value of the region here referred to, it may be ftiirly conceded, we believe, and with due deference to the high authority of Mr. Wallace, that the question of position or relationship is still an open one ; and the more especially can this be considered to be the case, since several of the authors do not appear to be agreed even as to the general (or preponderating) relationship of the contained mammalian fauna, or that branch of the representative fauna which is usually taken to be most charac- teristic (typical) of a region. ^ In the hope, therefore, of throwing some additional light on this subject the author has been constrained to make the followino- critical inquir}'. The points which it has been attempted to solve are : — 1. Whether the Nearctic region is entitled to be considered as an independent region by itself. 2. If not, of which region, Palaearctic or Neotropical, does it constitute a part. The relative relationship of the Nearctic fauna with the faunas of the Palaearctic and Neotropical regions constitutes the first portion of the inquiry.^ The Nearctic mammalian fauna comprises, according to Wallace, about 26 families, as follows : Phyllostomidae, Suidae, Vespertilionidae, Cervidte, Noctilionidse, Bovidje, Talpidae, Muridaj, Soricidse, Dipodidae, Pelidte, Saccomyidae, ^ Wallace, op. cit., 1, p. 57. ^ In the following analyses of mammalian families, genera and species, the author has followed the tables furnished by Wallace in his "Geograph- ical Distribution of Animals," and for two reasons : 1st, The circumstance that these tables have served as the basis for Mr. Wallace's own conclusions, et conseq. as the guiding data for those authors who have accepted the views of this naturalist ; and 2d, The difficulty of constructing new tables, Avhich in their application to all the various zoogeographical regions, could claim a decided advantage over those that are here furnished. For the North American fauna a reconsideration based upon the more recent works of Coues and Allen, where the number of species is very materially reduced, is given later on. 818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Canidie, Mustelicl89, Procyonidas, Ursida?, Otariidoe, TrichechidfB, Phocidai, Castorida?, Sciiiridfe, Haploodontidse, CercolabidiiJ, Lagomyidae, Leporidte, Didelphyidje. Of this number onh' one family — the Haj)loMontidse — com- prising one or two species of beaver-like animals inhabiting the west coast, can be said to be strictly peculiar to the region.' Of the 25 nou-peculiar families, 19 are also Pah'earctic, and of the remaining fi, 5 are exclusively Xearctic and Neotropical and 1 (Xoctilionidse, or short-eared bats) is found in the eastern hemi- sphere. Comparing the Nearctic with the Neotropical fauna, we find that out of the 25 non-peculiar families 18 are also Neotropical, so that the relationship between the Pali^arctic and the Nearctic on one side, and the Nearctic and Neotrop- ical on the other, would appear to be equally great. But if we take the genera included in these 26 families (74 in alP) ' The Saccomyidie, or pouched rats, which are also regarded as peculiar to the Nearctic region by Wallace, can scarcely he considered such, since a fair proportion of the species {Ileterotnys, 6 sp. ? ; Geomys [ OeomyidiT of some authors]) penetrate to a considerable distance within the Neotropical region. The family is more propei'ly characteristic than peculiar. Number of Speci es. Number of Species. 2 Phyllostomidae, Soricida}, Macrotus, 1 Sorex, . . 16 Vespertilionida;, Neosorex, . 1 Scotophilus, . 5 Blarina, . . 7 Vespertilio, . 6 Felida3, Nycticejus, 1 Felis, . . 5 Lasiurus, 3 Lynx, . 3 Synotus, 3 Canidte, Antrozous, 1 Lupus, . . 6 Noctilionidae, Vulpes, . . 6 Nyctinomus, . 1 Mustelidae, Talpidie, Martes, , . 2 Condylura, 1 jMustela, . 11 Scapanus, 2 Gulo, . 1 Scalops, .... 3 Latax, . . 2 Urotrichus, 1 Enhydris, . 1 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 319 we find that 35 are also Paltearctic/ and onl}- 21 Neotrop- Number of Species. Number of Species. Taxidea, 2 Muridse, Mephitis, 0 Reithrodon, . 5 Procyonidse, Hesperomys, . 16 Procyon, 2 Neotoma, 7 Bassaris, 1 Sigmodon, 2 Ursidae, Arvicola, 27 Ursus, .... 3 Myodes, . . . • 3 Fiber, .... 1 Otariidse, Dipodidse, Callorhinus, . 1 Jaculus, 1 Zalophus, 1 Saccomyidae, Euraatopias, . 1 Dipodoniys, . 5 TrichechidaB, Perognatbus, 6 Trichecus, 1 Tbomomys, . 2 PbocidjB, Geomys, 5 Callocephalus, 1 Saccomys, 1 Pagomys, 1 Castoridae, Pagophilus, , 1 Castor, .... 1 Halicyon, 1 Sciuridae, Phoca, .... 1 Sciurus, .... 18 Halichoerus, . 1 Sciuropterus, 4 Morunga, 1 Tamias, .... 4 Cystophora, . 1 Sperm opbilus. 15 Suidae, Cynomys, 2 Dicotyles, 1 Arctomys, 4 Cervidse, Haploodontidae, Alces, .... 1 Haploodon, . 2 Rangifer, 2 Cercolabidae, Cervus, .... 6 Eretbizou, 2 Bovidae, Lagorayidae, Bison, .... 1 Lagorays, 1 Antilocapra, . . . 1 Leporidae, Aplocerus, 1 Lepus, .... 15 Capra, . . . . 1 Didelpbyidaa, Ovibos, .... 1 Didelpbys, 2 In Wallace's table of the Palaearctic fauna, Thalassnrctos, the polar bear, is considered as a distinct genus apart from Ursus. The Nearctic Ursidce would accordingly be Ursus, 2 species, and Thalassarctos, 1 species. ' Vespertilio, Halichoerus, Urotrichus, Cystophora, Sorex, Alces, Felis, Rangifer, Lynx, Cervus, Lupus, Bison, Vulpes, Capra, 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. ical.' Of these 21, moreover, 6 belong to the volant mammalia — the bats — a class of animals possessing special means for self- distribution. It will thus be seen that genericalUj the North American mam- malian fauna is much more intimately related to the Eur-Asiatic than to the South American. Furthermore, of the 35 genera also occurring in the Paloparctic region, 21 are found nowhere else but in that region — in other words, 21 out of "74 genera are peculiar to the combined Xearctic and Paloearctic regions.- On the contra r}^ of the 21 Neotropical Martes, Mustela, Gulo, Ursus, Callorhinus Zalophus, Trichecus, Callocephalus, Pagomys, Pagophilus, Phoca, ' Macrotus, Scotophilus, Vespertilio, Nycticejus, Lasiurus, Nyctinomus, Fells, Mustela, Enhyclris, Mephitis, Procyon, Arvicola, Myodes, Castor, Sciurus, Sciuropterus, Tamias, Spermophilus, Arctomys, Lagomys, Lepus. Bassaris, Dicotyles, Cervus, Reithrodon, Hesperoniys, Fiber, Sciurus, Tamias, Lepus, Didelphys. ' Urotrichus, Lynx, Callorhinus, Zalophus, Trichecus, Callocephalus, Pagomys. I'agophilus, Phoca, Ilalichoerus, Cystophora, Capra has an outlying representative in the Neilgherry Hills of India, and likewise one — an ibex — in the highlands of Abyssinia. Alces, Rangifer, Bison. Capra, Arvicola, Myodes, Castor, Spermophilus, Arctomys, Lagomys. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 genera occurring in the Nearetic fauna, only 11 are exclusively Neotropical. In other words, only 1 1 out of 74 genera are pecu- liar to the combined Nearetic and Neotropical regions.^ Again, the 21 Nearctic-Palffiarctic genera are represented by about 69 specific forms, whereas the 11 Nearctic-Neotropical genera have only about 39 specific representatives. So that, whichever way considered, there is a great preponderance of Palaearctic, as com- pared to Neotropical, forms in the Nearetic fauna. As far as the evidence afforded by the mammalia is concerned, therefore, there is a much closer relationship shown to exist between the North American (Nearetic) and Eur-Asiatic (Paliearctic) faunas than between the former and the South American (Neotropical). It is thus manifest, that if the Nearetic fauna is not a distinct one, it should be united — if judged b}' its mammalian fauna alone — with the Palfearctic rather than with the Neotropical. But the question still remains, is it a distinct fauna, or is it only a lateral extension of the Paltearctic ? It has already been stated that the region possesses among 26 families of mammalia only one that is strictly peculiar to it — the Haploodontidse. The Neotropical, on the other hand, has out of about 31 families, 8 that are peculiar. ^ The Australian, of 22, likewise 8.^ The Ethiopian, out of 44, 9 that are peculiar.* The only other regions that can compare with the Nearetic in the paucity of their peculiar families are the Palsearctic and the Oriental, the former represented by 36 families, with not a single one peculiar, and the latter likewise with 36 families, of which 1 Macrotus, Dicotyles, Lasiurus, Reithrodon, Enhydris, Hesperomys, Mephitis, Fiber, Procyon, Didelphys. Bassaris, ' Cebidcp,, Hapalidm, Phyllostomidm (one species in California), ChincJiil- lidcR, Caviidce, Bradypodidce, DasypodidcB, Myrmecophagidce. * Dmyuridm, Myrmecobiklm, Peramelido', Macropodidm, Phalangistidm, Phascolomydm, Ornithorhynchidm, Eehidnidce. * CJieiromyidce, Centetidce, Potamogalidm, Chrysochlorido!, Gryptoproctidoe, Protelidce, Hippopotamidce, Camelopardidm, Orycteropodidm. 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. number only 3 are peculiar.^ But the paucity of peculiar families in the case of the Patearctic and Oriental regions is readily ex- plained by the circumstance that both regions are bounded along the line of their greatest development by other faunal regions, with wliich an exchange in forms will naturall}^ be effected. Thus the Palasarctic region is bounded along an extent of about 140 degrees of longitude, or about 9000 miles, by the Ethiopian and Oriental regions. The proportions of bounding surface to area is perhaps still greater in the case of the Oriental region. But in the case of the Nearctic region (as recognized) we have no such bounding surface — in fact we are here limited for our exchanges to the narrow strip (Mexico, Central America) uniting the two great continents — and, therefore, on the assumption of a distinct fauna it would be doublj' difficult to assign a special explanation for the very limited number of peculiar families. While the Nearctic and Palaearctic regions are each deficient in peculiar mammalian families, 3'et the}^ are eminently' distin- guished from their nearest faunal neighbors by certain highly characteristic families, which are only rendered ??OM-peculiar by the circumstance that they are contained in both regions. Such are the 1. Talpida?, Moles. 2. Trichechidne, Walruses. 3. Castoridai, Beavers. 4. Lagomyid.ne, ..... Pikas. And if the reindeer, elks, and sheep (and goats) be considered as constituting distinct families, as is maintained by man}^ natur- alists, the 5. Rangiferidic, 6. Alcadse, 7. CapridtE. In addition to these V families we have also the hares (Leporidse) and bears {Ursidae), which, though not exclusively restricted to those regions, are by their numbers and vast distribution emi- nently characteristic of them. Considering the Palix>arctic and Xearctic regions to constitute but a single faunal division, that division would then be eminently characterized by the possession of these 7-9 peculiar families ' larsiidce, Oalcopithecide, Tupaiidcp. 1882.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 J alone, and would then stand in nearly the same relation b}^ famil}'' distinctions to the other regions as the Neotropical, Ethiopian, and Australian. The combined Nearctic and Palrearctic regions would , moreover, be further united to each other by the negative char- acter afforded in the almost total absence of the Quadrumana^ and Edentata, ordei'S which are abundantly represented in all the other regions but the Australian. If now we turn to an examination of the genera peculiar to the several zoogeographical regions, we find that out of a total of T4 represented in the Nearctic, only about 26 are restricted to that region, forming 35 per cent. In the Pala?arctic, out of 100 — 35 peculiar = 35 per cent. In the Orieutal, out of 118 — 54 peculiar = 46 per cent. In the Australian, out of 70 — 45 peculiar =^ 64 per cent. In the Ethiopian, out of 142 — 90 peculiar = 63 percent. In the Neotropical, out of 131 — 103 peculiar = 78 per cent. We here again note a deficiency iji the case of the Nearctic and Paliearctic regions — an absence of positive distinguishing charac- ters— a condition to be explained by the fact that a very considerable number of genera are rendered non-peculiar (just as in the case of the families) by the circumstance of their being represented in both the Nearctic and PaliBarctic regions. But if we consider the two regions as forming in reality but one, we would have in addition to the 26 Nearctic and the 35 PaLoearctic genera already referred to, 22 additional ones to be comprised in the regions as being peculiar to it, viz. : — Eepresentecl by Genera. Pala Urotrichus, .... Ljnicus, .... Gulo, . . . Thalassarctos, Zalophus, Eumatopias, .... ' About 5 species of Quadrumana, representatives of the genera Macacus and Semitopithecus, enter within the confines of Palsarctic regions. The highest lanitude in the northern hemisphere reached by this class of animals is probably the Rock of Gibraltar (Lat. 30^), inhabited by the Baibary ape {Macacus inints); the genus is also represented in Japan. Three or four species of Quadruniana (Macacus, Cynopithecus) likewise occur in the islands Timor, Batchian, and Celebes, belonging to the Australian region. ,ic species. 1 Nearctic, 1 9 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1881 Represented by Genera. rala^arctic species. Nearctic. Trichechus, .... 1 1 Calloceplialus Pagomys, Pagophilus, . Phoca, . • 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 Halichoerus, . 1 1 Cystophora, . AlCGS, , 2 2 (? I Ta rand us. 2 Bison, . 1 Cuniculus, 1 M3'odes, Castor, . • • 3 I Spermophilus Arctomys, Lagomys, 1 • • 10 4 10 15 4 1 5t 45 To which may also be added Capra (with 10 Pahvarctic species), Om- (with 10 Palsearctic and 1 Xearctic species), and ^rrico/a (with 21 Palffiarctic and 27 Nearctic species), genera whose repre- sentatives but barely pass beyond the confines of the region — making 25 in all. We would thus have a total of about 86 peculiar genera out of 173 represented, a proportion that would stand intermediate between what we find to exist in the Oriental and Australian regions, and which would constitute about 50 per cent. The region would be accordingly eminently marked out by positive generic characters. Turning now to a consideration of the species which represent the peculiar genera of each region — in other words, to the repre- sentative forms of the various faunas — we find that in the Nearctic region, as at present constituted, out of a total of about 279 species, the 26 peculiar genera comprise but 60, or only 2U per cent, of tiie entire fauna. In the Paliuarctic, of 426 species, the 35 peculiar genera comprise 71 = 17 per cent. In the Oriental, of 505 species, the 54 peculiar genera comprise 165 =33 per cent. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 In the Australian, of 243 species, the 45 peculiar genera com- prise 151 =62 per cent. In the Ethiopian, of 525 species, the 90 peculiar genera comprise 288 = 55 per cent. In the Neotropical, of 634 species, the 103 peculiar genera comprise 316 = 60 per cent. So here, again, just as in the case of families and genera, the Nearctic and Palwarctic regions show a very decided deficiency, the specific types that ought to characterize a fauna being but very feebly developed. But if we unite the two regions, the negative character is developed into a positive one by the incor- poration of a considerable number of species representing the 25 genera, which are held in common by the two regions. The number of species held by the Nearctic region has been stated to be about .......... 279 And of the Palsearctic, 426 105 Less 30 species (as will be seen further on) held in common, 30 Total for the combined region, .... 615 Of this total of 675 species for the combined region we have : — 60 represented by the genera peculiar to the Nearctic region ; 71 represented by the genera peculiar to the Palaearctic region ; 153 (171 — 18 common = 153) represented by the 25 peculiar genera common to the two regions ; 284 or a proportion of species representing the peculiar genera of 284 : 675 (42 per cent.), a ratio sufficiently large to impress upon the fauna a distinctive character. In our estimates of the Nearctic fauna we have relied upon the tables furnished by Wallace. If instead of these, however, we avail ourselves of the later data furnished by the various papers of Cones and Allen, the result will not be materially altered. According to the lists furnished by these authorities it would appear that the Nearctic mammalian fauna has, instead of 279 species, only about 210. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Two new families/ and three new genera^ (of which one is peculiar) are indicated. Out of a total of 75 genera, 2T are peculiar, which would give a proportion (36 per cent.) very little different from that deduced from Wallace's data. These 21 peculiar genera, again, are represented according to Cones' table by about 49 species, which, out of the total of 210, would give 23 per cent, of the entire fauna, or 1^ per cent, over that which was found in our first estimation. Again, uniting the Pahearctic and Nearctic regions with the new data, we find, instead of a total of t05 species, onl}' 636 Deducting 30 species held in common, ... 30 Total, 606 Of this total of 606 species for the combined regions we have : Tl species represented by the genera peculiar to the Palaaarctic region ; 49^ species represented b}' the genera peculiar to the Nearctic region ; 132 species (150* — 18 = 132) represented by the 25 genera peculiar to the two regions ; 252 or a proportion of species representing the peculiar genera of 252 : 606 = 42 per cent., or precisel}' the figure that was obtained from Wallace's tables. The following species of North American mammalia are gen- erall}' considered to be identical with Pahvarctic forms, or, at anj'^ rate, to have such close Eur-Asiatic representatives as to be but doubtfully distinguishable from them : Evotomys (Arvicola) rutilus, Putorius erminea, Myodes Obensis, ? Putorius vison, Cuniculus torquatus, Felis Canadensis, ' Zapodidce, Oeomyida. "^ Ochetodon (Jlexperomi/s, pars), Evotomys {Arvicola, pars\ Criceiodipus (Perognathus, pars). 3 Instead of the 60 before recorded, correspouding to the general reduc- tion in the number of species. * 98 Palajarctic ; 52 Nearctic. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 32'[ Lepus timidus, Canis occidentalis, Castor fiber, Vulpes vulgaris, Tainias Asiaticus, Ursus Americanus Spermophilus empetra, (et U. borribilis ?) ? Arctomys pruinosus, Phoca vitnlina, ?Urotrichus Gibbsi, C3'stopbora cristata, Cervus Canadensis, Callorhiniis ursinus, Alee malcbis, Zalophus Gillespii, Tarandus rangifer, Triehecus rosmarus, Gulo luscus, Pagophilus Groenlaudicus, ? Mustela Americana, Halicboerus sp, Putorius vulgaris. And perhaps a little less certain, Ovis montana. Bison Americanus. From the preceding facts it may be considered as shown, 1st, that by family, generic and specific characters, as far as the mam- malia are concerned, the Nearctic and Pala^arctic faunas taken col- lectively are more clearly defined from any or all of the other regions than either the Nearctic or Pala^arctic taken individuall}' ; and 2d, that by the communit}'^ of family, generic, and specific characters the Nearctic region is indisputably united to the Palae- arctic, of which it only forms a lateral extension. Evidence Afforded by the Batrachia and Reptilia. If we now turn to the evidence afforded by the batrachians and reptiles, we will find the conclusions drawn from the study of the mammals to be strikingly confirmed.^ . Batrachia TJrodela. The following families are enumerated in the Nearctic fauna (as usually recognized) : 1 In the following zoogeographical considerations the " Sonoran " sub- region of Prof. Cope, including " parts of Nevada, New Mexico, Arizona, and Sonora in Mexico" (Bulletin U. S. National Museum, i, p. 68, 1875), is taken to represent a portion of the Neotropical region, and for reasons that will be stated further on. To this section detached from the Ne- arctic region will probably have to be added the peninsula of Lower California (the " Lower Californiau " subregion of Cope), and portions of California and Texas. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Peculiar to the Nearetic. Palsearctic. Peculiar to the Nearetic. Palsearctic. Palsearctic. Palaearctic. SirenidfB, .... Siren, 1 species. Pseudobranchus, 1 sp. Proteidiv, .... Menobranchus, 2 sp. [Paltearctic, Froteus.'] Amphiumidse, Atnphiuma, 1 sp. Murtenopsis, 1 sp. Menopomidse, . . . . . Menoporaa, 2 sp. [Pakvarctic, Sieholdia.'] Amblj^stomidffi, ...... Amblystoma.* Dicamptodon, 1 sp. [Paltearctic, Onichodactylus^ Ranodon.'] Plethodontidfe, . . . Neotropical, 7-8 genera, with about 22 species. The genus Spe- lerpes, with about 8 species, descends beyond the Nearetic boundary into northern South America ; it is also represented by a solitary species in southern Europe. Desmognathidse, .... Peculiar to the Nearetic. Desmognathus, 3 sp. Pleurodelidse, Palaearctic. Diemictylus, 2 sp. We have here, therefore, 8 families represented, 5 of which are also Pahearctic, and only one Neotropical. The 3 families restricted to the Nearetic region are represented bj^ only 7 species. If it be urged that the presence of these 3 peculiar, but very narrowly circumscribed families is sufficient to characterize the region in which they occur, and consequently to render it distinct, it may, for similar reasons, and with almost equal force, be urged that the eastern extremity of the Eur-Asiatic region — China, Japan — should be detached from the rest of the Palfearctic by virtue of its containing representatives of two equall}' characteristic families, the Menopomidee and Amblystomidee, found nowhere else in the region. ' About 18 species, all of which, with one or two exceptions, are found outside of the Sonoran subregion. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 Batrachia Anoura. Bufonidie, Nearly cosmopolitan. Bufo. Engystomidffi, . . . Tropical, Old and Xew World. Engystoma, 1 species. Hylidae, . . Essentially tropical, Old and New World. Aeris, 1 sp. Chorophilus, 4 sp. Hyla, about 12 species, several of which occur in the Sonoran region or along the Neotropical boundary. Scaphiopidte, ....... Pala^arctic. Spea. Scaphiopus. Cystignathidse, . . . Neotropical, . . Australian. 2 species, both in the Sonoran subregion. Ranidae, Essentiallj' Old World. Rana, 8 sp. The above data will show that the anourous or tailless batrachians scarcely afford any positive indications as to the zoogeographical position of the region in which the}- occur. Yet in several respects there is a very decided leaning toward the Palffiarctic. Thus it agrees with the Paliearctic in the paucity of its Bufonic element, the genus Bufo^ which comprises about 80 species, having only about 4-5 Nearctic specific representatives (if we exclude the 6-1 species found in the Sonoran districts), and about an equal number in the Palsearctic region. Again, in the case of the Banidse, an eminently Old World family of batrachians, we have, just as in the Palnearctic region, only one generic representative — Ba)ia — which, with about 5-6 species, but barely penetrates within the Neotropical region. Of about 108 species comprised bj^ the genus, 8-9 belong to the Nearctic fauna, and about an equal number, 10-11, to the Palae- arctie.^ In addition to this general similarity existing between the Nearctic and Palsearctic faunas as exemplified by the Ranidae^ we have the further one that at least one species of the genus Rana^ is common to both regions ; and another Pahiearctic species ' Boulenger, "Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia" of the British Museum, 2d ed., 1883. ■^ Rana temporaria ( R. sylvatica) . 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. has a closely related Xearctic representative.^ On the other hand, in the peculiarly Neotropical or tropical (in general) groups of anourous batrachians the Nearctic province is remarkably deficient. Thus of the Engystomidse we have but a solitary representative, Engyatoma Carolinense. Of the Cyslignathidse^ which comprises upwards of 130 Neotropical forms, we have only two^ Nearctic species, and both of these are found just beyond the confines of the region — southern Florida and along the lower Rio Grande. There is a somewhat greater development of the genus Hijhi of tlie Hylidse than might have been looked for, but the genus, wliile it may have but one really good species, is at least represented by several very well marked varieties (variousl}^ con- sidered to be distinct species) also in the Paliearctic region. Ophidia. The Nearctic serpents arc comprised in 4 or 5 families — Crota- lidee (with about 19 species), Colubridae, Elapidae, Boidse, and Lichanuridse. The first of these being an essentiallv American and Oriental (!) group (a few species penetrating within the Paliearctic region), can scarcely carr^' much weiglit in the matter of zoogeographical classification. The Elapidse and Boidse (with 3 and 2 species respectively) are tropicopolitan, and their North American representatives but barelj' enter the Xearctic region. The two species of the genus Charina {Boidse) are moreover found in that section of the United States — Nevada and Lower California — which in our estimation ought to be separated from the Nearctic region. Tliis is likewise the case with the .3 species of Lichanura (Lower California}, which constitute the flimil}^ Lichanuridse. The only and most important family that remains to be specially considered is that of the Colubridse. Of this cosmopolitan family we have about 107 Nearctic species ; of tliis number about 30 belong to gentra almost exclusively restricted to the Sonoran and Californian regions. Of the remaining 77, a very large proportion (more tlian one-half) belong to essentially Old Wo7'ld genera — Coluber, Tropidonotus {Eutaenia), tend Coryphodon {Bascanion) — and p)rincipally to such as have no South American representa- tives, as Coluber and Tropidonotus.^ ' Rana esculenta in It. halecina. ^ Lithodytes Ricordii and Epirhexis longipes. ^ The range of Tropidonotus extends to Guatemala. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 Lacertilia. The followino: are the lacertilian families occurring in the Nearetic region (as recognized) : — Amphisbfenidfe, .... Almost cosmopolitan. 1 species in the Florida siibregion. Anniellidae, .... Peculiar to the Nearctic ? 1 sp. in California. Scinciclae, Cosmopolitan. 14 species, 13 of which belong to the Old World genus Eumeces (or Plestiodon). ? Lacertidae, Old World. Xantusia, 1 sp. on the Pacific coast. Zonuridse (Anguidee, pars), .... Old World. Opheosaurus, 1 sp. Teidse, ..... Essentially^ Neotropical. A South American family' of about 12 genera and 75 species, represented in the Nearctic region by T species, all of which, with oneortwo exceptions, are confined to the Sonoran and Califoruian provinces. Gerrhonotidse, ....... Neotropical. T sp., confined to the Sonoran, Califoruian and Pacific subregions, and Western Texas. Helodermidaa. 1 sp., confined to the Sonoran subregion. Iguanidffi, Neotropical. An essentially Neotropical family, with about 50 genera and 150 species. Represented in the Nearctic region by about 40 species, all of which, with two or three exceptioiis, are confined to the Sonoran and Califoruian regions, or but just pass beyond the limits of these. Anolidoe, , . Neotropical. An essentially Neotropical famil}', with upwards of TO species, and with only 1 or 2 Nearctic represen- tatives. 23 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Geckotidse, Essentially tropical. But sparingly represented in either the Palsearctic or Nearctic regions ; the 5 Nearctic species being all restricted to the Sonoran and Lower Califor- nian subregions,and the extremity of the peninsula of Florida. An analysis of the above table shows two facts very distinctl}' : 1. That the South American (Neotropical) forms of lacertilians — Teidse, Iguanidae^ Anolidae — stop almost immediately on the borders of the Nearctic region, sending but an extremeh' limited number of repi'esentatives bej'ond the Sonoran subregion ; and 2. The very great paucity of lacertilian forms in general throughout the great mass of the North American continent. Excluding the Sonoran and Californian provinces, and the immediate border-line of the region, there would appear to be in all but about 20 sj^ecies of Nearctic saurians, 13 of which belong to the Old World genus Eumeces! Tiie most widely diffused form of North American Eumeces, moreover, is a Palaaarctic species !^ A further relation- ship with the Palffiarctic fauna is maintained b}' Opheosaurus, the only New World representative of the " glass snakes." Chelonia. The special leaning of the Nearctic fauna to that of the Old World is as clearly indicated b^' the chelonians as b}^ any of the other groups of animals that have thus far been considered. Of the 7 non-marine families represented,^ 3 — TrionycJiidae, Malaclem- mydae, Gistudinidse — are distinctively Old World groups, and two of the others, Emydidre and Testudinidie, are essentially so. One famil}', the Cinosternidie, is peculiar to the North American con- tinent. The Chelydridiv have one generic representative in the Pahearctic region (China), if Platydernum be considered (as by Agassiz) to belong to that family,^ ' Eumeces fasciatua. Japan. ^ Trionychidce, Cheli/dridce, CinosternidcB, Emydidce, Malaclemmyda, Cistudinidce, Testudinidce. 3 Constituted the type of a distinct family, Plafysternidce, by Gray (" Sup- plement to the Catalogue of Siiield Reptiles," p. O'J, 1870). 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 Faiinal characters defining the Sonoran and Lower Californian subregions of Prof. Cope an distinct from the Nearctic region proper, and as a portion of the Neotropical. 1. Of the 8 families of Nearctic (so-called) urodele batrachians, only 2 are represented in this portion of the continent — Amblys- toniidx and Plethodontidse — and each of these only by one or two species. Out of a total of about 54 species, therefore, this region has only about 3 ! 2. More than one-half of all the Nearctic Bufonidse are found in this region, " this being the headquarters of that genus {^Bufo'] in the Regnum Nearcticum."^ Of about 20 Nearctic representa- tives of the Hylidse we have here but 3 ; and likewise only one or two of the Ranidse. The Sonoran and Lower Californian tail- less batrachian fauna is thus shown to be distinct by both positive and negative characters from tliat of the Nearctic in general. 3. The serpent fauna comprises 22 genera, of which 10-11 are peculiar? II out of the 13 species and subspecies of Nearctic rattlesnake ( Crotalus) are found here, and 7 of these nowhere else. Coluber is not represented. 4. Of about 55 species of lacertilians, about 46 belong to the Neotropical families Iguaiiidfs, Teidae, and Gerrhonotidae, and 4 to the tropical Geckotidse. 1 1 out of the 20 genera represented are not found in au}' otlier portion of the Nearctic realm, or, at any rate, at no distantly removed part.^ 5. Only 4-5 species of non-marine Testudinata are recorded,* 2 of which (Cinosterna) "are of Mexican type." Conclusion. In conclusion it may be briefly stated that, by the community of its mammalian, batrachian and reptilian characters, the Nearctic fauna (excluding therefrom the local faunas of the Sonoran and 1 Cope, Bull. U. S. National Museum, i, p. 74, 1875. ^ Gynl^fiuin, Chionactis, Sonora, Rhiiiochilus, Chilopoma, Trimorphodon, Hypsiglena, Phimothyra, Chilomeniscus, Lichanura, and Charina (one species of the last passes into the adjoining "Pacific " subregion). ^ Heloderma, Sauromalus, Uma, Coleonyx, Verticaria, Diplodactylus, Cyclura, Dipsosaurus, CalUsaurus, Uta, and Phyllodactylus. ♦ Up to the time of the publication of Prof. Cope's " Check List," 1875. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Lower Californian snbregions, ■which are KeotropicaP) is shown to be of a distinctivelj^ Old World type, and to be indissolnbly linked to the Paljearctic (of which it forms only a lateral extension). The Palaearctic (Old World) affinities are further maintained in the land and fresh-water mollusca, and not only by a considerable number of representative (identical) specific types common to both regions, circumpolar, subboreal, and otherwise, but b}'- the presence (and extensive development in most cases ; of the charac- teristic genera Fhysa, Planofbis, Limnsea, Faludina, Vivipara, Valvata, and Bythinella, forms not at all, or but very sparingly, represented in the >.'eotropical realm. ^ The Lepidoptera among insects carry equally strong evidence in this direction, for, as Wallace justly remarks,^ while the Nearctic fauna embraces a number of distinct types, and the Neotropical element is sufficiently well represented in the southern United States, " still, we must acknowledge, that if we formed our conclusions from the butterflies alone, we could hardly separate the Nearctic from the Palaarctic region."^ ' It is very probable that portions of California, Texas, and Florida will have to be relegated to the Neotropical realm. ^ The very great development of the StrepomatidcB, or New World mcla- nians, in the waters of the Ncarctic region, might be urged as a claim for recognizing the independence of this legion. iJut fur this reason alone au equal claim might be set up for considering the eastern and western United States as constituting two distinct realms, since this group of mullusks is pretty effectually limited in its distribution by the Mississippi River, none or but very few of the forms passing west of the river, except in the region of its upper course. ^ Geog. Distr. of Animals, ii, p. 123. * It is proposed to designate the combined Nearctic (as restricted) and Pala^arctic regions as the Triarctic, from the limitation of its fauna to the three continents bordering on the Arctic Sea. Under this acceptation the Nearctic, as hitherto recognized, completely disappears, and the Sonoran and Lower Californian subregions (to which must also be added parts of California, Texas, and Florida) of the former Nearctic become a portiou of the Neotropical realm. 1882,] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 THE GENESIS OF THE CRYSTALLINE IRON-ORES. BY ALEXIS A. JULIExV. In an age which admits its special indebtedness for material advancement to the industries connected witli the manufacture of iron, and in a country' in which these industries have been so vastly developed as in this, the question of the origin of that metal has long possessed, and must always retain, a high degree of interest. So far as relates to the limonites, turgites and bog- ores, tlie question has met with a satisfactory answer in the theor^^ of the concentration of these ores by the percolation of organic acids, as fully presented in the writings of Bischotf, Hunt and others ; especinlly as the process can be actually observed and studied in progress in the lakes, marshes and bogs of the present day. But the mode of genesis of the ciystalline ores — hematites, magnetites, menaccanites, and their mixtures — enveloped partly in the sedimentary strata and chiefly in the still more ancient crystalline rocks of archasan age, can be only inferred from analogies. Nor can the problem be considered as solved by any or all of the numerous theories which have so far been advanced. These theories may be naturall}^ divided into two classes, as they may refer the iron-ores, enclosed in the subterranean strata, to an extraneous or to an indigenous origin. A. Theories of ExtrxVneous Origin. To begin with the former, we have 1. Ileteoric fall. Tliis startling theory has been suggested to account for the enormous mass of martitic sjiecular iron-ore, claimed to be the most extensive known single deposit of iron-ore on the continent, tiiat of the Cerro de Mercado, two miles from Durango, Mexico. " Cerro de Mercado is a mountain, one mile long, one-third of a mile wide, and from 400 to (500 feet in height. The ore-surface of the mountain aggregates over 10,000,000 square feet ; but there are indications tliat the ore is not all above ground, and the engineer's report declares it to be an enormous aerolite, half imbedded in the level plain on which it lies." Such a view is sufficiently controverted by the mineralogical constitution of 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. the mass, and its structure — "immense veins of specular iron-ore standing nearly vertical."^ 2. EriqMon as dykes. According to this genetic view, the crystalline iron-ores have been extruded from the interior in a pasty condition, like a lava, through fissures in the superficial strata.- Tliis theory has been reeentl}^ further developed in ref- erence to the banded jasper}^ iron-ores of Michigan, and it has been advanced that the bandino; and lamination of these ores are similar in character and origin to those strongly marked in rhj'O- lytes, furnace slags, etc.^ The mineralogical constitution and infusibility of tliese ores, their distinctly sedimentary lamination, etc.,^ clearl}^ testify' to the unsoundness of these hypotheses. 3. Sublimation into fissures. The inconsiderable crusts of specular oxide, which have been observed in the vicinity of a'oI- canoes, such as Yesuvius, have certainh' no relation to the enormous bedded masses, distributed throughout the world, at a distance from volcanic centres. B. Theories of Indigenous Origin. The theories of this class differ in ascribing the origin of iron- ores to either chemical or mechanical agencies. Nine chemical theories have been proposed. 4. Concentration from ferriferous rocks or lean oi'es, by the solution and removal of the predominant (constituent, e. g., silica, by means of thermal solutions. Indeed it has been sliown* that a concentration, in a similar way, of the ferriferous constituent, in the lower carboniferous limestone and dolomites of the Missis- sippi basin, through the removal of the more soluble calcium car- bonate by carbonated waters, has apparently produced extensive deposits of limonite, in loco originali. But there is no evidence ' B. Silliman, Am. Jour. Sci., 1882 (iii), xxiv, 375 ; and J. Bhkinbine, Chicago Min. .Tom-., 1882, ii, No. 4, p. 184. ^ J. D. Whitney, The Metallic Wealth of the U. S., p. 433. * M. E. Wadsworth, Troc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1880, xx, 470 ; and Am. Jour, Sol., 1881 (iii), xxii, 403. * J. D. Dana, Am. Jour. Sci., 1881 (iii), xxii, 320, 402; J. S. Newberry, Sch. of Miucs Quarterly, Nov., 1880. '■' J. P. Lesley, Report ou Brown Hematite Deposits of Nittany Valley, Pa.; R. Punipelly, Geol. Surv. Mo., Prelim. Rep. on Iron-ores, 1872, 8, et aeq. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337 of the relation of any of the crystalline iron-ores, enclosed in sediments of phnnly submarine origin, Avith any such subaerial process. Even were the theory satisfactory in regard to the pure ores, the essential question remains unanswered, viz., the genesis of the original ''ferriferous rocks or lean ores" themselves. 5. Saturation of porous strata, e. g., of sandstone, by infdtrating solutions carrying iron oxide. ^ This theory, however applicable to certain rock-masses rich in hydrated ferric oxides, can account neither for the concentration of the huge and pure bodies of the true ores, nor for the alternation of siliceous and ferriferous laminae and layers in the lean ores. 6. Infiltration into subterranean chambers and channels, de- positing pipe-ores and limonites in widened crevices and joints of the more recent limestones or other sedimentary rocks, or in cavities overlj'ing impervious strata.^ The lenticular form, lami- nated structure, intercalation of the material of the matrix, enclosure of the ore-bodies in the bedding-planes, and other facts, markedly distinguish the crystalline ores froin the limonites formed hy such a process. T. Decomposition of pyrite, and other ferruginous minerals, enclosed in decaying schists, and transfer of the iron-oxide in solution as ferrous sulphate.^ The precipitation of the iron-oxide has been sometimes attributed to simple oxidation, more usually to the production of ferrous carbonate, b}' reaction between the ferrous sulphate and the calcium carbonate of the limestone, afterwards converted into liraonite by oxidation and hydration.* This theory has had only local application, even to the limonites, and its connection with the crystalline ores is rendered improbable by the absence of associated limestones, or, if present, of evidences of their erosion, etc. 8. Derivation from original deep-sea deposits of hydrous ferric oxide, or of ferrous carbonate, dehydrated b}' subsequent heat, and deoxidized by h^^drogen.^ B^^ a modification of this theory, the jasper-ores have been connected with the ferruginous and mangan- ' Emmons, Nat. Hist. N. Y., iv, 94. ^F. Prime, Jr., Am. Jour. Sci., 1875 (iii), ix, 43.J. 3 T. S. Hunt, Nat. Ac. Sci., Nov., 1874. * G. Bischoff, Chem. and Phys. Geol., i, 23G ; F. Prime, Jr., loc. cit.; W. B. Rogers, Geol. Peun., 1868, ii, Pt. ii, 722, 729. ^ J. P. Lesley, The Iron Mastei'.s Guide, p. 374. 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. iferous nodules which have been dredged from the surface-layer of the deep-sea ooze of our present ocean-bottoms.^ All the evidence so far gathered, however, shows no correspondence between the phenomena, the ferriferous contents of the ooze consisting of irregular crusts and nodules, never continuous nor interlaminated Avith silica. On the other hand, there is abundant evidence that the strata associated with the cr3-stnlline iron-ores are mostl}'^ shallow-water or shore-deposits, in large part conglomeritic. 9. Depoait from sprin^js, by oxidation and precipitation from solutions of ferrous carbonate, on exposure to tlie air at their issue. ^ Such deposits, it is admitted, are local and limited, and the theory can have no bearing on tlie ordinary wide-spread crystalline ores. 10. Alteration of diffused ferric oxide, disseminated through sediments, into ferrous carbonate, in presence of vegetable matter, and its accumulation in particular layers by processes of filtration and segregation. 3 The vague processes thus invoked to account for the accumulation of ores are not accepted as satisfactory', even for the carbonates of the coal measures, lying in definite i)lanes. Nor do the sheets and beds of crystalline ores usually sliow the irregular cliaracteristics which may be attributed to processes of segregation. 11. 3Ietamorphism of ancient hog-orea. Tiie reference of the crystalline iron-ores to this origin has been thus stated by Dr. Hunt : " I see no reason for assigning any other than a sedimentary origin to the magnetic and specular iron-ores of tlie crystalline schists ; nor do I conceive that tlie conditions under which the}^ were deposited differed essentially from those wiiieh at the present day give rise to beds of limonite and ochre."' Again he observes: " The organic matters reduce tlie peroxide of iron to a soluble protoxide, and remove it from the soil, to be afterwards deposited in the forms of iron-ochre :iii Y , '» 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 Le Conte also states : " Therefore we conclude that both Tioicancl ahoays iron-ore is, and has been, accumulated by organic agency.'" Prof. J. D. Dana remarks,^ concerning the Upper Silurian deposits: " The beds of argillaceous iron-ore * * * could not have been formed in an open sea, for clayey iron deposits do not accu- mulate under such circumstances. They are proof of extensive marshes, and, therefore, of land near the sea-level. The fragments of crinoids and shells found in these beds are evidence that they Avere, in part at least, salt-water marshes, and that the tides sometimes reached them." In reference to the Laurentian deposits, he states : " Limestone strata occurred among the alternations, and argillaceous iron-ores, though vastly more extensive. * * * The argillaceous iron-ore has become the bright hematite or magnetite, and it is banded by, or alternates with, schist and quartz, etc., which were once accompanying clay- and sand-layers." Dr. Kitchell long ago opposed the theory of the igneous or eruptive origin of the magnetic iron-ores of New Jersey, main- taining that they " were of sedimentary origin, and had been deposited just as the gneiss and crystalline limestone liad."^ With this view Prof. Cook coincides, in the following statement: " The magnetic iron-ores of this State have originated from chemical or mechanical deposits, just as our hematites and bog iron-ores do now.'" In opposition to this theory, in its reference to subaerial bogs or marshes, it must be considered that the enclosing and associated strata bear universal testimony, both in their contents and the form of their superficies, to their submarine mode of deposit. On the other hand, if the bog-ore theory were applicable to these ores, every ore-bed would imply a terrestrial plane for the recep- tion of the subaerial bog deposit, i. e,, for every ore-lens a cor- resi)onding elevation above the sea-level and ensuing subsidence of the entire underlying stratum. On the eontrar}^ no evidence has been shown in the archisan strata of any subaerial surface ; all appear to be submarine sediments, and that still more ancient rocky terrane which formed the coast whose debris, poor in iron, ' J. Le Conte, Elements of Geology, 373. - J. D. Dana, Manual of Geol., p. 231 and 15!^. ^ W. Kitchell, Gedl. Surv. N. J., 3d Rep., 1855, 155, 229, etc. ; and 3d Rep., 185G. ' Q. H. Cook, Ceol. of N. J., liQi, 61. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMy OF [1882. was deposited or strewn over the ancient Laurentian sea, and upon whose surface bog-deposits may have rested, seems to have been entirely buried up beneath later sediments. Again, the strongly marked lenticular form and laminated structure of all deposits of crystalline iron-ores — and even of the numerons smaller lenses, parallel or overlapping, which make up the large deposits — are unmistakably characteristic of marine accumulation, Nep- tune's own royal stamp. A bog-ore deposit is almost always irreg- ular in outline, concretionary and cavernous in structure, and commonl^^ characterized by concentration in pockets and groups of isolated lumps. One can rarely fancy any traces of such peculiarities in the compact symmetrical lenses which make up ordinarv deposits of magnetite. The complete dehydration and partial deoxidation of the hy- drated iron-oxide of a bog-ore, necessary for its conversion into a magnetite, must have produced an enormous contraction ; but of this there is rarely any evidence, such as might be expected, in the disturbance of the lamination of the ore, and of the stratifi- cation of the surrounding rock. It is of common occurrence that a bed of crystalline iron-ore overlies a bed of limestone, in immediate contact (e. g., at the Baldwin-Forsyth mine, Hull, Canada) ; and yet the surface of the latter is perfectlj- plane, presenting no trace of the pitting and erosion* to which so soluble a material would have been subjected by the action of the organic acids supposed to have been con- cerned in tlie concentration of the ore in a bog. Although graphite does ol'ten occur in intermixture with t'he crystalline ores, its general absence seems to prove that it cannot be chiefly- derived from the organic matter (1 to 36 per cent.) con- tained in all limonites, but rather, it may be, from the algae and marine plants sometimes finding their growth and entombment in the sands, even of iron-oxide, in shallow water. To the deoxida- tion produced in the decomposition of the remains of such plants, the content of sulphur in many iron-ores ma}' be due. 12. The metamorphUm of ancient Infre-deposits of limonite passing into hematite, corresponding to tiie oolitic '' fossil ore " of the Clinton group of the Up[)er Silurian, to tiie "mustard seed " ore described by Sjijrmahn, which is deposited near the banks of ' B. Von Cotta, Ore Deposits, 249, 284. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 the present Swedish lakes,i etc. This " Lake ore " theory^ seems to be valid for a large number of huge deposits of the crystalline ores, and also satisfactorily accounts for the abundant presence of apatite in many ore-beds. It may be fittingly applied, there- fore, in explanation of the phenomena seen in those deposits which contain a notable amount of calcium phosphate ; most of those which consist of hematite, or of magnetite passing into or occasionally enclosing hematite, viz., in this country those of Cerro de Mercado, of Southern Utah, of Port Henry, N. Y., etc.; and the beds of magnetite which present the botryoidal and concre- tionary aspect and radiated structure of limonite, e. g., in Southern Utah.^ On the other hand, the poverty or almost entire absence of phosphorus and sulphur in certain ore-beds, and the extreme abundance of titanic acid, free alumina, garnet, olivine, etc., in others, demand some other explanation. Two mechanical theories are yet to be considered. 13. Violent abrasion and ti^ansport. This theory may be best stated in the words of its author : " That the azoic period was one of long-continued and violent action cannot be doubted, and while the deposition of the strati- fied beds was going on, volcanic agencies, combined with powerful currents, may have abraded and swept away portions of the erupted, fei*riferous masses, re-arranging their particles and de- positing them again in the depressions of the strata."* This theory of Whitnej^ was supplementar}^ to his main theory of v6lcanic eruption of the ferriferous masses, rich in native iron. But to this Lesley properly objects that such secondary deposits would be conglomeritic and also contain metallic iron. 14. Concentration and metamorphi.sm of iron-sands. The work of the ocean as a grand abrading agent, and in the transport of the abraded detritus, has been largely studied and described by many authors ; but less attention has been paid to the action which goes on, during the shorter or longer period of transport 1 B. Von Cotta, Ore Deposits, 461 ; The Geologist, 1863, 36. * Dr. J. S. Newberrj', "The Genesis of Our Iron Ores," Sch. of Mines Quarterly, Nov., 1880, and "On the Genesis of Crystalline Iron-Ores," Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. ii, Oct. 23, 1882. 2 J. S. Newberry, loc. cit., 12. * J. D. Whitney, Met. Wealth of the U. S., 434. 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. of the detritus, in sortinsr out the various constituents in reference to specific gravity. Almost every slieltered bay and cove afford instances, not only of local deposits peculiar as to size, e.jy., gravels, sands, or fine silt, but concentrated gatherings of the grains of certain minerals, wliose separation has been due to the relation of their specific gravity and form to the force of the surf or of local currents. The tertiary sands which border our Atlantic coast present everywhere examples of this continuous and delicate jigging action of the ocean, in the gathering together — now of black iron-sands, either magnetic or titaniferous,nowof red garnet- sands, often of the two intermingled, and, still more abundantly, deposits of pure white quartz-sand. The iron-sands become very prominent in certain localities, e. g., in this country at Killings- worth, on the Connecticut shore of Long Island Sound, on the noith shore of the lower St. Lawrence, on the coasts of California and the shores of Lake Huron and Lake Erie, Oregon, etc., and abroad, along the coast of Great Britain, the shores of the Baltic and Mediterranean, New Zealand, Madagascar, and Hindostan. Special attention has been given to the deposits of the lower St. Lawrence, which lie about three metres above liigli-waler mark, and comprise layers of black iron-sand, often nearly pure, from 1*5 to L5 centimetres in thickness, '•An inspection of tlie iron-sands, from the various localities above mentioned, shows that the}' nil contain, besides the ores of iron, a small proportion of red garnet, and more or less of fine siliceous sand. The latter of the two substances it is possible to remove almost entirely by careful washing of the crude ore."'' The frequent purity of these sands may be inferred from the following determinations by Dr. Hunt of their content of quartz and siliceous residue : Riviere du Loup (in Chaudiere Valley), 4*80 per cent. Moisie,2 5.92 " Quogue. Long Isd., N. Y. (quartz and red garnet), ..... IT'OO " In other parts of the Avorld, especially where volcanic or cr3-s- talline rocks compose the coast-line, other minerals, such as olivine 1 Dr. T. S. Hunt, Rep. Prog. Geol. Can., 18(50-69, 261-2G9 ; also, Canad. Nat., 1872, vi, 79. ' The washed irou-saud contains 0'70 per cent, of sulphur, and 0'007 per cent, of phosphorus. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 (in the Sandwich Islands), hornblende, augite, volcanic glass, etc. (on the Mediterranean), often constitute the sands along the shores. Beach-sands, where non-calcareous, consist chiefly of the following mineralsji which are arranged in the order of their specific gravities : S. G. Quartz (and chert), .... 2*5 — 2-8 Olivine, ..... 3"3 — 3*5 Garnet, 3-1— 4'3 Chromite, 4*3 — 4*6 Ilenaccanite, ...... 4-5 — 5* llaynelile, 5' — 5-1 It is a significant fact that in the mctamorphic, cr3-stalline rocks of our continent, from Canada to Alabama, we find the same minerals concentrated also in rock-form, viz. : Quartzite (siliceous schist, jasper, etc.) : common every- where. Chrysolite (or dunite. Largely converted into serpentine, etc.): Canada, Michigan, North Carolina, Georgia, Ala- bama, etc. Garnetite (or garnet-rock. Sometimes made up of manga- nese-garnet) : Canada, New York, North Carolina, etc.; in close association with magnetite at Franklin and - near Andover, N. J., in Grenville, Canada, etc. Doubtless in some cases the origin of this mineral (as wdl as of olivine), especially if crystallized, must be assigned to indigenous development in the course of metamorphism. But, at the Buckhorn Mine, Harnett County, N. C, my own examination of the section, Ol metres in height, confirms the statement of Prof. Kerr,^ who notes the following series (from above downward) : Specular ore (11 metres). Manganesian ore. Slaty manganese-garnet. Feldspathic gneiss. Manganese-garnet. Gneiss. ^ In regard to pyrite, its ready decomposition lias usually prevented its concentration in sands. As to hematite, its foliated texture seems to have resulted both in its wide transport and distribution, resisting ooucenti-ation, and in its after conversion into hydrated peroxide. - Geol. N. C, le?.'^, 1, 222. 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [188'2 Here the garnet certainly occurs in ancient sedimentary layers, whose partial decomposition has saturated the ore with manganese oxide ; while the small admixture of magnetite, frequently dispersed through the hematite, points to the original sediment of iron-sand. Chromile: Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, North Carolina, etc. Menaccanile : Canada, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- vania, etc. 3Iagnetite : common everj'where. Compound varieties also occur in abundance, which correspond closely to the mixtures of the same minerals in the sands along the coast, viz. : Magnetic quartzite (martitic and hematitic jasper-schists, etc.) : common everywhere. Magnetitic garnetite (also hematitic and vianganesian) : Buckhorn Mine, N. C. Chromilic dunite : Canada, North Carolina, Alabama, etc. Chryaolitic menaccanite (with magnetite) : Cumberland, K. I.i Chrysolitic magnetite: O'Neil Mine, Monroe, Orange County, N. Y.^ Garnetiferous magnetite: inines in Saratoga and Wash- ington Counties, N. Y., etc. Similar allied rocks occur abundantly in foreign countries: dunite and clnysolitic rooks in Europe, New Zealand, etc. ; chrysolitic magnetite, at Taberg, Sweden f magnetite and menaccanite, in many localities. Garnet, together with hornblende, augite, cassiterite, apatite, etc., has been observed in admixture with the magnetites of many foreign deposits, e. gr., of the Thorbjiirnsbo mine at Arendal, Sweden; of Traversella, in Piedmont; of Berggieshiibel, in Saxony ; of Schmiedeberg, in Silesia, etc. F. Wohler relates : " We spent a day in the large iron-mines of Langbanshytta. The gangue of the fine magnetic iron-ore is frequentl}' brown 1 M. E. Wadsworth, Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., 1881, vii, 183. '' J. D. Dana, Am. Jour. Sci , 1881 (iii), xxii, 152. ' A. Sjoren, Neues Jahrb. fiir Miu., 1876, 434. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHI I.ADELPUIA. 345 garnet, which is found in large quantities at the mouth of the mine, and often serves as flux for the reduction of the ore.'" As the rock-strata, associated with all these varieties, are undoubtedly of marine origin, and indicate deposition in shallow water, it is natural to infer their correspondence in oiigin, in many cases, with tlie unconsolidated shore-deposits of the i)resent day. In a recent search through the scientilic literature of the subject for any similar view, the following statement was found concerning the crj'stalline iron-ores of Canada, in which this theory has been, with some reserve, associated witli the bog-ore theor}' : " It seems possible that, in some cases, beds may have been formed by the accumulation of iron-sands, just as the}' are forming in the Gulf of St. Lawrence to-day, the material being derived from the disintegration of pre-existing crystalline rocks. Such beds we should expect to contain, not onlj magnetite, but ilmenite, and it is well known that in many cases, ores, on being pulverized, may be more or less completely separated into a magnetic portion, containing little or no titanic acid, and a non-magnetic i»ortion consisting essentiall}^ of ilmenite. It seems, however, jtroljabh; that in general tlieir origin has been similar to that of the modern bog- and lake-ores. Deposits of magnetite, as a rule, do not continue of uniform thickness for any great distance like the enclosing rocks; and this is just wliat might be expected if we suppose them to have originally occurred as bog- or lake-ores, which accumulated in local hollows or depressions."^ The thinly laminated martitic and hematitic jasper-schists of the Iluronian age, always remarkably free from both sulphur and calcium-phosphate, at once ])resent themselves for explanation. Prof Dana, in a criticism on other views,^ has attributed the origin of these iron-ores to " metamorphism from original marsh-made beds." More probably, in my opinion, the conditions consisted of a siiore of some quartzose rock, rich in magnetite, whose ddbris the waves and currents strewed over the sea-bottom, alternately with tliin sheets of quartz-granules and magnetite-ci-ystals, partially concentrating the one or the other material in numerous lieaps or thicker layers. In tlie progress of the metamorphism and contortion ' F. Woliler, Early Recollections of a Clieuiist, Am. Chein., 187."», vi, 131. == B. J. Harrinjrton, Geol. Surv. Canada, Ucp. I'rog., 1873-1874, 193. * Am. Jour Sci., 1881 fiii), xxii, 403. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. to which the layers were subjected, their compact and lenticular forms Avere further developed, the magnetic oxide was further oxidized, partially as martite, or completely as specular ore (as already suggested by Brooks, Credntr, ai.d others), and assumed, at points where the contortion and pressure became intense, the micaceous structure and brilliant lustre of micaceous iron-ore, by a process similar to that which produces '' slickensides." The concentration of nearly pure magnetite in the deposits enclosed in the Lower Laurentian strata of Canada and. the Adirondacks, and of titaniferous magnetite or menaccanite in the huge ore-beds associated with the anorthosites of the Upper Laurentian in both regions, point unmistakably to mechanical separation of ferriferous sediments from different terranes : i. e., in the one case from the magnetitic gneiss, in the other from the traps and anorthosites, rich in menaccanite. An examination of thin sections of diabase from dykes cutting pure magnetites in Essex County, N. Y., showed this rock to be rich in menaccanite and a possible source of such sediments. No concentration of titanic acid has ever been found in limonites or bog-ores. These facts seem significant of the insufficiency of any chemical theory to- account for the origin of all the iron-ores. \\\ conclusion, it may be inferred that tlie mode of genesis of a bed of magnetic iron-ore may be determined with some probability by the following diagnosis. When the ore retains structural characteristics allied to those of limonite, or encloses masses of hematite, or contains a notable amount of calcium-phosphate, a chemico-organic origin is probably indicated. When the ore is exceptionally'' free from phosphorus, or is rich in titanic or chromic acid, or is closely associated or mixed with granular garnet or olivine, a mechanical origin may be inferred 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 34*7 The following annual reports wQj-e read and referred to the Publication Committee:—- REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The Recording Secretar}^ respectfully reports that during the year ending Nov. 30, 1882, fifteen members and six correspondents have been elected. The Council has endeavored to recommend for election as cor- respondent those only who deserve such recognition of their scientific standing, or wdio, as collectors and contributors, may confer material benefit on the society-. Resignations of membership have been received from Ferris W. Price, T. L. Buckingham, T. Miles, H. W. Stelwagon and Henry Letfman. The name of one member-elect was ordered to be stricken from the roll in consequence of the provisions of the By-Laws not having been complied with within the prescribed time. The deaths of twenty-one members and eleven correspondents have been announced. The names of the deceased have been recorded in the printed Proceedings, under the several dates of announcement. Twenty-two papers have been presented for publication, as follows : Angelo Heilprin, 3 ; Rev. Dr. H. C, McCook, 2; Theodore D. Rand, 2 ; Henry S. Williams, 1 ; Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, 1 ; L. T. Day, 1 ; Aubrey H. Smith, 1 ; Rafael Arango, 1 ; Dr. Harrison Allen, 1 ; J. S. Newberry, 1 ; Charles Mohr, 1 ; T. W. Eastlake, 1 ; R. E. C Stearns, 1 ; Dr. Joseph Leidy, 1 ; Drs. H. C. Wood and H. F. Formad, 1 ; Joseph Swain, 1 ; H. A. Keller, 1 ; E. S. Rein- hold, 1. These include four papers which were presented through the Mineralogical Section and published as part of its Proceedings. The paper by Drs, Wood and Formad, on Diphtheria, was with- drawn by the authors ; all the others have been printed. One hundred and fifty-two pages of the Proceedings for 1881, and two hundred and forty-eight for 1882, together with six lithographic plates, have been published. Some of the earlier numbers of the publications having been entirely exhausted, it was found necessary to reprint 75 pages and three plates of the quarto Journal and 38 pages of the Proceedings. The Publication Committee is greatly indebted to Mr. Chas. F. Parker, who has devoted much care to the arrange- 23 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. ment of our stock of the earlier publications, Ai)art from frequent errors of paging and numbering of signatures, no account had been taken of stock on hand since the removal of the societj'^ to the present building, and it required one of Mr. Parker's experience in such work to determine how far sets of the first ten volumes of the Proceedings could be completed. The result has been an unusually large return from sales of back numbers and complete sets, as may be seen b}' reference to the report of the Treasurer. It will, however, require considerable additional outlaj' for reprinting, to enable the Committee to fill orders for the first series of the Proceedings. The scarcer numbers and volumes have not, of course, been sold separateh'. One hundred and twenty-five copies of the Proceedings have been distributed to subscribers, and three hundred and forty to foreign and domestic exchanges. Of the latter, seventy-six have been sent b}^ mail, and two hundred and sixty-four have been distributed by the Smithsonian Institution and its sj'stem of international agencies. The average attendance at the weoklj' meetings, which have been held without interruption, has been twenty -six. Verbal communi- cations have been made by thirty-two individuals, and the majority of them have been published in the Proceedings. So well has the interest in these meetings been sustained, that it has been found desirable to report forty -three of them, or all but nine, and these for tlie most part held in midsummer, for the public papers. In addition to the regular meetings of tlie Academy, those of the Sec- tions have been held with tlie results recorded in tlie several reports. The By-Laws were amended as follows : — Art. 14, Chap. V, by striking out all after the word " meetings," in the third line, and inserting " and with like approval maj' change the same." Art. 4, Cliaj). Y, by adding " But Sections may admit persons not members of the Academy to be contributors under such rules and on such terms as the Section may determine, always provided, that a contributor shall not be eligible to ofMce in a Section, or to vote on any (piestion; and also provided that the rights and privileges of a contributor shall be restricted to attendance at the meetings of the Section, to the reading of original scientific papers and to taking part in the scientific discussions and proceedings exclu- sively, and that a contributor shall have no other right or privilege whatever in the Academy." 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 349 A proposition to so amend Art. 1, Chapter XI, as to prevent the loaning of t3^pe specimens from the Museum, was, on the recommendation of the Council, lost, it being the opinion of the majorit}' that sufficient guarantee for their care and preservation already- existed in the laws governing the loaning of specimens. On April 25, Dr. Chas. Schaeffer was elected a Curator to supply the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. Kenderdine. He held the position until Oct. 31, when he resigned in consequence of a proposed continued absence from the country. As the vacancy occurred so near the end of the year, it was not deemed necessary to fill it until the casting of the annual ballot, which resulted in the election of Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, together with the three Curators who had held ofl^ce during the year. The death of Mr. Wm. S. Vaux left vacant a Yice-Presidenc}' and a Curatorship. On May 23 the Rev. Dr. Henry C. McCook was elected to the former oflice and Mr. Jacob Binder to the latter. Mr. Thos. A. Robinson was elected to fill the vacancy in the Council, caused by the election of Rev. Dr. McCook as Vice- President, he thereby becoming an ex-ofticio member of the Council. At the meeting held May 23 a letter was read from a friend of the Academy, presenting through Mr. Jos. Jeanes the sum of one thousand dollars, to be appropriated in such manner as Mr. Jeanes might think best for the interests of the society. It having been suggested by Mr. Jeanes that the money might with advan- tage be made the nucleus of a Museum Fund, this disposition of the gift was ordered, and the meeting held May 30, adopted the following resolutions, placing the creation of the Fund on formal record : — Inasmuch as the Academy has determined to appropriate towards the creation of a Museum Fund, one thousand dollars which have been received from "a friend of the Academj'," whose name is withheld at his request, through the kindl^^ hands of Mr. Jeanes : — Resolved, That the Museum Fund thus begun be held under the provisions of the By-laws, Cliap. VI, like other special funds. That Mr. Jeanes be requested to convey to our liberal friend the thanks of the Academy for his bounty and generous token of friendliness to scientific work. The Museum of the Academy, in some respects one of the h 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. finest in the world, has grown almost entirely by gifts from those interested in the progress of the natural sciences. The Curators have never until now had even the smallest annual sum placed at their disposal for the purchase of desiderata, and many oppor- tunities, therefore, of obtaining such have been lost. Several of the departments of the Museum are now so large that a compara- tivelj' small outlay will be sufHcient to keep them abreast of current investigation. The value of a museum depends, not so much upon its size as upon the care taken by competent persons in the selection of the objects composing it. Thanks to the liberality of Mr. Isaiah V. Williamson, Mr. Jos. Jeanes and the late Dr. Thomas B.Wilson, the Academy is reason- abl}' Avell supplied with current scientific literature, but such fresh collections as have been studied from time to time by those con- nected with the societ}^ either as memljers or students, have been for the most part secured by individual enterprise. It is hoped that the Museum Fund now created will be so added to as to fur- nish the means of procuring for the society material for original research. At the meeting held Sept. 12, a committee, consisting of Messrs. Ruschenberger, Redfield, Tryon, McCook and Median, was ap- pointed for the purpose of determining means for the extension of the building. In harmony with a suggestion made by Dr. Horatio C. Wood, during a communication to the Academy, Oct. 10, on the source of siippl}^ of the cinchona alkaloids, a committee, consisting of Messrs. H. C. Wood, Thos. Meehan, John K. Valentine, Isaac C. Martindale and John H. Redfield, was appointed to memorialize Congress as to the importance of making suitable experiment in the cultivation of Cuprea bark within the limits of the United States. No reports from these committees have as yet been received. All of which is respectfully submitted, Edw. J. Nolan, Recording Secretary. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 351 REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. In accordance with the laws of the Academy, the Corresponding Secretary submits the following report for the year ending Nov. 30, 1882. The business for the year has consisted, for the most part, of letters from corresponding societies transmitting their publica- tions and acknowledging the receipt of those sent by us, as well as acknowledgments from newly elected Correspondents. The correspondence from the Academy has been the official acknowledgments and thanks of the society for donations of various kinds to the Museum, and the notification of Correspon- dents of their election. In addition there is always an amount of miscellaneous corre- spondence, the greater part of which has been brought before the Academy for its action when needed; otherwise the letters, usually of inquiry, have been promptly answered. During the summer the Corresponding Secretary' had the opportunity of visiting the libraries of many corresponding societies, and found the exchanges in good state of completeness and as promptly received as is usual through the international exchange. Deficiencies were, however, detected in some instances and requests have since been officially received for missing parts. Daring my absence the duties of the position were kindly and ably performed by Prof. Angelo Heilprin. The summary is as follows : — LETTERS RECEIVED. Acknowledgments from Corresponding Societies, . 46 Letters of transmission of publications, . . .50 Acknowledgments of election, ..... 7 Miscellaneous, ........ 17 LETTERS SENT. Acknowledgments of donations to Museum, . . 165 Notifications of Correspondents elected, ... 6 Miscellaneous, ........ 12 The donations to the Museum have been acknowledged in full to the donors, the number above indicating merely the letters sent; a more detailed account will appear in the Curators' report. Respectfully submitted, George H. Horn, M. D., Corresponding Secretary. 352 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1882. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The Librarian reports that during the year ending Nov. 30, 1882, there have been 2195 additions made to the librar3^ of the Academy. This increase has been composed of 366 volumes, 2411 pamphlets and parts of periodicals, and 12 maps. The larger number consists as heretofore of instalments of journals and transactions received in exchange for the publications of the Academy from corresponding societies. The sources from which this increase has been derived is as follows : — Societies, 1058 Editors, 769 I. V. Williamson Fund, . . 291 Authors, 230 F. V. Hayden 158 Jos. Jeanes, 61 "Wilson Fund, 50 Geo. Vaux, 41 Department of the Interior, . 21 Department of Agriculture, . 13 Geological Surv. of Belgium, 13 Executors of the late Dr. Rob- ert Bridges, 12 Geological Murvey of India, . 10 Engineer Department, U.S.A. 8 Isaac Lea, 8 Minister of Public Works, France, 6 Treasury Department, . . 5 War Department, .... 4 British Museum, .... 3 Smithsonian Institution, . 3 Minister of Public Works, Mexico, 3 Geological Survey of New Jersey, 2 Geological Survey of Canada, 2 Norwegian Government, . 2 Trustees of Public Library, Victoria, Health Department, N. York, Rev. Dr. Syle, Liverpool Free Public Library, Geodetic Commission of the Netherlands, Fish Commissioners of Con- necticut, J. A. Ryder, Geol. Survey of Minnesota, B, Westermann & Co., Department of Mines, Nova Scotia Department of Mines, N. S. W. Asa Gray, U. S. Coast Survey, . . . Louisiana Board of Health, Rev. H. C.McCook, . . . Geological Survey of Penn- sylvania, Thomas Meehan, Trustees of City Hospital, Boston, G. W. Fox, Mayor of Brighton, . . . Australian Museum, Sydney, Royal College of Surgeons, 2 o Tlie books and pamphlets obtained from these sources were distributed to tlie various departments of the library' as follows: — Journals, 2124 Geology, 185 General Natural History, . . 69 Conchology, 62 Mineralogy, 60 Entomology 58 Botany, 55 Bibliography, 19 Chemistry, 18 Anthropology, 17 Ornithology, 14 Agriculture, 13 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 353 Physical Science, . . . Voyages and Travels, . . Helmintliology, . . . , Iclithyology, Medicine, Mammalogy, . . . . , Anatomy and Physiology, 12 10 9 9 8 Herpetology, 6 Encyclopedias, 5 Education, 4 Geography 3 Languages, 1 Miscellaneous, 18 The income of the I. V. Williamson Fund has been mainly devoted during the past year to the purchase of continuations of books already subscribed for, and to the paying of bills which had accu- mulated in consequence of the failure of some of the ground- rents from which the fund is derived, as noticed in my last annual report. Tiiese bills have now all been paid and the entire income of the fund for the coming year will be at the disposal of the committee. With the exception of Elliott's Felidae and Bucero- tidse, but little has been obtained from the income of the Wilson Fund, except the continuations of works subscribed for bj'^ the late Dr. Thos. B. Wilson. The more valuable books in addition to those received from the above funds and in exchange, have been the gift of Mr. Jos. Jeanes, who, in addition to the $739.80 recorded in my last report, as having been given by him for the purchase of geological and botanical books, has placed during the past year $300 at the dis- posal of the Library Committee for the purchase of such miscel- laneous works as were immediately desirable. The titles of works thus obtained, as well as those of all others received during the year, will be found in the appended list of additions to the library. The Academy is also indebted to Mr. Jeanes for a gift of $300 to be used in binding journals, etc., subscribed for from the I. V. Williamson Fund. At a meeting of the Academy held April 26, 1882, it was resolved, in accordance with the recommendation of the Council, to authorize the Library Committee to accept the proposition which had been received from Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., under date of Jan. 16, to dispose by sale of certain works in the library, which were in no sense connected with natural history, together with the duplicates which had been accumulating for years. The proposition to select, catalogue and sell these books under the supervision of the Library Committee was made on condition that one-half the net proceeds, after paying expenses, should be trans- ferred to the Academy, and the other half to the Conchological 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Section to form the nucleus of a fund for the purchase of speci- mens for the Museum. The sale was authorized under the conviction that many valu- able books on the Fine Arts and general literature would be of more use in collections where the}' would be inquired for and consulted than if they were retained as part of the library of the Academy, from the specialty of which the}' were so distinct. Such a disposition of these books and the accumulated duplicates as would be of greatest benefit to the library of the Academy would certainly meet with the approval of their liberal donors, chief among whom were Wm. Maclure and Dr. Thomas B. Wilson. About 1897 volumes were thus disposed of; 1272 were works on religion, histor}^, politics and general literature, for the most part of little interest or value ; 424 were duplicates and 201 were on the fine arts, architecture, antiquities, etc. Care was taken to retain everything which could be considered as even I'eniotely pertaining to natural history. The proceeds of the sale amounted to $1,325.14, the Academy's share of which, $662.57, was appropriated for binding. Each volume thus bound has a label placed on the inside of the cover properl}' crediting the fund. This amount, in addition to the sum received from Mr. Jeanes, has enabled me to have bound during the year 677 volumes, while 240 are in process of binding. It is believed that a suflicient balance will remain to provide for the binding of about 200 volumes in addition to those above noted. The binding of our periodicals had been some years in arrears, and the work now done, although it forwards the orderl}' arrangement of the library and adds greath^ to the convenience of readers, leaves a large number of volumes still in unbound parts. Every efibrt has been made as heretofore to keep our large col- lection of periodicals as complete as possible by purchase and exchange. Nearly all the applications made for deficiencies during the year have been answered promptly and satisfactorily. A portrait in oil of the late Prof. S. S. llaldeman, painted by Waugii, was presented by Mrs. S. J. Haldeman Haly, and one of Dr. Thos. B. Wilson, by Uhlke, of Washington, has been obtained by subscription. The latter portrait completes the gallerj^ of past Presidents with the exception of Dr. Robert Bridges. An etlbrt is being made, with almost the certainty of success, to secure by 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 subscription a portrait of Dr. Bridges, which, it is hoped, will be hung in place early in the j^ear. A framed life-sized crayon portrait of Prof. John Tyndall was presented by the artist, Mr. Ross. In view of the above statements the Academy may be congrat- ulated on the fact that the past year has been an unusually prosperous one for the library. All of which is respectfully submitted, Edw. J. Nolan, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators present the following from the Curator-in-charge as their report for the year ending November 30, 1882 : — I would respectfully report, that during the year Mr. C. H. Townsend has been engaged in separating the families of Passerine birds, from the general ornithological collection, preparatory to a better arrangement of that order. Mr. Gr. Howard Parker has been engaged in the arrangement of the Coleoptera. The various collections have been carefully examined, and are in good condition. The specimens presented to the Museum during the 3'ear have been labeled, and placed in their proper places. Some progress has been made in labeling and arranging of specimens tn the Museum. Respectfully, C. P. Parker. 35fi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1882. SUMMARY OF THE REPORT OF WM. C. HENSZEY, Treasurer, for the year ending Nov. 30, 1882. Dr. To Balance from last account § 918 71 " Initiation fees 140 00 " Contributions (semi-annual contributions) 1927 51 " Life Memberships 200 00 " Admissions to Museum 458 60 " Sale of Guide to Museum 45 00 " Sale of duplicate books $ 5 00") fir- r- " One-half proceeds of sale of books 662 57/ '^' " Sale of paper 1 05 " Freight returned 13 75 " Fees, Lectures on Paheontology 168 00 •' " " " Mineralogy 28 00 " Publication Committee 1362 57 " Interest from Mortgage Investments, Joshua T. Jeanes' Legacy 1000 00 " Wilson Fund toward Salary of Librarian 300 00 " By Publication Fund. Interest on Investments " Barton Fund. " " " " Life Membership Fund. »' " " " Maintenance Fund. " " " " Eckfeldt Fund. " «' " " Interest on Deposits 508 55 480 00 100 00 50 00 69 79 51 10 $8490 20 Cr. Salaries, Janitors, etc $3204 96 Freight 38 21 Repairs 352 93 Insurance 30 00 Coal 418 00 Gas 134 83 Mounting Bird 1 50 Printing, Stationery and Postage Stamps 126 77 Alcohol 2,30 Newspaper reports 92 f'O Water Rent 26 15 Trays 49 00 Printing and Paper $1275 28) ^g^^ gg Binding same 30 00/ Plates and Engravings 197 00 Binding 429 75 Six Cases of Drawers 136 50 Guides to Museum 23 00 Books 44 15 Trubner&Co., London 69 96 A. Heilprin, fees from Lectures on Paheontology 168 00 H. C. Lewis, fees from Lectures on Mineralogy 28 00 Life Memberships, transferred to Life Membership Fund, 200 00 Transferred to Stott Legacy Fund 2 00 Miscellaneous 428 58 $7498 89 Balance, General Account $991 31 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 357 LIFE MEMBERSHIP FUND. (For Maintenance.) Balance per last Statement $1100 00 Life Memberships transferred to this account 200 00 Interest on Investments 100 00 $1400 00 Transferred to General Account 100 00 To Balance for Investment $1300 00 BARTON FUND. (For Printing and Illustrating Publications.) Balance per last Statement $240 00 Interest on Investments 240 00 $480 00 Transferred to General Account 480 00 JESSUP FUND. (For Support of Students.) Balance per last Statement $581 67 Interest on Investments 560 00 $1141 67 Disbursed 430 00 Balance $711 67 PUBLICATION FUND. Balance per last Statement $1408 25 Income from Investments 290 00 I. C. Martindale. Life Subscription to Proceedings 25 00 $1723 25 Transferred to General Account 508 55 To Balance for Investment $1214 70 MAINTENANCE FUND. Balance per last Statement $ 626 35 Interest on Investments 50 00 Isaac C. Martindale 6 79 Joseph Wharton 1000 00 Susan W. Logan and A. Sydney Logan, Executors J. Dickinson Logan, deceased $500 00 Less Collateral Inlieritance Tax 25 00 475 00 $2158 14 Transferred to General Account 50 00 To Balance for Investment ~ $2108 14 ^' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Mrs. STOTT FUND. (For Publications.) Balance per last Statement for Investment ". $2000 00 Transferred from General Account 2 00 §2002 00 By Balance § 2 00 Investment in Bond and Mortgage, 5 per cent. Interest 700 00 702 00 To Balance for Investment ; $1300 00 ECKFELDT FUND. Balance per last Statement for Investment $966 86 Interest on Investments 69 79 $103t) 65 Transferred to General Account 69 79 To Balance for Investment $966 86 I. V. WILLIAMSON LIBRARY FUND. Balance per last Statement $41 46 Rents collected 771 50 Ground-rents collected 1197 99 $2010 96 For Books $1040 31 Subscription to Journal 3 00 Binding 4 45 Taxes and Repairs to Properties 429 17 Collecting 100 54 ■ 1577 47 Balance $433 48 THOMAS B. WILSON LIBRARY FUND. Balance overdrawn as per last Statement $113 38 For Books 340 61 For Binding 3 90 Transferred to General Account toward Salary of Librarian 300 00 $757 89 Interest on Investments 525 00 Balance Overdrawn $232 89 MUSEUM FUND. Donation from Unknown Frieiwl, per Joseph Jeanes, Esq., for Investment $1000 00 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PniLADELPHIA. 359 BOOK FUND. Balance per last Statement $525 80 Joseph Jeanes. Donation 300 00 Thomus Meehan. For Books 12 69 $8:^8 49 Less cash paid for Books 498 G6 Balance |339 83 INSTRUCTION FUND. Balance per last Statement |35 00 Isaac C. Martindale 1 30 Frederick Gutekunst 10 00 John T. Morris 50 00 $96 30 Less cash disbursed for purposes appertaining to the Fund 36 30 Balance |G0 00 BINDING FUND. (Donations from Joseph Jeanes, Esq.) Joseph Jeanes. Donations $300 00 Less cash disbursed for Binding 22 15 Balance $277 85 REPORT OF BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. Eighteen meetings were held during the year, with an average attendance of about fifteen members. The following were elected members : — Dr. Crozier Griffith, Dr. George A. Rex, Edward P. Starr, Wilson Mitchell. The following became contributors : — Dr. McClurg, J. H. Fenton, Dr. R. A. Rainear, J. F. Herbert, D. S. Newhall. The following resigned membership: — J. E. Mitchell, Dr. R. J. Levis, Dr. Guilford, Dr. Charles Turnbull. The following members have died : — Dr. George Dixon, Dr. Robert S. Kcnderdine, William S. Yaux. During the j'ear many valuable communications were brought before the Section, and interesting discussions kept up the usual attendance of members and visitors. Among the more valuable communications, etc., may be mentioned those by the following gentlemen : — Mr. D. S. Holman. — An exhibition of a Projecting Microscope of peculiar design. 360 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Dr. L. Brewer Hall.— An Eye Protector, to be used upon the draw tube of the microscope. Mr. Balen. — An exhibition of living objects, especially speci- mens of PhUodina^ Pandorina^ etc. Mr. Mitchell McAllister. — A lecture upcm the Cultivation of Hyacinths. Mr. John R3^der. — Upon the Embryology of Fishes. Also upon a Compressorium of special design for study of the above. Mr. George Binder. — Extended observations upon the Anthe- renis. Mr. J. Schimmel. — Extended observations upon the Chilodon cucullulus. Dr. G. A. Rex. — Lecture upon the Classification of the Myxo- mycetes. Mr. Edward Potts. — Lecture upon Fresh-water Sponges, and their Classification. Mr. Jacob Binder. — Extended observations upon the Sucking Cups upon the fresh-water beetles. Dr. J. G. Hunt. — Upon Reproduction in the Algae. Also upon Special Methods of Preparation and Mounting of Microscopical Objects. Dr. Crozier GritRth. — Upon the Minute Anatomy of the Kidney, and upon the Yasa Recta Vessels of the Testicle. Mr. Charles Pei'ot. — Upon the Development of Aftacus. Dr. Alfred Reed. — Upon Vaccine Virus. Mr. John C. Wilson. — Upon Collomia coccinea. On October 16, the Mineralogical Section of the Academy, by invitation, met with this Section in the consideration of objects of interest to both. At the Annual Meeting held the first Monday in December, the following were elected officers to serve during the year: — Director^ Mr. Jacob Binder. Vice-Director^ .... Mr. John C. Wilson. Recorder^ Dr. Robert J. Hess. Corresponding Secretary, . . Dr. L. Ashley Faught. Treasurer, Dr. Isaac Norris, Jr. Conservator, . . . .Mr. Charles P. Perot. Respectfully, Robert J. Hess, Becorder. 1882.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. The Recorder of the Conchological Section respectfully reports that papers by Prof. Angelo Heilprin, Rafael Arango, T. W. Eastlake and R. E. C. Stearns have been published in the Academy's Proceedings. Since last report, two members, Wm. S. Vaux and Chas. M. Wheatley, and one correspondent, Dr. F. H. Troschel, have died. Mr. Yaux became a member December 6, 1867, and was a frequent and liberal contributor to our Museum. Mr. Wheatley was elected January 3, 1867. He for many years studied the Fresh-water Mollusks, and contributed freely both to our Museum and publications. Dr. Troschel was elected a correspondent August 1, 1867. His death leaves incomplete his great work upon the Dentition of the Mollusca. Besides being the author of numerous other papers, principally upon the Anatomy of Mollusks, Dr. Troschel had for years annually reviewed the literature of Conchology for Wiegmann's " Archiv fUr Naturgeschichte." His death is a loss to science, especiall}' in his own department. Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., Conservator, reports that: — " During the year ending December 1, 1882, fift^-two donations of recent shells and mollusks have been received, aggregating 2049 specimens of 724 species. Assisted as usual by Mr. Chas. F. Parker, these additions have all been labeled, mounted and arranged in the general collection, which now numbers 40,225 named tablets, upon which are mounted 141,641 specimens. A detailed list of the accessions for the year is annexed to this report. The most important of these are: A collection of 221 species, all new to the Museum, purchased by the Section ; 61 species of Californian marine shells, including a number of rare and fine specimens, presented by Joseph Jeanes ; 123 species of Tasmanian marine shells, nearly all new to our collection, pre- sented by C. E. Beddome, of Hobart Town, Tasmania. To our generous Australian correspondents, Dr. J. C. Cox and Mr. John Brazier, we are again indebted for valuable suites of their native shells. " The rearrangement of the Conchological Museum, commenced four years ago, is progressing. During the year, the Marginellivl. Langdon, Mohile, Ala. Immature Cones of Araucaria imbricata Pavon, native of Chili, cultivated at Mobile. J. M. Hutchings, Ynsemite, California. Specimen of Sarcoihs sanguinea Terr, in fruit, and of Pterospora andromedea Nutt, both from California. Dr. G. W. Lawrence. Seed vessels of Oenothera triloba Nutt, from Hot Springs, Arkansas. John H. Redfield. Six hundred and seventy-seven species of N, American plants, mostly from Florida, Arizona, Washington Terr., southern Califor- nia, Texas, and the border provinces of Mexico. MineraU i— Dr. W. D, Hartman. Aragonite, Birmingham Serpentine Quarries, Chester Co., Pa. Dr. H. C. Eckstein. Bituminous Coal. Green Harbor, Spitzbergen. The late Wm. M. Gabb. Native gold in magnetic sand, St, Domingo. H. C Lewis Plujtocolhte, Scranton, Pa.; Helvite, Amelia Co., Va. Dr. Geo. W. Lawrence. Mountain leather, Salina Co,, Ark, Rev. S. H, Lighthipe, Fuller's earth, from the marl. Pemberton, N. J. Dr. Jos. Leidy, White Tourmaline in limestone, De Kalb, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y, ; Triphylite and Amblygonite, Mt. Mica. Paris, Me. ; Rubellite, by decompo.'-ition pas-sing into Steatite, Mt Mica, Me. ; C»okeite with Steatite, Mt. Mica, Paris, Me,; Tourmaline pissing into Lepidol'te, Tourmaline in Lepidolite. Rubellite, Decomposed Rubellite, Mt. Mica. Paris, Me. Tbeo. D. Rand. Arksutile, Ilagemannite, Ivigtut, Greenland ; Ilydrocuprile, Lebanon, Pa, ; Limonite from Serpentine, Ferruginous Quartz from Serpen- tine, near Newtown Square, Del. Co., Pa. W. W. Jeffries. Serpentine with Marmolite, Brinton's Quarry, Chester Co,, Pa. W, L. Mactier. Anthracite Nodules, Luzerne Co., Pa. Dr. Isaac Lea. Allanite and Zircon, Yellow Springs, Chester C<^,, Pa. Jos. Willcox. Limonite altered from Serpentine, Middletown, Del. Co., Pa. E. .s. Reinhold. Copiapite, Mahanoy City, Pa. Mrs. M. A. Ilaldeman Catlinile, Head of Pipestone Creek, S. W. ]\Hnn. Wm. S. Vaux. Fine specimens of crystals of Calcite, of Analcime, Datholite and Calcite, Bergen Hill, N. J. ; Crocoite and Pyromorphite. Wlieatley Mine, Phcenixville, I'a. ; Prehnite with Datholite and Pyrite, Bergen Hill, N. J ; Rubellite and Lepidolite in quartz, Mt. Mica, Me. ; Gypsum, Monte Doneto, Bologna, Italy; Idocrase, Monte Somma, Vesuvius; Crystals of native sul- phur, Girgenti, Sicily. Mrs. S. L. Oberholtzer. Graphite (3 specimens), Chester Springs, Chester Co., Pa. E P. Oberholtzer. Magnetite (3 specimens), Warwick, Chester Co., Pa, Vickers Oberholtzer. Hematite, Pikeland Mine, Chester Co., Pa. Jos. Jeanes. Meteoric iron, Cohahuila, Mexico ; Glaucodot, Tunaberg, Swe- den; Nephrite (Jade), Torrent de Arnotte, Alibert, Siberia ; Large crystal ' .Minerals new to the collection in italics. 1882.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 373 of quartz, Mt. St. Gothard, Switzerland ; Chiastolite, Lancaster, Mass. ; Al- lanite. Edenville, N. Y ; Pyromorphite, Ems, Nassau, Germany ; Scheelite and Fluorite. Fiirstenberg, Saxony; yErinite, Arragon, Spain; Walchowite Walchow, Moravia; Lignite, Redwitz, Bavaria; Lignite, Germany; Lignite Willi Retinite, Grimma, Saxony ; Bast Coal, Wettersau, Rhein-Pfalz ; Obsidian (2 specimens). New Zealand and Island of Lipari, ^ledt. ; Wood Opal (2 specimens), Nevada Co., Cal. ; Tourmaline, near Lebanon, N. H. ; Pyroxene (2 specimens), De Kalb, St. Lawrence Co, N. Y. ; Chlorite, pseud, after Garnet, Spurr Mt. Mine, Mich.; Calcite incrustation, Clermont, France; Scapolite, Bob Lake, Canada. J. M. Hartman. Native gold in quartz, Venezuela ; Native gold in quartz, Arizona; Native gold in quartz, N. C. ; Native silver in quartz (8 speci- mens), Mexico ; Native capillary silver in quariz. Mexico; Crystallized copper, Lake Superior, Mich. ; Ore Knob copper, N. C. ; . Dendritic copper, N. C. ; Diopside, Garnet and Chlorite, Piedment, Ala. ; Coccolile, Amity, N. Y. ; Seybertite, Amity. N. Y. ; Epidote. Tyrol ; Emerald, Bogota; Labra- dorite, Labrador; Rutile, Macon Co., Ga. ; Orthoclase (Amazon Stone), El Paso, Col.; Calcite, Guanajurto, INIexico ; Calcite, Mineral Point, Wis.; Calcite, Lake Superior, Mich. ; Calcite, loc. ? ; Sulphur, Lake Co., Cal. : Sulphur, Oal. ; Graphite, Ceylon ; Graphite, Ticonderoga, N. Y. ; Graphite, Brockville, Canada; Sphalerite (Cleiophane), 3 specimens, Franklin, N. J.; Galenite, Japan ; Galenite, Mine La Motte, Missouri ; Cinnabar, Guadaloupe, Cal.; Wulfenite, Germany?; Wulfenite, Nevada; Heliotrope, India ; Cal- cite, Rossie, N. Y. ; Calcite and Copper, Lake Sup , Mich. ; Amethyst, coated with Pyrite, Lake Sup., Mich.; Calamine (2 specimens), Franklin, N. J. ; Halite (2 specimens), Colorado River, Arizona; Byssolite, Chester Co., Pa. ; Ripidolite, Chester Co., Pa.; Moss Agate. Colorado ; Ninepolished Agates, Paraguay ; Six crystals of Spinel, Amity, N. Y. ; Liraonite (2 speci- mens), Durham, Pa. ; Limonite, Fox Hill, Shenandoah, Va. ; Limonite shale, near Fogelsville, Pa. ; Limonite (Kidney ore). Lake Superior. Mich. ; Limo- nite, (5 specimens), from Negaunee, Mich. ; Brown Tourmaline, Gouverneur, N. Y. ; Apophyllite crystal. Bergen Hill, N. .J. ; Quartz, Japan; Quartz, Lancaster Co., Pa. ; Smoky Quartz, El Paso, Col. ; Quartz and Specular He- matite, Keswick, England; Yellow Quartz, Sardonyx, Chalcedony, Chalce- dony artificially colored, Alps: Fluorite, Arizona; Hematite, Saxony; Hematite, England ; Specular Hematite, Elba; Specular Hematite and Quartz, Elba; Ditto., Antwerp, N. Y,; Ditto. (Slickensides), Byram Mine, N. J. ; Ditto., ditto., Negaunee, Mich. ; Hematite Geode, Col. ; Geodes of Calcite in Hematite, Rockwood, Tenn. ; Hematite, pseud, of Calamite, Shawnee, Ohio ; Hematite, Iron Mt., Mo. ; Lenticular Hematite, Frankstown, Pa. ; Micaceous Hematite, from Dillsburg, Pa., Rossie, N. Y., Negaunee. Mich , and Va. ; Millerite in Hematite, Antwerp, N. Y. ; Gcithite, Pike's Peak, Col. ; Actino- lite, Sweden ; Fahlunite in Talc, Fahlun, Sweden; Analcite and Mesotype, Nova Scotia; Natrolite, Bergen Hill, N, J, ; Azurite, Cornwall, Pa ; Talc, Fowler, N. Y. ; Allanite, Sweden; Hornblende, Bohemia; Cassiterite, Australia; Galenite from Colorado, Utah, Arizona, and Sweden; Pyrite. Amboy, N. J., Roxbury, Conn.; Clialcopyrite, Rossie, N. Y., and Nevada Co.. Cal. ; Zincite and Franklinite, Franklin, N. J. ; Zincite and Willemite, Franklin, N. J. ; Zincite Foliated, Franklin, N. J. ; Sapphire, Sparta, N. J.; Corundum, Ala. ; Ilmenite, Amity, N. Y. ; Magnetite from Durham, Pa., Lake Superior, Colorado and Mexico; Wood Agate, Col. ; Augite and Calcite. Amity, N. Y.; Tremolite var. (Hexagonite), St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. ; Mountain Leather, Sweden ; Pargasile, N, Y. ; Rcepperite, Franklin, N. J.; Willemite and Franklinite, Franklin, N. J ; Garntts from Sweden, N. J., and Pa.; Tourmaline in Calcite, Sweden; Sphene, Pectolite, N. J. ; Sepiolite, Chester Co., Pa. ; Williamsite, Chester, Pa.; Kaolinite, Japan ; Wavellite, Ark.; Barite from French Broad, N. C, De Kalb Co., Ga., Missouri, and Saxony ; Fibrous Gypsum, Col. ; Calcite, Sweden ; Siderite, 374 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Conn.; Aragonite, Col., and Mo.: Malachite, Japan ; Chalcocite, pseud, after Wood, Texas ; Manginite. Lake Superior, Midi.; Serpentine (Marmolite), Bergen Hill, N. J. ; Tt-phroite, Willeniite and Franklinite, Franklin, N. J. ; LudwigUe. Moravicza, Bannat, Siederite in Quartz, Greenland ; Obsidian (Pele's Hair) (artificial). Durham, Pa. ; Orpiment (artificial), Galenite, Mine La Motte, Mo., and from Illinois ; Chalcopyrite, Japan ; Marcasite, Mine La Motte, Mo.; Cuprite, New Mexico; Menaccanite (Iserine), Bohemia; Minium (artificial). Sala, Sweden ; Pyrolusite. Franklin. N. J. ; Opal, San Diego, Cal. ; Sahlite, Sala. Sweden ; Pseud, of Chlorite after Garnet, Mich.; Phlogopite, Sterling, N. J., and Amity, N. Y.; Orthoclase (Lennilite) Lenni, Del. Co., Pa. ; Tourmaline in Aluscovite, Paris, Me. ; Chlorastrolite, Lake Superior; Stilbite, ^ova Scotia: Serpentine and Chrysolite, Westville, N. J.; Kanlinite, N. J.; Jefferisite, Chester Co., Pa.; Margarite, Chester, Mass.; Diiraiigite, Durango, Mexico; Anglesite and Galenite, Arizona; Calcite (Spartaite), Sparta, N. J ; Oolite, Utah ; Calcareous Tufa, Japan ; Dolomite on Quartz, Mexico ; Bituminous Calcite, Sweden ; Smithsonite, Mineral Point, Wis. ; Strontianite, Georgia ; Cerussite, Mexico ; Hydromagnesite on Serpentine. Hoboken, N. J.; Azurite, Nevada: Willemite (TroiJsrite), Franklin, N. J.; Gieseckite, Diana, N Y.; Stalactite (Chalcedony), Floris- sante. Col ; Agalmatolite, Serpentine, Kossie. N Y. In exchange. Dyscrasite, Hartz Mts. ; ClauslhaWe, Tilkesode, Hartz ; Ala- bandite. Hagyag, Transylvania ; Breilhauptite, Andreasberg, Hartz ; Arite, Pyrenees ; Embolite, Silver City, N. Mexico; Jaco/isile, Jacobsberg, Sweden ; FttlgurUes, Thompson, Carroll Co., 111.; Amphibole {Edenite), Edenville, N. Y. ; Arfvcdsonite, Greenland; Forsterite (Boltonite). Bolton, Mass.; Geli- lenite. Mr. M(Jnzoni ; Keilhauite, Snarum, Sweden; Catapleiite and Astro- phyllite, Norway; Faiijasite, Baden; Antillite, Cuba; Sipylite, Amheist Co., Va ; Diabanlite, Bergen Hill, N J.; CAa/cos«We/-)7«, Cornwall, England ; Arsenio.iiderite, France; Borikite, Bohemia; Bindheiviite (Bleinierite), Eng- land ; lIoioHte from Gypsum, Hants. N. S. ; ^Vnriokhite, Edenville, N. Y. ; Uahnerile, Mammoth District, Nevada; Cuproscheelite, La Paz, Cal.; Cifa- nolrichite, Cape Garonne, France; JJuwsonite, Montreal, Canada; Schraufite, Germany ; Natrolite and three specimens of Apophyllite, Bergen Hill, N. J.; White Garnet. Hull, Quebec, Canada. liocka — Dr. H. C. Eckstein. Coal, with associated rocks. Green Harbor, Spitz- bergen ; Fossiliferous rock. Concretion Quartz, Green Harbor, Spitzbergen ; Quartz, Mica-schist and Gneiss, Hanimerfest, Norway. E. S. Reinhold. Diorite (Napoleonite). American River, Cal. Theo. D. Piand. Steatite with cavities formerly containing pseudomorphs of Serpentine after Staurolite, near Merion Square Montgomery Co., Pa. ; four lead casts of pseudomorphs of Serpentine after Staurolite; seven Rock specimens from neighborhood of Philadelphia : Actinolite, Wissahickon Creek, Phila ; Actinolite decomposing, Wissahickon Creek, Phila. Dr. Jos. Leidy. Twelve specimens showing natural jointed fracture, from the Potsdam Sindstone, South Mountain, near Wcrnerville, Bucks Co., Pa. ; Black Iloriistone pebble, with rhombs of Calcite, from the Delaware shore, Easton, Pa. ; Granitoid pebbles. Quartz and .Mica, from the gravel on the Almshouse ground, Phila. ; Pebbles of Quartzite, from the gravel, Phila. ; Pebble simulating a stone hammer, from the gravel of the University ground, \V. Pliila. ; Probable Coprolite, Phosphate beds of Ashley River, S. C. Dr. W. N. Whitney. Lava, Japan. A. H. Smith. Rhomboidal pebble, from the gravel near Tinicum, Delaware Co., Pa. A. Kollner. Ringing rock, Del. Narrows', Bucks Co., Pa. ; Rock containing Garnets, Bryn Mawr, Pa. W. H. Harned. Calcareous Tufa with imbedded leaves, near Natural Bridge, Va. J. M. Hartman. Serpentine and Chrysolite, Westville, N. J.; Serpentine, Del. Co , Pa.; Unakyte, French Broad, N. C; Tremolite, Chile : Calcareous nodule. 1882.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 875 ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRAKY. Decemler 6, 1881, to December 26, 1882. Abbot., H. Experiments and investigations to develop a system of submarine mines for defending the harbors of the United States. Engineer Corps, U. S. A. Abbott, C. C. Primitive industry. The Author. Allison, L. C. Discovery of Tripoli near St. John. The Author. Angelin, N. P. Geologisk Ofversigts-Karta ofver Skiine. F. V. Hayden. Balfour, F. M. Treatise on comparative embryology. II. Jos. Jeanes. Baillon, M. H. Dictionaire de Botauique, 14me Fasc. I. V. Williamson Fund. Natural .history of plants. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ball, V. Manual of the Geology of India. III. Economic Geology. Geo- logical Survey of India. Baltzer, A. Beitriige zur geologischen Karte der Schweiz, 20e Lief. Die mechanische Contact von Gneiss und Kalk im Berner-Oberland. With Atlas, 1880. F. V. Hayden. Baraga, R. R., Bishop. A dictionary of the Otchipwe language, explained in English. II. Otchipwe-English. F. V. Hayden. Barber, E. A. Pueblo pottery. Antiquity of the tobacco-pipe in Europe. Pt. 2. Catalogue of the collection of tobacco-pipes. Mound pipes. The Author. Barrande, J. Defense des Colonies. V. Du maintien ,de la nomenclature etablie par M. Murchisou. Acephales. Etudes locales et comparatives. The Author. Bauerroan, H. Text-book of systematic mineralogy, 1881. The Author. Berg, Carlos. Contribuciones al estudio de las Cicadidae de la Republica Argentina y paises limitrofes. Sinonimia y descripcion de algunos hemipteros de Chile del Brasil y de Bolivia. Farago lepidopterologica. The Author. Bertrand, E. Note sur I'andalousite du Bresil. De I'application du microscope a I'^tude de la min^ralogie. Propri^t^s optiques de la Brochantite. Sur les differences entre les proprietes optiques de corps crystallides birefringents et celles que peuvenl presenter les corps monorefringents. Proprietes optiques de la Beudantite et de la pharmacosidt^rite. Sur les cristaux pseudo-cubiques. Etude optique des difif^rents mineraux. De I'application du microscope a I'ctude de la min^ralogie. Sur les proprietes optiques des corps cristallises presentant la forme spherolithique. Sur la leadhillite de Matlock. G. Vaux. Bibliographie geologique et paleontologique de I'ltalie, 188T. F. V. Hayden. Bjorling, E. G Fonctions elliptiques. The Westerlls Gymnasium. Board of Health of the State of Louisiana. Annual report. 1881. The Board. Bodleian Library. Donations to, 1881. The University of Oxford. Boek, Axel. De Skandinaviske af arkliske Amphiopoder. Andet Hefie. University of Norway. Bonpland, A. and A. Humboldt. Nova genera et species plantarum quas in peregrinatione ad plagan jequinoctialem orbis novi collegerunt descrip- serunt. 7 vols, text and 7 vols, atlas. Jos. Jeanes. I 376 PROCEEDINGS OF TUE ACADEMY OF [1882. Borre, A. P. de. Description d'une nouvelle fcspece de Buprestide, da genre Sternocera. Sur les metamorphoses des Rhagium. Du pen de valeur du caractiirc sur lequel a 6t6 (Jtabli le genre ou sous- genre Rhombonyx. Sur le Carabus cancellatus et sa vari^te fusus. Liste des Crioc^rides recueillies au Brdsil par feu Camille van Volxem, suivie de la description de douze nouvelles especes Americaines de cette tribu. The Author. Boulenger. G. A. Catalogue of the Batrachia salientia S. ecaudatain the collec- tion of the British Mu?eum. 2d Ed. Trustees of the British Museum. Boucard, A. On birds collected in Costa Rica. Notes on some coleoptera of the genus Plusiotis. The Author. Bou6, A. Autobiographie du. Bowerbank, J. S. Monograph of the British Spongiadje. IV. Wilson Fund. Brazier, .J. Description of a new Bulimus from New Caledonia. Helix pulchella and H. cellaria of Mueller, from Australia. List of Cyprsea found in Moreton Bay, Queensland. Note on a specimen of malformed Cyproea. Remarks on Megapodius Brazieri. List of marine shells, collected on Fitzroy Island, North Coast of Australia. A new variety of Bulimus Caledonicus. Recent mollusca, found in Port Jackson, etc. Localit6s des Isles Australiennes, etc. The Author. Breidler, J., and J. B. Forster. Die Laubmoosfiora von Oesterreich-Ungarn. Royal Zoologico-botanical Society of Vienna. Brighton Health Congress. Transactions, 1881. The Mayor of Brighton. British Museum. Catalogue of birds of the. VI. The Trustees. Britton, N. L. Notes for botanists who have the preliminary catalogue of the flora of New Jersey. The Author. Brogger. W. C. Die silurischen Etagen 2 und 3 im Kristianiagebiet und auf Eker. University of Norway. Bronn, H. G. Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. 5er Bd., II Abth., 4-8 Lief. ; 6er Bd., Ill Abth., 22-34 Lief. Brooks AV. K. Handbook of invertebrate zoology. Jos. Jeanes. Brous, H. A. Notes on the habits of some western snakes. The Author. Brown, Thos. Report of Inspector of Mines for Allegheny and Garrett Counties. 1881. The Author. Brlihl, C. B. Zoolomie aller Thierklasscn. Atlas, 23, 24, 25 Lief. I. V. AVilliamson Fund. Brunner, Prof. Mineralogy of Berks, 9th paper. The .\uthor. Bucquoy, E., et Ph. Dautzenberg. Les mollusques marins du Roussillon. Fasc. ler. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bureau of Education. Circulars of information, Nos. 4, 5 and 6, 1881 ; No. 1, 1882 Department of the Interior. Bureau of Ethnology. First annual report, 1870-80. The Smithsonian Institution Burmeister, H. Description pliysique de la Rcpublique Argentine. Tomes 1, 2, 3 and T. 5, Pt. 1. Atlas le & 2e Livr. Premier section, Vues pitto- resques. The Author. Buxton, E. N. The A. B. C. of free trade. Cobden Club. Cameron, P. Monograph of the British Phytophagus Ilymenoptera. Wilson Fund. Carpniael, C. Report of the Meteorological service of the Dominion of Canada. The Author Caswell, E. T. Reform in medical education the aim of the Academy. The Author. 1882.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPIIIA. 371 Caton, J. U. The antelope and deer of America. Revised Ed. Jos. Jeanes. Census Bulletin, No. 272. Department of tlie Interior. Chambers, V. T. Antennne and troplii of lepidopteroiis larvae. The Author. Chief of the Bure;ni of Statistic^, Treasury Uepartineut. Qua>"terly report of, Dec. ;^1, 1881, to .June I3U, 1882 Annual report, 1881. Treasury Department. Chief of Engineers, U. S. A. Annual report, 1881, Parts 1, 2 and 3. Analytical index to reports of 1866-1879. Engineer Department, U.S. A. Chief of Ordnance. Report of, 1881. War Department. Chief Signal Officer. Annual report, 187^1. War Department. City Hospital of the City of Boston. Medical and surgical reports, 3d series, 1882. 18th report. The Editors. City Library Association of the City of Springfield. Annual report, 1882. The Association. Cocchi, J. Brevi cenni sui principal! istituto e comitati geologic! e sul R. Comitate Geologicod' Italia. Deecrizione geologica dell' Isola d' Elba per servire alia carta della medesima. Racolta degli Oggetti de' cosi detti Tempi preistorici. G. Vaux. Comas, D. Jaime Almeray. De Monjuich al Papiol al traves de las (jpocas geologicas. Estudis geologichs sobre la constitucio, origen .... de la Montanya de Montserrat. F. V. Hayden. Commissioner of Agriculture. Annual reports, 1880 and 1881. The Depart- ment of Agriculture. Commission de la Carte geologique de la Belgique. Renaix, Casterl^, Lille, H^renthals, St. Nicholas and Tamise. Maps. The Commission. Conference Polaire Internationale, Report sur les actes de la 3me. The Congress. Cooke, J. P., Jr. On two new crystalline compounds of zinc and antimony. The relation between the atomic weights of the chemical elements. U. Vaux. Cope, E. D. Geology and Paleontology. From American Naturalist, August. 1882, and October, 1882. , Paleontological Bulletin, Nos. 34 and 35. The Author. Coquand, H. Etudes supplementaires sur pal6ontologie Algerienne. F. V. Hayden. Cory, C. B. Birds of the Bahama Islands. The Author. Costa, 0. G. I'aldontologia del Regno di Napoli. I, 1850; II, 1 and 2, 1854- 50; III, 1857-63; Appendice I. 1866. Jos. Jeanes. Cote est de Patagonie, 1881. F. V. Hayden. Cox, J. C. Nomenclature and distribution of the genus Pythia. The Author. Craven, A. E. Genre Sinusigera. The Author. Credner, Hermann. Elemente der Geologie. Jos. Jeanes. Dahll, T. Geologisk Kart over Nnrdlige Norge. University of Norway. Dall, \V. H. List of papers by. The Author. Dana, Edward S. Third appendix to the 5th Ed. of Dana's Mineralogy. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dana, J. D. The flood of the Connecticut River Valley from the melting of the quatenary glacier. On the relation of the so-called " Karnes " of the Connecticut River Valley to tlie terrace formation. The Author. Darwin, Chas. The formation of vegetable mould through the action of worms. Jos. Jeanes. Daubree, A. Etudes synth^tiques de geologic exp<5rimentale. .los. Jeanes. Debey, M. Sur les feuilles querciformes des sables d'.\ix-la-(Jhapelle. The Author. Delmas, J. Excursion dans la chaine des Maures. F. V^ Hayden. 318 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1882. Department of Agriculture. Special report, Nos. 42—51. Dept. of Agriculture. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia. Report, 1881. The Commissioner. Department of Mines, N. S. W. Annual report, 1881. The Department. Des Cloiseaux, M. Memoire sur une nouvelle localite d'Amblygonite et sur la Montebrasite, Geo.Vaux. Deshayes, G. P. Description des animaux sans vertebres. T. II, expl. des planches pp. 57 et seq. and text. T. III. Jos. .leanes. Dewalque, G. Prodrome d'une description g^ologique de la Belgique. 2d Ed. F. V. Hayden. DoUey, C. S. Bacteria as beneficial and noxious agents. The Author. Dorr, Dalton. Art museums and their uses. The Author. Duncan, G. M. Somewhat about a few medicinal plants of New Brunswick. The Author. Dupont, Ed. Sar I'origine des calcaires Devoniens de la Belgique. Sur une revendication de priorite. The Author. Ecole national des Klines. Plan des galeries de mineralogie et de gi-ologie. G. Vaux. Elliot, D. G. Monogi-aph of the Bucerotidaj. Pt. 9. Monograph of the Felidje. Pts. 8, 9 and 10. Wilson Fund. Elliot, H. W. U. S. Com. Fish. Seal-Islands of Alaski. Department of the Interior. Elliot, W. H. and F. H. Storer. On the impurities of commercial zinc, G. Vaux. Encyclopoedia Briiannica, 9th ed. Vols. XIII and XIV. I. V. Williamson Fund. Encyklopivdie der Naturwissenschaften. le Abth., 25er and 2e Abth. 7 Lief. I. V. Williamson Fund. Engelmann, G. The genus Isoetes in North America. The Author. Engler, A. Versuch einer Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pflantzenwelt. 2 Th. I. V Williamson Fund. Erichson, W. F. Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands. le Abth. Coleoptera, 8er Bd. 2e Abth. le Lief. 6er Bd. le II. Wilson Fund. Falsan A. Notice sur la vie et les travaux de Theophile Ebray. F. V. Hayden. Fatio, V. Faune des vert^brcs de la Suisse. IV, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Fedtschenko, A. Reise in Turkestan. II, Zool. Th. 13 and 14; Th. Ill, Botanik. Th. 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ferguson, T. B. Report of Commissioner of Fisheries of Maryland, 1881. J. A. Ryder. Another copy. The Author. Fernandez, Leou. Coleccion de documentos para la historiade Costa Rica. T. I. The Author. Financial reform almanack, for 1882. Financial Reform Association. Finley, .1. P. Tornado studies for 1882. Tornadoes. Their special characteristics and dangers. The Author. Firket, A. Notice sur la Cwrte de la Production par Commune des Carriferes de la Belgique pentlant I'anni'e, 1871. Notice sur la carte do la production, de la consommation et de la circulation des minerals de fer, de zinc, de plomb et des pyrites en Belgique pendant , lann(;e, 1871. Etude .'i ; 278 Anguilla 303 Anguinella 170 Anisonchus 96 Anomia...l54, 155, 157, 162, 163, 183 Anoplophrya 146 Anosmius 283 Antennarius 308 Antilocapra 319 Antrozous 318 Aphis 148 Apistus.., 277 Aplocerus 319 Aporrhais 198, 204, 206 Apsilus 244 Aquacreptite 56 Aracana 282, 309 Area 154, 156, 158, 159, 160, 162, 163, 164, 183, 186, 199 Arctomys 319, 820, 324, 327 Architectonica 198 Argiope 256 Argylepes 276 Argyrops 273 Arnoglossus 304 Artemis 155, 156, 158, 159, 160, 163, 183 Arvicola 319, 320, 324 Ascaris 109 Aspicottus 278 Afpidophoroides 278 Aspredo 281 Assilina 189 Astarte 155, 156, 158, 159, 160, 183, 186 Astrocanthus 283 Asironotus 275 Atta 265 Attacus 238 Aturia 196, 197, 200 Auchenipterus 281 Aurichalcite 36 Autunite 49 Avicula 199, 200 Axinaca 199 Azurite 36 400 INDEX TO GENERA. Bacillus 145 Baculites 194, 205 Balanoglossus 93, 102 Balatro 244 Balanus 224 Balistes 282, 309 Barbatia 199 Barite 38 Bascanion 330 Bassaris 319, 320, 321 Bathmodon 294 Bela 170 Bicidium 93 Biodte 261 Bison 319, 320, 324, 327 Blarina 318 Blenitrachus 278 Blenniops 278 Blennius 304 Blennophis 278 Bodianus 273, 306 Boleops 279 Bothus 280 Botia 282 Bou vardia 10 Brachirus 281 Brachyrus 277, 284 Brassica 285 Breviceps 284 Buccinanops 211 Buccinum 170, 173, 198, 203 Bufichthys 277 Bufo 329, 333 Bulla 172, 173, 198, 204, 208 BuUia 210 Byssolite 36 Bythinella 334 (.'iccum 168 Calamus 273 Callianassa 197, 200 Callicanthus 276 Callisaurus 333 Callocephalus 319, 320, 324 Callorhiiius 319, 320, 327 Callorhynchus 308 Camponotus 98, 259, 265, 269, 271 Caucellaria 167, 168, 170, 172, 173, 175 Canis 327 Cantherines 283 Can Ihidermis 282 Canthigaster 284 Canthirynchus 278 Canthophrys 282 Capra 319, 320, 324 Caprella 262 Capulus 1 70 Cardita....l55, 156, 158, 159, 162, 163, 164, 199, 211 Cardium...l55, 156, 158, 159, 160, 162, 164, 183, 199 Carelophus 278 Carinorbis 168 Carpinus 218 Carterella 12 Carya 218 Cassidaria 204, 208 Qaggjg J 72 Castor ......319, 320, 324, 327 Catathlasus 96 Cemoria 170 Centropogon 277 Cephalacanthus ♦. 307 Cephalotaxus 252 Cephalus 309 Cephus 280 Cepola 304 Cerithiopsis 170, 198 Cerithium 168, 170 Cervus 319, 320, 327 Cestracion 308 Chabazite 38, 288 ChiEtodermis 283 Chictodon 304 ChjBtolabrus '... 273 Chaitura 215 Chalisoma 282 Chama... 154,156,168,162,163,183, 186 Charina 330, 333 Chauliodus 307 Chedrus 279 Chemnitzia 168, 170 Chilichthys 283 Chilomeuiscus 333' Chiloponia 333 Chimajra 308 Chionactis 333 Chirolophis 278 Cliirostoiua 276 Chiton 170 Chlorichthys 275 Chlorurus 274 Chondropoma 105 Chondrus 215 Chorophilus 329 Chrysiptera 273 Chrysoblephus 273 Cichlasoma 275, 284 Cichlaurus 284 (y i nost erna 3.^3 Circe 156, 156, 158 Oirihosoiiuis 283 Cirripecies 278 Clausilia 231, 235 Clinetrachus 278 Clinus 278 INDEX TO GENERA. 401 Clostera 238 Clupea , 307 Clupisoma... 281 Clupisudis 279 Clymena 103 Cobitis 282 Coccus 148 Coleonjx 333 Coluber 330, 833 Columbella 167, 172, 175, 176 Columbife 51 Condylura 318 Conodon 305 Contopua 285 Conns ...167, 168, 172, 198, 204, 208 Copiatite 60 Corbula 155, 157, 159, 160, 198 Cordiera 197 Cordylophora 253 Oorema 35 Coris 275 Corregonus 307 Corticula 236 Corydoras 281 Corylus 93, 113 Coryphodon 294, 330 Cottus 304 Cotylephorus 281 Cotyiis 308 Crassatellrt..l55, 156, 158, 159, 160, 199, 203 Crassilabrus 274 Crematogaster 264 Crenella 156, 158, 199 Crepidula..l67, 168, 170, 174, 175, 176, 204, 208 Cricetodipus 826 Crioceras '. 205 Cristellaria 189 Crotalus 833 Crornileples 272 Crucibulum 167, 168. 170, 172, 173 Ctenodon 276 Cuculla3a 199, 2(0 Curiiculus 824, 326 Cumingia 155, 158, 162, 165 Cupelopagus 244 Cyanea 98 Cyathocrinus • 17 Cyclophorus 233 Cyclopiuni 281 Cyclopterus 308 Cyclotus , 232, 233 Cyclura 333 Cylichna 170, 198, 200 Cylindrella 105 CyuEedus 274, 306 Cynichtbys 273 C'ynoniys 319 Cypraea 167, 168, 198, 204, 208 Cyprinus 307 Cypsilurus 280 Cyrena 165, 156, 158 Cyrtophora 256 Cystophora 319, 320, h'li, 327 Cytherea..l55, 156, 158, 159, 160 162, 168, 164 Uelphinula 170 Deltatherium 299 Dentalium..l67, 168 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 198, 200 Desmognathus 328 Uiacantha... 282 Diagram ma 273 D'camptodon 328 Dicerobatis 282, 308 Dicotyles 301, 819, 820, 821 Dictyophora 244, 248 Didelphys 319, 320, 321 Diemictylus 328 Diodon 309 Diorite 59 Diplodactylus 333 Dipodomys 319 Dipsosaurus 333 Distichopus 145 Dolium 167, 168, 175 Dolomedes 254 Dolomite 36 Douax 103. 155, 157, 162 Dopplerite 52 Dosinia 199, 212 Ecphora 167, 168, 170, 172 Klecate 806 Elastoma 273 Eleotris 304 Elephas 290, 292 Enchyttajus 145 Engysloma 829, 830 Erihydris 318, 820, 321 Euuea 235 Enophrys 278 Eolis 262 Epeira 97, 255, 256 Epinephelus 273, 305, 306 Epirliexis 380 Equus. 292 Erato 168 Erethizon 819 Erpicthys 278 Erychlhys 274 Erycinella 158, 186 Esoiiris 279 Esox 307 Eulima 168, 170 Eulimella .. 170 402 INDEX TO GENERA. Eumatopias 319, 323 Eumeces 331, 332 Eupemis 275 Euryglossa 2s?l Eutsenia 330 Evotomys 326 Exogyra 205 Fahlunite 51 Fasciolaria 167, 168, 170, 175, 198, 203 Favosites 12 Felichthys 281, 284 Felis 115, 121, 131, 137, 318, 319, 320, 326 Fiber 319, 320, 321 Fieopsis 212 Ficus 167, 169, 173, 198, 204, 208 Filaria 109 Fissurella 167, 169, 170, 172, 173 Fistularia 273 Flabellum 199 Forestiera 218 Formica 148, 264, 266, 267, 269 Fraxinus 218 Fulgur....l67, 168, 170, 172, 175, 176 Fusus 167, 169, 170, 172, 173, 197, 200, 203, 207 Gadus 198, 204, 208, 304 Galeodia 168, 169 Galerus 198, 203 Gari 199 Garnet 54, 58, 149 G ast erosteus 306 Gaslrochacna , 159 Gelidium 215 Genicanthus 273 Geomys 318, 319 Gerres 3('5 Ginko 9 Glandina : 192 (ileichenia 232 Glycera 103 Glycocardia 166 Gohileptes 284 Gobiomorus 304 Gobius 304 Gomphosus 306 Gouldia 155, 156, 158, 162, 164 Graculus 109 Grossiilarite 288 (Jrypbaea 205 Gulo 318, 320. 32.i, 327 Gunnellus 279 Gyalopiuiii 3:^3 GymnocantLus 278 Gymnapistes 277 Gymnetrus 304 Gypsum 48 Gyrodes 198, 204, 206 Halictroe.rus 319, 320, 324, 327 Halientffia 308 Halicyon 319 Halotricbite 50 Hamiltonia 276 Hamites 204 Haploconus • 96 Haplocidon 319 Helicancylus 205 Helicarion 234 Helicina 234 Helicoceras 204 Helianthus 222 Helix 169,232, 234 Heloderma 333 Helvite 100 Hemifusus 197 Hemigymnus 275 Hemist'ima 274 Hemiulis 274 Heniochus 304 Hesperomys 319, 320, 321 Heterocrinus 26 Heteromeyenia 13 Heteromys 318 Heulandite 288 Hippa 238 Ilipparion 290 Hippocephalus 278 Hipponyx 168, 241 Hippotherium 29'> Hisiiophorus 304 Holacanthus 304 Ilolocentrus 306 Homo 292 Hoplisoma 281 Hyalite 49 Hygeogonus 275 Hyla 329, 330 Hyposiomus 307 Hypsiglena 333 Hyptiotes 256 Hyrax 95 Ictby callus 275 Icbtbyoscopiis 278 Infiindibiihim 168, 169 Inoceramus 194, 205 li^ocardia 156, 168, 159, 160, 186 .TacuUis 319 Janirn 154 .Julis 306 Juniperu.s 9, 218 Kcllia 158 INDEX TO GENERA. 403 Labrisomus 279 Labristoma 275 Labrus 306 Lactophrys 282 Lagocephalus 283 Lagomys 319, 320, 324 Lampris 304 Lasiurus 318, 320, 321 Lasius 148 Latax 818 Laurida 279 Leda..l55, 156, 159, 160, 162, 163, 165, 199, 200, 202 Leidyite 288 Leiodon 284 Leisomus 283, 284 Leiurus 276, 282 Lepadogaster 308 Lepidion. 280 Lepidopus 304 Lepidosteus 307 Leptodes 280 Leptognathus 283 Lepton 160 Leptoscarus 274 Lepus 319,320, 327 Licbanura 330, 333 Lima 160 Limnsea 236, 334 Limnias 262 Lindia 243 Liononacanthus. 283 Lithrodytes 330 Lithrognathus 273 Littorina 168, 169, 174, 225 Lophius 308 Lophopsetta L'80 Loricaria 281, 307 Loripes 156 Lucina 155, 156, 158, 16(', 162, 163, 164, 165, 183, 186, 199 Lumbricus 147 Lunatia 198 Lupus 318, 319 Luljanus 305, ■ 06 Lyncus 323 Lynx 318, 319, 320 Macacus 323 Macrochlamys 235 "Macrochyrus 277 Mactra ...155, 157, 158, 160, 163, 164, 183, 194, 199, 2i 0, 201 Macrotus 318. 320, 321 Mahonia 1 13 Maltb« 308 Mangel ia 171 Margariiella 198, 2t)4, 206. 207 Marginella 168, 169, 170, 173 Martes 318, 820 Martesia 198, 2C0 Megalops 307 Megalotrocha 244 Megistostoma 198, 210, 213 Melaconite 36 Meladerma 276 Melanopsis 173 Melampus 146, 171 Melichthrys 282 Melocrinus 31 Menaccanite 40 Menestbo 171 Meniscotherium 96 Menobranchus 328 Menopoma 187, 328 Mephites 319, 320. 321 Meretrix 199, 212 Mesonyx 299 Meyenia 12, 70 Microcanthus 273 Microgaster 273 Micropterus 69 Mitchella 9 Mitra 168, 169, 198, 204, 208 Modiola 100, 199 Molacanthus 283 Mou acanthus 309 Monazite 15 Monoceros 304 Monocystis 147 Monodactylus 305 Monodonta 168 Monomorium 268 Monopterus 303 Morio 198 Mormyrbynchus 280 ' Morunga 319 Mugil 307 Mulinia 157 Mullus 306, 307 Muraena 303 Murienopsis 328 Muiex 168, 169 Muscovite 311 Mustela 318, 320, 327 Mya 158, 160 Mycrocystis 235 Myliobatis 308 Myoconcha 186 Myodes 319, 320, 324 Myrmecocystus 270 Myrmeleon 258 Myrroica 264 iNIysia 156, 158, 199 Mytilus 154, 156.160, 199. 241 Nassa 168, 169, 171, 173, 174, 176, 170, 198, 204, 208 404 INDEX TO GENERA. Nasua , 115, 121, 125 Natica 168, 169, 171, 173, 174, 175, 176, 198 Nautilus. 197, 200 Naticina 198, 210 Neitra 199 Nemachilus 281 Nemipterus 273 Nemophora 189 Neosorex .' 318 Neoioma 319 Nephila 256 Neptunea 197 Never.ta 198 Niso 171, 173, 198. 208 Nucula....l55. 158, 160, 162, 163, 164, 165, 183, 186, 194, 199, 200. 202 Nummulina 190 Nummuliies 189, 191 Nycticejus 318, 320 Nyciinomus 318, 320 Nymphaea 244 Obeliscus..l68, 169, 171, 174, 175, 176 Ochetodon- 326 Odostomia 171 Odontognathus 303 Odontomyia 74 (Ecophylla 264 Ogaichodes 279 Oliva 168, 169, 171, 175 Olivella 198, 204, 208 Onichodactylus 328 Operculina 190 Upheosaurus 331, 332 Ophichihys 284, 303 *()phioblennius 278 Opliisotnti 28i Oplii.«omus 279 Orbiciilina 186 Orbitoides 189 Orcbestia 146 Ornichlhys 277 Orthn goriscus 309 Orthite 103 Orthoceras 205 Ophromenus 305 Ostracion 282, 309 Ostrea 154, 155, 157, 160, 162, 163, 164. 165, 183, 186 Ovibos 319 Ovis 327 Pachycondyla 264, 271 I'achynathus 282 I'lichypterus 281 Pacbyurus 283 ragoiny.x 319. 320. 324 Tagophilus 319.320,324, 327 Paludina 169,192, Panicum Pandora. ..155, 157, 158, 162, 164, 165, 183, Panoprea...l55, 157, 159, 160, 165, Pantolambda Papilio Patella Paxillus Pecten 154, 155, 157, 160, 163, 164, Pectimculus 154, 156, 158, Pegasus Pelecanus Pentaroge Percis Periptychus 96, Perissolax 197, 204, Perna 158, 160, Perognathus Petaloconchus 168, lfc9, Petricola 155, 158, 160, Petromyzon 307, Petronason Pheidole Phenacodus Philomicus Phimothyra Phobetoi" Phoca 319, 320, 324, Phcethoninicliihys Pholadomya 155, 157, 159, Pholas 155, 157, 159, IbO, 163, 164, 165, Phreoryc t es Phyllodactylus Phyllopteryx 283, Pbysa PhylocoUite Pimelodus Pinna Pin us Piacunanomia • Placunomia 154, Planorbis 169, 236, Platopbrys Plat y can t bus Plal y crinu." Platygaster Platygonus Platylepes Platypterus Platysonnis Platysqualus Platysiacusi Platj'sternuni Pled orb yncbus I'lestiodon rieuromeris 334 251 186 186 96 239 171 234 165 160 309 109 277 306 297 206 186 319 171 162 308 274 268 96 236 333 278 327 273 160 166 146 333 309 334 68 281 241 114 199 162 334 280 282 17 280 301 276 277 276 282 281 332 304 331 156 INDEX TO GENEKA. 405 Pleuronectes 280, 304 Pleurotoma 168, 169, 171, 173 Plicatula 154, 166, 158, 160 Plotus 109 Plumatella 223, 244,253, 262 Pogonomyrmex 269 Poly cant hus 275 Polycaulus 277 Polyergus 268 Polynemus 307 Polyodon 308 Polypterus 307 Polyrhachis 264 Portulaca 221 Poramya 159 Poteriocrinus 18, 33 Priacanthus 305 Pristis .-v 308 Procyon...ll5, 129, 131, 318, 320,. 321 Prosopadasys 277 Proteus 328 Protogonia 96 Prunus 218 Psammocola 155 Psetta 280, 304 Pseudeutropius 281 Pseudobranchus 328 Pseudoliva 198, 204, 208 Pseudomyrma 265 Psilocephalus 283 Psilonotu? 283, 284 Psilosomus — 284 Pterichthyg 277 Pterocephala 282 Pterois 277, 304 Pterbleptus , 277 Pteronoliis 281 Pteroplatea 308 Pteropterus 277, 284 Pterurus 283 Ptychoceras 205 Ptychosalpinx 168, lb9, 171 Purpura 168, 225 Pusichthys 281 Putorius 326, 327 Pyramidella 169, 171 Pyrophyllite 55 Pyxicola 252, 253 Quercus 110, 218 Rabdophorus 373 Rnja 308 Rana 329 Ratiella ...168, 169, 173, 175, 176 Hangia 155,156, 158, 163 Rangifer 319, 320 Raiiiceps 304 Ranodon 328 Ranzania 309 Rataboura 283 Regalecus 304 Reithrodon 319, 320, 321 Rhamnus 217 Rhinecanthus 282 Rhinesonms 282 Rhinobatus 308 Rhinoehilus 333 Rhomboidichthys 280 Rhombus i80 Rhus 217 Rimella 198, 204, 208 Rotella 171 Rupellia 279 Rupiscartes 278 Rupisuga 284 Saccomys 310 Sagitta 102 Sal arias 278 Salisburia 9 Salmo 307 Salmophasia 279 Sarcodaces 307 Sarcothraustes 299 Sauromalus 333 Saxicava l59, 160, 165, 166, 186 Scalaria...l68, 16 , 171, 173, 174, 175, 176, 198 Scalops 318 Scapanus 318 Scaphiocrinus 27 Scaphiopus 329 Scartelaos 279 Scarus 305 Schilbe... 281- Schilbeichthys 281 Sciaena 306 Sciuropterus 319, 320 yciurus 319, 320 tcoli'hus 12, 93 Scophthalmus 280 Scotopbilus 318, 320 Scomber 306 Sconiberomorus 306 Sconibroides 306 Scorpjvna 304 Scrophicepbalus 284 Semnopithecus 323 Septifer 199, 241 Serpentine 36 Serranichthys 272 Herranus 273, 305 Seti pinna 280 Sidera 303 Sieboldia 328 Sigaretus 173 Sigmodon 319 406 INDEX TO GENERA. Silondia 281 Silonia 281 Siren 328 Solariella 208 Solarium 168, 171, 173, 174 Solea 304 Solecurtus 103, 155, 157, 163, 164 Solegnathus 283 Solen...93, 103, 165, 157, 159, 160, 163, 164, 166, 183, 198 Solena 198 Solenopsis 268 Somileptes 281 Sonora 333 Sorex. 318, 319 Sparus 305, 306 Sparisoma 274 Spatularia 3C8 Spea 329 Spermophilus 319, 320, 324, 327 Sphserella 158 Sphene 48 Sphinx 237 Sphyraena 307 Sphyrna 282 Spirifer 29 Spirocrypta 198, 203 Spongilla ,.. 70 Squalius 307 Squalu8 308 Standella 155, 162 Steatite 36 istegostoma 308 Slenamma 265 Stenogyra 235 Siibiconite 40 Slilbite 288 Streptaxis 235 Strigilla 155, 157, 162, 164 Sturisoma 281 Stygogenes 281 Stylephorus 303, 304 Succinea 235 Synancia 277, 304 Syngiiathus 309 Synotus 318 Ticnioides 304 Talinum 221 Tamias 319, 320, 327 Tapes 199, 203 Taphrocampa 243 Tarandup 324, 327 Taxidea 319 Taxocrinus 17, 28 Tenina....l55, 156, 158. 160. 102. 164, 165. 199,200, 2^2 Terebra 168,169, 173, 211 Terebratulina liOH Teredo 159 Termes 266 Tetragnatha 256 Tetramorium 259, 267 Tetraroge 277 Tetrosomus 282 Teutbis 306 Thalassarctos 323 Thalliurus 275, 305 Thalossoma 274, 275, 305 Thomomys ! 319 Thomsonite 289 Thracia 158 Thuja 110 Tilesia 280 Topaz 261 Tourmaline 71, 149 Trachicephalus 277 Trachichthys 307 Trachinus 276 Trachynotus 306 Triacanthus 282 Trichecus 319, 320, 324, 327 Trichoderma 283 Trichopus 305 Trichosoma 277, 280 Trichosomus 277 Triforis 171 Trigla 307 Trigonia 205 Triisodon 297, 298 Trimorphodon 333 Triton 204, 208 Tritonium 197, 213 Triurus 279, 303 Trivia 168,169, 174, 175 Trochita 171, 173, 204. 208 Trochus 168, 169, 171, 173 Trophon 171, 173 Tropidonotus 330 Tubella 14 Tubularia 262 Turbinella 173 Turbo 171, 173 Turbonilla 169, 173 Turdu? 221 Turrilites 205 Turris 197 Turritella 168, 169, 171, 173, 198 Typhis 178, 197, 204, 209 Uintatherium 295 Ulmus 218 Uloborus 256 Uma 333 Upeneus 306 Urichihys 274 IJri phaeton 2~3 Urnatella 263 INDEX TO GENERA. 401 Urosalpinx 168, 171, 173, 175, 176 Urotrichus 318, 319, 320, 323, 327 Ursus 138, 286, 319, 320, 327 Ustilago 251 Uta 333 Yaginicola 262 Valisneria 260, 261 Valvata 334 Valvula 173 Variola 273 Venericardia 196 Venus.. 155, 156, 158, 160, 162, 164, 165, 166, 186 Vermetus 168, 171 Verticaria 333 Verticordia 156 Vespertilio 318, 319, 320 Viburnum 218 Viginulus 236 Vivipara 171, 334 Voluta 168, 169, 171, 173 Vulpes 318, 319, 327 Whitneya 198 Xantusia 331 Xiphasia 276 Xiphias 304 Xiphichthys 276 Xyrichthys 305 Yoldia 155, 156, 158, 159, 162, 163, 164, 165 Zalophus 319, 320, 323, 327 Zanclurus 275 Zebrasoma 276 Zeolite 289 Zeus 304 Zircon 50 Zoisite 288 Zonichthys...: 276 Zyphothyca 275 408 INDEX. GENERAL INDEX. Additions to Library, 375. Additions to Museum, 369. Allen, Harrison. The Muscles of the limbs of the Raccoon ( Procyon lotor), 111, 116; Distribution of Nerves, 187; Vitality of fresh-water Polyps, 223 ; Asymmetry of Turbi- nated Bones, 239 : Irregularities of the dental arch, 310. Allen, Wm.H. Announcement of death of, 225. Amendment to By-Laws, Chap. V, Art. 4, 289. Arango, Rafael. Description of new species of terrestrial moUusca of rf Cuba, 105. Binder, Jacob. Election as Curator, 148. Bridges, Robert. Announcement of death of, 71. Canby, Wm. M Liquid exudations in Akebia and Mahonia, 113. Carpenter, Samuel P. Announcement of death of, 149. Comly. Isaac. Announcement of death of, 261. Cope, Edw. D. On tbe Condylarthra, 95 ; On Uintatherium, Bathmodon and Triisodon. 289, 294 ; On remaius of Horses, 291. Craig. Andrew C. Announcement of death of, 149. Darwin, Chas. R. Announcement of death of, and resolutions regarding, 104. Day, L T. The species of Odontomya found in the United States, 15, 74. Dickeson, M. W. death of, 104. Draper, .lohn W. death of, 71. Eastlake, T. W. kongensis, 223, Announcement of Announcement of Conchologia 231. Hong- Presentation of por- Elections during 1882, 368. Emlen, J. Norris. Announcement of death of, 261. Foote, A. E. On the Stalactites of Luray Cave, 48 ; A new locality for Sphene, 49; A new locality for Hyalite, 49 • Note on Autunite, 49 ; A new mineral from Canada, 58. Ford, John. Menaccanite from Fair- mount Park, 40. Forsyth, John. Announcement of death of, 301. Haldeman, S. S. trait of, 15. Haly. :\[rs. S. J. Haldeman. Vote of thanks to, 15. Heilprin, Angelo. On the occurrence of Ammonites in deposits of Tertiary Age, 94 ; On the relative Ages and Classification of the Post-Eocene Tertiary Deposits of the Atlantic Slope, 149, 150; On the occurrence of Nummulitic Deposits in Florida and the Association of Nummulites with a fresh-water Fauna, 187, 189 ; On the age of the Tejon Rocks of California and the occurrence of Amraonitic Remains in Tertiary De- posits, 187, 196 ; On the value of the N caret ic as one of the primary zoo- logical regions, 290, 316 ; Report of Professor of Invertebrate Palaeon- tology, 365. Henszey, Wm.C. Report of Treasurer, 356. Hess, Robert J. Report of Biological and Microscopical Section, 360. Horn. Geo. H. Report of Correspond- ing Secretary, 351. Index to Genera, 399. Jetferis, W. W. Quartz Crystals from Newark. Delaware, 57 ; A peculiar twinned garnet, 58. INDEX. 40i» Julien, Alexis A. The genesis of Crys- talline Iron-Ores, 335. Keller, H. A. Titaniferous Garnet, 54. Kenderdine, Robert S Announcement of death of, and resolutions regard- ing, 100. Koenig. Geo. A. Notes on Monazite, 15 ; Orthite from Amelia C. H., Va., 103; Notes on Zeolites from Delaware County, 288. Leidy, Joseph. Remarks on some rock specimens. 10; Filaria of the Black Bass, 69 ; On Tourmalines, 71 • On Balanoglossus. 93 ; Scoli- thus in gravel, 93 ; On Sagitta, etc.. 102 ; On some Entozoa of Birds, 109 ; On a Coprolite and a pebble resem- bling an Indian hammer. 109; On Bacillus anthracis, 145 ; On Enchy- tr-aeus, Distichopus and their para- sites, 145 ; The yellow ant with its flocks of Aphis and Coccus, 148; Colorless Garnet and Tourmaline, 149 ; On B.alanus, etc., at Bass Rock, Mass., 224 ; Rotifera without Rotary Organs, 237, 243 ; On the Tobacco- worm, 237 ; A new Infusorian be- longing to the Genus Pyxicola, 252 ; Aciinosphserium Eichhornii, 26U ; On topaz and biotite, 2(51 ; On Acti- nosphicrium, etc., 261 ; On Tubu- laria, etc , from Atlantic City, 252; On remains of Horses, 290: On an extinct Peccary, 301. Lewis, Graceanna. Nest of Chsetura pelasgia, 216. Lewis, H. Carvill. Pseudomorphs of Serpentine after Dolomite, 36 ; New localities for Barite, 38; On a new ore of Antimony, 88 ; Oq a fault in the trias near Yardleyville, Penna., 40; New locality for Gypsum, 48; Note on Halotrichite, 50; On twin crystals of Zircon, 50 ; On two new localities of Columbite, 51 ; On the occurrence of Fahlunite near Phila- delphia, 51 ; On a mineral resem- bling Dopplerite from the Peat-beds at Scranton, Pa., 52 ; Note on Aijua- creptite, 56; An American locality for Helvite, 100; On pliocene man, 292 ; Some Enclosures in Muscovite, 311 ; Report of Professor of Miner- alogy, 367. Long, Mrs. Eleanor P. Announce- ment of death of, 187. Lovering, Jos. S. Announcement of death of, 301. McCook, Rev. II. C. Variations in the nest fo^ms of the Furrow Spider, Epeira strix, 97 : Election as Vice- President, 148; Snares of Orb- weaving Spiders, 251, 254; On the habits of the Ant-lion, 258 ; Ants as beneficial insecticides, 261, 26 i. Marsh, Benjamin V. Announcement of death of, 261. Martindale, Isaac C. Resolutions on death of Dr. Kenderdine, 100. Meehan, Thomas Fruiting of Ginko biloba, 9 ; The relation of Heat to the sexes of Flowers, 89; Historical notes on Arbor Vitoe, 1 10 ; Influence of Heat on the separate sexes of Flowers, 113; Individual variation in Species, 114; Nest of Chietura pelasgia, 215; Summer Migration of the Robin, 221 ; Night-closing in the leaves of Purslane, 221 ; Colored flowers in the Carrot, 221 ; Heliotrop- ism in Sunflowers, 222 ; Apparent bird tracks by the sea-shore, 238 ; On the mode of entrance of the Spo- ridia of parasitic fungi, 251 : Sexual characters in Cephalotaxus, 252 ; Note on the nest of Contopus virens, 285 ; Note on an abnormal cabbage, 285; Earthworms drawing leaves into the ground, 286; Report of Bo- tanical Section, 362. Meyer, Abraham. Note on the drift of Lycoming Co., Pa., 50; On the fossil ores of Lycoming Co.. 52. Mineralogical and Geological Section, Proceedings of the, 36. Mohr, Charles. On Rhus cotinoides, 215, 217. Newberry, J. S. On supposed Terti- ary Ammonites, 187, 194. Nolan, Edw. J. Report of Recording Secretary, 347 ; Report of Librarian, 852. Officers for 1883, 367. Palmer, Lewis. New localities for Chabazite, 38. Parker, Chas. F. Report of Curators, 855. Parker, G. Howard. A new looaUty for Aquacreptite, 56. Potts, Edw. Three more fresh-water sponges, 19; Sponges from the neighborhood of Boston, 69; Earth- worms drawing leaves into the ground, 285. Putzeys, Jules. Announcement of death of, 15. 410 INDEX. Rand, Theo. D. Notes on the geology of Radnor and vicinity, 42; Crystal- line cavities in Agate, 49 ; Discs of quartz between laminae of Mica, 50 ; New locality for Mountain Cork, 56 ; Notes on the geology of Lower Merion and vicinity, 61 ; Report of Mineralogical and Geological Sec- tion, 364. Redfield, John H. Report of Con- servator of Botanical Section, 363. Reinhardt, J. F. Announcement of death of, 288. Reinhold, E. S. Pyrophilite and Alu- nogenin Coal-mines, 55 ; On Diorite, 59. Report of the Recording Secretary, 347. Report of the Corresponding Secre- tary, 351. Report of Librarian, 352. Report of Curators, 355. Report of Treasurer, 356. Report of Biological and Microscopical Section, 359. Report of Conchological Section, 361. Report of Botanical Section, 362. Report of Mineralogical and Geologi- cal Section, 364. Report of the Professor of Invertebrate Palaeontology, 365. Report of Professor of Mineralogy, 366. Roberts, S. R. Repoi-t of Conchological Section, 361. Rogers, Wm. B. Announcement of death of, 149. Robinson, Thos. A. Election to Coun- cil, 148. Ruschenberger, W. S. W: Biograph- ical notice of Dr. Robert Bridges, 71, 226 ; Biographical notice of Wm. S. Vaux, 111. SchlifiFer, Chas. R. Election as Curator, 104 ; Resiguation as Curator, 260. Schwann, Theo. Announcement of death of, 71. Sharpless, Chas. L. Announcement of death of, 188. Skinner, H. Scent organ of Papilio, 239. Smith, Aubrey H. A new station for Corema Conradii, 15, 35. Stearns, R. E. C. Verification of the Habitat of Conrad's Mytilas bifur- catus, 237, 241. Swain, Jos. A review of Swainson's Genera of Fishes, 261, 272; An identification of the species of fishes described in Shaw's General Zool- ogy, 289, 303. Swift, Jos. Announcement of death of, 188. Troschel, F. H. Announcement of death of, 288. Vaux, William S. Announcement of death of, and biographical notice of, 111. Warden, R. B. Some ochreous deposits of Kentucky and Indiana, 57. Wheatley, Chas. M. Some new Penn- pylvania mineral localities, 36 ; An- nouncement of death of. 111. Williams, Henry S. New Crinoids from the rocks of the Chemung Period of New York State, 15, 17. Wortman, Jacob. Remarks on Ursus amplidens, 286. PROC. A. N. S. PHILA.. 1882, PL. 10 11 M C Z / '^^^.y-- 9 ; . ■.:• \ \ 12 LEWIS ON ENCLOSURES IN MUSCOVITE i